Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from:              to             

Commission file number: 1-13754

 

 

THE HANOVER INSURANCE GROUP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   04-3263626

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, Massachusetts   01653
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (508) 855-1000

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $.01 par value   New York Stock Exchange
7  5 / 8 % Senior Debentures due 2025   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “accelerated filer”, “large accelerated filer”, and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   x    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller Reporting Company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

Based on the closing sales price of June 30, 2008 the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $2,143,881,730.

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock, $.01 par value, was 51,139,602 shares as of February 20, 2009.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc.’s Proxy Statement relating to the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 12, 2009 to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A are incorporated by reference in Part III.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1 — BUSINESS

ORGANIZATION

The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. (“THG”) is a holding company organized as a Delaware corporation in 1995. Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of THG; The Hanover Insurance Company (“Hanover Insurance”) and Citizens Insurance Company of America (“Citizens”), which are our principal property and casualty subsidiaries, First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company (“FAFLIC”), our former run-off life insurance and annuity subsidiary, and certain other insurance and non-insurance subsidiaries. On January 2, 2009, we sold FAFLIC to Commonwealth Annuity and Life Insurance Company (“Commonwealth Annuity”), a subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (“Goldman Sachs”). The results of operations for FAFLIC are reported as discontinued operations.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT OPERATING SEGMENTS

Our primary business operations include insurance products and services in three property and casualty operating segments. These segments are Personal Lines, Commercial Lines, and Other Property and Casualty. We report interest expense related to our corporate debt separately from the earnings of our operating segments. Corporate debt consists of our junior subordinated debentures and our senior debentures.

Information with respect to each of our segments is included in “Segment Results” on pages 28 to 45 in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and in Note 16 on pages 105 and 106 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Form 10-K.

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS BY SEGMENT

Following is a discussion of each of our operating segments.

PROPERTY AND CASUALTY

GENERAL

Our Property and Casualty group manages its operations principally through three segments: Personal Lines, Commercial Lines and Other Property and Casualty. We underwrite personal and commercial property and casualty insurance through Hanover Insurance, Citizens and other THG subsidiaries, primarily through an independent agent network concentrated in the Northeast, Southeast and Midwest United States. Additionally, our Other Property and Casualty segment consists of: Opus Investment Management, Inc. (“OPUS”), which markets investment management services to institutions, pension funds and other organizations; earnings on holding company assets; and a voluntary pools business in which we have not actively participated since 1999. Prior to its sale on June 2, 2008, Amgro, Inc. (“AMGRO”), our premium financing business, was also included in the Other Property and Casualty segment.

Our strategy in the Property and Casualty group focuses on strong agency relationships, active agency management, disciplined underwriting, pricing, quality claim handling, effective expense management and customer service. We have a strong regional focus. Our Property and Casualty group constituted the 32nd largest property and casualty insurance group in the United States based on 2007 direct premiums written, according to A.M. Best and Company.

RISKS

The industry’s profitability and cash flow can be significantly affected by: price; competition; volatile and unpredictable developments such as extreme weather conditions and natural disasters, including catastrophes; legal developments affecting insurer and insureds’ liability; extra-contractual liability; size of jury awards; acts of terrorism; and fluctuations in interest rates and other general economic conditions and trends, such as inflationary pressures, that may affect the adequacy of reserves or the demand for insurance products. Our investment portfolio and its future returns may be further impacted by the current capital market turmoil that could affect our liquidity, the amount of realized losses and impairments that will be recognized, our ability to hold such investments until recovery and other factors that may affect investment returns and our capital. Additionally, the economic conditions in geographic locations where we conduct business, especially those locations where our business is concentrated, may affect the growth and profitability of our business. The regulatory environments in those locations where we conduct business, especially those locations where we have significant business, including any pricing, underwriting or product controls, shared market mechanisms or mandatory pooling arrangements, and other conditions, such as our agency relationships affect the growth and profitability of our business. In addition, our loss and loss adjustment expense (“LAE”) reserves are based on our estimates, principally involving actuarial projections, at a given time, of what we expect the ultimate settlement and administration of claims will cost based on facts and circumstances then known, predictions of future events,

 

2


Table of Contents

estimates of future trends in claims frequency and severity and judicial theories of liability, costs of repairs and replacement, legislative activity and other factors. Changes to the estimates may affect our profitability.

Reference is also made to Item 1A – “Risk Factors” on pages 17 to 20 and “Risks and Forward-Looking Statements” on page 66 of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contained in this Form 10-K.

LINES OF BUSINESS

We underwrite personal and commercial property and casualty insurance coverage.

Personal Lines

Our Personal Lines segment accounted for $1.6 billion, or 57.7%, of consolidated segment revenues; $1.5 billion, or 58.9%, of net written premiums and $123.5 million, or 40.9%, of segment income before federal income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2008. Personal automobile accounted for $1.0 billion, or 68.1%, and homeowners $432.5 million, or 29.1%, of Personal Lines’ net written premium in 2008.

Products

Personal Lines coverages include:

Personal automobile coverage insures individuals against losses incurred from personal bodily injury, bodily injury to third parties, property damage to an insured’s vehicle, and property damage to other vehicles and other property. In 2008, the majority of our new personal automobile business was written through Connections ® Auto , our multivariate auto product, which is available in eighteen states. Connections Auto utilizes a multivariate rating application which calculates rates based upon the magnitude and correlation of multiple risk factors and is intended to improve both our and our agents’ competitiveness in our target market segments by offering policies that are more appropriately priced to be commensurate with the underlying risks.

Homeowners coverage insures individuals for losses to their residences and personal property, such as those caused by fire, wind, hail, water damage (except for flooding), theft and vandalism, and against third party liability claims. Our homeowners product, Connections ® Home , is available in sixteen states. It is intended to improve our competitiveness for total account business by significantly improving ease of doing business for our agents and by providing better packaging of coverage for policyholders.

Other personal lines is comprised of personal inland marine, umbrella, fire, personal watercraft, earthquake and other miscellaneous coverages.

Having implemented a broader portfolio of products, we continue to refine these products and to work closely with high potential agents to increase the percentage of business they place with us and to ensure that it is consistent with our preferred mix of business. Additionally, we remain focused on diversifying our state mix beyond our four core states of Michigan, Massachusetts, New York and New Jersey. We expect these efforts to contribute to profitable growth and improved retention in our Personal Lines segment over time.

Commercial Lines

Our Commercial Lines segment accounted for $1.2 billion, or 41.5%, of consolidated segment revenues; $1.0 billion, or 41.1%, of net written premium and $169.7 million, or 56.2%, of segment income before federal income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2008. Commercial multiple peril net written premium accounted for $368.5 million, or 35.6%, commercial automobile $192.8 million, or 18.6%, workers’ compensation $127.2 million, or 12.3%, inland marine line of business $115.5 million, or 11.2%, and bonds $92.0 million, or 8.9%, of Commercial Lines’ net written premium in 2008.

We continue to develop our specialty businesses, including bond and inland marine, which on average are expected to offer higher margins over time and enable us to deliver a more complete product portfolio to our agents and policyholders. In the Commercial Lines business, the market continues to be competitive. Price competition requires us to continue to be highly disciplined in our underwriting process to ensure that we grow the business only at acceptable margins. Our specialty lines now account for approximately one third of our Commercial Lines business. Additional growth in our specialty lines continues to be a significant part of our strategy in the future. We continue to focus on expanding our product offerings in specialty businesses as evidenced by our recent acquisitions. In March 2008, we acquired Verlan Holdings, Inc. (“Verlan”), now referred to as Hanover Specialty Property, a specialty company providing property insurance to small and medium-sized manufacturing and distribution companies that are highly protected fire risks. Additionally, in November 2008, we acquired AIX Holdings, Inc. (“AIX”), a specialty property and casualty insurance carrier that focuses on underwriting and managing program business that

 

3


Table of Contents

utilizes alternative risk transfer techniques. In 2007, we acquired Professionals Direct, Inc. (“PDI”), now referred to as Hanover Professional, which provides professional liability coverage for small to medium sized legal practices. We believe these acquisitions provide us with better breadth and diversification of products and improve our competitive position with our agents.

Products

Avenues ® , our Commercial Lines product suite, provides agents and customers with products designed for small, middle, and specialized markets. Commercial Lines coverages include:

Commercial multiple peril coverage insures businesses against third party liability from accidents occurring on their premises or arising out of their operations, such as injuries sustained from products sold. It also insures business property for damage, such as that caused by fire, wind, hail, water damage (except for flooding), theft and vandalism.

Commercial automobile coverage insures businesses against losses incurred from personal bodily injury, bodily injury to third parties, property damage to an insured’s vehicle, and property damage to other vehicles and other property.

Workers’ compensation coverage insures employers against employee medical and indemnity claims resulting from injuries related to work. Workers’ compensation policies are often written in conjunction with other commercial policies.

Other commercial lines is comprised of inland marine, which insures businesses against physical losses to property, such as contractor’s equipment, builders’ risk and goods in transit. It also includes bonds, which provides businesses with contract surety coverage in the event of performance or payment claims, and commercial surety coverage related to fiduciary or regulatory obligations. Other commercial lines coverages include umbrella, general liability, fire, specialty property and professional liability. We also offer, through AIX, underwriting and managing of program business that utilizes alternative risk transfer techniques, including to under-served markets where there are specialty coverage or risk management needs.

Other Property and Casualty

The Other Property and Casualty segment consists of: Opus, which provides investment advisory services to affiliates and also manages approximately $1.3 billion of assets for unaffiliated institutions, such as insurance companies, retirement plans and foundations; earnings on holding company assets; and voluntary pools business in which we have not actively participated since 1999. See also “Reinsurance Facilities and Pools – Voluntary Pools” on page 9 of this Form 10-K. Prior to its sale on June 2, 2008, AMGRO, our premium financing business, was also included in the Other Property and Casualty segment.

MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION

Our Property and Casualty group’s structure allows us to maintain a strong focus on local markets and the flexibility to respond to specific market conditions while achieving operational effectiveness. During 2008, we wrote 29.2% of our business in Michigan and 11.8% in Massachusetts. Our structure is a key factor in the establishment and maintenance of productive long-term relationships with mid-sized, well-established independent agencies. We maintain twenty-five local branch sales and underwriting offices in twenty-one states, reflecting our strong regional focus. Processing support for these locations is provided from Worcester, Massachusetts; Howell, Michigan; and Atlanta, Georgia. Administrative functions are centralized in our headquarters in Worcester, Massachusetts.

Independent agents account for substantially all of the sales of our property and casualty products. Agencies are appointed based on profitability track record, financial stability, professionalism, and business strategy. Once appointed, we monitor each agency’s performance and, in accordance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, take actions as necessary to change these business relationships, such as discontinuing the authority of the agent to underwrite certain products or revising commissions or bonus opportunities. We compensate agents primarily through base commissions and bonus plans that are tied to an agency’s written premium, growth and profitability.

We are licensed to sell property and casualty insurance in all fifty states in the United States, as well as in the District of Columbia. The following provides, our top personal and commercial geographical markets based on total net written premium in the state in 2008:

 

4


Table of Contents

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In millions, except ratios)

   Personal Lines     Commercial Lines     Total  
   GAAP
Net
Premiums
Written
   % of
Total
    GAAP
Net
Premiums
Written
   % of
Total
    GAAP
Net
Premiums
Written
   % of
Total
 

Michigan

   $ 587.5    39.6 %   $ 148.5    14.4 %   $ 736.0    29.2 %

Massachusetts

     197.2    13.3       100.2    9.7       297.4    11.8  

New York

     123.8    8.3       125.9    12.2       249.7    9.9  

New Jersey

     86.8    5.8       74.4    7.2       161.2    6.4  

Louisiana

     68.6    4.6       28.6    2.8       97.2    3.9  

Florida

     40.6    2.7       51.1    4.9       91.7    3.6  

Connecticut

     59.2    4.0       28.1    2.7       87.3    3.5  

Illinois

     30.8    2.1       48.5    4.7       79.3    3.1  

Georgia

     50.1    3.4       28.4    2.7       78.5    3.1  

Virginia

     36.1    2.4       40.3    3.9       76.4    3.0  

Indiana

     43.7    2.9       31.0    3.0       74.7    3.0  

Maine

     33.1    2.2       39.1    3.8       72.2    2.9  

Texas

     —      —         60.1    5.8       60.1    2.4  

Other

     126.5    8.7       229.8    22.2       356.3    14.2  
                                       

Total

   $ 1,484.0    100.0 %   $ 1,034.0    100.0 %   $ 2,518.0    100.0 %
                                       

More than 50% of our Personal Lines net written premium is generated in the combined states of Michigan and Massachusetts. In Michigan, according to A.M. Best, based upon direct written premium for 2007, we ranked 4 th in the state for Personal Lines business, with approximately 8% of the state’s total market. Approximately 65% of our Michigan Personal Lines business is in the personal automobile line and 33% is in the homeowners line. Michigan business represents approximately 38% of our total personal automobile net written premium and 45% of our total homeowners net written premium. In Michigan, we are a principal provider with many of our agencies averaging over $1.2 million of total direct written premium per agency in 2008.

Approximately 75% of our Massachusetts Personal Lines business is in the personal automobile line and 21% is in the homeowners line. Massachusetts business represents approximately 15% of our total personal automobile net written premium and 10% of our total homeowners net written premium.

We manage our Commercial Lines portfolio with a focus on growth from the most profitable industry segments within our underwriting expertise, which varies by line of business and geography. We continue to target, through mid-sized agents, small and first-tier middle markets, which encompass clients whose premiums are generally below $200,000. Approximately half of Commercial Lines direct written premium is comprised of small accounts having less than $25,000 in premium. First-tier middle market accounts, those with premium between $25,000 and $200,000, account for an additional 40% of the total. The Commercial Lines segment seeks to maintain strong agency relationships as a strategy to secure and retain our agents’ best business. The quality of business written is monitored through an ongoing quality review program, accountability for which is shared at the local, regional and corporate levels.

We sponsor local and national agent advisory councils to gain the benefit of our agents’ insight and enhance our relationships. These councils provide feedback, input on the development of products and services, guidance on marketing efforts, and support for our strategies, and assist us in enhancing our local market presence.

For our Other Property and Casualty segment business, investment advisory services are marketed directly through Opus.

PRICING AND COMPETITION

We seek to achieve targeted combined ratios in each of our product lines. Our targets vary by product and change with market conditions. The targeted combined ratios reflect competitive market conditions, current investment yield expectations, our loss payout patterns, and target returns on equity. This strategy is intended to better enable us to achieve measured growth and consistent profitability. In addition, we seek to utilize our knowledge of local markets to achieve superior underwriting results. We rely on market information provided by our local agents and on the knowledge of our staff in the local branch offices. Since we maintain a strong regional focus and a significant market share in a number of states, we can apply our knowledge and experience in making underwriting and rate setting decisions. Also, we

 

5


Table of Contents

seek to gather objective and verifiable information at a policy level during the underwriting process, such as past driving records and, where permitted, credit histories.

The property and casualty industry is a very competitive market. Our competitors include national, regional and local companies that sell insurance through various distribution channels, including independent agencies, captive agency forces and direct to consumers through the internet or otherwise. We market primarily through independent agents and compete for business on the basis of product, price, agency and customer service, local relationship and ratings, and effective claims handling, among other things. We believe that our emphasis on maintaining strong agency relationships and a local presence in our markets, coupled with investments in products, operating efficiency, technology and effective claims handling will enable us to compete effectively. Our total account strategy in Personal Lines and broad product offerings in Commercial Lines are instrumental to our strategy to capitalize on these relationships. Our Property and Casualty group is not dependent on a single customer or even a few customers, for which the loss of any one or more would have an adverse effect upon the group’s insurance operation.

In our Michigan Personal Lines business, where we market our products under the Citizens Insurance brand name, we compete with a number of national direct writers and regional and local companies. Principal personal lines competitors in Michigan are AAA Auto Club of Michigan, State Farm Group and Auto–Owners Insurance Group. We believe our agency relationships, Citizens Insurance brand recognition, and Connections Auto product enable us to distribute our products competitively in Michigan.

CLAIMS

We utilize experienced claims adjusters, appraisers, medical specialists, managers and attorneys to manage our claims. Our Property and Casualty group has field claims adjusters strategically located throughout our operating territories. Claims staff members work closely with the agents and seek to settle claims rapidly, fairly and efficiently.

Claims office adjusting staff is supported by general adjusters for large property and large casualty losses, by automobile and heavy equipment damage appraisers for automobile material damage losses, and by medical specialists whose principal concentration is on workers’ compensation and automobile injury cases. In addition, the claims offices are supported by staff attorneys who specialize in litigation defense and claim settlements. We also maintain a special investigative unit that investigates suspected insurance fraud and abuse.

We utilize claims processing technology which allows most of the smaller and more routine Personal Lines claims to be processed at centralized locations. In 2008, we continued enhancements to our claims related technology and processes, including the implementation of new technology in all states for personal and commercial automobile. We believe these enhancements and our centralization of processing will increase efficiency and reduce costs as we expand the new technology into additional product lines.

CATASTROPHES

We are subject to claims arising out of catastrophes, which may have a significant impact on our results of operations and financial condition. We may experience catastrophe losses in the future, which could have a material adverse impact on us. Catastrophes can be caused by various events, including snow, ice storm, hurricane, earthquake, tornado, wind, hail, terrorism, fire, explosion, or other extraordinary events. The incidence and severity of catastrophes are inherently unpredictable. We manage our catastrophe risks through underwriting procedures, including the use of deductibles and specific exclusions for floods and earthquakes, as allowed, and other factors, through geographic exposure management and through reinsurance programs. The catastrophe reinsurance program is structured to protect us on a per-occurrence basis. We monitor geographic location and coverage concentrations in order to manage corporate exposure to catastrophic events. Although catastrophes can cause losses in a variety of property and casualty lines, homeowners and commercial multiple peril insurance have, in the past, generated the majority of catastrophe-related claims.

TERRORISM

Private sector catastrophe reinsurance is limited and generally unavailable for losses attributed to acts of terrorism, particularly those involving nuclear, biological, chemical and/or radiological events. As a result, the Company’s primary reinsurance protection against large-scale terrorist attacks is presently provided through a temporary Federal program that provides for a system of shared public and private compensation for insured losses resulting from acts of terrorism. Additionally, we are reinsured for certain terrorism related losses within existing Catastrophe, Property per Risk and Casualty Excess of Loss corporate treaties (see Reinsurance—on pages 13 to 14 of this Form 10-K).

The Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 (“TRIA”) established the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program (the “Program”). Coverage under the Program applies to workers’ compensation, commercial multiple peril and certain other Commercial Lines policies. The Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2007

 

6


Table of Contents

(“TRIPRA”) extended the Program through December 31, 2014, and extended coverage to include both domestic and foreign acts of terrorism.

In accordance with the Program, we offer policyholders in specific lines of insurance the option to elect terrorism coverage. In order for a loss to be covered under the Program, the loss must meet aggregate industry loss minimums and must be the result of an act of terrorism as certified by the Secretary of the Treasury. The Program requires us to retain 15% of any claims from a certified terrorist event in excess of our federally mandated deductible. Our deductible represents 20% of direct earned premium for the covered lines of business of the prior year. In 2008, the deductible was $150.1 million, which represents 9.0% of year-end 2007 statutory policyholder surplus, and is estimated to be $178 million in 2009, representing 11.2% of 2008 year-end statutory policyholder surplus. We may reinsure our retention and deductible under the Program, although at this time, we have not purchased additional specific terrorism-only reinsurance coverage.

Given the unpredictable nature of the frequency and severity of terrorism losses, future losses from acts of terrorism could be material to our operating results, financial position, and/or liquidity in the future. We manage our exposures on an individual line of business basis and in the aggregate by zip code.

STATE REGULATION

Our property and casualty insurance subsidiaries are subject to extensive regulation in the various states in which they transact business and are supervised by the individual state insurance departments. Numerous aspects of our business are subject to regulatory requirements, including premium rates, mandatory risks that must be covered, prohibited exclusions, licensing of agents, investments, restrictions on the size of risks that may be insured under a single policy, reserves and provisions for unearned premiums, losses and other obligations, deposits of securities for the benefit of policyholders, policy forms and coverages, advertising, and other conduct, including the use of credit information and other factors in underwriting, as well as other underwriting and claims practices. States also regulate various aspects of the contractual relationships between insurers and independent agents.

In addition, as a condition to writing business in certain states, insurers are required to participate in various pools or risk sharing mechanisms or to accept certain classes of risk, regardless of whether such risks meet its underwriting requirements for voluntary business. Some states also limit or impose restrictions on the ability of an insurer to withdraw from certain classes of business. For example, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New York, Louisiana and Florida each impose material restrictions on a company’s ability to withdraw from certain lines of business in their respective states. The state insurance departments can impose significant charges on a carrier in connection with a market withdrawal or refuse to approve withdrawal plans on the grounds that they could lead to market disruption. Laws and regulations that limit cancellation and non-renewal and that subject withdrawal plans to prior approval requirements may significantly restrict an insurer’s ability to exit unprofitable markets. For example, the state of Louisiana continues to restrict our ability to reduce exposure to areas affected by hurricanes Katrina and Rita and to increase or maintain rates on policies.

In February 2009, the Governor of Michigan called upon every automobile insurer operating in the state to freeze personal automobile insurance rates for 12 months to allow time for the legislature to enact comprehensive automobile insurance reform. In addition, she endorsed a number of proposals by her appointed Automobile and Home Insurance Consumer Advocate which would, among other things, change the current rate approval process from the current “file and use” system to “prior approval”, mandate “affordable” rates, reduce the threshold for lawsuits to be filed in “at fault” incidents, and prohibit the use of certain underwriting criteria such as credit scores. The Office of Financial and Insurance Regulation had previously issued regulations prohibiting the use of credit scores to rate personal lines insurance policies, which regulations are the subject of litigation which is expected to be reviewed by the Michigan Supreme Court. At this time, we are unable to predict the likelihood of adoption or impact on our business of any such proposals or regulations, but any such restrictions could have an adverse affect on our results of operations.

During 2007, the Massachusetts Commissioner of Insurance issued decisions pertaining to personal automobile insurance to end the “fix-and-establish” system of setting automobile rates, replaced it with a system of “managed competition” and began implementing an Assigned Risk Plan beginning with new business as of April 1, 2008. The implementation of this Assigned Risk Plan is expected to be completed over the next year and therefore, the effects of this new Assigned Risk Plan on our financial results are not yet completely known or determinable. The Assigned Risk Plan distributes the Massachusetts residual automobile market based on individual policyholder assignments rather than assigning carriers Exclusive Representative Producers as was done under the prior system. We believe the Assigned Risk Plan will provide for a more equitable distribution of residual market risks across all carriers in the market, and therefore, such plan is not likely to adversely affect our results of operations or financial position.

 

7


Table of Contents

Over the past three years, other state-sponsored insurers, reinsurers or involuntary pools have increased significantly, particularly those states which have Atlantic or Gulf Coast storm exposures. As a result, the potential assessment exposure of insurers doing business in such states and the attendant collection risks have increased, particularly, in our case, in the states of Massachusetts, Louisiana and Florida. Such actions and related regulatory restrictions may limit our ability to reduce our potential exposure to hurricane related losses. At this time we are unable to predict the likelihood or impact of any such potential assessments or other actions.

The insurance laws of many states generally provide that property and casualty insurers doing business in those states belong to statutory property and casualty guaranty funds. The purpose of these guaranty funds is to protect policyholders by requiring that solvent property and casualty insurers pay insurance claims of insolvent insurers. These guaranty associations generally pay these claims by assessing solvent insurers proportionately based on the insurer’s share of voluntary written premium in the state. While most guaranty associations provide for recovery of assessments through subsequent rate increases, surcharges or premium tax credits, there is no assurance that insurers will ultimately recover these assessments, which could be material, particularly following a large catastrophe or in markets which become disrupted.

We are subject to periodic financial and market conduct examinations conducted by state insurance departments. We are also required to file annual and other reports relating to the financial condition of our insurance subsidiaries and other matters.

See also “Contingencies and Regulatory Matters” on pages 63 to 65 and “Other Significant Transactions” on page 58 to 59 in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of this Form 10-K.

RESIDUAL MARKETS AND POOLING ARRANGEMENTS

As a condition of our license to do business in various states, we are required to participate in mandatory property and casualty shared market mechanisms or pooling arrangements which provide various insurance coverages where such coverage may not otherwise be available at rates which are deemed reasonable. Such mechanisms provide coverage primarily for personal and commercial property, personal and commercial automobile, and workers’ compensation and include assigned risk plans, reinsurance facilities and pools, joint underwriting associations, fair access to insurance requirements plans, and commercial automobile insurance plans. For example, since most states compel the purchase of a minimal level of automobile liability insurance, states have developed shared market mechanisms to provide the required coverages and in many cases, optional coverages, to those drivers who, because of their driving records or other factors, cannot find insurers who will insure them voluntarily. Our participation in such shared markets or pooling mechanisms is generally proportional to our direct writings for the type of coverage written by the specific pooling mechanism in the applicable state. We experienced an underwriting loss from participation in these mechanisms, mandatory pools and underwriting associations of $11.5 million and $12.3 million for 2008 and 2007, respectively, while an underwriting profit of $9.7 million resulted from our 2006 participation. In both years, the primary component of the underwriting loss was due to our mandatory participation in the Michigan Assigned Claims (“MAC”) facility, an assigned claims plan covering people injured in uninsured motor vehicle accidents. Our participation in the MAC facility is based on our share of personal and commercial automobile direct written premium in the state and resulted in an underwriting loss of $11.2 million, $10.4 million and $11.1 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Reinsurance Facilities and Pools

Reinsurance facilities are currently in operation in various states that require an insurer to write all applications submitted by an agent, regardless of its pricing or underwriting characteristics. As a result, insurers in that state may be writing policies for applicants with a higher risk of loss, or at a lower premium, than they would normally accept. The reinsurance facility allows the insurer to cede this high risk business to the reinsurance facility, thus sharing the underwriting experience with all other insurers in the state. If a claim is paid on a policy issued in this market, the facility will reimburse the insurer. Typically, reinsurance facilities operate at a deficit, which is then recouped by levying assessments against the same insurers. These assessments are determined on the basis of each insurers’ share of net written premium in the state; therefore, our most significant liability to these facilities arise from the state of Michigan, which for 2008 represented 29.2% of our total net written premium. Other than the previously mentioned MAC facility, mandatory reinsurance facilities and pools, including those in Michigan and Massachusetts, were not significant to our 2008, 2007 or 2006 results of operations.

The Michigan Catastrophic Claims Association (“MCCA”) is a reinsurance mechanism that covers no-fault first party medical losses of retentions in excess of $440,000. All automobile insurers doing business in Michigan are required to participate in the MCCA. Insurers are reimbursed for their covered losses in excess of this threshold, which increased from $420,000 to $440,000 on July 1, 2008, and will continue to increase

 

8


Table of Contents

each July 1st in scheduled amounts until it reaches $500,000 in 2011. Funding for MCCA comes from assessments against automobile insurers based upon their proportionate market share of the state’s automobile liability insurance market. Insurers are allowed to pass along this cost to Michigan automobile policyholders. We ceded to the MCCA premiums earned and losses and LAE of $60.9 million and $129.8 million in 2008, $70.1 million and $84.6 million in 2007, and $74.3 million and $118.8 million in 2006, respectively. At December 31, 2008, the MCCA represented at least 10% of our total reinsurance assets. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, we had reinsurance recoverables on paid and unpaid losses from the MCCA of $613.8 million and $557.7 million, respectively. We believe that we are unlikely to incur any material loss as a result of non-payment of amounts owed to us by MCCA, because (i) the payment obligations of the MCCA are extended over many years, resulting in relatively small current payment obligations in terms of MCCA’s total assets, and (ii) the MCCA is supported by assessments permitted by statute. Reference is made to Note 18 – “Reinsurance”, on pages 107 and 108 and Note 21 – “Commitments and Contingencies”, on pages 110 to 112 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Form 10-K.

FAIR Plans and Other Involuntary Pools

The principal shared market mechanisms for property insurance are state mandated FAIR Plans, the formation of which were required by the federal government as a condition to an insurer’s ability to obtain federal riot reinsurance coverage following the riots and civil disorder that occurred during the 1960s. These plans, created as mechanisms similar to automobile assigned risk plans, were designed to increase the availability of property insurance in urban areas, but over time have been extended to cover other circumstances where homeowners are unable to obtain insurance at rates deemed reasonable, such as in coastal or other areas prone to natural catastrophes. Thirty-three states have FAIR Plans, including Louisiana, Florida, Massachusetts, New York and North Carolina. During 2005, the Louisiana and Florida FAIR Plans experienced considerable losses as a result of hurricanes. Total FAIR Plan assessments were not significant to our 2008, 2007 or 2006 results of operations.

The maximum annual FAIR Plan assessment that can be levied against an insurer operating in Louisiana and Florida are approximately 30% and 20%, respectively, of the annual direct property premium written by the insurer in the prior year. Under the Louisiana FAIR Plan, we are allowed to recover such losses from policyholders, subject to annual limitations. The availability of private homeowners insurance in these states is declining as carriers seek to exit or significantly reduce their exposure in these states. This will increase the number of insureds seeking coverage from the FAIR Plans and could result in increased losses to us through the states’ FAIR Plans for future events. Also, the Massachusetts FAIR Plan has grown significantly because of coastal exposures. Although it is difficult to accurately estimate our ultimate exposure, a large coastal event, particularly affecting Florida, Louisiana, New York, New Jersey or Massachusetts, would likely be material to our financial position and/or results of operations.

Assigned Risk Plans

Assigned risk plans are the most common type of shared market mechanism. Most states, including New Jersey and New York, operate assigned risk plans, and Massachusetts implemented such a plan for new business beginning on April 1, 2008. Such plans assign applications from drivers who are unable to obtain insurance in the voluntary market to insurers licensed in the applicant’s state. Each insurer is required to accept a specific percentage of applications based on its market share of voluntary business in the state. Once an application has been assigned to an insurer, the insurer issues a policy under its own name and retains premiums and pays losses as if the policy was voluntarily written. Total assigned risk plan costs were not significant to our 2008, 2007 or 2006 results of operations not only because of the direct business written by us in the state, but also because of various FAIR Plans and other assessments which can be imposed in such circumstances.

Voluntary Pools

We have terminated our participation in virtually all voluntary pool business; however, we continue to be subject to claims related to years in which we were a participant. The most significant of these pools is a voluntary excess and casualty reinsurance pool known as the Excess and Casualty Reinsurance Association (“ECRA”), in which we were a participant from 1950 to 1982. In 1982, the pool was dissolved and since that time the business has been in runoff. Our participation in this pool has resulted in average paid losses of approximately $2 million annually over the past ten years. Because of the inherent uncertainty regarding the types of claims in this pool, there can be no assurance that the reserves will be sufficient. Loss and LAE reserves for our voluntary pools were $67.0 million and $79.0 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, including $52.0 million and $53.3 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, related to ECRA. Excluding the ECRA pool, the average annual paid losses and reserve balances at December 31, 2008 for other voluntary pools were not individually significant.

 

9


Table of Contents

RESERVE FOR UNPAID LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES

Reference is made to “Property and Casualty – Reserve for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses” on pages 35 to 41 of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of this Form 10-K.

Our property and casualty actuaries review the reserves each quarter and certify the reserves annually as required for statutory filings. Significant periods of time often elapse between the occurrence of an insured loss, the reporting of the loss to us and our settlement and payment of that loss. To recognize liabilities for unpaid losses on occurrences, we establish reserves as balance sheet liabilities representing estimates of amounts needed to pay reported and unreported losses and LAE.

We regularly review our reserving techniques, our overall reserving position and our reinsurance. We believe that adequate provision has been made for loss reserves. This belief is based on (i) our review of historical data, legislative enactments, judicial decisions, legal developments in impositions of damages, changes in political attitudes and trends in general economic conditions, (ii) our review of per claim information, (iii) our historical loss experience and that of the industry, (iv) the relatively short-term nature of most policies written by us, and (v) our internal estimates of required reserves. However, establishment of appropriate reserves is an inherently uncertain process and there can be no certainty that reserves will prove adequate in light of subsequent actual experience. A significant change to the estimated reserves could have a material effect on our results of operations or financial position. An increase or decrease in reserve estimates would result in a corresponding decrease or increase in financial results. For example, each one percentage point change in the aggregate loss and LAE ratio resulting from a change in reserve estimation is currently projected to have an approximate $25 million impact on the property and casualty group’s segment income, based on 2008 full year premiums.

We do not use discounting techniques in establishing reserves for losses and LAE in our Property and Casualty, nor have we participated in any loss portfolio transfers or other similar transactions.

The following table reconciles reserves determined in accordance with accounting principles and practices prescribed or permitted by insurance statutory authorities (“Statutory”) to reserves determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The primary difference between the following Statutory reserves and our GAAP reserves is the requirement, on a GAAP basis, to present reinsurance recoverables as an asset, whereas Statutory guidance provides that reserves are reflected net of the corresponding reinsurance recoverables.

 

DECEMBER 31

   2008    2007    2006
(In millions)               

Statutory reserve for losses and LAE

   $ 2,211.0    $ 2,225.3    $ 2,274.4

GAAP adjustments:

        

Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses

     988.2      940.5      889.5

Other

     2.1      —        —  
                    

GAAP reserve for losses and LAE

   $ 3,201.3    $ 3,165.8    $ 3,163.9
                    

 

10


Table of Contents

ANALYSIS OF LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES RESERVE DEVELOPMENT

The following table sets forth the development of our GAAP reserves (net of reinsurance recoverables) for unpaid losses and LAE from 1998 through 2008:

 

DECEMBER 31

   2008    2007    2006    2005    2004    2003    2002    2001     2000     1999     1998
(In millions)                                                          

Net reserve for losses and
LAE
(1)

   $ 2,213.1    $ 2,225.3    $ 2,274.4    $ 2,351.1    $ 2,161.5    $ 2,078.9    $ 2,083.8    $ 2,056.9     $ 1,902.2     $ 1,924.5     $ 2,005.5

Cumulative amount paid as of (2) :

                             

One year later

     —        711.1      689.9      729.5      622.0      658.3      784.5      763.6       780.3       703.8       638.0

Two years later

     —        —        1,061.8      1,121.9      967.0      995.4      1,131.7      1,213.6       1,180.1       1,063.8       996.0

Three years later

     —        —        —        1,368.3      1,175.4      1,217.1      1,339.5      1,423.9       1,458.3       1,298.2       1,203.0

Four years later

     —        —        —        —        1,312.9      1,351.6      1,478.9      1,551.5       1,567.8       1,471.8       1,333.0

Five years later

     —        —        —        —        —        1,436.5      1,566.8      1,636.9       1,636.9       1,524.4       1,446.0

Six years later

     —        —        —        —        —        —        1,629.3      1,696.3       1,689.0       1,560.6       1,497.5

Seven years later

     —        —        —        —        —        —        —        1,742.3       1,731.0       1,596.4       1,537.4

Eight years later

     —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —         1,768.5       1,627.2       1,573.3

Nine years later

     —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —         —         1,657.5       1,606.1

Ten years later

     —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —         —         —         1,634.3

Net reserve re-estimated as
of
(3) :

                             

End of year

     2,213.1      2,225.3      2,274.4      2,351.1      2,161.5      2,078.9      2,083.8      2,056.9       1,902.2       1,924.5       2,005.5

One year later

        2,073.7      2,138.0      2,271.1      2,082.0      2,064.4      2,124.2      2,063.3       2,010.8       1,837.1       1,822.1

Two years later

        —        2,008.9      2,155.8      1,989.6      2,017.4      2,115.3      2,122.5       2,028.2       1,863.3       1,781.4

Three years later

        —        —        2,072.0      1,899.6      1,971.5      2,093.9      2,124.3       2,066.6       1,863.0       1,818.6

Four years later

        —        —        —        1,853.2      1,917.3      2,074.0      2,121.6       2,071.1       1,893.6       1,823.5

Five years later

        —        —        —        —        1,896.1      2,041.6      2,121.7       2,078.3       1,901.6       1,860.5

Six years later

        —        —        —        —        —        2,034.9      2,103.2       2,084.1       1,913.4       1,871.0

Seven years later

        —        —        —        —        —        —        2,100.6       2,074.8       1,925.4       1,883.1

Eight years later

        —        —        —        —        —        —        —         2,076.8       1,920.9       1,897.6

Nine years later

        —        —        —        —        —        —        —         —         1,925.6       1,896.0

Ten years later

        —        —        —        —        —        —        —         —         —         1,900.2
                                                                               

Redundancy (deficiency), net (4)

   $ —      $ 151.6    $ 265.5    $ 279.1    $ 308.3    $ 182.8    $ 48.9    $ (43.7 )   $ (174.6 )   $ (1.1 )   $ 105.3
                                                                               

 

(1)

Sets forth the estimated net liability for unpaid losses and LAE recorded at the balance sheet date for each of the indicated years; represents the estimated amount of net losses and LAE for claims arising in the current and all prior years that are unpaid at the balance sheet date, including incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) reserves.

(2)

Cumulative loss and LAE payments made in succeeding years for losses incurred prior to the balance sheet date.

(3)

Re-estimated amount of the previously recorded liability based on experience for each succeeding year; increased or decreased as payments are made and more information becomes known about the severity of remaining unpaid claims.

(4)

Cumulative redundancy or deficiency at December 31, 2008 of the net reserve amounts shown on the top line of the corresponding column. A redundancy in reserves means the reserves established in prior years exceeded actual losses and LAE or were re-evaluated at less than the original reserved amount. A deficiency in reserves means the reserves established in prior years were less than actual losses and LAE or were re-evaluated at more than the original reserved amount.

 

11


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the development of gross reserve for unpaid losses and LAE from 1999 through 2008:

 

DECEMBER 31

   2008    2007    2006    2005    2004    2003    2002    2001    2000    1999
(In millions)                                                  

Reserve for losses and LAE:

                             

Gross liability

   $ 3,201.3    $ 3,165.8    $ 3,163.9    $ 3,458.7    $ 3,068.6    $ 3,018.9    $ 2,961.7    $ 2,921.5    $ 2,719.1    $ 2,618.7

Reinsurance recoverable

     988.2      940.5      889.5      1,107.6      907.1      940.0      877.9      864.6      816.9      694.2
                                                                     

Net liability

   $ 2,213.1    $ 2,225.3    $ 2,274.4    $ 2,351.1    $ 2,161.5    $ 2,078.9    $ 2,083.8    $ 2,056.9    $ 1,902.2    $ 1,924.5
                                                                     

One year later:

                             

Gross re-estimated liability

      $ 3,032.1    $ 3,047.0    $ 3,409.9    $ 3,005.9    $ 2,972.2    $ 3,118.6    $ 2,926.4    $ 2,882.0    $ 2,553.4

Re-estimated recoverable

        963.4      909.0      1,138.8      923.9      907.8      994.4      863.1      871.2      716.3
                                                                     

Net re-estimated liability

      $ 2,073.7    $ 2,138.0    $ 2,271.1    $ 2,082.0    $ 2,064.4    $ 2,124.2    $ 2,063.3    $ 2,010.8    $ 1,837.1
                                                                     

Two years later:

                             

Gross re-estimated liability

         $ 2,960.5    $ 3,334.1    $ 2,941.5    $ 2,970.7    $ 3,113.5    $ 3,118.9    $ 2,913.0    $ 2,640.8

Re-estimated recoverable

           951.6      1,178.3      951.9      953.3      998.2      996.4      884.8      777.5
                                                                     

Net re-estimated liability

         $ 2,008.9    $ 2,155.8    $ 1,989.6    $ 2,017.4    $ 2,115.3    $ 2,122.5    $ 2,028.2    $ 1,863.3
                                                                     

Three years later:

                             

Gross re-estimated liability

            $ 3,288.8    $ 2,897.7    $ 2,951.0    $ 3,129.4    $ 3,146.6    $ 3,063.9    $ 2,658.0

Re-estimated recoverable

              1,216.8      998.1      979.5      1,035.5      1,022.3      997.3      795.0
                                                                     

Net re-estimated liability

            $ 2,072.0    $ 1,899.6    $ 1,971.5    $ 2,093.9    $ 2,124.3    $ 2,066.6    $ 1,863.0
                                                                     

Four years later:

                             

Gross re-estimated liability

               $ 2,886.8    $ 2,935.1    $ 3,128.6    $ 3,178.8    $ 3,088.5    $ 2,782.4

Re-estimated recoverable

                 1,033.6      1,017.8      1,054.6      1,057.2      1,017.4      888.8
                                                                     

Net re-estimated liability

               $ 1,853.2    $ 1,917.3    $ 2,074.0    $ 2,121.6    $ 2,071.1    $ 1,893.6
                                                                     

Five years later:

                             

Gross re-estimated liability

                  $ 2,946.1    $ 3,134.4    $ 3,197.0    $ 3,126.1    $ 2,814.1

Re-estimated recoverable

                    1,050.0      1,092.8      1,075.3      1,047.8      912.5
                                                                     

Net re-estimated liability

                  $ 1,896.1    $ 2,041.6    $ 2,121.7    $ 2,078.3    $ 1,901.6
                                                                     

Six years later:

                             

Gross re-estimated liability

                     $ 3,163.9    $ 3,213.9    $ 3,148.7    $ 2,848.1

Re-estimated recoverable

                       1,129.0      1,110.7      1,064.6      934.7
                                                                     

Net re-estimated liability

                     $ 2,034.9    $ 2,103.2    $ 2,084.1    $ 1,913.4
                                                                     

Seven years later:

                             

Gross re-estimated liability

                        $ 3,259.3    $ 3,172.9    $ 2,871.6

Re-estimated recoverable

                          1,158.7      1,098.1      946.2
                                                                     

Net re-estimated liability

                        $ 2,100.6    $ 2,074.8    $ 1,925.4
                                                                     

Eight years later:

                             

Gross re-estimated liability

                           $ 3,221.1    $ 2,901.4

Re-estimated recoverable

                             1,145.3      980.5
                                                                     

Net re-estimated liability

                           $ 2,076.8    $ 1,920.9
                                                                     

Nine years later:

                             

Gross re-estimated liability

                              $ 2,954.0

Re-estimated recoverable

                                1,028.4
                                                                     

Net re-estimated liability

                              $ 1,925.6
                                                                     

 

12


Table of Contents

Reinsurance

We maintain a reinsurance program designed to protect against large or unusual loss and LAE activity. We utilize a variety of reinsurance agreements, which are intended to control our exposure to large property and casualty losses, stabilize earnings and protect capital resources, including facultative reinsurance, excess of loss reinsurance and catastrophe reinsurance. Catastrophe reinsurance serves to protect us, as the ceding insurer, from significant losses arising from a single event such as snow, ice storm, hurricane, earthquake, tornado, wind, hail, terrorism, fire, explosion, or other extraordinary events. We determine the appropriate amount of reinsurance based upon our evaluation of the risks insured, exposure analyses prepared by consultants and/or reinsurers and on market conditions, including the availability and pricing of reinsurance.

We cede to reinsurers a portion of our risk based upon insurance policies subject to such reinsurance. Reinsurance contracts do not relieve us from our obligations to policyholders. Failure of reinsurers to honor their obligations could result in losses to us. We believe that the terms of our reinsurance contracts are consistent with industry practice in that they contain standard terms with respect to lines of business covered, limit and retention, arbitration and occurrence. We believe our reinsurers are financially sound, based upon our ongoing review of their financial statements, financial strength ratings assigned to them by rating agencies, their reputations in the reinsurance marketplace, and the analysis and guidance of our reinsurance advisors.

As described under “Terrorism” above, although we exclude coverage of nuclear, chemical or biological events from the personal and commercial policies we write, we are required under TRIPRA to offer this coverage in our workers’ compensation policies. We have reinsurance coverage under our casualty reinsurance treaty for losses that result from nuclear, chemical or biological events of approximately $30 million. All other treaties exclude such coverage. Further, under TRIPRA, our retention of losses from such events, if deemed certified terrorist events, is limited to approximately $178 million deductible and 15% of losses in excess of this deductible in 2009. However, there can be no assurance that such events would not be material to our financial position or results of operations.

As described above under “Residual Markets and Pooling Arrangements – Reinsurance Facilities and Pools”, we are subject to concentration of risk with respect to reinsurance ceded to various mandatory residual market mechanisms.

Reference is made to Note 18 – “Reinsurance” on pages 107 and 108 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Form 10-K. Reference is also made to “Reinsurance Facilities and Pools” on pages 8 and 9 of this Form 10-K.

 

13


Table of Contents

Our 2009 reinsurance program is substantially consistent with our 2008 program. The following table summarizes both our 2008 and 2009 reinsurance programs (excluding coverage available under the federal terrorism reinsurance program):

 

(in millions)

                   

Treaty

   Loss Amount    Loss Retention    Reinsurance
Coverage, Including
Non-Certified
Terrorism
   Certified Terrorism Coverage
(as defined by TRIPRA)

Property catastrophe occurrence treaty (1), (5)

           

All perils, per occurrence

   < $150.0

$150.0 to $250.0

$250.0 to $700.0

$700.0 to $900.0

> $900.0

   100%

47%

NA

45%

100%

   NA

53%

100%

55%

NA

   NA

53%; Personal Lines only

100%; Personal Lines only

55%; Personal Lines only

NA

Property per risk treaty (1), (5)

           

All perils including commercial marine, per risk

   < $2.0

$2.0 to $5.0 (2)

$5.0 to $100.0

> $100.0

   100%

NA

NA

100%

   NA

100%

100%

N/A

   NA

100%

100%

NA

Casualty reinsurance (3), (5)

           

Each loss, per occurrence for general liability, automobile liability, and workers’ compensation and umbrella

   < $2.0

$2.0 to $5.0

$5.0 to $10.0
$10.0 to $30.0

> $30.0

   100%

25%

NA

NA

100%

   NA

75%

100%

100%

NA

   NA

subject to $10M annual aggregate limit

subject to $5M annual aggregate limit

subject to $20M annual aggregate limit

NA

Surety/fidelity bond reinsurance (1)

           

Excess of loss treaty on bond business

   < $3.0

$3.0 to $35.0

> $35.0

   100%

10%

100%

   NA

90%

NA

   NA

NA

NA

Professional liability reinsurance

           

Lawyers and management liability (4)

   < $1.0

$1.0 to $10.0

> $10.0

   100%

10%

100%

   NA

90%

NA

   NA

NA

NA

 

NA – Not applicable

(1)

The property catastrophe occurrence treaty $200 million excess of $700 million layer was additionally purchased effective July 1, 2008 for a twelve month term ending on June 30, 2009 and provides coverage for perils in the Northeast. The property per risk and surety/fidelity bond treaties have an annual effective dates of July 1 st . All other treaties have January 1st annual effective dates.

( 2 )

The property per risk treaty $2 million to $5 million layer is subject to $6 million annual aggregate deductible.

(3 )

Coverage between $10 million and $20 million under this agreement is clash reinsurance. Clash reinsurance is a type of excess of loss reinsurance in which an insurance company is reinsured in the event there is a casualty loss affecting two or more insureds. Umbrella is covered under our casualty reinsurance treaty subject to separate limits as defined. Umbrella and casualty lines share coverage at the $2 million to $10 million layers with the maximum umbrella limit subject to the casualty treaty of $5 million. There is also a separate layer that provides umbrella coverage of $15 million excess of $5 million per occurrence.

(4)

Professional liability reinsurance agreement provides coverage to $10 million for Lawyers’ Professional Liability and coverage to $5 million for Management Liability.

(5 )

As discussed in Other Significant Transactions in Managements Discussion and Analysis on pages 58 and 59 of this Form 10-K, we purchased AIX on November 28, 2008. In addition to certain layers of coverage from our reinsurance programs as described in this table, the AIX reinsurance program also includes surplus share, quota share, excess of loss, facultative and other forms of reinsurance that cover the writings from AIX specialty and proprietary programs.

 

14


Table of Contents

LIFE COMPANIES

OVERVIEW

During 2008, all of our Life Companies business was classified as discontinued operations. We segregated this business into two components: Discontinued Operations of our FAFLIC Business, and Discontinued Operations of our Variable Life Insurance and Annuity Business.

Our Discontinued Operations of our FAFLIC Business, which was sold to Commonwealth Annuity on January 2, 2009, included traditional life insurance products (principally the Closed Block), a block of retirement products and one guaranteed investment contract (“GIC”). Our Discontinued Operations of our Variable Life Insurance and Annuity business reflects the net costs and recoveries associated with the 2005 sale of this business, including indemnification costs and employee severance costs. Our discontinued operations, in total, generated a net loss of $63.9 million during 2008. Reference is made to “Segment Results – Discontinued Operations: Life Companies” on pages 42 to 44 of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of this Form 10-K.

Assets and liabilities related to our FAFLIC discontinued business and our reinsured variable life insurance and annuity business are reflected as assets and liabilities held-for-sale.

PRODUCTS

We did not issue any new business in 2008. The primary insurance products in FAFLIC were participating whole life insurance products and fixed individual annuities. Additionally, we managed group annuity accounts for participants of defined benefit plans whose retirement benefits were purchased for them by their defined benefit plan sponsor. Finally, we had one non-qualified GIC, often referred to as a funding agreement. This funding agreement was issued to a non-ERISA institutional buyer, denominated in British pounds and had a fixed interest rate.

The following table reflects total reserves held, both gross and net of reinsurance recoverables, for the Discontinued Operations major product lines, including the Closed Block (see Note 8 on page 92 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Form 10-K), for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.

 

DECEMBER 31

   2008    2007    2008    2007
(in millions)    Gross    Net of Reinsurance
Recoverable

Individual life and health insurance

   $ 722.8    $ 735.9    $ 682.2    $ 705.8

Accident and health business

     232.0      262.4      114.1      62.8

Individual and group annuities

     393.3      416.2      309.6      334.3

Trust instruments supported by funding obligations (GICs)

     15.0      39.1      15.0      39.1

Separate account liabilities (1)

     263.4      481.3      263.4      481.3

 

(1) Includes separate account liabilities subject to a modified coinsurance agreement with Commonwealth Annuity, of $189.8 million and $380.2 million as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Included in the table above are reserves related to our accident and health business, which was retained by THG through an assumption of such business by Hanover Insurance. The accident and health business assumed by Hanover Insurance includes interests in approximately 23 assumed accident and health reinsurance pools and arrangements. We ceased writing new premiums in this business in 1998. The reinsurance pool business consists primarily of direct and assumed medical stop loss, the medical and disability portions of workers’ compensation risks, small group managed care, long-term disability and long-term care pools, student accident and special risk business. Our total reserves for the assumed accident and health business were $232.0 million at December 31, 2008. The total amount recoverable from third party reinsurers was $117.9 million at December 31, 2008. Total net reserves were $114.1 million at December 31, 2008. We will continue to account for this business as Discontinued Operations.

Loss estimates associated with substantially all of this business are provided by managers of each pool. We adopt reserve estimates for this business that considers this information and other facts. We update these reserves as new information becomes available and further events occur that may affect the ultimate resolution of unsettled claims. We believe that the reserves recorded related to this business are adequate. However, since loss cost estimates related to our accident and health business are dependent on several assumptions, including, but not limited to, future health care costs, persistency of medical care inflation, claims, particularly in the long-term care business, morbidity and mortality assumptions, and

 

15


Table of Contents

these assumptions can be impacted by technical developments and advancements in the medical field and other factors, there can be no assurance that the reserves established for this business will prove sufficient. Revisions to these reserves could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations for a particular quarterly or annual period or on our financial position.

INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO

We held $4.8 billion of investment assets at December 31, 2008, excluding $1.1 billion of assets sold on January 2, 2009 as part of our discontinued FAFLIC business. Approximately 89% of our investment assets relating to continuing operations are comprised of fixed maturities, which includes both investment grade and below investment grade public and private debt securities. An additional 9% of our investment assets are comprised of cash and cash equivalents, while the remaining 2% includes equity securities, commercial mortgage loans and other long-term investments. These investments are generally of high quality and our fixed maturities are broadly diversified across sectors of the fixed income market.

For our Property and Casualty business, we developed an investment strategy that is intended to maximize investment income with consideration towards driving long-term growth of shareholders’ equity and book value. The determination of the appropriate asset allocation is a process that focuses on the types of business written and the level of surplus required to support our different businesses and the risk return profiles of the underlying asset classes. We look to balance the goals of capital preservation, stability, liquidity and after-tax return.

The majority of our assets are invested in the fixed income markets. Through fundamental research and credit analysis, our investment professionals seek to identify a combination of stable income producing higher quality U.S. agency, corporate and mortgage-backed securities and undervalued securities in the credit markets. We have a general policy of diversifying investments both within and across all portfolios to mitigate credit and interest rate risk. We monitor the credit quality of our investments and our exposure to individual markets, borrowers, industries, sectors and, in the case of direct commercial mortgages and commercial mortgage-backed securities, property types and geographic locations.

All investments held by our insurance subsidiaries are subject to diversification requirements under state insurance laws. However, there is no regulatory requirement to match asset and liability durations. Our investment asset portfolio duration is approximately four years and is generally 2.0 – 2.5 times the duration of our insurance liabilities. We seek to maintain sufficient liquidity to support our cash flow requirements by monitoring the cash requirements associated with our insurance and corporate liabilities, closely monitoring our investment durations, holding highly liquid public securities and managing the purchases and sales of assets.

Reference is made to “Investment Portfolio” on pages 46 to 51 of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of this Form 10-K.

RATING AGENCIES

Insurance companies are rated by rating agencies to provide both industry participants and insurance consumers information on specific insurance companies. Higher ratings generally indicate the rating agencies’ opinion regarding financial stability and a stronger ability to pay claims.

We believe that strong ratings are important factors in marketing our products to our agents and customers, since rating information is broadly disseminated and generally used throughout the industry. We believe that a rating of “A-”or higher from A.M. Best Co. is particularly important for our business. Insurance company financial strength ratings are assigned to an insurer based upon factors deemed by the rating agencies to be relevant to policyholders and are not directed toward protection of investors. Such ratings are neither a rating of securities nor a recommendation to buy, hold or sell any security.

See “Rating Agency Actions” on pages 65 and 66 in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of this Form 10-K.

EMPLOYEES

We have approximately 4,000 employees located throughout the United States as of December 31, 2008. We believe our relations with employees are good.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Reference is made to “Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Part III, Item 10 on pages 117 to 118 of this Form 10-K.

 

16


Table of Contents

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We file our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, periodic information on Form 8-K, our proxy statement, and other required information with the SEC. Shareholders may read and copy any materials on file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Shareholders may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website, http://www.sec.gov, which contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information with respect to our filings.

Our website address is http://www.hanover.com. We make available free of charge on or through our website, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. Additionally, our Code of Conduct is also available, free of charge, on our website. The Code of Conduct applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Controller. While we do not expect to grant waivers to our Code of Conduct, any such waivers granted to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Controller, or any amendments to our Code will be posted on our website as required by law or rules of the New York Stock Exchange. Our Corporate Governance Guidelines and the charters of our Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, Committee of Independent Directors and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, are available on our website. All documents are also available in print to any shareholder who requests them.

ITEM 1A–RISK FACTORS

We wish to caution readers that the current financial market turmoil and the following important factors, among others, in some cases have affected, and in the future could affect, our actual results and could cause our actual results for 2009 and beyond to differ materially from historical results and from those expressed in any of our forward-looking statements. When used in our Management’s Discussion and Analysis, the words “believes”, “anticipates”, “expects”, “projections”, “outlook”, “should”, “could”, “plan”, “guidance”, “likely” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. See “Important Factors Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” filed as Exhibit 99.2 to this Form 10-K. While any of these factors could affect our business as a whole, we have grouped certain factors by the business segment to which we believe they are most likely to apply.

RISKS RELATING TO OUR PROPERTY AND CASUALTY INSURANCE BUSINESS

We generate most of our total revenues and earnings through our property and casualty insurance subsidiaries. The results of companies in the property and casualty insurance industry historically have been subject to significant fluctuations and uncertainties. Our profitability could be affected significantly by (i) adverse loss development or loss adjustment expense for events we (including our recently acquired subsidiaries) have insured in either the current or in prior years, including risks indirectly insured through various mandatory market mechanisms or through discontinued pools which are included in the Other Property and Casualty segment (our discontinued Life Companies business also includes discontinued pools which present similar risks) or the expected decline in the amount of favorable development which has been realized in recent periods, which could be material, particularly in light of the significance of favorable development as a contributor to Property and Casualty Groups segment income; (ii) an inability to retain profitable policies in force and attract profitable policies in our Personal Lines and Commercial Lines segments, whether as the result of an increasingly competitive product pricing environment, the adoption by competitors of strategies to increase agency appointments and commissions, as well as marketing and advertising expenditures or otherwise; (iii) heightened competition, including the intensification of price competition and increased marketing efforts by our competitors, the entry of new competitors and the introduction of new products by new and existing competitors, or as the result of consolidation within the financial services industry and the entry of additional financial institutions into the insurance industry; (iv) failure to obtain new customers, retain existing customers or reductions of policies in force by existing customers, whether as a result of recent competition or otherwise; (v) increases in costs, particularly those occurring after the time our products are priced and including construction, automobile repair, and medical and rehabilitation costs, and including as the result of “cost shifting” from health insurers to casualty and liability insurers (whether as a result of an increasing number of injured parties without health insurance or coverage changes in health policies to make such coverage, in certain circumstances, secondary to other policies); (vi) restrictions on insurance underwriting, including as a

 

17


Table of Contents

result of proposals by the Governor of Michigan with respect to automobile insurance; (vii) adverse state and federal legislation or regulation, including mandated decreases in rates, the inability to obtain further rate increases, limitations on premium levels, increases in minimum capital and reserve requirements, benefit mandates, limitations on the ability to manage care and utilization, requirements to write certain classes of business, limitations on the use of credit scoring, such as proposals to ban the use of credit scores with respect to personal lines in Michigan and Florida or as proposed by Congress from time to time, restrictions on the use of certain compensation arrangements with agents and brokers, as well as continued compliance with state and federal regulations; (viii) adverse changes in the ratings obtained from independent rating agencies, such as Moody’s, Standard and Poor’s, Fitch and A.M. Best, whether due to investment impairments, additional capital requirements, our underwriting performance or other factors, including future rating agency requirements that may result from the current global economic crisis or otherwise; (ix) industry-wide change resulting from proposed regulations, investigations and inquiries relating to compensation arrangements with insurance brokers and agents; (x) disruptions caused by the introduction of new products, including new Commercial Lines specialty products, or in connection with the integration and expansion of newly acquired businesses; (xi) the impact of our acquisitions of Professionals Direct, Inc., Verlan Holdings, Inc., AIX Holdings, Inc., or other future acquisitions, including potential reserve deficiencies, distribution channel conflicts or disruptions in personnel or operating models.

Additionally, our profitability could be affected by adverse catastrophe experience (including terrorism), severe weather or other unanticipated significant losses. Further, certain new catastrophe models assume an increased frequency and severity of certain weather events, and financial strength rating agencies are placing increased emphasis on capital and reinsurance adequacy for insurers with certain geographic concentrations of risk, particularly in coastal areas. We have significant concentration of exposures in certain areas, including portions of the Northeast and Southeast and derive a material amount of profits from operations in the Midwest. There are also concerns that the higher level of weather-related catastrophes and other losses incurred by the industry in recent years is indicative of changing weather patterns, whether as a result of changing climate (“global warming”) or otherwise, which could cause such events to persist. This would lead to higher overall losses which we may not be able to recoup, particularly in the current economic and competitive environment.

Underwriting results and segment income could be adversely affected by further changes in our net loss and LAE estimates related to hurricanes Katrina, Ike, Gustav and other significant events. The risks and uncertainties in our business that may affect such estimates and future performance, including the difficulties in arriving at such estimates, should be considered. Estimating losses following any major catastrophe is an inherently uncertain process. Factors that add to the complexity in these events include the legal and regulatory uncertainty, the complexity of factors contributing to the losses, delays in claim reporting, the impact of “demand surge” and a slower pace of recovery resulting from the extent of damage sustained in the affected areas due in part to the availability and cost of resources to effect repairs. As a result, there can be no assurance that our ultimate costs associated with these events will not be substantially different from current estimates.

Additionally, future operating results as compared to prior years and forward-looking information regarding Personal Lines and Commercial Lines segment information on written and earned premiums, policies in force, underwriting results and segment income currently are expected to be adversely affected by competitive and regulatory pressures affecting rates, particularly in Michigan where the Governor has called for a freeze on automobile insurance rates. In addition, underwriting results and segment income could be adversely affected by changes in frequency and loss trends. Results in Personal Lines business may also be adversely affected by pricing decreases and market disruptions (including any caused by the current economic environment, particularly in Michigan, proposals in Michigan to reduce rates, expand coverage, limit territorial ratings, or expand circumstances in which parties can recover non-economic damages for bodily injury claims (i.e., efforts to modify or overturn the so-called Kreiner decision), the Michigan Commissioner of Insurance’s proposed ban on the use of credit scores, or the Governor’s executive order creating a position of the Automobile and Home Insurance Consumer Advocate, who is to act independent from the Michigan Commissioner of Insurance). The introduction of “managed competition” in Massachusetts has resulted in overall rate level reductions. Additionally, there is uncertainty regarding our ability to attract and retain customers in the market as new and larger carriers enter the state of Massachusetts as a result of “managed competition”.

Also, our Personal Lines business production and earnings may be unfavorably affected by the introduction of our multivariate auto product should we experience

 

18


Table of Contents

adverse selection because of our pricing, operational difficulties or implementation impediments with independent agents, or the inability to grow or sustain growth in new markets after the introduction of new products or the appointment of new agents. In addition, there are increased underwriting risks associated with premium growth and the introduction of new products or programs in both our Personal and Commercial Lines businesses, as well as the appointment of new agencies and the expansion into new geographical areas, and we have experienced increased loss ratios with respect to our new personal automobile business, which is written through our Connections Auto product, particularly in certain states where we have less experience and data.

Similarly, the introduction of new Commercial Lines products, including through our recently acquired subsidiaries and the development of new niche and specialty lines, presents new risks. Certain new specialty products may present longer “tail” risks and increased volatility in profitability.

Additionally, during the past few years we have made, and our current plans are to continue to make, significant investments in our Personal Lines and Commercial Lines businesses to, among other things, strengthen our product offerings and service capabilities, improve technology and our operating models, build expertise in our personnel, and expand our distribution capabilities, with the ultimate goal of achieving significant and sustained profitable growth and obtaining favorable returns on these investments. In order for these investment strategies to be profitable, we must achieve both profitable premium growth and the successful implementation of our operating models so that our expenses do not increase proportionately with growth. The ability to grow profitably throughout the property and casualty “cycle” is crucial to our current strategy. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in profitably growing our business, or that we will not alter our current strategy due to changes in our markets or an inability to successfully maintain acceptable margins on new business or for other reasons, in which case written and earned premium, segment income and net book value could be adversely affected.

Significant increases in recent years and expected further increases in the number of participants or insureds in state-sponsored reinsurance pools or FAIR Plans, particularly in the states of Massachusetts, Louisiana and Florida, combined with regulatory restrictions on the ability to adequately price, underwrite, or non-renew business, could expose us to significant exposures and assessment risks.

RISKS RELATING TO OUR DISCONTINUED LIFE COMPANIES BUSINESS

Our discontinued Life Companies businesses may be affected by (i) adverse actions related to legal and regulatory actions described under “Contingencies and Regulatory Matters”, including those which are subject to the “FIN 45” reserve described under “Life Companies – Discontinued Operations”; (ii) adverse loss and expense development related to our discontinued assumed accident and health reinsurance pool business or failures of our reinsurers to timely pay their obligations (especially in light of the fact that historically these pools sometimes involved multiple layers of overlapping reinsurers, or so called “spirals”); (iii) possible indemnification claims relating to sales practices for insurance and investment products or our historical administration of such products or the Closed Block, including with respect to activities of our former agents; and (iv) the impact of contingent liabilities, including litigation and regulatory matters, assumed or retained by THG in connection with the transaction and the impact of other indemnification obligations owed from THG to Goldman Sachs and/or Commonwealth Annuity (including with respect to existing and potential litigation).

RISKS RELATING TO OUR BUSINESS GENERALLY

Other market fluctuations and general economic, market and political conditions also may negatively affect our business and profitability. These conditions include (i) the difficulties of estimating the impact of the current financial turmoil on the value of our investment portfolio and future investment income, including the amount of realized losses and impairments which will be recognized in future financial reports and our ability and intent to hold such investments until recovery; (ii) the impact on our capital and liquidity of the current financial turmoil, including as a result of defaults in our fixed income investment portfolio and the market decline in the value of non-government backed investments; (iii) changes in interest rates causing a reduction of investment income or in the market value of interest rate sensitive investments; (iv) higher service, administrative or general expense due to the need for additional advertising, marketing, administrative or management information systems expenditures; (v) the inability to attract, or the loss or retirement of key executives or other key employees, and increased costs associated with the replacement of key executives or employees; (vi) changes in our liquidity due to changes in asset and liability matching, including the effect of defaults of debt securities; (vii) failure of a reinsurer of our policies to pay its

 

19


Table of Contents

liabilities under reinsurance or coinsurance contracts or adverse effects on the cost and availability of reinsurance (including as a result of any such insurers’ losses in its investment portfolio as a result of the current economic conditions or the result of significant catastrophes such as the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks or Hurricane Katrina); (viii) changes in the mix of assets comprising our investment portfolios and changes in general market conditions that may cause the market value of our investment portfolio to fluctuate, including the expansion of current concerns regarding sub-prime mortgages to prime mortgage and corresponding mortgage-backed or other debt securities and concerns relative to the ratings and capitalization of municipal bond and mortgage guarantees and the valuation of commercial mortgages and commercial mortgage-backed securities; (ix) losses resulting from our participation in certain reinsurance pools, including pools in which we no longer participate but may have unquantified potential liabilities relating to asbestos environmental and other latent exposure matters, or from fronting arrangements where the reinsurer does not meet all of its reinsurance obligations; (x) defaults or impairments of debt securities held by us; (xi) higher employee benefit costs due to the significant decline in market values of defined benefit retirement plan assets resulting from the current economic crisis, interest rate fluctuations, regulatory requirements or judicial interpretations of benefits (including with respect to our Cash Balance Plan which is the subject of the Durand litigation); (xii) the effects of our restructuring actions, including any resulting from our review of operational matters related to our business, including a review of our markets, products, organization, financial capabilities, agency management, regulatory environment, ancillary businesses and service processes; (xiii) errors or omissions in connection with the administration of any of our products; (xiv) breaches of our information technology security systems or other operational disruptions or breaches which result in the loss or compromise of confidential financial, personal, medical or other information about our policyholders, claimants, agents or others with whom we do business; and (xv) interruptions in our ability to conduct business as a result of terrorist actions, catastrophes or other significant events affecting infrastructure, and delays in recovery of our operating capabilities.

Recent developments in the global financial markets may adversely affect our investment portfolio and overall performance. Global financial markets have recently experienced unprecedented and challenging conditions, including a tightening in the availability of credit and the failure of several large financial institutions. As a result, certain government bodies and central banks worldwide, including the U.S. Treasury Department and the U.S. Federal Reserve, have undertaken unprecedented intervention programs, the effects of which remain uncertain. There can be no assurances that these intervention programs, including The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 and The 2009 American Recovery and Reinvestment Act, will be successful in improving conditions in the global financial market. The U.S. economy has experienced and continues to experience significant declines in employment, household wealth, and lending. If conditions further deteriorate, our business could be affected in different ways. Continued turbulence in the U.S. economy and contraction in the credit markets could adversely affect our profitability, demand for our products or our ability to raise rates, and could also result in declines in market value and future impairments of our investment assets. There can be no assurances that conditions in the global financial markets will not worsen and/or further adversely affect our investment portfolio and overall performance. Recessionary economic periods and higher unemployment are historically accompanied by higher claims activity, particularly in the personal and workers’ compensation lines of business and higher defaults in contractors’ bonds.

ITEM 1B–UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2–PROPERTIES

We own our headquarters, located at 440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, Massachusetts, which consist primarily of approximately 758,000 square feet of office and conference space.

We also own office space, located at 645 W. Grand River, Howell, Michigan, which is approximately 104,000 square feet, and a three-building complex located at 808 North Highlander Way, Howell, Michigan, with approximately 157,000 square feet, where various business operations are conducted.

We lease offices throughout the country for branch sales, underwriting and claims processing functions, and the operations of our recently acquired subsidiaries.

We believe that our facilities are adequate for our present needs in all material respects. Certain of our properties may be made available for lease.

 

20


Table of Contents

ITEM 3–LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

DURAND LITIGATION

On March 12, 2007, a putative class action suit captioned Jennifer A. Durand v. The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc., The Allmerica Financial Cash Balance Pension Plan was filed in the United States District Court for the Western District of Kentucky. The named plaintiff, a former employee who received a lump sum distribution from our Cash Balance Plan at or about the time of her termination, claims that she and others similarly situated did not receive the appropriate lump sum distribution because in computing the lump sum, we understated the accrued benefit in the calculation. We filed a motion to dismiss on the basis that the plaintiff failed to exhaust administrative remedies, which motion was granted without prejudice in a decision dated November 7, 2007. Plaintiff filed a Notice of Appeal of this dismissal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit; oral arguments on the plaintiff’s appeal took place on October 28, 2008, and we are awaiting the court’s decision. In our judgment, the outcome is not expected to be material to our financial position, although it could have a material effect on the results of operations for a particular quarter or annual period.

HURRICANE KATRINA LITIGATION

We have been named as a defendant in various litigations, including putative class actions, relating to disputes arising from damages which occurred as a result of Hurricane Katrina in 2005. As of December 31, 2008, there were approximately 145 such cases. These cases have been filed in both Louisiana state courts and federal district courts. These cases generally involve, among other claims, disputes as to the amount of reimbursable claims in particular cases (e.g. how much of the damage to an insured property is attributable to flood and therefore not covered, and how much is attributable to wind, which may be covered), as well as the scope of insurance coverage under homeowners and commercial property policies due to flooding, civil authority actions, loss of landscaping, business interruption and other matters. Certain of these cases claim a breach of duty of good faith or violations of Louisiana insurance claims handling laws or regulations and involve claims for punitive or exemplary damages.

On August 23, 2007, the State of Louisiana (individually and on behalf of the State of Louisiana, Division of Administration, Office of Community Development) filed a putative class action in the Civil District Court for the Parish of Orleans, State of Louisiana, entitled State of Louisiana, individually and on behalf of State of Louisiana, Division of Administration, Office of Community Development ex rel The Honorable Charles C. Foti, Jr., The Attorney General For the State of Louisiana, individually and as a class action on behalf of all recipients of funds as well as all eligible and/or future recipients of funds through The Road Home Program v. AAA Insurance, et al., No. 07-8970 . The complaint named as defendants over 200 foreign and domestic insurance carriers, including us. Plaintiff seeks to represent a class of current and former Louisiana citizens who have applied for and received or will receive funds through Louisiana’s “Road Home” program. On August 29, 2007, Plaintiff filed an Amended Petition in this case, asserting myriad claims, including claims for breach of contract, the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, fiduciary duty and Louisiana’s bad faith statutes. Plaintiff seeks relief in the form of, among other things, declarations that (a) the efficient proximate cause of losses suffered by putative class members was windstorm, a covered peril under their policies; (b) the second efficient proximate cause of their losses was storm surge, which Plaintiff contends is not excluded under class members’ policies; (c) the damage caused by water entering affected parishes of Louisiana does not fall within the definition of “flood”; (d) the damages caused by water entering Orleans Parish and the surrounding area was a result of a man-made occurrence and are properly covered under class members’ policies; (e) many class members suffered total losses to their residences; and (f) many class members are entitled to recover the full value for their residences stated on their policies pursuant to the Louisiana Valued Policy Law. In accordance with these requested declarations, Plaintiff seeks to recover amounts that it alleges should have been paid to policyholders under their insurance agreements, as well as penalties, attorneys’ fees, and costs. The case has been removed to the Federal District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana.

We have established our loss and LAE reserves on the assumption that we will not have any liability under the “Road Home” or similar litigation, and that we will otherwise prevail in litigation as to the causes of certain large losses and not incur extra contractual or punitive damages.

ITEM 4–SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

21


Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5–MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

COMMON STOCK AND STOCKHOLDER OWNERSHIP

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “THG”. On February 20, 2009, we had approximately 29,152 shareholders of record and 51,139,602 shares outstanding. On the same date, the trading price of our common stock was $34.92 per share.

COMMON STOCK PRICES AND DIVIDENDS

 

     High (1)    Low (1)    Dividends

2008

        

First Quarter

   $ 47.17    $ 40.14      —  

Second Quarter

   $ 46.83    $ 41.71      —  

Third Quarter

   $ 51.00    $ 38.01      —  

Fourth Quarter

   $ 45.00    $ 31.92    $ 0.45

2007

        

First Quarter

   $ 49.11    $ 44.70      —  

Second Quarter

   $ 49.73    $ 44.46      —  

Third Quarter

   $ 49.76    $ 41.14      —  

Fourth Quarter

   $ 46.21    $ 42.23    $ 0.40

 

(1) Common stock prices were obtained from a third party broker.

DIVIDENDS

On October 24, 2008, the Board of Directors declared a 45 cents per share cash dividend, which was paid on December 10, 2008 to shareholders of record as of November 26, 2008. The payment of future dividends on our common stock will be a business decision made by the Board of Directors from time to time based upon cash available at our holding company, our results of operations and financial condition and such other factors as the Board of Directors considers relevant.

Dividends to shareholders may be funded from dividends paid to us from our subsidiaries. Dividends from insurance subsidiaries are subject to restrictions imposed by state insurance laws and regulations. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” on pages 60 to 62 of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Note 15 – “Dividend Restrictions” on page 104 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Form 10-K.

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

On October 16, 2007, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $100 million of our common stock. Under this repurchase authorization, we may repurchase our common stock from time to time, in amounts and prices and at such times as we deem appropriate, subject to market conditions and other considerations. We are not required to purchase any specific number of shares or to make purchases by any certain date under this program.

Through June 2008, approximately $60 million of shares had been repurchased under this program. No shares were repurchased during the remainder of 2008.

Shares purchased in the quarter are unrelated to the repurchase program and are as follows:

 

Period

   Total Number of
Shares Purchased
   Average Price
Paid per Share
   Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or
Programs
   Approximate Dollar Value of
Shares That May Yet
be Purchased Under the
Plans or Programs

October 1 – 31, 2008 (1)

   431    $ 34.84    —      $ 39,800,000

November 1 – 30, 2008 (2)

   465      40.32    —        39,800,000

December 1 – 31, 2008 (1)

   586      39.97    —        39,800,000
                       

Total

   1,482    $ 38.59    —      $ 39,800,000
                       

 

(1) Shares were withheld to satisfy tax withholding amount due from employees upon their receipt of previously restricted shares.
(2) Shares were withheld to satisfy tax withholding amount due from employees related to the receipt of stock which resulted from the vesting of their performance based restricted stock units.

 

22


Table of Contents

ITEM 6–SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Five Year Summary Of Selected Financial Highlights

 

For The Years Ended December 31

(In millions, except per share data)

   2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  

Statements of Income

          

Revenues

          

Premiums

   $ 2,484.9     $ 2,372.0     $ 2,219.2     $ 2,161.2     $ 2,249.1  

Net investment income

     258.7       247.0       228.5       209.7       197.4  

Net realized investment (losses) gains

     (97.8 )     (0.9 )     (0.2 )     7.8       20.1  

Fees and other income

     34.6       56.0       57.9       42.6       42.4  
                                        

Total revenues

     2,680.4       2,674.1       2,505.4       2,421.3       2,509.0  
                                        

Benefits, Losses and Expenses

          

Policy benefits, claims, losses and loss adjustment expenses

     1,626.2       1,457.4       1,387.1       1,601.6       1,558.1  

Policy acquisition expenses

     556.2       523.6       476.4       458.5       470.1  

Other operating expenses

     333.6       351.6       370.9       307.8       335.3  
                                        

Total benefits, losses and expenses

     2,516.0       2,332.6       2,234.4       2,367.9       2,363.5  
                                        

Income from continuing operations before federal income taxes

     164.4       341.5       271.0       53.4       145.5  

Federal income tax expense (benefit)

     79.9       113.2       87.2       (6.3 )     26.2  

Income from continuing operations

     84.5       228.3       183.8       59.7       119.3  

Discontinued operations:

          

(Loss) income from operations of discontinued FAFLIC business, (including loss on assets held-for-sale of $77.3 in 2008), net of taxes

     (84.8 )     10.9       7.9       16.8       26.0  

Income (loss) from operations of discontinued variable life insurance and annuity business, (including gain (loss) on disposal of variable life insurance and annuity business of $8.7, $7.9, $(29.8) and $(444.4) in 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005), net of taxes

     11.3       13.1       (29.8 )     (401.7 )     37.2  

Income from operations of discontinued AMGRO Business (including gain on disposal of $11.1)

     10.1       —         —         —         —    

Other discontinued operations

     (0.5 )     0.8       7.8       —         —    
                                        

Loss (income) from discontinued operations

     (63.9 )     24.8       (14.1 )     (384.9 )     63.2  
                                        

Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     20.6       253.1       169.7       (325.2 )     182.5  

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     —         —         0.6       —         (57.2 )
                                        

Net income (loss)

   $ 20.6     $ 253.1     $ 170.3     $ (325.2 )   $ 125.3  
                                        

Earnings (loss) per common share (diluted)

   $ 0.40     $ 4.83     $ 3.27     $ (6.02 )   $ 2.34  

Dividends declared per common share (diluted)

   $ 0.45     $ 0.40     $ 0.30     $ 0.25     $ —    
                                        

Balance Sheets (at December 31)

                              

Total assets

   $ 9,230.2     $ 9,815.6     $ 9,856.6     $ 10,634.0     $ 23,810.1  

Long-term debt

     531.4       511.9       508.8       508.8       508.8  

Total liabilities

     7,343.0       7,516.6       7,857.4       8,682.7       21,470.6  

Shareholders’ equity

     1,887.2       2,299.0       1,999.2       1,951.3       2,339.5  

 

23


Table of Contents

ITEM 7

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Introduction

   25

Executive Overview

   25-27

Description of Operating Segments

   27

Results of Operations

   27-28

Segment Results

   28-45

Property and Casualty

   28-41

Discontinued Operations: Life Companies

   42-44

Other Items

   44-45

Investment Portfolio

   46-51

Market Risk and Risk Management Policies

   51-54

Income Taxes

   54-55

Critical Accounting Estimates

   55-58

Other Significant Transactions

   58-59

Statutory Capital of Insurance Subsidiaries

   59-60

Liquidity and Capital Resources

   60-62

Other Matters

   63

Off–Balance Sheet Arrangements

   63

Contingencies and Regulatory Matters

   63-65

Rating Agency Actions

   65-66

Risks and Forward-Looking Statements

   66

Glossary of Selected Insurance Terms

   67-69

 

24


Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is intended to assist readers in understanding the consolidated results of operations and financial condition of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. (the “holding company”) and its subsidiaries (collectively “THG”) and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related footnotes included elsewhere herein.

Our results of operations include the accounts of The Hanover Insurance Company (“Hanover Insurance”) and Citizens Insurance Company of America (“Citizens”), our principal property and casualty companies First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company (“FAFLIC”), our former life insurance and annuity company, and certain other insurance and non-insurance subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2008 and for all prior periods presented, operations from FAFLIC have been classified as discontinued operations and the related assets and liabilities as held-for-sale due to the sale of FAFLIC on January 2, 2009 to Commonwealth Annuity and Life Insurance Company (“Commonwealth Annuity”), a subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (“Goldman Sachs”). (See Discontinued Operations: Life Companies on pages 42-44 of this Form 10-K for further information). Hanover Insurance and Citizens are domiciled in the states of New Hampshire and Michigan, respectively.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

Our property and casualty business constitutes our primary ongoing operations and includes our Personal Lines segment, our Commercial Lines segment and our Other Property and Casualty segment. As noted above, on January 2, 2009, we sold FAFLIC to Commonwealth Annuity. Based on the December 31, 2008 asset and liability values, including a pre-close dividend from FAFLIC consisting of designated assets with a statutory book value of approximately $130 million, total net proceeds from the sale after estimated transaction expenses were approximately $230 million. Coincident with the sale transaction, Hanover Insurance and FAFLIC entered into a reinsurance contract whereby Hanover Insurance assumed FAFLIC’s discontinued accident and health insurance business.

During 2008, unprecedented capital market events, including the failure of several large financial institutions, have resulted in a deterioration in the overall credit environment and caused the market value of both investment and below investment grade securities to depreciate. Concerns about asset quality expanded well beyond exposure to the residential mortgage market, causing one of the sharpest declines in financial asset values in recent history. Additionally, the uncertainty in the financial markets has resulted in the contraction of credit market liquidity. Our investment holdings consist primarily of fixed maturities, cash and cash equivalents, which totaled $4.8 billion at December 31, 2008, excluding those assets held-for-sale in connection with the FAFLIC transaction. Approximately 94% of our fixed maturity holdings are investment grade securities. In our investment grade bonds, credit spreads widened most significantly in the financial sector. In our below investment grade portfolio, corporate bonds with lower ratings experienced the most marked decline in value.

During 2008, we recognized impairment charges of $126.1 million, including $13.0 million related to our discontinued FAFLIC business, primarily related to credit-related losses on fixed maturities in the financial sector, including our holdings in securities issued by Lehman Brothers and Washington Mutual, and to a lesser extent, the industrial sector. As of December 31, 2008, we held securities with net unrealized loss positions of approximately $276 million. We expect that the markets will continue to be volatile in the near-term. There is uncertainty regarding what effect government programs will have on the financial markets and the time that is required for companies to successfully execute meaningful actions that will provide relief to the markets. We believe, however, that recent and ongoing government actions to support the banking and financial sectors, the quality of the assets we hold, and our relatively strong capital position will allow us, over time, to realize the anticipated long-term economic value related to securities we hold that are in an unrealized loss position. Additionally, we have a substantially liquid portfolio with a laddered duration structure which provides for periodic maturities and thus expect to have the ability to hold such securities for the period of time anticipated to allow for a recovery in fair value.

During 2008, we incurred $169.7 million of catastrophe losses on a pre-tax basis. This year was marked by several catastrophe events, with Hurricanes Ike and Gustav being the most significant. This catastrophe activity also generated significant losses for the industry. Hurricane Gustav’s damage was concentrated in Louisiana, where our overall losses were lower than our respective market share due in part to specific catastrophe management initiatives undertaken over the past three years. Hurricane Ike was an unusually far reaching and long-lasting storm, affecting our Central and Midwest regions, and even impacting Michigan. We expect that our losses associated

 

25


Table of Contents

with Ike are consistent with our market share in the affected states. We believe that we have made significant progress with respect to effectively managing our catastrophe exposure by strengthening our underwriting guidelines and pro-actively utilizing catastrophe modeled data where appropriate.

Personal Lines

In our Personal Lines business, we are focused on making investments that are intended to help us maintain profitability, build a distinctive position in the market and provide us with profitable growth opportunities. We have continued to implement catastrophe management actions in coastal states, including Florida and Louisiana that, while reducing premium in our homeowners line, has improved our risk profile. Additionally, current market conditions continue to be challenging as pricing pressures and economic conditions remain difficult, especially in Michigan, impacting our ability to grow and retain business in this, our largest state and elsewhere. We are working closely with our partner agents in Michigan to remain a significant writer with strong margins. Also, in 2008 we continued our mix management initiatives relating to our Connections ® Auto product to improve the overall profitability of the business. We are focused on reducing our growth in less profitable automobile segments and increasing our multi-car and account business consistent with our strategy. We believe that market conditions will remain challenging and competitive in Personal Lines. Despite these challenges and transitions, we experienced relatively flat growth levels in Personal Lines and expect that trend to continue in the near term as the industry continues to respond to the difficult economic environment.

Our Connections Auto product is available in eighteen states. We believe that this product will help us to profitably grow our market share over time. The Connections Auto product is designed to be competitive for a wide spectrum of drivers through its multivariate rating application, which calculates rates based upon the magnitude and correlation of multiple risk factors. At the same time, a core strategy is to broaden our portfolio offerings and write “total accounts”, which are accounts that include multiple personal line coverages for the same customer. Our homeowners product, Connections ® Home , is available in sixteen states. It is intended to improve our competitiveness for total account business by significantly improving ease of doing business for our agents and by providing better packaging of coverages for policyholders. Having implemented a broader portfolio of products, we continue to refine these products and to work closely with high potential agents to increase the percentage of business they place with us and to ensure that it is consistent with our preferred mix of business. Additionally, we remain focused on diversifying our state mix beyond our four core states of Michigan, Massachusetts, New York and New Jersey. We expect these efforts to contribute to profitable growth and improved retention in our Personal Lines segment over time.

Commercial Lines

In the Commercial Lines business, the market remains competitive. Price competition requires us to continue to be highly disciplined in our underwriting process to ensure that we grow the business only at acceptable margins. We continue to target, through mid-sized agents, small and first-tier middle markets, which encompass clients whose premiums are generally below $200,000. We also continue to develop our specialty businesses, which on average are expected to offer higher margins over time and enable us to deliver a more complete product portfolio to our agents and policyholders. Our specialty lines now account for approximately one third of our Commercial Lines business. Additional growth in our specialty lines continues to be a significant part of our strategy. Our ongoing focus on expanding our product offerings in specialty businesses during 2008 was evidenced by our acquisitions of Verlan Holdings, Inc. (“Verlan”), which we market as Hanover Specialty Property, a specialty company providing property insurance to small and medium-sized manufacturing and distribution companies that are highly protected fire risks, and AIX Holdings, Inc. (“AIX”), a specialty property and casualty insurance carrier that focuses on underwriting and managing program business that utilizes alternative risk transfer techniques. In the fourth quarter of 2007, we acquired Professionals Direct, Inc. (“PDI”), which we market as Hanover Professionals, providing professional liability coverage for small to medium-sized legal practices. Additionally, over the two prior years, we developed our niche insurance programs, such as for schools, religious institutions and moving and storage companies. We believe these acquisitions and the development of our niche businesses provide us with better breadth and diversification of products and improve our competitive position with our agents.

In 2008, we internally developed another specialty niche for Human Services organizations, which was introduced in January 2009 in 13 states. As a complimentary initiative, we have established a business focused on management liability, specifically non-profit Directors and Officers liability, employment practices liability and eventually private company Directors and Officers liability. In addition,

 

26


Table of Contents

we have made a number of enhancements to our core products and technology platforms that are intended to drive more total account placements in our Small Commercial business, which we believe will enhance margins. Our focus continues to be on improving and expanding our partnerships with agents. We believe our specialty capabilities and small commercial platform, coupled with distinctiveness in the middle market, enables us to deliver significant value to our agents and policyholders in our target markets.

DESCRIPTION OF OPERATING SEGMENTS

Our primary business operations include insurance products and services in three property and casualty operating segments. These segments are Personal Lines, Commercial Lines and Other Property and Casualty. As of December 31, 2008, due to the sale of FAFLIC on January 2, 2009, the operations of our Life Companies have been classified as Discontinued Operations. Certain ongoing expenses have been reclassified from our Life Companies segment to our Property and Casualty business. We present the separate financial information of each segment consistent with the manner in which our chief operating decision maker evaluates results in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.

The Property and Casualty group manages its operations principally through three segments: Personal Lines, Commercial Lines and Other Property and Casualty. Personal Lines includes personal automobile, homeowners and other personal coverages, while Commercial Lines includes commercial multiple peril, commercial automobile, workers’ compensation and other commercial coverages, such as bonds and inland marine business. In addition, the Other Property and Casualty segment consists of: Opus Investment Management, Inc. (“OPUS”), which markets investment management services to institutions, pension funds and other organizations; earnings on holding company assets; and voluntary pools business in which we have not actively participated since 1995. Prior to its sale on June 2, 2008, Amgro, Inc. (“AMGRO”), our premium financing business, was also included in the Other Property and Casualty segment.

We report interest expense related to our corporate debt separately from the earnings of our operating segments. Corporate debt consists of our junior subordinated debentures and our senior debentures.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Our consolidated net income includes the results of our three operating segments (segment income), which we evaluate on a pre-tax basis, and our interest expense on corporate debt. In addition, segment income excludes certain items which we believe are not indicative of our core operations. The income of our segments excludes items such as federal income taxes and net realized investment gains and losses, including net gains or losses on certain derivative instruments, because fluctuations in these gains and losses are determined by interest rates, financial markets and the timing of sales. Also, segment income excludes net gains and losses on disposals of businesses, discontinued operations, restructuring costs, extraordinary items, the cumulative effect of accounting changes and certain other items. Although the items excluded from segment income may be significant components in understanding and assessing our financial performance, we believe segment income enhances an investor’s understanding of our results of operations by highlighting net income attributable to the core operations of the business. However, segment income should not be construed as a substitute for net income determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).

Catastrophe losses are a significant component in understanding and assessing the financial performance of our business. However, catastrophic events, such as Hurricanes Katrina, Ike and Gustav make it difficult to assess the underlying trends in this business. Management believes that providing certain financial metrics and trends, excluding the effects of catastrophes, help investors to understand the variability in periodic earnings and to evaluate the underlying performance of our operations.

Our consolidated net income was $20.6 million in 2008, compared to $253.1 million in 2007. The $232.5 million decrease in earnings is primarily due to net realized investment losses of $97.8 million, and loss from operations of our discontinued FAFLIC business, including the $77.3 million estimated loss on the sale of FAFLIC, and $14.4 million of additional net realized investment losses from FAFLIC. Additionally, there were increased after-tax catastrophe losses of $67.9 million in 2008. Partially offsetting these decreases was a $24.4 million increase in non-catastrophe related pre-tax segment income and a $10.1 million net gain on the sale of AMGRO.

Our consolidated net income was $253.1 million in 2007, compared to a net income of $170.3 million in 2006.

 

27


Table of Contents

The $82.8 million increase in earnings primarily reflects increased after-tax segment results of $44.3 million, and the absence of $29.8 million of losses incurred in 2006 related to the disposal, in 2005, of our variable life insurance and annuity business. The increase in segment results primarily reflects a decrease in catastrophe related activity, as well as higher net investment income.

The following table reflects segment income (loss) as determined in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information , and a reconciliation of total segment income to consolidated net income.

 

For The Years Ended December 31

   2008     2007     2006  
(In millions)                   

Segment income before federal income taxes:

      

Property and Casualty

      

Personal Lines

   $ 123.5     $ 208.2     $ 181.3  

Commercial Lines

     169.7       169.3       117.7  

Other Property and Casualty

     9.0       4.8       11.9  
                        

Total Property and Casualty

     302.2       382.3       310.9  

Interest expense on corporate debt

     (39.9 )     (39.9 )     (39.9 )
                        

Total segment income before federal income taxes

     262.3       342.4       271.0  

Federal income tax expense on segment income

     (86.3 )     (113.7 )     (86.6 )

Change in prior years tax reserves

     —         —         1.4  

Federal income tax settlement

     6.4       —         —    

Net realized investment losses

     (97.8 )     (0.9 )     (0.2 )

Other non-segment items

     (0.1 )     —         0.2  

Federal income tax benefit (expense) on non-segment items

     —         0.5       (2.0 )
                        

Income from continuing operations, net of taxes

     84.5       228.3       183.8  

Discontinued operations:

      

(Loss) income from continued FAFLIC business, net of taxes (including loss on assets held-for-sale of $77.3 in 2008)

     (84.8 )     10.9       7.9  

Income (loss) from discontinued variable life insurance and annuity business, net of taxes (including gain (loss) on disposal of $11.3, $7.9 and ($29.8) in 2008, 2007 and 2006)

     11.3       13.1       (29.8 )

Income from operations of AMGRO (including gain on disposal of $11.1), net of taxes

     10.1       —         —    

Other discontinued operations

     (0.5 )     0.8       7.8  
                        

Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     20.6       253.1       169.7  

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of taxes

     —         —         0.6  
                        

Net income

   $ 20.6     $ 253.1     $ 170.3  
                        

SEGMENT RESULTS

The following is our discussion and analysis of the results of operations by business segment. The segment results are presented before taxes and other items which management believes are not indicative of our core operations, including realized gains and losses.

PROPERTY AND CASUALTY

The following table summarizes the results of operations for the Property and Casualty group for the periods indicated:

 

For the Years Ended December 31

(In millions)

   2008    2007    2006

Net premiums written

   $ 2,518.0    $ 2,415.3    $ 2,307.1
                    

Net premiums earned

     2,484.9      2,372.0      2,219.2

Net investment income

     258.0      246.3      227.8

Other income

     40.9      64.9      65.5
                    

Total segment revenues

     2,783.8      2,683.2      2,512.5
                    

Losses and LAE

     1,626.2      1,457.4      1,387.1

Policy acquisition expenses

     556.2      523.6      476.4

Other operating expenses

     299.2      319.9      338.1
                    

Total losses and operating expenses

     2,481.6      2,300.9      2,201.6
                    

Segment income

   $ 302.2    $ 382.3    $ 310.9
                    
The following table summarizes the impact of catastrophes on results for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:

For the Years Ended December 31

(In millions)

   2008    2007    2006

Hurricane Katrina:

        

Losses

   $ 7.4    $ 9.3    $ 40.2

LAE

     —        7.7      8.4
                    

Total impact of Hurricane Katrina

     7.4      17.0      48.6

Hurricanes Ike and Gustav Losses

     90.9      —        —  

Other

     71.4      48.2      58.6
                    

Pre-tax catastrophe effect

   $ 169.7    $ 65.2    $ 107.2
                    

2008 Compared to 2007

The Property and Casualty group’s segment income decreased $80.1 million, to $302.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $382.3 million in 2007. Catastrophe related activity increased $104.5 million, from $65.2 million in 2007 to $169.7 million in 2008. This increase was primarily related to Hurricanes Ike and Gustav. In addition, 2007 segment income was positively affected by a litigation settlement that resulted in an $11.8 million benefit.

 

28


Table of Contents

Excluding the impact of all catastrophe related activity and the litigation settlement in 2007, segment income would have increased $36.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, as compared to 2007. This increase is due primarily to higher net investment income, more favorable current accident year results and lower expenses. Net investment income increased $11.7 million, primarily due to earnings on invested assets transferred from our Life Companies and higher partnership income, partially offset by non-recurring call premiums and prepayment fees received in 2007 and lower income due to the sale of securities to fund our stock repurchase program. Current accident year results increased approximately $12 million in 2008, primarily in Commercial Lines. Underwriting, loss adjustment and other operating expenses decreased approximately $9 million, primarily due to lower employee benefit and variable compensation expenses, partially offset by increased costs in our specialty business, including our recently acquired subsidiaries. Included in 2007 employee benefit costs is an approximate $6 million pension expense adjustment.

2007 Compared to 2006

The Property and Casualty group’s segment income increased $71.4 million, to $382.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to $310.9 million in 2006. Catastrophe related activity decreased $42.0 million, from $107.2 million in 2006 to $65.2 million in 2007. Such activity includes an increase in our catastrophe reserves for Hurricane Katrina, net of reinsurance, of $17.0 million and $48.6 million, respectively. In addition, segment income was positively affected by litigation settlements that benefited 2007 and 2006 results by $11.8 million and $7.0 million, respectively.

Excluding the impact of all catastrophe related activity and the litigation settlements, segment income would have increased $24.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, as compared to 2006. This increase is due primarily to higher net investment income, lower losses and lower underwriting and loss adjustment expenses. Net investment income increased $18.5 million. This was primarily due to higher average invested assets resulting from favorable operational cash flows and additional holding company assets. Losses were lower in 2007 due to higher favorable development on prior years’ loss and LAE reserves that were partially offset by higher accident year losses. Favorable development on prior years’ reserves increased $24.8 million, to $153.4 million in 2007, from $128.6 million in 2006. Current accident year results decreased approximately $22 million in 2007. Underwriting and loss adjustment expenses decreased approximately $2 million, primarily due to lower technology, variable compensation, legal and independent adjusters’ costs, partially offset by higher salaries and employee benefit costs, principally in our Commercial Lines segment. Included in 2007 employee benefit costs is an approximate $6 million pension expense adjustment.

PRODUCTION AND UNDERWRITING RESULTS

The following table summarizes GAAP net premiums written and GAAP loss, LAE, expense and combined ratios for the Personal Lines and Commercial Lines segments. These items are not meaningful for our Other Property and Casualty segment.

 

29


Table of Contents

For the Years Ended December 31

(In millions, except ratios)

   2008    2007     2006
       GAAP Net
Premiums
Written
   GAAP
Loss
Ratios
(1)(2)
   Catastrophe
Loss
Ratios (3)
   GAAP Net
Premiums
Written
   GAAP
Loss
Ratios
(1)(2)
   Catastrophe
Loss
Ratios (3)
    GAAP Net
Premiums
Written
   GAAP
Loss
Ratios
(1)(2)
   Catastrophe
Loss
Ratios (3)

Personal Lines:

                         

Personal automobile

   $ 1,011.3    59.5    0.3    $ 1,018.6    57.4    0.3     $ 983.6    56.7    0.3

Homeowners

     432.5    64.4    18.4      423.6    49.7    5.3       405.2    48.2    7.4

Other personal

     40.2    37.0    7.4      38.6    36.7    2.1       39.0    33.1    4.6
                                     

Total Personal Lines

     1,484.0    60.4    5.8      1,480.8    54.6    1.7       1,427.8    53.5    2.4
                                     

Commercial Lines:

                         

Workers’ compensation

     127.2    44.0    —        110.8    43.7    —         110.0    50.8    —  

Commercial automobile

     192.8    49.0    0.3      194.8    49.1    (0.1 )     193.0    45.9    1.0

Commercial multiple peril

     368.5    54.1    16.2      349.1    48.9    7.8       351.6    49.4    11.7

Other commercial

     345.2    39.2    7.6      279.5    32.7    2.0       224.4    42.8    12.2
                                     

Total Commercial Lines

     1,033.7    47.1    8.3      934.2    43.7    3.5       879.0    47.3    7.8
                                     

Total

   $ 2,517.7    54.9    6.8    $ 2,415.0    50.5    2.4     $ 2,306.8    51.4    4.5
                                     

For the Years Ended December 31

(In millions, except ratios)

   2008    2007     2006
       GAAP
LAE
Ratio
   GAAP
Expense
Ratio
   GAAP
Combined
Ratio (4)
   GAAP
LAE
Ratio
   GAAP
Expense
Ratio
   GAAP
Combined
Ratio (4)
    GAAP
LAE
Ratio
   GAAP
Expense
Ratio
   GAAP
Combined
Ratio (4)

Personal Lines

     11.1    29.0    100.5      11.1    29.1    94.8       11.6    30.4    95.5

Commercial Lines

     9.6    39.4    96.1      10.6    39.7    94.0       10.5    41.4    99.2

Total

     10.5    33.2    98.7      10.9    33.2    94.6       11.2    34.5    97.1

 

(1) GAAP loss ratio is a common industry measurement of the results of property and casualty insurance underwriting. This ratio reflects incurred claims compared to premiums earned. Our GAAP loss ratios include catastrophe losses.
(2) Includes policyholders’ dividends.
(3) Catastrophe loss ratio reflects incurred catastrophe claims compared to premiums earned.
(4) GAAP combined ratio is a common industry measurement of the results of property and casualty insurance underwriting. This ratio is the sum of incurred claims, claim expenses and underwriting expenses incurred to premiums earned. Our GAAP combined ratios also include the impact of catastrophes. Federal income taxes, net investment income and other non-underwriting expenses are not reflected in the GAAP combined ratio.

 

30


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes GAAP underwriting results for the Personal Lines, Commercial Lines and Other Property and Casualty segments and reconciles it to GAAP segment income.

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

(In millions)

   Personal
Lines
    Commercial
Lines
    Other
Property
and
Casualty
    Total  

GAAP underwriting profit (loss), excluding prior year reserve development and catastrophes

   $ 18.8     $ 25.9     $ (0.7 )   $ 44.0  

Prior year loss and LAE reserve development - favorable

     58.9       98.2       1.9       159.0  

Pre-tax catastrophe effect

     (85.4 )     (84.3 )     —         (169.7 )
                                

GAAP underwriting (loss) profit

     (7.7 )     39.8       1.2       33.3  

Net investment income (1)

     118.9       124.4       14.7       258.0  

Fees and other income

     16.0       18.3       6.6       40.9  

Other operating expenses

     (3.7 )     (12.8 )     (13.5 )     (30.0 )
                                

Segment income

   $ 123.5     $ 169.7     $ 9.0     $ 302.2  
                                
For the Year Ended December 31, 2007         

(In millions)

   Personal
Lines
    Commercial
Lines
    Other
Property
and
Casualty
    Total  

GAAP underwriting profit, excluding prior year reserve development and catastrophes

   $ 34.1     $ 5.6     $ 0.1     $ 39.8  

Prior year loss and LAE reserve development—favorable (unfavorable)

     69.2       87.2       (3.0 )     153.4  

Pre-tax catastrophe effect

     (26.8 )     (38.4 )     —         (65.2 )
                                

GAAP underwriting profit (loss)

     76.5       54.4       (2.9 )     128.0  

Net investment income (1)

     118.8       110.3       17.2       246.3  

Fees and other income

     18.8       16.1       30.0       64.9  

Other operating expenses

     (5.9 )     (11.5 )     (39.5 )     (56.9 )
                                

Segment income

   $ 208.2     $ 169.3     $ 4.8     $ 382.3  
                                
For the Year Ended December 31, 2006         

(In millions)

   Personal
Lines
    Commercial
Lines
    Other
Property
and
Casualty
    Total  

GAAP underwriting profit (loss), excluding prior year reserve development and catastrophes

   $ 50.8     $ (4.9 )   $ —       $ 45.9  

Prior year loss and LAE reserve development—favorable (unfavorable)

     48.1       82.7       (2.2 )     128.6  

Pre-tax catastrophe effect

     (36.6 )     (70.6 )     —         (107.2 )
                                

GAAP underwriting profit (loss)

     62.3       7.2       (2.2 )     67.3  

Net investment income (1)

     108.2       105.8       13.8       227.8  

Fees and other income

     15.2       16.6       33.7       65.5  

Other operating expenses

     (4.4 )     (11.9 )     (33.4 )     (49.7 )
                                

Segment income

   $ 181.3     $ 117.7     $ 11.9     $ 310.9  
                                

 

(1) We manage investment assets for our property and casualty business based on the requirements of the entire Property and Casualty group. We allocate net investment income to each of our Property and Casualty segments based on actuarial information related to the underlying business.

2008 Compared to 2007

Personal Lines

Personal Lines’ net premiums written increased $3.2 million, or 0.2%, to $1,484.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The most significant factor contributing to this increase was a favorable impact from changes in our reinsurance structure as discussed under “Reinsurance” on pages 13 and 14 in Description of Business by Segment – Property and Casualty of this Form 10-K, which increased net written premium by $19.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. In the personal automobile and homeowners lines of business, rate increases in all states except for Massachusetts also contributed to the increase. Additionally, net written premium benefited from an increase in new personal automobile policies issued in Massachusetts and from increases in new homeowners policies issued across most states. These increases were partially offset by decreases in net written premium related to our non-renewal of homeowners business in Florida, the impact of personal automobile rate decreases in Massachusetts and a decrease in net written premium in Michigan which we attribute to the difficult economy in the state.

Policies in force in the personal automobile line of business decreased 1.7% during 2008 driven by a decrease in Michigan, which we attribute to the difficult economic conditions in that state, partially offset by net growth in policies in force in Massachusetts.

 

31


Table of Contents

Policies in force in the homeowners line of business decreased 0.2% during 2008, primarily as a result of exposure management actions taken in coastal states, particularly in Florida, where we have non-renewed all homeowners policies. Partially offsetting these reductions is an increase in policies in force outside of Florida, primarily in our targeted growth states.

Our underwriting profit, excluding prior year reserve development and catastrophes, decreased $15.3 million, to $18.8 million in 2008, from $34.1 million in 2007. This decrease was primarily due to less favorable current accident year results of approximately $9 million, attributable to higher frequency of non-catastrophe weather related claims, partially offset by the benefit of changes in our 2008 reinsurance programs. Additionally, underwriting expenses and loss adjustment expenses were approximately $6 million higher primarily due to 2007 expenses being reduced by the aforementioned litigation settlement of $11.8 million. This was partially offset by lower variable compensation and lower employee benefit costs.

Favorable development on prior years’ loss and LAE reserves (excluding Hurricane Katrina) decreased $10.3 million, to $58.9 million in 2008, from $69.2 million in 2007. This decrease was driven primarily by lower favorable development in the personal automobile line of business, particularly from bodily injury.

The pre-tax effect of catastrophes increased $58.6 million, to $85.4 million in 2008 from $26.8 million in 2007. This increase was driven primarily by Hurricane Gustav, and to a lesser extent, Hurricane Ike. We increased our catastrophe reserves, net of reinsurance, for Hurricane Katrina by $3.1 million in 2008. We did not increase our reserves for Hurricane Katrina in 2007.

Our ability to maintain and increase Personal Lines net written premium and to maintain and improve underwriting results is expected to be affected by increasing price competition, regulatory actions and the difficult economic conditions, particularly in Michigan, which is our largest state.

New business generally experiences higher loss ratios than our other business, and is more difficult to predict. We have experienced loss ratios with our Connections Auto business, which are higher than expected, particularly in states in which we have less experience and data. In 2007, we initiated several actions to improve our results in new business; however, our ability to maintain or increase earnings and continue to grow could be adversely affected should the loss ratios for new business prove to be higher than our pricing and profitability expectations, or if required adjustments to enhance risk segmentation and related agency management actions result in making our products less price competitive. In Michigan, for example, the Governor has undertaken initiatives intended to freeze personal automobile rates and eliminate the use of credit scores for underwriting and ratings purposes.

It is difficult to predict the impact that the current recessionary environment will have on our Personal Lines business. Our ability to increase pricing may be impacted as agents and consumers may become more price sensitive, customers may shop for policies more frequently or aggressively, utilize comparative rating models or turn to direct sales channels rather than independent agents. Additionally, new business premiums, retention levels and renewal premiums may decrease as policyholders reduce coverages or change deductibles to reduce premiums, home values decline, foreclosures increase and policyholders retain older or less expensive automobiles and purchase or insure fewer ancillary items such as boats, trailers and motor homes for which we provide coverages. Additionally, claims frequency could increase as policyholders submit and pursue claims more aggressively than in the past, fraud incidences may increase, or we may experience higher incidents of abandoned properties or poorer maintenance which may also result in more claims activity. Our Personal Lines segment could also be affected by an ensuing consolidation of independent insurance agencies.

In addition, as discussed under “Contingencies and Regulatory Matters – Other Regulatory Matters”, certain coastal states may take actions which significantly affect the property and casualty insurance market, including ordering rate reductions for homeowners insurance products and subjecting insurance companies that do business in that state to potentially significant assessments in the event of catastrophic losses that are insured or reinsured by state-sponsored insurance or reinsurance entities. Such state actions or our responses thereto could have a significant impact on our underwriting margins and growth prospects, as well as our ability to manage exposures to hurricane losses.

Notwithstanding these concerns, we believe that our agency distribution strategy, the strength of our market share in key states, our account rounding strategy, the relatively inelastic demand for insurance products and our capital position, place us in a good position to manage these issues and concerns relative to many of our peer competitors.

 

32


Table of Contents

Commercial Lines

Commercial Lines’ net premiums written increased $99.5 million, or 10.7%, to $1,033.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. This increase primarily resulted from the benefit of changes in our 2008 reinsurance programs and the effect of net premiums written related to recently acquired subsidiaries. During 2008 and as discussed under “Reinsurance” on page 13 in Description of Business by Segment – Property and Casualty of this Form 10-K, we renewed our property and casualty reinsurance program with changes to the reinsurance structure. These changes resulted in an increase in net written premium of $50.2 million in 2008, of which $9.4 million is a non-recurring amount related to the termination of our 2007 umbrella excess of loss reinsurance treaty. Net written premium attributable to our recent acquisitions of PDI, Verlan and AIX, was $40.8 million. The remaining premium increase was primarily in our bond business.

Our underwriting profit, excluding prior year reserve development and catastrophes, increased $20.3 million, to $25.9 million in 2008 from $5.6 million in 2007. This increase was primarily due to more favorable current accident year results of approximately $21 million, primarily attributable to growth in specialty lines and the benefit of changes in our reinsurance programs. These increases were partially offset by higher underwriting and loss adjustment expenses of approximately $1 million. This was primarily attributable to increased expenses associated with our specialty lines of business, including our recently acquired subsidiaries, partially offset by lower variable compensation and employee benefit costs.

Favorable development on prior years’ loss and LAE reserves, excluding Hurricane Katrina, increased $11.0 million, to $98.2 million in 2008 from $87.2 million in 2007. This increase primarily relates to the commercial multiple peril and workers’ compensation lines of business, partially offset by decreases in the commercial automobile and other commercial lines of business.

The pre-tax effect of catastrophes increased $45.9 million, to $84.3 million in 2008 from $38.4 million in 2007. This increase was driven primarily by Hurricane Ike, and to a lesser extent, Hurricane Gustav. In 2008 and 2007, we increased our catastrophe reserves, net of reinsurance, for Hurricane Katrina by $4.3 million and $17.0 million, respectively.

We continue to experience significant price competition in all lines of business in our Commercial Lines segment. Premium has decreased modestly on renewal policies, most notably in our middle market and commercial automobile business. We have also experienced relatively flat pricing in our small commercial business. The industry is also generally experiencing overall rate decreases. Our ability to increase Commercial Lines’ net premiums written while maintaining or improving underwriting results is expected to be affected by price competition and the difficult economic conditions, particularly in Michigan.

It is difficult to predict the impact of the current economic environment on our Commercial Lines segment, but businesses may become more price sensitive. We may also experience decreased new business levels, retention and renewal rates and renewal premiums. The overall decline in the economy is likely to result in reductions in demand for insurance products and services as more companies cease to do business and there are fewer business start-ups, particularly as small businesses are affected by a decline in overall consumer and business spending.

In addition, businesses may seek to reduce or eliminate coverages to reduce costs and there will likely be a reduction in payroll levels, which would reduce workers’ compensation premiums and may result in an increase in workers’ compensation claims. Our Commercial Lines segment could also be affected by an ensuing consolidation of independent insurance agencies.

Notwithstanding these concerns, we believe that our agency distribution strategy, our broad product offerings, the strength of our growing specialty businesses, disruptions in the marketplace which may result in improved pricing, the relatively inelastic demand for insurance products and our capital position, place us in a good position to manage these issues and concerns relative to many of our peer competitors.

Other Property and Casualty

Segment income of the Other Property and Casualty segment increased $4.2 million, to $9.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, from $4.8 million in 2007. The increase is primarily due to lower pension related costs.

2007 Compared to 2006

Personal Lines

Personal Lines’ net premiums written increased $53.0 million, or 3.7%, to $1,480.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the prior year. This net written premium growth was primarily attributable to rate increases in the personal automobile and homeowners lines. In the personal automobile line, rate increases in all states except for Massachusetts contributed to overall growth of 3.6%. Massachusetts rates declined in accordance with the Commissioner’s mandated 11.7% and 8.7% rate decreases effective April 1, 2007 and January 1, 2006, respectively. In the homeowners line, growth of 4.5% was driven by rate increases across most of our states and primarily in Louisiana, Florida, and Michigan. Total Personal Lines new business in 2007 was $270.1 million, a decrease of $9.4 million from $279.5 million in 2006.

 

33


Table of Contents

Partially offsetting these favorable items was lower retention, primarily in our Michigan business, which we believe was partially driven by a weakening general economy. Additionally, management actions were taken to improve Connections Auto profitability, which adversely affected retention and new business. Also offsetting our premium growth in 2007 were coastal exposure management actions which resulted in the non-renewal of certain homeowners policies in hurricane prone states.

Policies in force in the personal automobile line of business increased 2.9% in 2007 compared to the end of 2006. The increase was driven by business from Connections Auto, our multivariate auto product first introduced in 2005 and available in 17 states during 2007, and by the appointment of new agents in states where we previously had little or no business.

Policies in force in the homeowners line of business decreased 2.4% in 2007, compared to the end of 2006, primarily as a result of declines in Michigan, which we attribute to the declining economy in the state. Policies in force also decreased due to exposure management actions taken in coastal states. Partially offsetting this reduction is an increase in policies in force in newer, growth-targeted states.

Our underwriting profit, excluding prior year reserve development and catastrophes, declined $16.7 million, from $50.8 million in 2006 to $34.1 million in 2007. This decline was primarily due to a reduction in accident year profit of approximately $34 million, primarily due to higher property losses in the homeowners line and to an increase in the frequency of losses in the personal automobile line. These decreases were partially offset by the aforementioned litigation settlement of $11.8 million and higher other income of $3.6 million, primarily due to increased policyholder installment fee income.

Favorable development on prior years’ loss and LAE reserves, excluding Hurricane Katrina, increased $21.1 million, from $48.1 million in 2006 to $69.2 million in 2007. This increase was driven by favorable personal automobile liability experience, primarily in the 2003 through 2006 accident years.

The pre-tax effect of catastrophes decreased $9.8 million, from $36.6 million in 2006 to $26.8 million in 2007. In 2006, we increased our catastrophe reserves, net of reinsurance, for Hurricane Katrina by $5.7 million. In 2007, there were no changes to our catastrophe reserves for Hurricane Katrina.

Net investment income was $118.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, an increase of $10.6 million compared to the same period in the prior year, primarily due to increased operating cash flows.

Commercial Lines

Commercial Lines’ net premiums written increased $55.2 million, or 6.3%, to $934.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the prior year. This increase is primarily attributable to 24.6% growth in our other commercial lines business, primarily inland marine and bonds. For our more traditional lines of business, such as workers’ compensation, commercial automobile and commercial multiple peril, net written premiums for the year ended December 31, 2007 were relatively consistent with net written premiums in 2006, as we sought to be disciplined in our underwriting process to maintain acceptable margins in an increasingly competitive pricing environment.

Our underwriting profit, excluding prior year reserve development and catastrophes, increased $10.5 million in 2007, to a profit of $5.6 million in 2007 from a loss of $4.9 million in 2006. This increase was primarily due to continued growth in our inland marine and bonds lines of business and improved current accident year losses primarily in our workers’ compensation line. These were partially offset by increased frequency of property losses greater than $250,000 in our commercial multiple peril and marine lines of business and increased expenses. Expenses were higher primarily due to increased investments in our inland marine and bond lines of business, partially offset by lower technology, variable compensation and legal costs.

Favorable development on prior years’ loss and LAE reserves, excluding Hurricane Katrina, increased $4.5 million, from $82.7 million in 2006 to $87.2 million in 2007. This increase primarily relates to the other commercial lines of business.

The pre-tax effect of catastrophes decreased $32.2 million, to $38.4 million in 2007 from $70.6 million in 2006. In 2007 and 2006, we increased our catastrophe reserves, net of reinsurance, for Hurricane Katrina by $17.0 million and $42.9 million, respectively.

Other Property and Casualty

Segment income of the Other Property and Casualty segment decreased $7.1 million, to $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, from $11.9 million in 2006. Segment income in 2006 includes a payment to Opus in the amount of $7.0 million in settlement of claims which Opus alleged in a lawsuit filed in 2003 against various parties. Excluding this settlement, Other Property and Casualty segment income would have decreased $0.1 million in 2007 as compared to 2006.

 

34


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT RESULTS

Net investment income before taxes was $258.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, $246.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 and $227.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase in net investment income in 2008 was primarily due to earnings on pension and benefit-related invested assets transferred from our former Life Companies segment to the Property and Casualty group. Effective January 1, 2008, Hanover Insurance became the common employer of all employees of THG and its subsidiaries and sponsorship of all employee benefit plans was transferred from FAFLIC to Hanover Insurance. Accordingly, we transferred assets to Hanover Insurance with corresponding liabilities associated with these benefit plans. Additionally, net investment income increased due to higher partnership income in 2008. These increases were partially offset by non-recurring call premiums and prepayment fees received in 2007 and lower income due to the sale of securities to fund our stock repurchase program. The increase in net investment income in 2007 compared to 2006 was primarily due to higher average invested assets resulting from increased operational cash flows and additional holding company assets. Average pre-tax yields on fixed maturities were 5.7% for the year ended December 31, 2008 and 5.6% for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.

RESERVE FOR LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES

Overview of Loss Reserve Estimation Process

We maintain reserves for our property and casualty products to provide for our ultimate liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses with respect to reported and unreported claims incurred as of the end of each accounting period. These reserves are estimates, taking into account actuarial projections at a given point in time, of what we expect the ultimate settlement and administration of claims will cost based on facts and circumstances then known, estimates of future trends in claim severity and frequency, judicial theories of liability and policy coverage, and other factors.

We determine the amount of loss and loss adjustment expense reserves (the “loss reserves”) based on an estimation process that is very complex and uses information obtained from both company specific and industry data, as well as general economic information. The estimation process is judgmental, and requires us to continuously monitor and evaluate the life cycle of claims on type-of-business and nature-of-claim bases. Using data obtained from this monitoring and assumptions about emerging trends, our actuaries develop information about the size of ultimate claims based on historical experience and other available market information. The most significant assumptions used in the actuarial estimation process, which vary by line of business, include determining the expected consistency in the frequency and severity of claims incurred but not yet reported to prior years’ claims, the trend in loss costs, changes in the timing of the reporting of losses from the loss date to the notification date and expected costs to settle unpaid claims. This process assumes that past experience, adjusted for the estimated effects of current developments and anticipated trends, is an appropriate basis for predicting future events. On a quarterly basis, our actuaries provide to management a point estimate for each significant line of our direct business to summarize their analysis.

In establishing the appropriate loss reserve balances for any period, management carefully considers these actuarial point estimates, which are the principal bases for establishing our reserve balances, along with a qualitative evaluation of business trends, environmental changes, and numerous other factors. In general, such additional factors may include, but are not limited to, improvement or deterioration of the actuarial indications in the period, the maturity of the accident year, trends observed over the recent past such as changes in the mix of business or the impact of regulatory or litigation developments, the anticipated impact of new product introductions or expansion into new geographic areas, the level of volatility within a particular line of business, and the magnitude of the difference between the actuarial indication and the recorded reserves. Regarding our indirect business from voluntary and involuntary pools, we are provided loss estimates by managers of each pool. We adopt reserve estimates for the pools that consider this information and other facts.

Management’s Review of Judgments and Key Assumptions

There is greater inherent uncertainty in estimating insurance reserves for certain types of property and casualty insurance lines, particularly workers’ compensation and other liability lines, where a longer period of time may elapse before a definitive determination of ultimate liability and losses may be made. In addition, the technological, judicial, regulatory and political climates involving these types of claims change regularly. There is also greater uncertainty in establishing reserves with respect to new business, particularly new business which is generated with respect to newly introduced product lines, by newly appointed agents or in geographies in which we

 

35


Table of Contents

have less experience in conducting business. In such cases, there is less historical experience or knowledge and less data upon which the actuaries can rely. Historically, we have limited the issuance of long-tailed other liability policies, including directors and officers (“D&O”) liability, errors and omissions (“E&O”) liability and medical malpractice liability. With the acquisition of PDI, which writes lawyers professional errors and omissions coverage, and the introduction of new specialty coverages, we are modestly increasing our exposure to longer-tailed liability lines.

We regularly update our reserve estimates as new information becomes available and further events occur which may impact the resolution of unsettled claims. Reserve adjustments are reflected in the results of operations as adjustments to losses and LAE. Often, these adjustments are recognized in periods subsequent to the period in which the underlying policy was written and the loss event occurred. These types of subsequent adjustments are described separately as “prior year reserve development”. Such development can be either favorable or unfavorable to our financial results and may vary by line of business.

Inflation generally increases the cost of losses covered by insurance contracts. The effect of inflation varies by product. Our property and casualty insurance premiums are established before the amount of losses and LAE and the extent to which inflation may affect such expenses are known. Consequently, we attempt, in establishing rates and reserves, to anticipate the potential impact of inflation and increasing medical costs in the projection of ultimate costs. We have experienced increasing medical costs, including those associated with personal automobile personal injury protection claims, particularly in Michigan, as well as in our workers’ compensation line in most states. This increase is reflected in our reserve estimates, but continued increases could contribute to increased losses and LAE in the future.

We regularly review our reserving techniques, our overall reserving position and our reinsurance. Based on (i) our review of historical data, legislative enactments, judicial decisions, legal developments in impositions of damages and policy coverage, political attitudes and trends in general economic conditions, (ii) our review of per claim information, (iii) our historical loss experience and that of the industry, (iv) the relatively short-term nature of most policies written by us, and (v) our internal estimates of required reserves, we believe that adequate provision has been made for loss reserves. However, establishment of appropriate reserves is an inherently uncertain process and there can be no certainty that current established reserves will prove adequate in light of subsequent actual experience. A significant change to the estimated reserves could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position. An increase or decrease in reserve estimates would result in a corresponding decrease or increase in financial results. For example, each one percentage point change in the aggregate loss and LAE ratio resulting from a change in reserve estimation is currently projected to have an approximate $25 million impact on property and casualty segment income, based on 2008 full year premiums.

As discussed below, estimated loss and LAE reserves for claims occurring in prior years, excluding development related to Hurricane Katrina, developed favorably by $159.0 million, $153.4 million, and $128.6 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, which represents 7.2%, 6.9% and 5.7% of net loss reserves held, respectively.

The major causes of material uncertainty relating to ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses (“risk factors”) generally vary for each line of business, as well as for each separately analyzed component of the line of business. In some cases, such risk factors are explicit assumptions of the estimation method and in others, they are implicit. For example, a method may explicitly assume that a certain percentage of claims will close each year, but will implicitly assume that the legal interpretation of existing contract language will remain unchanged. Actual results will likely vary from expectations for each of these assumptions, resulting in an ultimate claim liability that is different from that being estimated currently.

Some risk factors will affect more than one line of business. Examples include changes in claim department practices, changes in settlement patterns, regulatory and legislative actions, court actions, timeliness of claim reporting and ultimate settlement, state mix of claimants, and degree of claimant fraud. Additionally, there is also a higher degree of uncertainty due to growth in our newly acquired companies, for which we have limited historical claims experience. The extent of the impact of a risk factor will also vary by components within a line of business. Individual risk factors are also subject to interactions with other risk factors within line of business components. Thus, risk factors can have offsetting or compounding effects on required reserves.

In 2008, 2007 and 2006, trends in claims activity caused us to re-evaluate and increase our estimate of Hurricane Katrina net loss and loss adjustment reserves, net of reinsurance, by $7.4 million, $17.0 million and $48.6 million, respectively. In 2008, we increased our estimate of

 

36


Table of Contents

Hurricane Katrina reserves due to a higher loss estimate for certain open litigation cases. In 2007, we increased our estimate of Commercial Lines net losses primarily due to an increase in litigation activity. We believe this increase in litigation activity was due to suits being filed in anticipation of the expiration, on August 30, 2007, of the two year limit for a policyholder to challenge Hurricane Katrina claims. We also increased our Hurricane Katrina estimate in Commercial Lines in both 2007 and 2006 for supplemental payments on previously closed claims caused by the development of latent damages as well as inflationary pressures on repair costs.

The estimate of loss adjustment expenses related to Hurricane Katrina increased $7.7 million and $8.4 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively. We believe the increase in litigation activity in 2007 resulted from the previously mentioned expiration of the two year limit on a policyholders’ ability to challenge claims.

We are also defendants in various litigation, including putative class actions, which claim punitive damages or claim a broader scope of policy coverage than our interpretation, all in connection with losses incurred from Hurricane Katrina. The reserves established with respect to Hurricane Katrina assume that we will prevail with respect to these matters (see Contingencies and Regulatory Matters). Although we believe our current Hurricane Katrina reserves are adequate, there can be no assurance that our ultimate costs associated with this event will not substantially exceed these estimates. We have fully utilized all of our available reinsurance with respect to losses and LAE related to Hurricane Katrina.

Loss and LAE Reserves by Line of Business

We perform actuarial reviews on certain detailed line of business coverages. These individual estimates are summarized into nine broader lines of business including personal automobile, homeowners, workers’ compensation, commercial automobile, commercial multiple peril, and other personal and other commercial lines. Asbestos and environmental reserves and pools business are separately analyzed.

The process of estimating reserves involves considerable judgment by management and is inherently uncertain. Actuarial point estimates by lines of business are the primary bases for determining ultimate expected losses and LAE and the level of net reserves required; however, other factors are considered as well. In general, such additional factors may include, but are not limited to, improvement or deterioration of the actuarial indications in the period, the maturity of the accident year, trends observed over the recent past such as changes in the mix of business or the impact of regulatory or litigation developments, the amount of data or experience we have with respect to a particular product or geographic area, the level of volatility within a particular line of business, and the magnitude of the difference between the actuarial indication and the recorded reserves.

The table below shows our recorded reserves, net of reinsurance, and the related actuarial reserve point estimates by line of business at December 31, 2008 and 2007.

 

December 31

   2008    2007

(In millions)

   Recorded
Net
Reserves
   Actuarial
Point
Estimate
   Recorded
Net
Reserves
   Actuarial
Point
Estimate

Personal Automobile

   $ 668.4    $ 638.0    $ 696.7    $ 672.8

Homeowners

     98.5      96.4      99.4      97.4

Other Personal Lines

     21.0      18.1      24.9      22.1

Workers’ Compensation

     361.7      347.4      371.1      353.9

Commercial Automobile

     159.2      153.1      169.9      159.8

Commercial Multiple Peril

     443.4      409.0      463.3      424.2

Other Commercial Lines

     269.2      257.0      179.9      165.4

Asbestos and Environmental

     18.3      18.3      19.4      20.0

Pools and Other

     173.4      173.4      200.7      200.7
                           

Total

   $ 2,213.1    $ 2,110.7    $ 2,225.3    $ 2,116.3
                           

The principal factors considered by management in addition to the actuarial point estimates in determining the reserves at December 31, 2008 and 2007 vary by line of business. In our Commercial Lines segment, management considered the growth and product mix changes and recent adverse property related frequency trends in certain coverages. In addition, management also considered the significant growth in our inland marine and bond businesses for which we have limited actuarial data to estimate losses and the product mix change in our bond business towards a greater proportion of contract surety bonds where losses tend to emerge over a longer period of time and are cyclical related to general economic conditions. Moreover, in our Commercial Lines segment, management considered the potential for adverse development in the workers’ compensation line where losses tend to emerge over long periods of time and rising medical costs, while moderating, have continued to be a concern. Also, higher retentions on our 2008 reinsurance program compared to prior years may impact the

 

37


Table of Contents

emergence of trends in underlying data that could add to the uncertainty and variability of our actuarial estimates going forward. In our Personal Lines segment, management considered the adverse personal automobile personal injury development and related potential for adverse trends due to costs shifting from health insurers to property and casualty insurers resulting from economic concerns and health insurance coverage trends, developments in personal automobile property costs in the 2007 accident year and an increase in physical damage frequency, all of which have added additional uncertainty to future development in our personal automobile line. Additionally, management considered the significant growth in our new business with our Connections Auto product and related growth in a number of states where there is additional uncertainty in the ultimate profitability and development of reserves due to the unseasoned nature of our new business and new agency relationships in these markets, as well as emerging loss trends which are higher than expected. Although our experience and data in these areas is growing with the passage of time, a sufficient number of years of actuarial data is not yet available to base loss estimates solely on this data in new geographical areas and agency relationships and with new products which results in less certainty when estimating ultimate reserves and requires more judgment by management. Also in Personal Lines, management considered the significant improvement in frequency trends the industry experienced during 2001 through 2006 in these lines of business which were unanticipated and remain to some extent unexplained. Management also considered the likelihood of future adverse development related to significant catastrophe losses experienced in 2005. Regarding our indirect business from voluntary and involuntary pools, we are provided loss estimates by managers of each pool. We adopt reserve estimates for the pools that consider this information and other factors. At December 30, 2008 and 2007, total recorded net reserves were 4.9% and 5.2% greater than actuarially indicated reserves, respectively.

The table below provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending gross reserve for unpaid losses and LAE as follows:

 

For the Years Ended December 31

(In millions)

   2008     2007     2006  

Reserve for losses and LAE, beginning of year

   $ 3,165.8     $ 3,163.9     $ 3,458.7  

Incurred losses and LAE, net of reinsurance recoverable:

      

Provision for insured events of current year

     1,777.2       1,591.5       1,463.3  

Decrease in provision for insured events of prior years; favorable development

     (159.0 )     (153.4 )     (128.6 )

Hurricane Katrina

     7.4       17.0       48.6  
                        

Total incurred losses and LAE

     1,625.6       1,455.1       1,383.3  
                        

Payments, net of reinsurance recoverable:

      

Losses and LAE attributable to insured events of current year

     999.9       832.4       730.5  

Losses and LAE attributable to insured events of prior years

     679.9       630.6       620.8  

Hurricane Katrina

     32.5       59.3       108.7  
                        

Total payments

     1,712.3       1,522.3       1,460.0  
                        

Change in reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses

     (11.9 )     35.4       (218.1 )

Purchase of Verlan Fire Insurance Company

     4.2       —         —    

Purchase of AIX Holdings, Inc.

     129.9       —         —    

Purchase of Professionals Direct, Inc.

     —         33.7       —    
                        

Reserve for losses and LAE, end of year

   $ 3,201.3     $ 3,165.8     $ 3,163.9  
                        

The table below summarizes the gross reserve for losses and LAE by line of business.

 

December 31

(In millions)

   2008    2007    2006

Personal Automobile

   $ 1,292.5    $ 1,277.4    $ 1,256.9

Homeowners and Other

     152.1      162.5      174.4
                    

Total Personal

     1,444.6      1,439.9      1,431.3
                    

Workers’ Compensation

     547.0      593.8      626.7

Commercial Automobile

     226.4      250.8      229.4

Commercial Multiple Peril

     499.5      541.8      582.8

Other Commercial

     483.8      339.5      293.7
                    

Total Commercial

     1,756.7      1,725.9      1,732.6
                    

Total reserve for losses and LAE

   $ 3,201.3    $ 3,165.8    $ 3,163.9
                    

 

38


Table of Contents

The total reserve for losses and LAE as disclosed in the above tables increased by $35.5 million in 2008 and increased by $1.9 million in 2007. The increase for 2008 is primarily due to our recently acquired subsidiaries, partially offset by favorable development of prior years’ loss reserves and payments related to Hurricane Katrina claims.

Prior Year Development by Line of Business

When trends emerge that we believe affect the future settlement of claims, we adjust our reserves accordingly. Reserve adjustments are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income as adjustments to losses and LAE. Often, we recognize these adjustments in periods subsequent to the period in which the underlying loss event occurred. These types of subsequent adjustments are disclosed and discussed separately as “prior year reserve development”. Such development can be either favorable or unfavorable to our financial results.

The following table summarizes the change in provision for insured events of prior years, excluding those related to Hurricane Katrina (see Management’s Review of Judgments and Key Assumptions on pages 35 to 37 of this Form 10-K for a further discussion of Hurricane Katrina) by line of business.

 

For the Years Ended December 31

(In millions)

   2008     2007     2006  

(Decrease) increase in loss provision for insured events of prior years:

      

Personal Automobile

   $ (54.6 )   $ (66.6 )   $ (45.2 )

Homeowners and Other

     (6.9 )     (5.6 )     (3.2 )

Total Personal

     (61.5 )     (72.2 )     (48.4 )
                        

Workers’ Compensation

     (27.6 )     (24.1 )     (24.4 )

Commercial Automobile

     (9.3 )     (11.8 )     (15.3 )

Commercial Multiple Peril

     (36.1 )     (25.1 )     (23.1 )

Other Commercial

     (18.0 )     (22.5 )     (9.1 )
                        

Total Commercial

     (91.0 )     (83.5 )     (71.9 )

Voluntary Pools

     (1.9 )     3.0       2.2  
                        

Decrease in loss provision for insured events of prior years

     (154.4 )     (152.7 )     (118.1 )
                        

Decrease in LAE provision for insured events of prior years

     (4.6 )     (0.7 )     (10.5 )
                        

Decrease in total loss and LAE provision for insured events of prior years

   $ (159.0 )   $ (153.4 )   $ (128.6 )
                        

Estimated loss reserves for claims occurring in prior years developed favorably by $154.4 million, $152.7 million, and $118.1 million during 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The favorable loss reserve development during the year ended December 31, 2008 is primarily the result of lower than expected severity of bodily injury in the personal automobile line, primarily in the 2003 through 2007 accident years, and lower than expected severity of liability claims in the commercial multiple peril line for the 2003 though 2007 accident years. In addition, lower than expected severity in the workers’ compensation line, primarily in the 2003 through 2007 accident years, contributed to the favorable development.

The favorable loss reserve development during the year ended December 31, 2007 is primarily the result of lower than expected bodily injury and personal injury protection claim severity in the personal automobile line, primarily in the 2003 through 2006 accident years, and lower than expected severity of liability claims in the commercial multiple peril line for the 2005 and prior accident years. In addition, lower than expected severity in the workers’ compensation and other commercial lines, also primarily in the 2003 through 2006 accident years, contributed to the favorable development.

The favorable loss reserve development during the year ended December 31, 2006 was primarily the result of lower than expected bodily injury claim frequency in the personal automobile line, primarily in the 2005 and 2004 accident years, and lower than expected severity in the workers’ compensation line, primarily in the 2004 and 2003 accident years. In addition, lower than expected frequency of liability claims in the commercial multiple peril line for the 2003, 2004 and 2005 accident years and lower than expected frequency of bodily injury claims in the commercial automobile line, primarily in the 2004 and 2005 accident years, contributed to the favorable loss development.

During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, estimated LAE reserves for claims occurring in prior years developed favorably by $4.6 million, $0.7 million, and $10.5 million, respectively. The favorable development in 2008 was primarily attributable to the aforementioned improvement in ultimate loss activity on prior accident years, primarily in the commercial multiple peril line. The favorable development in 2007 is primarily attributable to improvements in ultimate loss activity on prior accident years, primarily in the commercial multiple peril line, partially offset by an adverse litigation settlement in the first quarter of 2007, primarily impacting

 

39


Table of Contents

the personal automobile line. The favorable development in 2006 was primarily attributable to the aforementioned improvement in ultimate loss activity on prior accident years which results in the decrease of ultimate loss adjustment expenses, primarily related to workers’ compensation and personal automobile bodily injury.

Although we have experienced significant favorable development in both losses and LAE in recent years, there can be no assurance that this level of favorable development will occur in the future. We believe that we will experience less favorable prior year development in future years than we experienced recently. The factors that resulted in the favorable development of prior year reserves are considered in our ongoing process for establishing current accident year reserves. In light of our recent years of favorable development, the factors driving this development were considered to varying degrees in setting the more recent years’ accident year reserves. As a result, we expect the current and most recent accident year reserves not to develop as favorably as they have in the past. In light of the significance, in recent periods, of favorable development to our Property and Casualty segment income, declines in favorable development could be material to our results of operations.

Asbestos and Environmental Reserves

Although we attempt to limit our exposures to asbestos, environmental damage and toxic tort liability through specific policy exclusions, we have been and may continue to be subject to claims related to these exposures. The following table summarizes our business asbestos and environmental reserves (net of reinsurance and excluding pools).

 

For the Years Ended December 31

(In millions)

   2008     2007     2006
     Asbestos     Environmental     Total     Asbestos     Environmental     Total     Asbestos    Environmental     Total

Beginning reserves

   $ 11.3     $ 8.1     $ 19.4     $ 13.6     $ 11.1     $ 24.7     $ 11.6    $ 12.8     $ 24.4

Incurred losses and LAE

     (0.3 )     (2.0 )     (2.3 )     (1.9 )     (2.6 )     (4.5 )     3.3      (1.0 )     2.3

Paid (reimbursed) losses and LAE

     0.7       (2.1 )     (1.4 )     0.4       0.4       0.8       1.3      0.7       2.0
                                                                     

Ending reserves

   $ 10.3     $ 8.2     $ 18.5     $ 11.3     $ 8.1     $ 19.4     $ 13.6    $ 11.1     $ 24.7
                                                                     

Ending loss and LAE reserves for all direct business written by our property and casualty companies related to asbestos, environmental damage and toxic tort liability, included in the reserve for losses and LAE, were $18.5 million, $19.4 million and $24.7 million, net of reinsurance of $13.9 million, $11.1 million and $13.8 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. During 2008, our asbestos and environmental reserves decreased by $0.9 million, primarily due to a favorable cash recovery from a reinsurer on a prior year environmental claim. During 2007, we reduced our asbestos and environmental reserves by $4.5 million. In recent years average asbestos and environmental payments have declined modestly. As a result of our historical direct underwriting mix of Commercial Lines policies toward smaller and middle market risks, past asbestos, environmental damage and toxic tort liability loss experience has remained minimal in relation to our total loss and LAE incurred experience.

In addition, and not included in the numbers above, we have established loss and LAE reserves for assumed reinsurance pool business with asbestos, environmental damage and toxic tort liability of $58.4 million, $56.9 million and $57.0 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. These reserves relate to pools in which we have terminated our participation; however, we continue to be subject to claims related to years in which we were a participant. A significant part of our pool reserves relates to our participation in the Excess and Casualty Reinsurance Association (“ECRA”) voluntary pool from 1950 to 1982. In 1982, the pool was dissolved and since that time, the business has been in runoff. Our percentage of the total pool liabilities varied from 1% to 6% during these years. Our participation in this pool has resulted in average paid losses of approximately $2 million annually over the past ten years. Because of the inherent uncertainty regarding the types of claims in these pools, we cannot provide assurance that our reserves will be sufficient.

 

40


Table of Contents

We estimate our ultimate liability for asbestos, environmental and toxic tort liability claims, whether resulting from direct business, assumed reinsurance or pool business, based upon currently known facts, reasonable assumptions where the facts are not known, current law and methodologies currently available. Although these outstanding claims are not significant, their existence gives rise to uncertainty and are discussed because of the possibility that they may become significant. We believe that, notwithstanding the evolution of case law expanding liability in asbestos and environmental claims, recorded reserves related to these claims are adequate. Nevertheless, the asbestos, environmental and toxic tort liability reserves could be revised, and any such revisions could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations for a particular quarterly or annual period or on our financial position.

REINSURANCE

Our Property and Casualty group maintains a reinsurance program designed to protect against large or unusual losses and LAE activity. We utilize a variety of reinsurance agreements that are intended to control our exposure to large property and casualty losses, stabilize earnings and protect capital resources, including facultative reinsurance, excess of loss reinsurance and catastrophe reinsurance. We determine the appropriate amount of reinsurance based upon our evaluation of the risks insured, exposure analyses prepared by consultants and/or reinsurers and on market conditions, including the availability and pricing of reinsurance. Reinsurance contracts do not relieve us from our primary obligations to policyholders. Failure of reinsurers to honor their obligations could result in losses to us. We believe that the terms of our reinsurance contracts are consistent with industry practice in that they contain standard terms with respect to lines of business covered, limit and retention, arbitration and occurrence. Based on an ongoing review of our reinsurers’ financial statements, reported financial strength ratings from rating agencies, and the analysis and guidance of our reinsurance advisors, we believe that our reinsurers are financially sound.

Catastrophe reinsurance serves to protect us, as the ceding insurer, from significant losses arising from a single event such as snow, ice storm, windstorm, hail, hurricane, tornado, riot or other extraordinary events. Under our catastrophe reinsurance agreements, we had ceded losses and LAE of $9.3 million in 2006, primarily as a result of Hurricane Katrina, and to a lesser extent, Hurricane Rita. There were $0.3 million and $0.5 million of ceded losses under our catastrophe reinsurance agreements in 2008 and 2007, respectively. In 2008, we purchased catastrophe reinsurance coverage, which provided for maximum loss coverage limits of $700 million and a combined co-participation and retention level of $197 million of losses for a single event. Also, effective July 1, 2008, for a twelve month term, we purchased an additional $200 million layer and a co-participation of $89 million of losses for a single event in the Northeast. Our 2007 catastrophe coverage provided maximum loss coverage limits of $600 million with a combined co-participation and retention level of $167 million of losses for a single event. The 2008 program contains an automatic reinstatement premium provision in the event we exhaust this maximum coverage. Although we believe our $150 million retention for 2008 and 2009 is appropriate given our surplus level and the current reinsurance pricing environment, there can be no assurance that our reinsurance program will provide coverage levels that will prove adequate should we experience losses from one significant or several large catastrophes during 2009. Additionally, as a result of the current economic environment as well as losses incurred by reinsurers in recent years, the availability and pricing of appropriate reinsurance programs may be adversely affected in future renewal periods. We may not be able to pass these costs on to policyholders in the form of higher premiums or assessments.

We also are subject to concentration of risk with respect to reinsurance ceded to various residual market mechanisms. As a condition to conduct certain businesses in various states, we are required to participate in residual market mechanisms and pooling arrangements which provide insurance coverage to individuals or other entities that are otherwise unable to purchase such coverage. These market mechanisms and pooling arrangements include, among others, the Michigan Assigned Claims facility and the Michigan Catastrophic Claims Association.

See “Reinsurance” in Item 1 – Business on pages 13 and 14 of this Form 10-K for further information on our reinsurance programs.

 

41


Table of Contents

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS: LIFE COMPANIES

Discontinued operations consist of: (i) FAFLIC’s discontinued operations, including both the loss associated with the sale of FAFLIC on January 2, 2009 and the loss or income resulting from its prior business operations; and (ii) losses or gains associated with the sale of the variable life insurance and annuity business in 2005.

FAFLIC Discontinued Operations

As discussed above, FAFLIC discontinued operations include both the loss related to the sale and income or loss from FAFLIC’s then current operations.

 

For the Years Ended December 31

   2008     2007    2006
(In millions)                

Loss on FAFLIC assets held-for-sale

   $ (77.3 )   $ —      $ —  

(Loss) income from operations of FAFLIC business, including net realized (losses) gains of $(14.4), $1.5 and $(3.3) for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

     (7.5 )     10.9      7.9
                     

(Loss) income from operations of discontinued FAFLIC business

   $ (84.8 )   $ 10.9    $ 7.9
                     

Loss on FAFLIC Assets Held-for-Sale

On January 2, 2009, we sold our remaining life insurance subsidiary, FAFLIC, to Commonwealth Annuity, a subsidiary of Goldman Sachs. We obtained approval from the Massachusetts Division of Insurance for a pre-close dividend from FAFLIC consisting of designated assets with a statutory book value of approximately $130 million. Based on December 31, 2008 asset and liability values, and including the dividend, total net proceeds from the sale are expected to be valued at approximately $230 million, net of estimated transaction costs. Additionally, coincident with the sale transaction, Hanover Insurance and FAFLIC entered into a reinsurance contract whereby Hanover Insurance assumed FAFLIC’s discontinued accident and health insurance business. THG also agreed to indemnify Commonwealth Annuity for certain litigation, regulatory matters and other liabilities related to the pre-closing activities of the business being transferred.

The following table summarizes the components of the estimated loss related to the FAFLIC business held-for-sale as of December 31, 2008. The loss on the sale includes an impairment charge to reflect the value of the FAFLIC business sold at its fair value less costs to sell, as of December 31, 2008, in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets , (“Statement No. 144”). Balances are subject to potential post-closing adjustments in accordance with the terms of the agreement.

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

(In millions)

   2008  

Projected carrying value of FAFLIC before pre-close dividend

   $ 267.7 (1)

Pre-close net dividend

     (129.8 )(2)
        
     137.9  

Proceeds from sale

     105.8 (3)
        

Loss on sale before impact of transaction and other costs

     (32.1 )

Transaction costs

     (3.9 )(4)

Liability for certain legal indemnities and employee-related costs

     (8.2 )(5)

Other miscellaneous adjustments

     (33.1 )(6)
        

Net loss

   $ (77.3 )
        

 

(1) Shareholder’s equity in the FAFLIC business, prior to the impact of the sale transaction.
(2) Net pre-close dividends.
(3) Proceeds to THG from Commonwealth Annuity.
(4) Transaction costs include legal, actuarial and other professional fees.
(5) Liability for expected contractual indemnities of FAFLIC recorded under FASB Interpretation No. 45, Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantee, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others (“FIN 45”). These costs also include severance and retention payments anticipated to result from this transaction.
(6) Included in other miscellaneous adjustments are investment losses of $48.5 million, as well as favorable reserve adjustments related to the accident and health business of $15.6 million.

 

42


Table of Contents

( Loss) Income from Operations of FAFLIC Business

The following table summarizes the results of FAFLIC’s operations for the years ended December 31:

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

(In millions)

   2008     2007     2006  

Premiums

   $ 25.6     $ 32.8     $ 35.4  

Fees and other (loss) income

     (0.7 )     0.4       17.0  

Net investment income

     66.2       77.0       90.4  

Net realized investment (losses) gains

     (14.4 )     2.4       (4.1 )
                        

Total revenue

     76.7       112.6       138.7  

Policy benefits, claims and losses

     69.7       89.7       88.2  

Policy acquisition and other operating expenses

     9.9       16.0       42.1  
                        

(Loss) income included in discontinued operations before federal income taxes

     (2.9 )     6.9       8.4  

Federal income tax expense (benefit)

     4.6       (4.0 )     0.5  
                        

(Loss) income from discontinued operations of FAFLIC

   $ (7.5 )   $ 10.9     $ 7.9  
                        

The loss from FAFLIC’s discontinued operations was $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to income of $10.9 million and $7.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The decrease in income in 2008 compared to 2007 primarily resulted from an increase in other-than-temporary impairments in 2008 and lower net investment income resulting from an intercompany transfer of employee benefit related assets to our Property and Casualty segment. Partially offsetting this decrease were lower operating expenses and favorable mortality experience in our traditional and group retirement lines of business. The increase in income from discontinued operations in 2007 compared to 2006 was primarily due to lower operating expenses resulting from the run-off of the business, coupled with lower losses from our funding agreement business. These increases were partially offset by unfavorable mortality experience in our group retirement and traditional lines of business.

The accident and health business had no financial results that impacted 2008, 2007 or 2006. For a description of the business, see “Life Companies” in the Business Section on pages 15 and 16 of this Form 10-K.

Gain on Disposal of Variable Life Insurance and Annuity Business

On December 30, 2005, we sold our run-off variable life insurance and annuity business, to Goldman Sachs. Such results primarily consist of expense and recoveries relating to indemnification obligations incurred in connection with this sale. The following table summarizes the results for this discontinued business for the periods indicated:

 

For the Years Ended December 31

   2008    2007    2006  
(In millions)                 

Gain (loss) on sale of variable life insurance and annuity business, net of taxes (including a gain (loss) on disposal of $8.7, $7.9 and ($29.8) in 2008, 2007 and 2006)

   $ 11.3    $ 13.1    $ (29.8 )
                      

For the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded a gain of $11.3 million, net of taxes, as compared to a gain of $13.1 million, net of taxes, for the year ended December 31, 2007. The gain in 2008 resulted primarily from an $8.7 million release of liabilities related to certain indemnities to Goldman Sachs relating to the pre-sale activities of the business sold recorded under FIN 45 and the $2.6 million federal income tax settlement. For the year ended December 31, 2007, we recorded a gain of $13.1 million, primarily related to a $7.5 million tax benefit from the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards previously generated and $5.2 million related to the favorable settlement of Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) audits for the 2002 to 2004 tax years (See Income Taxes on pages 54 and 55 of this Form 10-K for further discussion). In 2006, we recorded additional costs associated with the sale of $29.8 million, net of tax. Included in this charge was an additional $15.0 million provision for our estimated potential liability for certain contractual indemnities to Goldman Sachs relating to the pre-sale activities of the business sold recorded under FIN 45. Also included in the loss for 2006 was $14.8 million of costs primarily related to employee severance costs, net costs of transitional services, operations conversion expenses and other litigation matters.

As of December 31, 2008, our total liability related to indemnifications provided in the variable life and annuity transaction was $11.3 million on a pre-tax basis. Due to the sale of the FAFLIC business, we have incurred additional indemnification costs totaling $7.0 million. Although we believe our current estimate for these

 

43


Table of Contents

indemnification liabilities is appropriate, there can be no assurance that these estimates will not materially increase in the future.

OTHER ITEMS

In 2008, we recorded an income tax benefit of $6.4 million relating to federal income tax settlements for prior years and in 2006, we recorded a reduction in our federal income tax reserves resulting from clarification of outstanding issues in the course of ongoing IRS audits (see Income Taxes on pages 54 and 55 of this Form 10-K for further information).

Net realized losses on investments were $97.8 million in 2008, primarily due to $113.1 million of other-than-temporary impairments of fixed maturities and equity securities, partially offset by $15.3 million of gains recognized principally from the sale of $778.1 million of fixed maturities. Net realized investment losses were $0.9 million in 2007, primarily due to $3.6 million of impairments from fixed maturities and other invested assets, partially offset by $2.7 million of gains recognized principally from the sale of $340.0 million of fixed maturities. Net investment losses were $0.2 million in 2006, primarily related to $6.8 million of charges resulting from impairments. Partially offsetting these losses were $9.1 million of gains, recognized primarily from the sale of $449.4 million of fixed maturities. Also, we incurred $2.5 million in partnership losses in 2006.

During 2008, we recognized income of $10.1 million, which reflects an $11.1 million gain on the sale of AMGRO, partially offset by losses from the operations of AMGRO during that period.

On August 31, 2006, we sold all of the outstanding shares of Financial Profiles, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary, to Emerging Information Systems Incorporated and recognized a $7.8 million after-tax gain on the sale during the third quarter of 2006. (See Other Significant Transactions on pages 58 and 59 of this Form 10-K).

Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (“Statement No. 123(R)”), which resulted in a benefit of $0.6 million in 2006. This adjustment was the result of remeasuring the value of certain stock-based awards at grant-date fair value that had previously been measured at intrinsic value.

 

44


Table of Contents

Net income includes the following items by segment:

 

(In millions)

   2008  
   Property and Casualty     Life
Companies
    Total  
   Personal
Lines
    Commercial
Lines
    Other
Property
and
Casualty (2)
     

Net realized investment (losses) gains (1)

   $ (53.6 )   $ (53.4 )   $ 9.2     $ —       $ (97.8 )

Federal income tax settlement

     5.6       2.1       (1.3 )     —         6.4  

Other non-segment items

     —         (0.1 )     —         —         (0.1 )

Loss from operations of discontinued FAFLIC business (including loss on assets held-for-sale of $77.3), net of taxes

     —         —         —         (84.8 )     (84.8 )

Gain on disposal of discontinued variable life and annuity business, net of taxes

     —         —         —         11.3       11.3  

Income from operations of AMGRO (including gain on disposal of $11.1), net of taxes

     —         —         10.1       —         10.1  

Other discontinued operations

     —         —         —         (0.5 )     (0.5 )

 

(In millions)

   2007  
   Property and Casualty    Life
Companies
   Total  
   Personal
Lines
    Commercial
Lines
    Other
Property
and
Casualty (2)
     

Net realized investment (losses) gains (1)

   $ (0.7 )   $ (0.7 )   $ 0.5    $ —      $ (0.9 )

Income from operations of discontinued FAFLIC business, net of taxes

     —         —         —        10.9      10.9  

Income from operations of discontinued variable life and annuity business (including gain on disposal of $7.9), net of taxes

     —         —         —        13.1      13.1  

Other discontinued operations

     —         —         —        0.8      0.8  

 

(In millions)

   2006  
   Property and Casualty     Life
Companies
    Total  
   Personal
Lines
    Commercial
Lines
    Other
Property
and
Casualty (2)
     

Change in prior years tax reserves

   $ (1.3 )   $ (1.4 )   $ 4.1     $ —       $ 1.4  

Net realized investment gains (losses) (1)

     1.9       2.0       (4.1 )     —         (0.2 )

Other non-segment items

     —         0.2       —         —         0.2  

Income from operations of discontinued FAFLIC business, net of taxes

     —         —         —         7.9       7.9  

Loss on disposal of variable life insurance and annuity business, net of taxes

     —         —         —         (29.8 )     (29.8 )

Other discontinued operations

     —         —         —         7.8       7.8  

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of taxes

     0.2       0.3       —         0.1       0.6  

 

(1) We manage investment assets for our property and casualty business based on the requirements of the entire property and casualty group. We allocate the investment income, expenses and realized gains (losses) to our Personal Lines, Commercial Lines and Other Property and Casualty segments based on actuarial information related to the underlying business.
(2) Includes corporate eliminations.

 

45


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO

We held general account investment assets diversified across several asset classes, as follows:

 

(In millions, except percentage data)

   December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
   Carrying
Value (2)
   % of Total
Carrying
Value
    Carrying
Value (2)
   % of Total
Carrying
Value
 

Fixed maturities (1)

   $ 5,156.2    87.4 %   $ 5,722.0    91.8 %

Equity securities (1)

     47.8    0.8       44.9    0.7  

Mortgages

     31.1    0.5       41.2    0.7  

Policy loans (1)

     111.1    1.9       116.0    1.9  

Cash and cash equivalents (1)

     529.5    9.0       275.4    4.4  

Other long-term investments

     26.3    0.4       30.7    0.5  
                          

Total, including investments held-for-sale

     5,902.0    100.0       6,230.2    100.0  

Less: investments held-for-sale (2)

     1,182.1    20.0       1,318.3    21.2  
                          

Total, excluding investments held-for-sale

   $ 4,719.9    80.0 %   $ 4,911.9    78.8 %
                          

 

(1) We carry these investments at fair value.
(2) Due to the January 2, 2009 sale of FAFLIC, certain assets are classified as “held-for-sale” on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets in accordance with Statement No. 144. After the close of the FAFLIC sale transaction, the majority of these assets transferred to the buyer. However, a small portion was retained by Hanover as part of an asset purchase arrangement and separate reinsurance agreement between FAFLIC and Hanover Insurance in connection with such sale. Included in this held-for-sale classification are investment assets that transferred with FAFLIC of $1,124.6 million at December 31, 2008 and $1,195.5 million at December 31, 2007.

Total investment assets including investments held-for-sale decreased $328.2 million, or 5.3%, to $5.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2008, of which fixed maturities decreased $565.8 million and cash and cash equivalents increased $254.1 million. Fixed maturities declined primarily due to market value depreciation, as well as due to the sale of securities to fund our share repurchase program. Cash and cash equivalents increased primarily due to the sale of our premium financing business, including cash received for the extinguishment of intercompany borrowings and from related sale proceeds, and as a result of proceeds from certain commutations in our discontinued accident and health business. In addition, cash balances grew in 2008 as we took a more cautious approach to investing in the bond and equity markets.

Investment Portfolio – Continuing Operations

The following discussion includes the investment assets of our ongoing operations, which is comprised primarily of our property and casualty business.

Our fixed maturity portfolio is comprised primarily of investment grade corporate securities, mortgage-backed securities, taxable and tax-exempt issues of state and local governments, U.S. government and agency securities and other issues.

 

46


Table of Contents

The following table provides information about the investment type and credit quality of our fixed maturities portfolio:

(In millions, except percentage data)

 

December 31, 2008

 

Investment Type

  

Rating Agency

Equivalent Designation

   Amortized Cost    Fair Value    Net Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
    Change in Net
Unrealized
 

Corporates:

             

NAIC 1

   Aaa/Aa/A    $ 962.7    $ 902.9    $ (59.8 )   $ (56.5 )

NAIC 2

   Baa      922.5      850.3      (72.2 )     (61.6 )

NAIC 3 or below

   Ba, B, Caa and lower      286.3      229.8      (56.5 )     (53.7 )
                                 

Total Corporates

        2,171.5      1,983.0      (188.5 )     (171.8 )

Asset backed:

             

Mortgage backed securities

        971.3      970.0      (1.3 )     (2.7 )

Commercial mortgage backed securities

        288.9      258.0      (30.9 )     (31.8 )

Asset backed securities

        19.2      11.9      (7.3 )     (6.4 )

Municipals:

             

Taxable

        507.1      492.0      (15.1 )     (19.0 )

Tax exempt

        241.2      224.7      (16.5 )     (25.1 )

U.S. government

        277.2      281.9      4.7       (0.4 )

Redeemable preferred

        46.8      33.3      (13.5 )     (9.3 )
                                 

Total fixed maturities

      $ 4,523.2    $ 4,254.8    $ (268.4 )   $ (266.5 )
                                 

Amortized cost and carrying value by rating category for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows:

 

NAIC Designation

  

Rating Agency
Equivalent Designation

   December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
      Amortized
Cost
   Carrying
Value
   % of Total
Carrying
Value
    Amortized
Cost
   Carrying
Value
   % of Total
Carrying
Value
 

1

   Aaa/Aa/A    $ 3,125.9    $ 3,015.6    70.9 %   $ 3,445.1    $ 3,457.7    73.5 %

2

   Baa      1,088.9      992.2    23.3       962.4      950.9    20.2  

3

   Ba      151.5      133.2    3.1       120.1      118.4    2.5  

4

   B      111.0      83.8    2.0       147.7      146.8    3.1  

5

   Caa and lower      37.1      24.5    0.6       32.4      30.6    0.7  

6

   In or near default      8.8      5.5    0.1       0.9      2.3    —    
                                           

Total fixed maturities

      $ 4,523.2    $ 4,254.8    100.0 %   $ 4,708.6    $ 4,706.7    100.0 %
                                           

 

47


Table of Contents

Based on ratings by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”), approximately 94% of our fixed maturity portfolio consisted of investment grade securities at December 31, 2008 and 2007. While market valuations deteriorated in the current year due to unprecedented events in the financial markets, we believe these losses are temporary. Management believes that recent and ongoing government actions, the quality of the assets, anticipated long-term economic value and our ability and intent to hold such securities to maturity will lead to a recovery in value in the near term.

The quality of our fixed maturity portfolio remains high based on ratings, capital structure position, support through guarantees, underlying security and parent ownership and yield curve position. We do not hold any securities in the following sectors: subprime mortgages, either directly or through our mortgage-backed securities; collateralized debt obligations; collateralized loan obligations; or credit derivatives. Our residential mortgage-backed securities constitute approximately $1.0 billion of our invested assets, with less than 16% held in non-agency prime securities, and the remaining invested in agency-sponsored securities. Commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”) constitute $258.0 million of our invested assets, of which approximately 21% is defeased. The portfolio is seasoned, with approximately 89% of our CMBS holdings from pre-2005 vintages, 6% from the 2007 vintage, 4% from the 2006 vintage and 1% from the 2005 vintage. The CMBS portfolio is of high quality with a weighted average credit rating of AA+. Approximately 80% of this portfolio is AAA rated and 20% is rated AA or A and has a weighted average loan-to-value ratio of 66.2% as of December 31, 2008. Our direct commercial mortgage portfolio is only $42.6 million as of December 31, 2008, including credit tenant loan fixed maturities. These mortgages are of high quality, with 64% maturing by the end of 2010. Our municipal bond portfolio has a weighted average rating of AA- and constitutes approximately 15% of invested assets. Financial guarantor insurance enhanced municipal bonds were $334.6 million, or approximately 47%, of our municipal bond portfolio at December 31, 2008. The overall weighted average credit rating of our insured municipal bond portfolio, giving no effect to the insurance enhancement, was A-. US agency debt securities represent about 5% of the portfolio and we have no investments in their preferred stock or equity.

At December 31, 2008, $75.8 million of our fixed maturities were invested in traditional private placement securities, as compared to $99.5 million at December 31, 2007. Fair values of traditional private placement securities are determined either by a third party broker or by pricing models that use discounted cash flow analyses.

Our fixed maturity and equity securities are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value. As of January 1, 2008, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“Statement No. 157”), with respect to our investment assets and liabilities, which was not material to our financial position or results of operations. Statement No. 157 creates a common definition of fair value, establishes a hierarchy for determining fair value that emphasizes the use of observable market data whenever available and requires expanded disclosures. Financial instruments whose value is determined using significant management judgment or estimation constitute approximately 2% of the total assets and liabilities we measured at fair value. (See also Note 7 – Fair Value).

Although we expect to invest new funds primarily in cash, cash equivalents and investment grade fixed maturities, we have invested and expect to continue investing a small portion of funds in equity securities, and we may invest a portion in below investment grade fixed maturities and other assets. The average yield on fixed maturities was 5.7% and 5.6% for December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Other-than-Temporary Impairments

We recognized $113.1 million of realized losses on other-than-temporary impairments of investment securities in continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2008, as compared to $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in impairments in 2008 primarily reflects credit-related losses on corporate bonds, particularly in the financial sector and in certain higher yielding below investment grade fixed maturities. Financial sector losses include impairments on holdings of securities issued by Lehman Brothers and Washington Mutual. Other-than-temporary impairments in 2008 included $68.6 million related to the financial sector, $38.5 million related to the industrial sector and $6.0 million related to the utilities sector. Approximately $54.7 million of impairments were related to investment grade fixed maturities, $50.2 million to below investment grade securities and $8.2 million to equities and other investments.

 

48


Table of Contents

In 2007, other-than-temporary impairments primarily resulted from our exposure to below investment grade securities.

In our determination of other-than-temporary impairments, we consider several factors and circumstances, including the issuer’s overall financial condition; the issuer’s credit and financial strength ratings; the issuer’s financial performance, including earnings trends, dividend payments, and asset quality; any specific events which may influence the operations of the issuer including governmental actions such as the enactment of The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 and receipt of related funds; a weakening of the general market conditions in the industry or geographic region in which the issuer operates; the length of time and the degree to which the fair value of an issuer’s securities remains below our cost; and with respect to fixed maturity investments, any factors that might raise doubt about the issuer’s ability to pay all amounts due according to the contractual terms. We apply these factors to all securities. Other-than-temporary impairments are recorded as a realized loss, which reduces net income and earnings per share. Temporary declines in market value are recorded as unrealized losses, which do not affect net income and earnings per share, but reduce other comprehensive income, which is reflected on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. We cannot provide assurance that the other-than-temporary impairments will, in fact, be adequate to cover future losses or that we will not have substantial additional impairments in the future.

Unrealized Losses

The following table provides information about our fixed maturities and equity securities that have been continuously in an unrealized loss position.

 

(In millions)

   December 31, 2008    December 31, 2007
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair
Value
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair
Value

Investment grade fixed maturities:

           

12 months or less

   $ 152.0    $ 1,732.3    $ 21.2    $ 576.0

Greater than 12 months

     106.0      490.1      25.6      963.4
                           

Total investment grade fixed maturities

     258.0      2,222.4      46.8      1,539.4

Below investment grade fixed maturities:

           

12 months or less

     64.2      152.5      8.2      170.1

Greater than 12 months

     —        —        —        —  
                           

Total below investment grade fixed maturities

     64.2      152.5      8.2      170.1

Equity securities:

           

12 months or less

     11.4      32.3      0.5      17.8

Greater than 12 months

     —        —        —        —  
                           

Total equity securities

     11.4      32.3      0.5      17.8
                           

Total fixed maturities and equity securities (1)

   $ 333.6    $ 2,407.2    $ 55.5    $ 1,727.3
                           

 

(1) Includes discontinued accident and health pools of $15.7 million in gross unrealized losses with $52.3 million in fair value at December 31, 2008 and $2.5 million in gross unrealized losses with $58.2 million in fair value at December 31, 2007.

Gross unrealized losses on fixed maturities and equity securities increased $278.1 million, to $333.6 million at December 31, 2008, compared to $55.5 million at December 31, 2007. The increase in unrealized losses on both investment grade and below investment grade securities during 2008 was due to significant widening of credit spreads, particularly during the second half of the year. Spreads widened most notably in the industrial, financial and commercial mortgage-backed security sectors as investors evaluated the length and severity of a global economic slowdown within the context of impaired credit markets and continuing concerns of poor quality assets on bank balance sheets. At December 31, 2008, unrealized losses by sector were: $95.9 million in the industrial sector, $80.5 million in the financial sector, $60.8 million in mortgage and asset-backed securities, $35.5 million in municipal bonds, $34.8 million in utilities and the remainder in redeemable preferred, equity securities and US government securities.

 

49


Table of Contents

The following table includes our top twenty-five industrial sector corporate fixed maturity holdings as of December 31, 2008 and related financial ratings. The table excludes securities transferred on January 2, 2009 in connection with the sale of FAFLIC.

(In millions, except percentage data)

 

Issuer

   Amortized
Cost
   Fair
Value
   % of Inv.
Assets
    S&P
Ratings

AT&T

   $ 33.9    $ 34.0    0.71 %   A

CVS

     25.5      24.0    0.50 %   BBB+

Valero Energy

     24.7      23.3    0.49 %   BBB

Kroger

     20.6      20.4    0.43 %   BBB-

Union Pacific

     19.0      19.1    0.40 %   BBB

Vodafone

     18.3      17.7    0.37 %   A-

Encana

     17.6      16.7    0.35 %   A-

Safeway

     17.5      17.1    0.36 %   BBB

Textron

     17.0      13.6    0.28 %   BBB

Home Depot

     16.9      15.2    0.32 %   BBB+

Burlington Northern

     16.6      15.8    0.33 %   BBB

Miller Brewing

     16.4      15.2    0.32 %   BBB+

Comcast

     15.8      15.7    0.33 %   BBB+

Schering-Plough

     15.4      14.8    0.31 %   A-

Verizon

     15.0      13.9    0.29 %   A

Conoco Phillips

     13.9      14.2    0.30 %   A

Lowe’s

     13.6      13.2    0.28 %   BBB+

Conagra Inc.

     13.4      12.8    0.27 %   BBB+

British Telecom

     12.4      12.0    0.25 %   BBB+

Canadian Natural Resources

     12.4      11.2    0.23 %   BBB

Holcim Capital

     12.0      12.3    0.26 %   BBB

McKesson

     12.0      12.1    0.25 %   BBB+

Daimler-Chrysler

     12.0      11.6    0.24 %   A-

Telefonica Europe

     11.9      11.4    0.24 %   A-

Anadarko Petroleum

     11.6      10.2    0.21 %   BBB-
                      

Top 25 Industrial

     415.4      397.5    8.32 %  

Other Industrial

     697.8      629.6    13.18 %  
                      

Total Industrial

     1,113.2      1,027.1    21.50 %  
                      

The following table includes our top twenty-five financial sector fixed maturity holdings as of December 31, 2008 and related financial ratings. The table excludes securities transferred on January 2, 2009 in connection with the sale of FAFLIC.

(In millions, except percentage data)

 

Issuer

   Tarp (1)    Amortized
Cost
   Fair
Value
   % of Inv.
Assets
    S&P
Ratings

Bank of America

   Y    $ 59.0    $ 53.1    1.11 %   A

PNC Bank

   Y      31.6      29.3    0.61 %   A+

Wells Fargo

   Y      30.1      28.8    0.60 %   AA

JP Morgan

   Y      27.1      26.4    0.55 %   A+

Goldman Sachs

   Y      26.3      23.4    0.49 %   A

GE Capital Cap

   N      25.1      24.7    0.52 %   AAA

Morgan Stanley

   Y      21.9      18.8    0.39 %   A

Capital One

   Y      17.4      16.4    0.34 %   A-

Aetna

   N      16.3      15.1    0.32 %   A-

American Express

   Y      16.2      14.6    0.31 %   A

CIT Group

   Y      15.2      20.3    0.42 %   BBB+

Fifth Third Bancorp

   Y      15.0      12.3    0.26 %   A

Wellpoint

   N      14.8      13.8    0.29 %   A-

HSBC Bank

   N      14.4      14.3    0.30 %   AA-

Genworth Global Funding

   N      13.2      5.6    0.12 %   A-

Manufacturers & Traders Bank

   Y      13.1      9.0    0.19 %   A-

Royal Bank of Scotland

   N      12.9      12.7    0.27 %   A+

Charter One

   N      12.1      11.8    0.25 %   A-

Credit Suisse First Boston

   N      11.6      11.0    0.23 %   A+

Union Bank of California

   N      11.5      9.2    0.19 %   A

Bank of New York

   Y      11.4      11.6    0.24 %   AA-

Student Loan Market

   N      11.1      12.3    0.26 %   BBB-

Regions Bank

   Y      8.2      5.6    0.12 %   BBB+

FMR

   N      7.2      6.5    0.14 %   AA-

Cigna

   N      6.1      5.3    0.11 %   BBB+
                         

Top 25 Financial

        448.8      411.9    8.63 %  

Other Financial

        214.0      182.3    3.81 %  
                         

Total Financial

      $ 662.8    $ 594.2    12.44 %  
                         

 

(1) “Y” indicates that the issuer is a participant in the Troubled Asset Relief Program established under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008. “N” indicates that the issuer is not a participant in such program.

Obligations of states and political subdivisions, the U.S. Treasury, U.S. government and agency securities had associated gross unrealized losses of $36.6 million at December 31, 2008 and $2.4 million at December 31, 2007. At December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, substantially all below investment grade securities with an unrealized loss had been rated by the NAIC, Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s.

 

50


Table of Contents

We view the gross unrealized losses on fixed maturities and equity securities as being temporary since it is our assessment that these securities will recover in the near term. Management believes that recent and ongoing government actions, including The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, the 2009 American Recovery and Reinvestment Act and other U.S. and global government programs and the quality of our assets will allow us to realize the securities’ anticipated long-term economic value. Furthermore, as of December 31, 2008, we had the intent and ability to retain such investments for the period of time anticipated to allow for this expected recovery in fair value. (See also Liquidity and Capital Resources on pages 60 to 62 of this Form 10-K.) The risks inherent in our assessment methodology include the risk that, subsequent to the balance sheet date, market factors may differ from our expectations; government actions do not have the intended affect of stabilizing financial institutions and financial markets; the global economic slowdown is longer or more severe than we expect; we may decide to subsequently sell a security for unforeseen business needs; or changes in the credit assessment or equity characteristics from our original assessment may lead us to determine that a sale at the current value would maximize recovery on such investments. To the extent that there are such adverse changes, the unrealized loss would then be realized and we would record a charge to earnings. Although unrealized losses are not reflected in the results of financial operations until they are realized or deemed “other-than-temporary”, the fair value of the underlying investment, which does reflect the unrealized loss, is reflected in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The following table sets forth gross unrealized losses for fixed maturities by maturity period and for equity securities at December 31, 2008 and 2007. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations, with or without call or prepayment penalties, or we may have the right to put or sell the obligations back to the issuers. Mortgage-backed securities are included in the category representing their ultimate maturity.

 

(In millions)

   December 31,
2008
   December 31,
2007

Due in one year or less

   $ 2.1    $ 0.2

Due after one year through five years

     97.4      10.2

Due after five years through ten years

     115.6      30.0

Due after ten years

     107.1      14.6
             

Total fixed maturities

     322.2      55.0

Equity securities

     11.4      0.5
             

Total fixed maturities and equity securities (1)

   $ 333.6    $ 55.5
             

 

(1) Includes discontinued accident and health pools of $15.7 million and $2.5 million in gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Our investment portfolio and shareholders’ equity can be and has been significantly impacted by the changes in market values of our securities. As noted in the previous tables, during 2008, there were significant declines in the market values of our fixed maturity securities, particularly in the industrial and financial sectors. Additionally, subsequent to December 31, 2008, through the date of this report, conditions in the financial markets remained volatile, market values have continued to fluctuate and defaults on corporate fixed income securities are expected to increase significantly in 2009. As a result, depending on market conditions, we could incur additional realized and unrealized losses in future periods, which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and/or financial position.

Recent developments continue to illustrate that the U.S. and global financial markets and economies are in an unprecedented period of uncertainty and instability. Many issuers face rapidly changing adverse business and liquidity circumstances, increasing the likelihood of unanticipated defaults during 2009. While we may experience a significant increase in defaults on corporate fixed income securities in 2009, particularly with respect to non-investment grade securities, it is difficult to foresee what issuers, industries or markets could be affected. As a result, the value of our fixed maturity portfolio could change rapidly in ways we cannot currently anticipate. Depending on market conditions, we could incur additional realized and unrealized losses in future periods.

Due to the volatile credit markets, we experienced defaults in 2008 on certain fixed maturities of issuers, primarily in the financial sector. The carrying value of fixed maturity securities on non-accrual status at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was not material. The effect of non-accruals for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared with amounts that would have been recognized in accordance with the original terms of the fixed maturities, was a reduction in net investment income of $2.1 million. The effect of non-accruals in 2007 was not material. Any defaults in the fixed maturities portfolio in future periods may negatively affect investment income.

MARKET RISK AND RISK MANAGEMENT POLICIES

INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY

Our operations are subject to risk resulting from interest rate fluctuations which may adversely impact the valuation of the investment portfolio. In a rising interest rate environment, the value of the fixed income sector, which comprises 89% of our total continuing portfolio, may decline as a result of decreases in the fair market value of the securities. Our intent is to hold securities to maturity

 

51


Table of Contents

and recover the decline in valuation as prices accrete to par. However, our intent may change prior to maturity due to changes in the financial markets or our analysis of an issuer’s credit metrics and prospects. Interest rate fluctuations may also reduce net investment income and as a result, profitability. The portfolio may realize lower yields and therefore lower net investment income on securities because the securities with prepayment and call features may prepay at a different rate than originally projected. In a declining interest rate environment, prepayments and calls may increase as issuers exercise their option to refinance at lower rates. The resulting funds would be reinvested at lower yields. In a rising interest rate environment, the funds may not be available to invest at higher interest rates.

For our Property and Casualty business, we developed an investment strategy that is intended to maximize investment income with consideration towards driving long-term growth of shareholders’ equity and book value. The determination of the appropriate asset allocation is a process that focuses on the types of business written and the level of surplus required to support our different businesses and the risk return profiles of the underlying asset classes. We look to balance the goals of capital preservation, stability, liquidity and after-tax return.

The majority of our assets are invested in the fixed income markets. Through fundamental research and credit analysis, our investment professionals seek to identify a combination of stable income producing higher quality U.S. agency, corporate and mortgage-backed securities and undervalued securities in the credit markets. We have a general policy of diversifying investments both within and across all portfolios to mitigate credit and interest rate risk. We monitor the credit quality of our investments and our exposure to individual markets, borrowers, industries, sectors and, in the case of direct commercial mortgages and commercial mortgage-backed securities, property types and geographic locations. In addition, we currently carry long-term debt which is subject to interest rate risk. The majority of this debt was issued at fixed interest rates of 8.207% and 7.625%. Current market conditions do not allow for us to invest assets at similar rates of return; and, therefore our earnings on a similar level of assets are not sufficient to cover our current debt interest costs.

The following tables for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 provide information about our financial instruments used for purposes other than trading that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. The tables present principal cash flows and related weighted-average interest rates by expected maturities, unless otherwise noted below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties, or we may have the right to put or sell the obligations back to the issuers. Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are included in the category representing their expected maturity. Available-for-sale securities include both U.S. and foreign-denominated fixed maturities, but exclude foreign currency swap contracts. Additionally, we have assumed our available-for-sale securities are similar enough to aggregate those securities for presentation purposes. Specifically, variable rate available-for-sale securities comprise an immaterial portion of the portfolio and do not have a significant impact on weighted-average interest rates. Therefore, the variable rate investments are not presented separately; instead they are included in the tables at their current interest rate. For liabilities that have no contractual maturity, the tables present principal cash flows and related weighted-average interest rates based on our historical experience, management’s judgment, and statistical analysis, as applicable, concerning their most likely withdrawal behaviors. In addition, long-term debt is presented at contractual maturities, except for our long-term debt for recently acquired subsidiaries. We have presented this debt in the category that reflects the more likely payments of this debt, which is expected to be earlier than their contractual maturities.

 

52


Table of Contents

The market rate disclosures presented for 2008 differ from 2007 due to the sale of FAFLIC on January 2, 2009. FAFLIC rate sensitive assets and liabilities have been excluded for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

For the Years Ended December 31, 2008

   2009     2010     2011     2012     2013     Thereafter     Total     Fair
Value
12/31/08
(Dollars in millions)                                               

Rate Sensitive Assets:

                

Available-for-sale securities

   $ 489.4     $ 464.6     $ 558.8     $ 471.1     $ 502.6     $ 2,348.5     $ 4,835.0     $ 4,444.5

Average interest rate

     3.42 %     5.52 %     6.01 %     5.86 %     5.28 %     5.66 %     5.44 %  

Mortgage loans

   $ 4.2     $ 20.6     $ 0.3     $ —       $ —       $ 7.0     $ 32.1     $ 33.1

Average interest rate

     7.59 %     8.08 %     6.60 %     —         —         7.70 %     7.92 %  

Rate Sensitive Liabilities:

                

Supplemental contracts without life contingencies

   $ 6.8     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 6.8     $ 6.8

Average interest rate

     0.75 %     —         —         —         —         —         0.75 %  

Long-term debt

   $ 4.0     $ 3.1     $ —       $ 15.5     $ —       $ 508.8     $ 531.4     $ 325.8

Average interest rate

     5.68 %     7.79 %     —         7.29 %     —         7.98 %     7.94 %  

For the Years Ended December 31, 2007

   2008     2009     2010     2011     2012     Thereafter     Total     Fair
Value
12/31/07
(Dollars in millions)                                               

Rate Sensitive Assets:

                

Available-for-sale securities

   $ 468.7     $ 373.6     $ 516.5     $ 625.6     $ 578.1     $ 3,285.8     $ 5,848.3     $ 5,849.7

Average interest rate

     4.80 %     5.80 %     5.98 %     6.12 %     5.94 %     5.60 %     5.67 %  

Mortgage loans

   $ 2.3     $ 4.5     $ 21.4     $ 0.4     $ 0.9     $ 12.7     $ 42.2     $ 43.9

Average interest rate

     7.10 %     7.60 %     8.09 %     6.61 %     8.45 %     7.59 %     7.83 %  

Policy loans

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 116.0     $ 116.0     $ 116.0

Average interest rate

     —         —         —         —         —         6.17 %     6.17 %  

Rate Sensitive Liabilities:

                

Supplemental contracts without life contingencies

   $ 11.4     $ 2.0     $ 1.5     $ 1.2     $ 1.1     $ 3.6     $ 20.8     $ 20.8

Average interest rate

     1.66 %     2.67 %     2.71 %     2.76 %     2.81 %     2.89 %     2.15 %  

Other individual contract deposit funds

   $ 5.1     $ 4.5     $ 3.9     $ 3.5     $ 4.0     $ 68.7     $ 89.7     $ 89.7

Average interest rate

     3.62 %     3.58 %     3.54 %     3.52 %     3.50 %     3.50 %     3.52 %  

Other group contract deposit funds

   $ 4.1     $ 4.0     $ 3.7     $ 3.5     $ 3.2     $ 10.4     $ 28.9     $ 28.8

Average interest rate

     4.26 %     4.26 %     4.26 %     4.26 %     4.26 %     4.26 %     4.26 %  

Trust instruments supported by funding obligations

   $ 19.0     $ —       $ —       $ 20.3     $ —       $ —       $ 39.3     $ 39.5

Average interest rate

     8.20 %     —         —         6.00 %     —         —         7.24 %  

Long-term debt

   $ —       $ —       $ 3.1     $ —       $ —       $ 508.8     $ 511.9     $ 480.2

Average interest rate

     —         —         7.79 %     —         —         7.98 %     7.98 %  

 

53


Table of Contents

FOREIGN CURRENCY SENSITIVITY

In 2008 and 2007, we did not have material exposure to foreign currency related risk.

INCOME TAXES

We file a consolidated United States federal income tax return that includes the holding company and its subsidiaries (including non-insurance operations). We segregate the entities included within the consolidated group into either a life insurance or a non-life insurance company subgroup. The consolidation of these subgroups is subject to certain statutory restrictions on the percentage of eligible non-life tax losses that can be applied to offset life company taxable income.

The provision for federal income taxes from continuing operations were expenses of $79.9 million, $113.2 million and $87.2 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. These provisions resulted in consolidated effective federal tax rates of 48.6%, 33.1%, and 32.2% on pre-tax income for 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. The 2008 provision reflects a $6.4 million benefit resulting from the settlement with the IRS of tax years 1995 through 2001. The 2006 provision reflects a $1.4 million benefit due to reductions in our federal income tax reserves resulting from clarification of outstanding issues for prior years in the course of ongoing IRS audits.

Absent the aforementioned benefits, the effective tax rates in 2008 and 2006 would have been 52.5% and 32.7%, respectively. The increase in the 2008 tax rate is primarily due to the non-recognition of tax benefits, in 2008, related to our realized investment losses as it is our opinion that it is more likely than not that we will be unable to realize these benefits. The slight increase from 2006 to 2007 is primarily due to higher underwriting income and a reduced level of tax-exempt interest income in 2007 compared to 2006.

Our federal income tax expense on segment income was $86.3 million for 2008 compared to $113.7 million in 2007 and $86.6 million in 2006. The decrease in 2008 was primarily due to lower segment income; whereas, the increase in 2007 was primarily due to higher underwriting income in our property and casualty business.

In addition to the aforementioned benefits from ongoing IRS audits, we also realized other tax benefits in our discontinued operations related to ongoing IRS audits. During 2008, we reached an agreement with the IRS on our 1995 to 2001 audit cycle. A benefit of $2.6 million was recognized in discontinued operations as income from our discontinued variable life insurance and annuity business and a tax expense of $0.7 million was recognized in our discontinued FAFLIC business. In December 2007, we reached an agreement with the IRS on our 2002 to 2004 audit cycle. The resulting assessment of federal income tax was offset by the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards from our discontinued variable life insurance and annuity business. The recognition of these net operating loss carryforwards resulted in a $7.5 million tax benefit recorded in discontinued operations as an adjustment to the loss on the disposal of our variable life insurance and annuity business. A benefit of $5.2 million, also related to variable life insurance and annuity items from 2002 to 2004 was recognized in discontinued operations as income from our former life insurance subsidiary. Also in 2007, a benefit of $2.6 million resulting from the settlement with the IRS of interest claims for 1977 through 1994 was recognized in discontinued operations as income from discontinued FAFLIC business. Lastly, both 2007 and 2006 reflect benefits of $2.1 million and $1.9 million, respectively, due to reductions in our federal income tax reserves from clarification of outstanding issues for prior years in the course of ongoing IRS audits. The recognition of these benefits was recorded in discontinued operations as income in discontinued FAFLIC business. The IRS audit for tax years 2005 through 2006 commenced in December 2007.

During 2008, we increased our valuation allowance related to our deferred tax asset by $185.1 million, from $163.1 million to $348.2 million. The increase in this valuation allowance resulted primarily from unrealized depreciation in our investment portfolio and our realized capital losses. . Accordingly, we recorded a valuation allowance of $96.8 million as an adjustment to Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss and a valuation allowance of $29.7 million as a component of Net Income in our Consolidated Statements of Income included in the $348.2 million valuation allowance was $63.0 million related to the loss on the sale of FAFLIC, on January 2, 2009. In accordance with Statement No. 144, we recognized this loss in 2008.

Included in our deferred tax net asset as of December 31, 2008 is an asset of $223.1 million related to capital losses. Our pre-tax capital losses carried forward are $467.3 million, including $457.2 million resulting from the sale of our variable life insurance and annuity business in 2005 and $179.9 million resulting from the sale of FAFLIC, discussed above. A full valuation allowance has been recorded against our gross capital losses, since it is our opinion that it is more likely than not that this asset will not be fully realized. Our estimate of the gross amount and likely realization of capital loss carryforwards may change over time. In addition, at

 

54


Table of Contents

December 31, 2008, we had a deferred tax asset of $134.7 million, of which $119.0 million relates to alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards and $15.7 million relates to low income housing tax credit carryforwards. The alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards have no expiration date and the low income housing credit carryforwards will expire beginning in 2024. We may utilize the credits to offset regular federal income taxes due from future income, and although we believe that these assets are fully recoverable, there can be no certainty that future events will not affect their recoverability.

Effective January 1, 2007, we adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN 48”). As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, we recognized an $11.5 million decrease in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which was reflected as an increase in the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings.

A corporation is entitled to a tax deduction from gross income for a portion of any dividend which was received from a domestic corporation that is subject to income tax. This is referred to as a “dividends received deduction.” In this and in prior years, we have taken this dividends received deduction when filing our federal income tax return. Many separate accounts held by life insurance companies receive dividends from such domestic corporations, and therefore, were regarded as entitled to this dividends received deduction. In its Revenue Ruling 2007-61, issued on September 25, 2007, the IRS announced its intention to issue regulations with respect to certain computational aspects of the dividends received deduction on separate account assets held in connection with variable annuity contracts. Revenue Ruling 2007-61 suspended a revenue ruling issued in August 2007 that purported to change accepted industry and IRS interpretations of the statutes governing these computational questions. Any regulations that the IRS ultimately proposes for issuance in this area will be subject to public notice and comment, at which time insurance companies and other members of the public will have the opportunity to raise legal and practical questions about the content, scope and application of such regulations. As a result, the ultimate timing and substance of any such regulations are not yet known, but they could result in the elimination of some or all of the separate account dividends received deduction tax benefit that we receive. We believe that it is more likely than not that any such regulation would apply prospectively only, and application of this regulation is not expected to be material to our results of operations in any future annual period. However, there can be no assurance that the outcome of the revenue ruling will be as anticipated and should retroactive application be required, our results of operations may be adversely affected in a quarterly or annual period. We believe that retroactive application would not materially affect our financial position.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon the consolidated financial statements. These statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The following critical accounting estimates are those which we believe affect the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements. Additional information about our other significant accounting policies and estimates may be found in Note 1— “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Financial Statements and Supplementary Data on pages 76 to 82 of this Form 10-K.

PROPERTY & CASUALTY INSURANCE LOSS RESERVES

We determine the amount of loss and loss adjustment expense reserves (the “loss reserves”), as discussed in “Segment Results – Property and Casualty, Overview of Loss Reserve Estimation Process” based on an estimation process that is very complex and uses information obtained from both company specific and industry data, as well as general economic information. The estimation process is judgmental, and requires us to continuously monitor and evaluate the life cycle of claims on type-of-business and nature-of-claim bases. Using data obtained from this monitoring and assumptions about emerging trends, our actuaries develop information about the size of ultimate claims based on historical experience and other available market information. The most significant assumptions used in the actuarial estimation process, which vary by line of business, include determining the expected consistency in the frequency and severity of claims incurred but not yet reported to prior years claims, the trend in loss costs, changes in the timing of the reporting of losses from the loss date to the notification date and expected costs to settle unpaid claims. This process

 

55


Table of Contents

assumes that past experience, adjusted for the effects of current developments and anticipated trends, is an appropriate basis for predicting future events. On a quarterly basis, our actuaries provide to management a point estimate for each significant line of our direct business to summarize their analysis.

In establishing the appropriate loss reserve balances for any period, management carefully considers these actuarial point estimates, which are the principal bases for establishing our reserve balances, along with a qualitative evaluation of business trends, environmental changes, and numerous other factors. In general, such additional factors may include, but are not limited to, improvement or deterioration of the actuarial indications in the period, the maturity of the accident year, trends observed over the recent past such as changes in the mix of business or the impact of regulatory or litigation developments, the level of volatility within a particular line of business, and the magnitude of the difference between the actuarial indication and the recorded reserves. Specific factors considered by management in determining the reserves at December 31, 2008 and 2007 included the current extent to which growth and product mix changes in our Commercial Lines segment have affected our ultimate loss trends, the significant growth in our Personal Lines new business in 2006 and related growth in a number of states, the significant improvement in personal lines frequency and severity trends the industry has experienced over the past couple of years which were unanticipated and remain to some extent unexplained, significant growth and product mix changes in our surety bond and inland marine businesses for which we have limited actuarial data to estimate ultimate losses, and the potential for adverse development in the workers’ compensation line, where losses tend to emerge over long periods of time and rising medical costs, while moderating, continue to be a concern. Additionally, management considered the likelihood of future adverse development related to significant catastrophe losses experienced in 2005 and 2008. Regarding our indirect business from voluntary and involuntary pools, we are provided loss estimates by managers of each pool. We adopt reserve estimates for the pools that consider this information and other facts. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, total recorded reserves were 4.9% and 5.2% greater than actuarially indicated point estimates, respectively. We exercise judgment in estimating all loss reserves based upon our knowledge of the property and casualty business, review of the outcome of actuarial studies, historical experience and other facts to record an estimate which reflects our expected ultimate loss and loss adjustment expenses. We believe that adequate provision has been made for loss reserves. However, establishment of appropriate reserves is an inherently uncertain process and there can be no certainty that current established reserves will prove adequate in light of subsequent actual experience. A significant change to the estimated reserves could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position. An increase or decrease in reserve estimates would result in a corresponding decrease or increase in financial results. For example, each one percentage point change in the loss and LAE ratio resulting from a change in reserve estimation is currently projected to have an approximate $25 million impact on property and casualty segment income, based on 2008 full year premiums.

When trends emerge that we believe affect the future settlement of claims, we adjust our reserves accordingly (See Segment Results – Property and Casualty, Management’s Review of Judgments and Key Assumptions on pages 35 to 37 of this Form 10-K for further explanation of factors affecting our reserve estimates, our review process and our process for determining changes to our reserve estimates). Reserve adjustments are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income as adjustments to losses and loss adjustment expenses. Often, we recognize these adjustments in periods subsequent to the period in which the underlying loss event occurred. These types of subsequent adjustments are disclosed and discussed separately as “prior year reserve development”. Such development can be either favorable or unfavorable to our financial results. As discussed in “Segment Results – Property and Casualty, Management’s Review of Judgments and Key Assumptions” on pages 35 to 37 of this Form 10-K, estimated loss and LAE reserves for claims occurring in prior years, excluding those related to Hurricane Katrina, developed favorably by $159.0 million, $153.4 million, and $128.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, which represents 7.2%, 6.9%, and 5.7% of net loss reserves held, respectively. Also in 2008, 2007 and 2006, net loss and loss adjustment reserves for Hurricane Katrina developed unfavorably by $7.4 million, $17.0 million and $48.6 million, respectively. See also “Analysis of Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses Reserve Development” in Item 1-Business on pages 11 and 12 of this Form 10-K, for guidance related to the annual development of our loss and LAE reserves.

The major causes of material uncertainty relating to ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses (“risk factors”) generally vary for each line of business, as well as for each separately analyzed component of the line of business. In some cases, such risk factors are explicit

 

56


Table of Contents

assumptions of the estimation method and in others, they are implicit. For example, a method may explicitly assume that a certain percentage of claims will close each year, but will implicitly assume that the legal interpretation of existing contract language will remain unchanged. Actual results will likely vary from expectations for each of these assumptions, resulting in an ultimate claim liability that is different from that being estimated currently. Some risk factors will affect more than one line of business. Examples include changes in claim department practices, changes in settlement patterns, regulatory and legislative actions, court actions, timeliness of claim reporting, state mix of claimants, and degree of claimant fraud. Additionally, there is also a higher degree of uncertainty due to growth in our newly acquired companies, for which we have limited historical claims experience. The extent of the impact of a risk factor will also vary by components within a line of business. Individual risk factors are also subject to interactions with other risk factors within line of business components. Thus, risk factors can have offsetting or compounding effects on required reserves.

We are also defendants in various litigation, including putative class actions, which dispute the scope or enforceability of the “flood exclusion”, claim punitive damages or claim a broader scope of policy coverage than our interpretation, all in connection with losses incurred from Hurricane Katrina. The reserves established with respect to Hurricane Katrina assume that we will prevail with respect to these matters (see Contingencies and Regulatory Matters – Litigation and Certain Regulatory Matters on pages 63 to 65 of this Form 10-K). Although we believe our current Hurricane Katrina reserves are adequate, there can be no assurance that our ultimate costs associated with this event will not substantially exceed these estimates.

PROPERTY & CASUALTY REINSURANCE RECOVERABLES

We share a significant amount of insurance risk of the primary underlying contracts with various insurance entities through the use of reinsurance contracts. As a result, when we experience loss events that are subject to the reinsurance contract, reinsurance recoveries are recorded. The amount of the reinsurance recoverable can vary based on the size of the individual loss or the aggregate amount of all losses in a particular line, book of business or an aggregate amount associated with a particular accident year. The valuation of losses recoverable depends on whether the underlying loss is a reported loss, or an incurred but not reported loss. For reported losses, we value reinsurance recoverables at the time the underlying loss is recognized, in accordance with contract terms. For incurred but not reported losses, we estimate the amount of reinsurance recoverable based on the terms of the reinsurance contracts and historical reinsurance recovery information and apply that information to the gross loss reserve estimates. The most significant assumption we use is the average size of the individual losses for those claims that have occurred but have not yet been recorded by us. The reinsurance recoverable is based on what we believe are reasonable estimates and is disclosed separately on the financial statements. However, the ultimate amount of the reinsurance recoverable is not known until all losses are settled.

PENSION BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS

Prior to 2005, we provided pension retirement benefits to substantially all of our employees based on a defined benefit cash balance formula. In addition to the cash balance allocation, certain transition group employees, who had met specified age and service requirements as of December 31, 1994, were eligible for a grandfathered benefit based primarily on the employees’ years of service and compensation during their highest five consecutive plan years of employment. As of January 1, 2005, the defined benefit pension plans were frozen.

We account for our pension plans in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans – an amendment of FASB Statements 87, 88, 106, and 132(R) and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87, Employers’ Accounting for Pensions (“Statement No. 87”). In order to measure the liabilities and expense associated with these plans, we must make various estimates and key assumptions, including discount rates used to value liabilities, assumed rates of return on plan assets, employee turnover rates and anticipated mortality rates. These estimates and assumptions are reviewed at least annually and are based on our historical experience, as well as current facts and circumstances. In addition, we use outside actuaries to assist in measuring the expenses and liabilities associated with this plan.

The discount rate enables us to state expected future cash flows as a present value on the measurement date. We also use this discount rate in the determination of our pre-tax pension expense or benefit. A lower discount rate increases the present value of benefit obligations and increases pension expense. As of December 31, 2008, we

 

57


Table of Contents

determined our discount rate utilizing an independent yield curve which provides for a portfolio of high quality bonds that are expected to match the cash flows of our pension plan. Bond information used in the yield curve was provided by Standard and Poor’s and included only those rated AA- or better as of December 31, 2008. As of December 31, 2007, we utilized the Citigroup Pension Discount Curve. We changed yield curves in the current year as a result of the impact that the current sector weightings had on the Citigroup Pension Discount Curve, specifically the impact of a relative lack of financial sector issues at longer durations. At December 31, 2008, based upon our qualified plan assets and liabilities in relation to this discount curve, we increased our discount rate to 6.625%, from 6.375% at December 31, 2007.

To determine the expected long-term return on plan assets, we consider the historical mean returns by asset class for passive indexed strategies, as well as current and expected asset allocations and adjust for certain factors that we believe will have an impact on future returns. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, the expected rate of return on plan assets was 7.75% and 8.00%, respectively. Actual returns on plan assets in excess of these expected returns will generally reduce our net actuarial losses that are reflected in our accumulated other comprehensive income balance in shareholders’ equity, whereas actual returns on plan assets which are less than expected returns will generally increase our net actuarial losses that are reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income. These gains or losses are amortized into expense in future years.

Holding all other assumptions constant, sensitivity to changes in our key assumptions are as follows:

Discount Rate – A 25 basis point increase in discount rate would decrease our pension expense in 2009 by $1.7 million and decrease our projected benefit obligation by approximately $11.8 million. A 25 basis point reduction in the discount rate would increase our pension expense by $1.7 million and increase our projected benefit obligation by approximately $12.3 million.

Expected Return on Plan Assets – A 25 basis point increase or decrease in the expected return on plan assets would decrease or increase our pension expense in 2009 by $0.8 million.

OTHER-THAN-TEMPORARY IMPAIRMENTS

We employ a systematic methodology to evaluate declines in fair values below amortized cost for all investments. The methodology utilizes a quantitative and qualitative process ensuring that available evidence concerning the declines in fair value below amortized cost is evaluated in a disciplined manner. In determining whether a decline in fair value below amortized cost is other-than-temporary, we evaluate the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than amortized cost; the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer; the issuer’s credit and financial strength ratings; the issuer’s financial performance, including earnings trends, dividend payments, and asset quality; any specific events which may influence the operations of the issuer, including governmental actions such as the recent enactment of The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008; general market conditions; the financial condition and prospects of the issuer’s market and industry; and, our ability and intent to hold the investment. We apply judgment in assessing whether the aforementioned factors have caused an other-than-temporary decline in value. When an other-than-temporary decline in value is deemed to have occurred, we reduce the cost basis of the investment to fair value. This reduction is permanent and is recognized as a realized investment loss (see Investment Portfolio for further discussion regarding other-than-temporary impairments and securities in an unrealized position).

OTHER SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS

On November 28, 2008, we acquired AIX Holdings, Inc. for approximately $100 million, subject to various terms and conditions. AIX is a specialty property and casualty insurer that underwrites and manages program business, utilizing alternative risk transfer techniques. AIX generated gross written premiums of approximately $85 million in 2007.

On June 2, 2008, we completed the sale of our premium financing subsidiary, AMGRO Inc., to Premium Financing Specialists, Inc. In the second quarter, we recorded a gain of $11.1 million related to this sale, which is reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Income as part of Discontinued Operations.

On March 14, 2008, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of Verlan Holdings, Inc. for $29.0 million. Verlan Holdings, Inc. is a specialty company providing property insurance to small and medium-sized manufacturing and distribution companies that are highly protected fire

 

58


Table of Contents

risks, and which historically has generated annual written premium of approximately $18 million.

On October 16, 2007, our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program of up to $100 million. Under this repurchase authorization, we may repurchase our common stock from time to time, in amounts and prices and at such times as we deem appropriate, subject to market conditions and other considerations. We are not required to purchase any specific number of shares or to make purchases by any certain date under this program. As of February 20, 2009, we have repurchased approximately 1,384,764 shares at an aggregate cost of $60.2 million. In light of the current economic conditions, we have not repurchased shares since June 2008.

On September 14, 2007, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of Professionals Direct, Inc. for $23.2 million. Professionals Direct, Inc. is a Michigan-based holding company whose primary business is professional liability insurance for small and mid-sized law practices and generates annual written premium of approximately $30 million.

On August 3, 2007, the Commissioner of the Florida Office of Insurance Regulation issued a Consent Order which permitted us to non-renew our Florida homeowners insurance policies, beginning December 15, 2007, and continuing until all such policies were non-renewed. This occurred over the ensuing twelve months. Non-renewal of these policies affected policies which represented approximately $16 million in written premium. Florida agents whose customers were affected by such non-renewals were offered appointments with another company, which in turn offered to such customers’ new homeowners policies on substantially the same terms and rates as we had provided. Additionally, we have entered into an agreement with a Florida insurance carrier pursuant to which we are deemed “affiliated” with such insurance carrier such that we are not prohibited from continuing to write personal automobile insurance in Florida.

On August 31, 2006, we sold all of the outstanding shares of Financial Profiles, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary, to Emerging Information Systems Incorporated. We originally acquired Financial Profiles, Inc. in 1998 in connection with our then-ongoing life insurance and annuity operations. We received pre-tax proceeds of $21.5 million from the transaction and recognized an after-tax gain of $7.8 million in 2006.

STATUTORY CAPITAL OF INSURANCE SUBSIDIARIES

The NAIC prescribes an annual calculation regarding risk based capital (“RBC”). RBC ratios for regulatory purposes, as described in the glossary, are expressed as a percentage of the capital required to be above the Authorized Control Level (the “Regulatory Scale”); however, in the insurance industry RBC ratios are widely expressed as a percentage of the Company Action Level. The following table reflects Total Adjusted Capital, the Company Action Level, the Authorized Control Level and RBC ratios for The Hanover Insurance Company, as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, expressed both on the Industry Scale (Total Adjusted Capital divided by the Company Action Level) and Regulatory Scale (Total Adjusted Capital divided by Authorized Control Level).

2008

 

(In millions, except ratios)

   (1)
Total
Adjusted
Capital
   Company
Action
Level
   Authorized
Control
Level
   RBC Ratio
Industry
Scale
    RBC ratio
Regulatory
Scale
 

The Hanover Insurance Company

   $ 1,537.6    $ 460.9    $ 230.5    334 %   667 %

 

(1) Includes $638.3 million related to its subsidiary, Citizens.

2007

 

(In millions, except ratios)

   (1)
Total
Adjusted
Capital
   Company
Action
Level
   Authorized
Control
Level
   RBC Ratio
Industry
Scale
    RBC Ratio
Regulatory
Scale
 

The Hanover Insurance Company

   $ 1,666.4    $ 488.2    $ 244.1    341 %   683 %

 

(1) Includes $737.1 million related to its subsidiary, Citizens.

The total adjusted statutory capital position of Hanover Insurance decreased during 2008, from $1.7 billion at

 

59


Table of Contents

December 31, 2007 to $1.5 billion at December 31, 2008. This decrease is primarily due to the $166 million dividend paid to THG in the fourth quarter of 2008, an increase in the additional minimum pension liability associated primarily with our qualified defined benefit pension plan, and unrealized losses. These decreases were partially offset by improved underwriting results and a $76 million capital contribution from THG declared in December 2008.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Liquidity is a measure of our ability to generate sufficient cash flows to meet the cash requirements of business operations. As a holding company, our primary ongoing source of cash is dividends from our insurance subsidiaries. However, dividend payments to us by our insurance subsidiaries are subject to limitations imposed by state regulators, such as the requirement that cash dividends be paid out of unreserved and unrestricted earned surplus. The payment of “extraordinary” dividends, as defined, from any of our insurance subsidiaries is restricted.

In the first quarter of 2008, a dividend of $17 million was declared and paid by FAFLIC, while in the fourth quarter of 2008, a $166 million dividend was declared and paid by our property and casualty business, both of which provided additional cash and securities to the holding company. We declared no dividends from our property and casualty businesses to the holding company in 2007 or 2006. Additional dividends from our property and casualty insurance subsidiaries prior to September 2009 would be considered “extraordinary” and would require prior approval from the respective state regulators. In 2006, the Division approved a dividend from FAFLIC of $40 million effective December 31, 2006, which was paid to the holding company in 2007. Dividends were paid in 2006 in connection with the 2005 sale of the variable life insurance and annuity business to Goldman Sachs. The dividends included both a cash dividend from FAFLIC of $48.6 million, including the $8.6 million ceding commission related to the reinsurance of 100% of FAFLIC’s variable life insurance and annuity business, and the distribution of other non-insurance subsidiaries, from which the holding company received an additional $15.4 million of funds.

Additionally, in connection with the sale of FAFLIC to Commonwealth Annuity on January 2, 2009, the Division approved a net dividend from FAFLIC to THG, which totaled approximately $130 million. This dividend consisted primarily of property and equipment, which was subsequently purchased by Hanover Insurance from THG at fair value.

Sources of cash for our insurance subsidiaries primarily include premiums collected, investment income and maturing investments. Primary cash outflows are paid claims, losses and loss adjustment expenses, policy acquisition expenses, other underwriting expenses and investment purchases. Cash outflows related to claims, losses and loss adjustment expenses can be variable because of uncertainties surrounding settlement dates for liabilities for unpaid losses and because of the potential for large losses either individually or in the aggregate. We periodically adjust our investment policy to respond to changes in short-term and long-term cash requirements.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $209.5 million, $73.3 million and $41.8 million for the three years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The $136.2 million increase in cash provided by operating activities primarily resulted from cash received related to a commutation of a block of our accident and health voluntary pools, lower contributions to our qualified defined benefit pension plan during 2008 and from lower federal income tax payments made in 2008. The $31.5 million increase in cash provided by operating activities in 2007 compared to 2006 primarily resulted from higher net written premium in our property and casualty business. In addition, lower payments in 2007 associated with Hurricane Katrina also contributed to the increase in cash from operations. These increases were partially offset by increased non-Hurricane Katrina loss and loss adjustment expense payments.

Net cash provided by investing activities was $189.2 million in 2008 as compared to net cash used of $72.3 million in 2007 and $97.9 million in 2006. During 2008, cash was primarily provided by net sales and maturities of fixed maturity securities. Due to the uncertainty in the capital markets, we held a high level of cash and cash equivalents during the fourth quarter. Partially offsetting this increase was cash payments made in connection with the acquisitions of AIX Holdings, Inc. and Verlan Holdings, Inc. During 2007, we used cash primarily to fund net purchases of fixed maturity securities, resulting from improved underwriting results in our property and casualty business, partially offset by the run-off of our Life Companies’ operations. Additionally, in 2007, we purchased Professionals Direct, Inc. In 2006, approximately $69 million of the cash provided resulted from proceeds received from the sale of our variable life insurance and annuity business and Financial Profiles, Inc. Additionally, we received cash in 2006 from collections related to mortgage loans.

Net cash used in financing activities was $144.6 million, $98.3 million and $468.5 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. During 2008, cash used in financing activities primarily resulted from net repurchases of $58.5

 

60


Table of Contents

million of treasury stock, $50.6 million of net repayments related to our securities lending program, $23.0 million in dividends paid to shareholders and $21.0 million related to the maturity of a trust instrument supported by a funding obligation. During 2007, cash used in financing activities resulted from a net repayment of $101.0 million related to our securities lending program and dividend payments of $20.8 million, partially offset by $23.8 million of proceeds from option exercises. Cash used in 2006 was primarily due to the maturity of certain long-term funding agreements in our Life Companies segment and to fund our share repurchase program, in which we repurchased 4.0 million shares at an aggregate cost of approximately $200 million.

At December 31, 2008, THG, as a holding company, held $264.4 million of fixed maturities and cash, which includes $42.2 million of trust preferred capital securities of a THG affiliated entity that have a face value of $52.0 million, and thus are not available to meet liquidity requirements. We believe our holding company assets are sufficient to meet our future obligations, which currently consist primarily of interest on both our senior debentures and our junior subordinated debentures, and our dividend to shareholders as discussed below. We also expect that the holding company may be required to make payments in 2009 related to indemnification of liabilities associated with the sale of various subsidiaries. We currently do not expect that it will be necessary to dividend funds from our insurance subsidiaries in order to fund 2009 holding company obligations. In 2008, we paid an annual dividend of forty-five cents per share to our shareholders totaling $23.0 million. We believe that our holding company assets are sufficient to provide for future shareholder dividends should the Board of Directors declare them.

The sale of FAFLIC provided net cash to the holding company of approximately $223.0 million as follows:

 

Proceeds from sale of in-kind dividended assets to Hanover Insurance

   $ 136.3  

Additional pre-close contributions to FAFLIC

     (6.5 )

Gross proceeds from Commonwealth Annuity

     105.8  

Net cost related to exchange of investments between Hanover Insurance and FAFLIC

     (6.7 )

Transaction costs

     (3.9 )

Estimated indemnification payments within one year

     (2.0 )
        

Total cash from the sale of FAFLIC and related intercompany settlements

   $ 223.0  
        

Including the aforementioned FAFLIC Sale transactions, the majority of which settled just subsequent to December 31, 2008, the aforementioned $42.2 million of trust preferred capital securities and a $76.3 million capital contribution provided to Hanover Insurance in January 2009, our holding company cash would have been $411.1 million. We expect to continue to generate sufficient positive operating cash to meet all short-term and long-term cash requirements, including the funding of our qualified defined benefit pension plan. Based on current law, we are required to contribute $13.5 million in 2009. Based upon December 31, 2008 values and taking into consideration recent government relief actions associated with pension plan funding, we may be required to make significant cash contributions to our qualified defined benefit pension plan for several years beginning in 2010, which we currently estimate to range from approximately $30 million to $40 million annually. Effective January 1, 2008, Hanover Insurance assumed FAFLIC’s responsibilities as the common employer of all employees of the holding company and its subsidiaries and as such, the funding of these plans is now the responsibility of Hanover Insurance.

Our insurance subsidiaries maintain a high degree of liquidity within their respective investment portfolios in fixed maturity and short-term investments. Recently, the financial markets have experienced unprecedented declines in value, including many securities currently held by THG and its subsidiaries. We believe that recent and ongoing government actions, including The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, the 2009 American Recovery and Reinvestment Act and other U.S. and global government programs and the quality of the assets we hold will allow us to realize these securities’ anticipated long-term economic value. Furthermore, as of December 31, 2008, we had the intent and ability to retain such investments for the period of time anticipated to allow for this expected recovery in fair value. We do not anticipate the need to sell these securities to meet our insurance subsidiaries’ cash requirements. We expect our insurance subsidiaries to generate sufficient operating cash to meet all short-term and long-term cash requirements. However, there can be no assurance that unforeseen business needs or other items will not occur causing us to have to sell securities before their values fully recover; thereby causing us to recognize additional impairment charges in that time period.

On October 16, 2007, our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program of up to $100 million.

 

61


Table of Contents

Under this repurchase authorization, we may repurchase our common stock from time to time, in amounts and prices and at such times as we deem appropriate, subject to market conditions and other considerations. We are not required to purchase any specific number of shares or to make purchases by any certain date under this program. Through December 31, 2008, we repurchased approximately 1.4 million shares for a cost of approximately $60 million. We have not purchased any shares since June 2008. We may repurchase shares under this program in future periods upon the stabilization of the financial markets and when management deems appropriate. From time to time we may also repurchase senior debt or capital securities on an opportunistic basis. Through December 31, 2008, we have repurchased $42.2 million of trust preferred securities of an affiliated entity, which have a face value of $52.0 million.

In June 2007, we entered into a $150.0 million committed syndicated credit agreement which expires in June 2010. Borrowings, if any, under this agreement are unsecured and incur interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, a designated base rate or the Eurodollar rate plus applicable margin. The agreement provides covenants, including, but not limited to, maintaining a certain level of equity and an RBC ratio in our primary property and casualty companies of at least 175% (based on the Industry Scale). We are in compliance with the covenants of this agreement. We had no borrowings under this line of credit during 2008 and prior. Additionally, we had no commercial paper borrowings as of December 31, 2008 and we do not anticipate utilizing commercial paper in 2009.

Our financing obligations generally include repayment of our senior debentures and junior subordinated debentures and operating lease payments. The following table represents our annual payments related to the principal payments of these financing obligations as of December 31, 2008 and operating lease payments reflect expected cash payments based upon lease terms. In addition, we also have included our estimated payments related to our policy and claim reserves and our current expectation of payments to be made to support the obligations of our benefit plans. Actual payments may differ from the contractual and/or estimated payments in the table.

 

December 31, 2008

(In millions)

   Maturity
less than
1 year
   Maturity
1-3 years
   Maturity
4-5 years
   Maturity
in excess of
5 years
   Total

Long-term debt (1)

   $ 4.0    $ 3.1    $ 15.5    $ 508.8    $ 531.4

Interest associated with long-term debt (1)

     42.0      83.6      82.3      525.3      733.2

Operating lease commitments (2)

     12.5      16.3      5.7      1.4      35.9

Qualified pension plan funding obligations (3)

     13.5      68.0      71.0      73.0      225.5

Non-qualified pension and post-retirement benefit obligations (4)

     8.6      16.8      16.1      38.4      79.9

Investment commitments

     —        10.0      —        —        10.0

Loss and LAE obligations (5)

     1,346.7      920.8      411.8      522.0      3,201.3

 

(1) Long-term debt includes our senior debentures due in 2025, which pay annual interest at a rate of 7 5/8%, and our junior subordinated debentures due in 2027, which pay cumulative dividends at an annual rate of 8.207%. Payments related to the principal amount for both of these agreements are expected to be made at the end of the respective debt agreements. We hold two additional junior subordinated debentures, of which one pays cumulative dividends at an annual rate of 7.785% until 2010 and changes to LIBOR plus 3.625% through maturity in 2035. Payment related to the principal amount of this agreement is expected to be made in 2010. The other junior subordinated debentures pay cumulative dividends at an annual rate of 8.37% on two-thirds of the securities, while dividend payments on one-third of the securities is based on the three-month LIBOR plus 3.70%. Payment related to the principal amount of this agreement is expected to be made in 2012. Additionally, our debt includes our surplus notes due in 2034, which pay quarterly interest at a rate of the three month LIBOR plus 4.25%, subject to a maximum interest rate of 12.5% until May 24, 2009. Payment related to the principal amount of this agreement is expected to be made in 2009, subject to the approval of the New York Department of Insurance.
(2) Our insurance subsidiaries are lessees with a number of operating leases.
(3) Qualified pension plan funding obligations represent estimated amounts necessary to be contributed to the plan to satisfy minimum funding obligations in accordance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. These payments have been estimated until final payment of all plan benefits. Additional contributions may be required based on the level of pension assets and liabilities in future periods. These estimated payments are based on several assumptions, including, but not limited to, the rate of return on plan assets, the discount rate for benefit obligations, mortality experience, and interest crediting rates. Differences between actual plan experience and our assumptions are likely and will result in changes to our minimum funding obligations in future periods.
(4) Non-qualified pension and postretirement benefit obligations reflect estimated payments to be made through plan year 2018 for pension, postretirement and postemployment benefits. Estimates of these payments and the payment patterns are based upon historical experience.
(5) Unlike many other forms of contractual obligations, loss and LAE reserves do not have definitive due dates and the ultimate payment dates are subject to a number of variables and uncertainties. As a result, the total loss and LAE reserve payments to be made by period, as shown above, are estimates based principally on historical experience.

 

62


Table of Contents

OTHER MATTERS

We have a qualified defined benefit pension plan and several non-qualified pension plans that were frozen as of January 1, 2005. Several factors and assumptions affect the amount of costs associated with the plans and contributions required to be provided to the trust for the qualified plan, including, among others, assumed long-term rates of return on plan assets.

To determine the expected long-term return on plan assets, we consider the historical mean returns by asset class for passive indexed strategies, as well as current and expected asset allocations and adjust for certain factors that we believe will have an impact on future returns. Actual returns on plan assets in any given year seldom result in the achievement of the expected rate of return on assets. Actual returns that are in excess of these expected returns will generally reduce the net actuarial losses that are reflected in our accumulated other comprehensive income balance in shareholders’ equity, whereas actual returns on plan assets which are less than expected returns will generally increase our net actuarial losses that are reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income. These gains or losses are amortized into expense in future years.

Expenses related to these plans are generally calculated based upon information available at the beginning of the plan year. For 2008, our pre-tax expense related to our defined benefit plans was $0.1 million. The assets held by the qualified benefit plan are subject to the current global economic crisis (see Investment Portfolio on pages 46 to 51 of this Form 10-K). These investment assets have generated significant levels of negative returns during 2008. The market decline in 2008 resulted in actual returns of plan investments totaling approximately $90 million of losses related to our qualified plan. These losses, compounded by a long-term return assumption of 7.75%, partially offset by a slightly higher discount rate than that of the prior year, resulted in increased actuarial losses as of December 31, 2008 of approximately $128 million, which are reflected in our Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. This increase in actuarial losses will be amortized into expense in future years and will result in pension related expenses in 2009 that are significantly higher than our costs in 2008. Accordingly, we expect our pre-tax pension expense to increase by approximately $34.6 million in 2009, from $0.1 million in 2008 to $34.7 million in 2009.

Funding shortages are another impact that the severe decline in market values will have on companies that have defined benefit plans. The decline in pension asset values is expected to cause severe underfunded positions as of January 1, 2009 for many companies, who have sought and received recently, government relief associated with the funding aspect of their plans. We have traditionally funded our qualified benefit plan based upon at least the ERISA minimum level. This results in an estimated minimum funding requirement of $13.5 million during 2009. Subsequent to 2009 and as discussed in “Liquidity and Capital Resources” on pages 60 to 62 of this Form 10-K, we expect the funding for our qualified plan to increase significantly in order to maintain what management deems to be appropriate funding levels in light of the current economic environment.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

We currently do not have any material off-balance sheet arrangements that are reasonably likely to have an effect on our financial position, revenues, expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital resources.

CONTINGENCIES AND REGULATORY MATTERS

LITIGATION AND CERTAIN REGULATORY MATTERS

Durand Litigation

On March 12, 2007, a putative class action suit captioned Jennifer A. Durand v. The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc., The Allmerica Financial Cash Balance Pension Plan was filed in the United States District Court for the Western District of Kentucky. The named plaintiff, a former employee who received a lump sum distribution from our Cash Balance Plan at or about the time of her termination, claims that she and others similarly situated did not receive the appropriate lump sum distribution because in computing the lump sum, we understated the accrued benefit in the calculation. We filed a motion to dismiss on the basis that the plaintiff failed to exhaust administrative remedies, which motion was granted without prejudice in a decision dated November 7, 2007. Plaintiff filed a Notice of Appeal of this dismissal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit; oral arguments on the plaintiff’s appeal took place on October 28, 2008, and we are awaiting the court’s decision. In our judgment, the outcome is not expected to be material to our financial position, although it could have a material effect on the results of operations for a particular quarter or annual period.

Hurricane Katrina Litigation

We have been named as a defendant in various litigations, including putative class actions, relating to

 

63


Table of Contents

disputes arising from damages which occurred as a result of Hurricane Katrina in 2005. As of December 31, 2008, there were approximately 145 such cases. These cases have been filed in both Louisiana state courts and federal district courts. These cases generally involve, among other claims, disputes as to the amount of reimbursable claims in particular cases (e.g. how much of the damage to an insured property is attributable to flood and therefore not covered, and how much is attributable to wind, which may be covered), as well as the scope of insurance coverage under homeowners and commercial property policies due to flooding, civil authority actions, loss of landscaping, business interruption and other matters. Certain of these cases claim a breach of duty of good faith or violations of Louisiana insurance claims handling laws or regulations and involve claims for punitive or exemplary damages.

On August 23, 2007, the State of Louisiana (individually and on behalf of the State of Louisiana, Division of Administration, Office of Community Development) filed a putative class action in the Civil District Court for the Parish of Orleans, State of Louisiana, entitled State of Louisiana, individually and on behalf of State of Louisiana, Division of Administration, Office of Community Development ex rel The Honorable Charles C. Foti, Jr., The Attorney General For the State of Louisiana, individually and as a class action on behalf of all recipients of funds as well as all eligible and/or future recipients of funds through The Road Home Program v. AAA Insurance, et al., No. 07-8970 . The complaint named as defendants over 200 foreign and domestic insurance carriers, including us. Plaintiff seeks to represent a class of current and former Louisiana citizens who have applied for and received or will receive funds through Louisiana’s “Road Home” program. On August 29, 2007, Plaintiff filed an Amended Petition in this case, asserting myriad claims, including claims for breach of: contract, the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, fiduciary duty and Louisiana’s bad faith statutes. Plaintiff seeks relief in the form of, among other things, declarations that (a) the efficient proximate cause of losses suffered by putative class members was windstorm, a covered peril under their policies; (b) the second efficient proximate cause of their losses was storm surge, which Plaintiff contends is not excluded under class members’ policies; (c) the damage caused by water entering affected parishes of Louisiana does not fall within the definition of “flood”; (d) the damages caused by water entering Orleans Parish and the surrounding area was a result of a man-made occurrence and are properly covered under class members’ policies; (e) many class members suffered total losses to their residences; and (f) many class members are entitled to recover the full value for their residences stated on their policies pursuant to the Louisiana Valued Policy Law. In accordance with these requested declarations, Plaintiff seeks to recover amounts that it alleges should have been paid to policyholders under their insurance agreements, as well as penalties, attorneys’ fees, and costs. The case has been removed to the Federal District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana.

We have established our loss and LAE reserves on the assumption that we will not have any liability under the “Road Home” or similar litigation, and that we will otherwise prevail in litigation as to the causes of certain large losses and not incur extra contractual or punitive damages.

Other Matters

We have been named a defendant in various other legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business, including two suits with respect to which we are obligated to indemnify Commonwealth Annuity and Goldman Sachs in connection with the sale in 2005 of our variable life insurance and annuity business, which challenge our former Life Companies’ imposition of certain restrictions on trading funds invested in separate accounts.

Regulatory and Industry Developments

Unfavorable economic conditions may contribute to an increase in the number of insurance companies that are under regulatory supervision. This may result in an increase in mandatory assessments by state guaranty funds, or voluntary payments by solvent insurance companies to cover losses to policyholders of insolvent or rehabilitated companies. Mandatory assessments, which are subject to statutory limits, can be partially recovered through a reduction in future premium taxes in some states. We are not able to reasonably estimate the potential impact of any such future assessments or voluntary payments.

Over the past three years, state-sponsored insurers, reinsurers or involuntary pools have increased significantly, particularly those states which have Atlantic or Gulf Coast exposures. As a result, the potential assessment exposure of insurers doing business in such states and the attendant collection risks have increased, particularly, in our case, in the states of Massachusetts,

 

64


Table of Contents

Louisiana and Florida. Such actions and related regulatory restrictions may limit our ability to reduce the potential exposure to hurricane related losses. It is possible that other states may take action similar to those taken in the state of Florida, which has significantly restricted the ability to raise rates on homes and other properties, authorized a state-sponsored insurer of last resort to compete with private insurers, mandated the use of certain state sponsored reinsurance mechanisms, and subjected insurers writing business in the state to significant assessments in the event such state sponsored entities are unable to fund claims against them. At this time, we are unable to predict the likelihood or impact of any such potential assessments or other actions.

In February 2009, the Governor of Michigan called upon every automobile insurer operating in the state to freeze personal automobile insurance rates for 12 months to allow time for the legislature to enact comprehensive automobile insurance reform. In addition, she endorsed a number of proposals by her appointed Automobile and Home Insurance Consumer Advocate which would, among other things, change the current rate approval process from the current “file and use” system to “prior approval”, mandate “affordable” rates, reduce the threshold for lawsuits to be filed in “at fault” incidents, and prohibit the use of certain underwriting criteria such as credit scores. The Office of Financial and Insurance Regulation had previously issued regulations prohibiting the use of credit scores to rate personal lines insurance policies, which regulations are the subject of litigation which is expected to be reviewed by the Michigan Supreme Court. At this time, we are unable to predict the likelihood of adoption or impact on our business of any such proposals or regulations, but any such restrictions could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

From time to time, proposals have been made to establish a federal based insurance regulatory system and to allow insurers to elect either federal or state-based regulation (“optional federal chartering”). In light of the current economic crisis and the focus on increased regulatory controls, particularly with regard to financial institutions, we expect renewed interest in such proposals. We cannot predict the impact that any such change will have on our business.

In addition, we are involved, from time to time, in investigations and proceedings by governmental and self-regulatory agencies. The potential outcome of any such action or regulatory proceedings in which we have been named a defendant, and our ultimate liability, if any, from such action or regulatory proceedings, is difficult to predict at this time. In our opinion, based on the advice of legal counsel, the ultimate resolutions of such proceedings will not have a material effect on our financial position, although they could have a material effect on the results of operations for a particular quarter or annual period.

Residual Markets

We are required to participate in residual markets in various states, which generally pertain to high risk insureds, disrupted markets or lines of business or geographic areas where rates are regarded as excessive. The results of the residual markets are not subject to the predictability associated with our own managed business, and are significant to the workers’ compensation line of business, the homeowners line of business and both the personal and commercial automobile lines of business.

RATING AGENCY ACTIONS

Insurance companies are rated by rating agencies to provide both industry participants and insurance consumers information on specific insurance companies. Higher ratings generally indicate the rating agencies’ opinion regarding financial stability and a stronger ability to pay claims.

We believe that strong ratings are important factors in marketing our products to our agents and customers, since rating information is broadly disseminated and generally used throughout the industry. Insurance company financial strength ratings are assigned to an insurer based upon factors deemed by the rating agencies to be relevant to policyholders and are not directed toward protection of investors. Such ratings are neither a rating of securities nor a recommendation to buy, hold or sell any security.

 

65


Table of Contents

The following tables provide information about our property and casualty companies and debt ratings at December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008.

 

A.M. Best’s Ratings

 

End of Year Rating

 

December 2006

 

December 2007

 

December 2008

Financial Strength Ratings

     
Property and Casualty Companies  

A-

(Excellent)

with stable outlook

 

A-

(Excellent)

with positive outlook

 

A-

(Excellent)

with positive outlook

Debt Ratings

     
Senior Debt  

bbb-

(Adequate)

with stable outlook

 

bbb-

(Adequate)

with positive outlook

 

bbb-

(Adequate)

with positive outlook

Capital Securities  

bb

(Speculative)

with stable outlook

 

bb

(Speculative)

with positive outlook

 

bb

(Speculative)

with positive outlook

Short-term Debt   Not Rated   Not Rated   Not Rated

Standard & Poor’s Ratings

 

End of Year Rating

 

December 2006

 

December 2007

 

December 2008

Financial Strength Ratings

     
Property and Casualty Companies  

BBB+

(Good)

with positive outlook

 

BBB+

(Good)

with positive outlook

 

A-

(Strong)

with stable outlook

Debt Ratings

     
Senior Debt  

BB+

(Marginal)

with positive outlook

 

BB+

(Marginal)

with positive outlook

 

BBB-

(Good)

with stable outlook

Capital Securities  

B+

(Weak)

with positive outlook

 

B+

(Weak)

with positive outlook

 

BB-

(Marginal)

with stable outlook

Moody’s Ratings

 

End of Year Rating

 

December 2006

 

December 2007

 

December 2008

Financial Strength

Ratings

     

Property and Casualty

Companies

 

Baa1

(Adequate)

with positive outlook

 

Baa1

(Adequate)

with positive outlook

 

A3

(Good)

with stable outlook

Debt Ratings

     
Senior Debt  

Ba1

(Questionable)

with positive outlook

 

Ba1

(Questionable)

with positive outlook

 

Baa3

(Adequate)

with stable outlook

Capital Securities  

Ba2

(Questionable)

with positive outlook

 

Ba2

(Questionable)

with positive outlook

 

Ba1

(Questionable)

with stable outlook

Short-term Debt  

NP

(Not Prime)

 

NP

(Not Prime)

 

Prime-3

(Acceptable)

RISKS AND FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Information regarding risk factors and forward-looking information appears in Part I—Item 1A on pages 17 to 20 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. This Management’s Discussion and Analysis should be read and interpreted in light of such factors.

 

66


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY OF SELECTED INSURANCE TERMS

Annuity contracts – An annuity contract is an arrangement whereby an annuitant is guaranteed to receive a series of stipulated amounts commencing either immediately or at some future date. Annuity contracts can be issued to individuals or to groups.

Benefit payments – Payments made to an insured or their beneficiary in accordance with the terms of an insurance policy.

Casualty insurance – Insurance that is primarily concerned with the losses caused by injuries to third persons and their property (other than the policyholder) and the related legal liability of the insured for such losses.

Catastrophe – A severe loss, resulting from natural and manmade events, including risks such as hurricane, fire, earthquake, windstorm, tornado, hailstorm, severe winter weather, explosion, terrorism and other similar events.

Catastrophe loss – Loss and directly identified loss adjustment expenses from catastrophes. The Insurance Services Office (“ISO”) Property Claim Services (“PCS”) defines a catastrophe loss as an event that causes $25 million or more in industry insured property losses and affects a significant number of property and casualty policyholders and insurers. In addition to those catastrophe events declared by ISO, claims management also generally includes within the definition of a “catastrophe loss”, an event that causes approximately $5 million or more in company insured property losses and affects in excess of one hundred policyholders.

Cede; cedent; ceding company – When a party reinsures its liability with another, it “cedes” business and is referred to as the “cedent” or “ceding company”.

Closed Block – Consists of certain individual life insurance participating policies, individual deferred annuity contracts and supplementary contracts not involving life contingencies that were in force as of FAFLIC’s demutualization in 1995. The purpose of this block of business is to protect the policy dividend expectations of such FAFLIC dividend paying policies and contracts. The Closed Block will be in effect until none of the Closed Block policies are in force, unless an earlier date is agreed to by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Insurance.

Combined ratio, GAAP – This ratio is the GAAP equivalent of the statutory ratio that is widely used as a benchmark for determining an insurer’s underwriting performance. A ratio below 100% generally indicates profitable underwriting prior to the consideration of investment income. A combined ratio over 100% generally indicates unprofitable underwriting prior to the consideration of investment income. The combined ratio is the sum of the loss ratio, the loss adjustment expense ratio and the underwriting expense ratio.

Current year accident results – A measure of the estimated earnings impact of current premiums offset by estimated loss experience and expenses for the current accident year. This measure includes the estimated increase in revenue associated with higher prices (premiums), including those caused by price inflation and changes in exposure, partially offset by higher volume driven expenses and inflation of loss costs. Volume driven expenses include policy acquisition costs such as commissions paid to property and casualty agents which are typically based on a percentage of premium dollars.

Dividends received deduction – A corporation is entitled to a special tax deduction from gross income for dividends received from a domestic corporation that is subject to income tax.

Earned premium – The portion of a premium that is recognized as income, or earned, based on the expired portion of the policy period, that is, the period for which loss coverage has actually been provided. For example, after six months, $50 of a $100 annual premium is considered earned premium. The remaining $50 of annual premium is unearned premium. Net earned premium is earned premium net of reinsurance.

Excess of loss reinsurance – Reinsurance that indemnifies the insured against all or a specific portion of losses under reinsured policies in excess of a specified dollar amount or “retention”.

Expense Ratio, GAAP – The ratio of underwriting expenses to premiums earned for a given period.

Exposure – A measure of the rating units or premium basis of a risk; for example, an exposure of a number of automobiles.

Frequency – The number of claims occurring during a given coverage period.

Inland Marine Insurance – In Commercial Lines, this is a type of coverage developed for shipments that do not involve ocean transport. It covers articles in transit by all forms of land and air transportation as well as bridges,

 

67


Table of Contents

tunnels and other means of transportation and communication. In the context of Personal Lines, this term relates to floater policies that cover expensive personal items such as fine art and jewelry.

Loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”) – Expenses incurred in the adjusting, recording, and settlement of claims. These expenses include both internal company expenses and outside services. Examples of LAE include claims adjustment services, adjuster salaries and fringe benefits, legal fees and court costs, investigation fees and claims processing fees.

Loss adjustment expense (“LAE”) ratio, GAAP – The ratio of loss adjustment expenses to earned premiums for a given period.

Loss costs – An amount of money paid for a property and casualty claim.

Loss ratio, GAAP – The ratio of losses to premiums earned for a given period.

Loss reserves – Liabilities established by insurers to reflect the estimated cost of claims payments and the related expenses that the insurer will ultimately be required to pay in respect of insurance it has written. Reserves are established for losses and for LAE.

Multivariate product – An insurance product, the pricing for which is based upon the magnitude of, and correlation between, multiple rating factors. In practical application, the term refers to the foundational analytics and methods applied to the product construct. Our Connections Auto product is a multivariate product.

Peril – A cause of loss.

Property insurance – Insurance that provides coverage for tangible property in the event of loss, damage or loss of use.

Rate – The pricing factor upon which the policyholder’s premium is based.

Rate increase (Commercial Lines) – Represents the average change in premium on renewal policies caused by the estimated net effect of base rate changes, discretionary pricing, inflation or changes in policy level exposure.

Rate increase (Personal Lines) – The estimated cumulative premium effect of approved rate actions during the prior policy period applied to a policy’s renewal premium.

Reinstatement premium – A pro-rata reinsurance premium that may be charged for reinstating the amount of reinsurance coverage reduced as the result of a reinsurance loss payment under a catastrophe cover. For example, in 2005 this premium was required to ensure that our property catastrophe occurrence treaty, which was exhausted by Hurricane Katrina, was available again in the event of another large catastrophe loss in 2005.

Reinsurance – An arrangement in which an insurance company, the reinsurer, agrees to indemnify another insurance or reinsurance company, the ceding company, against all or a portion of the insurance or reinsurance risks underwritten by the ceding company under one or more policies. Reinsurance can provide a ceding company with several benefits, including a reduction in net liability on risks and catastrophe protection from large or multiple losses. Reinsurance does not legally discharge the primary insurer from its liability with respect to its obligations to the insured.

Risk based capital (“RBC”) – A method of measuring the minimum amount of capital appropriate for an insurance company to support its overall business operations in consideration of its size and risk profile. The RBC ratio for regulatory purposes is calculated as total adjusted capital divided by required risk based capital. Total adjusted capital for property and casualty companies is capital and surplus. The Company Action Level is the first level at which regulatory involvement is specified based upon the level of capital. Regulators may take action for reasons other than triggering various RBC action levels. The various action levels are summarized as follows:

 

   

The Company Action Level, which equals 200% of the Authorized Control Level, requires a company to prepare and submit a RBC plan to the commissioner of the state of domicile. A RBC plan proposes actions which a company may take in order to bring statutory capital above the Company Action Level. After review, the commissioner will notify the company if the plan is satisfactory.

 

   

The Regulatory Action Level, which equals 150% of the Authorized Control Level, requires the insurer to submit to the commissioner of the state of domicile an RBC plan, or if applicable, a revised RBC plan. After examination or analysis, the commissioner will issue an order specifying corrective actions to be taken.

 

   

The Authorized Control Level authorizes the commissioner of the state of domicile to take whatever regulatory actions considered necessary to protect the

 

68


Table of Contents
 

best interest of the policyholders and creditors of the insurer.

 

   

The Mandatory Control Level, which equals 70% of the Authorized Control Level, authorizes the commissioner of the state of domicile to take actions necessary to place the company under regulatory control (i.e., rehabilitation or liquidation).

Security Lending – We engage our banking provider to lend securities from our investment portfolio to third parties. These lent securities are fully collateralized by cash. We monitor the fair value of the securities on a daily basis to assure that the collateral is maintained at a level of at least 102% of the fair value of the loaned securities. We record securities lending collateral as a cash equivalent, with an offsetting liability in expenses and taxes payable.

Separate accounts – An investment account that is maintained separately from an insurer’s general investment portfolio and that allows the insurer to manage the funds placed in variable life insurance policies and variable annuity policies. Policyholders direct the investment of policy funds among the different types of separate accounts available from the insurer.

Severity – A monetary increase in the loss costs associated with the same or similar type of event or coverage.

Specialty Lines – A major component of our Other Commercial Lines, includes products such as inland and ocean marine, bond, specialty property, professional liability and various other program business.

Statutory accounting principles – Recording transactions and preparing financial statements in accordance with the rules and procedures prescribed or permitted by insurance regulatory authorities including the NAIC, which in general reflect a liquidating, rather than going concern, concept of accounting.

Surrender or withdrawal – Surrenders of life insurance policies and annuity contracts for their entire net cash surrender values and withdrawals of a portion of such values.

Underwriting – The process of selecting risks for insurance and determining in what amounts and on what terms the insurance company will accept risks.

Underwriting expenses – Expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition, pricing and administration of a policy.

Underwriting expense ratio, GAAP – The ratio of underwriting expenses to earned premiums in a given period.

Unearned premiums – The portion of a premium representing the unexpired amount of the contract term as of a certain date.

Variable annuity – An annuity which includes a provision for benefit payments to vary according to the investment experience of the separate account in which the amounts paid to provide for this annuity are allocated.

Written premium The premium assessed for the entire coverage period of a property and casualty policy without regard to how much of the premium has been earned. See also earned premium. Net written premium is written premium net of reinsurance.

ITEM 7A–QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Reference is made to “Market Risk and Risk Management Policies” on pages 51 to 54 of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this Form 10-K.

 

69


Table of Contents

ITEM 8–FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc.:

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(1) present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedules listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2) present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedules, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedules, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the method in which it accounts for uncertain tax positions in 2007.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for certain stock-based compensation in 2006.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management has excluded the acquisition of AIX Holdings, Inc., which was completed on November 28, 2008, from its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. We have also excluded the acquisition of AIX Holdings, Inc. from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. The total asset and total revenues constitute approximately $350 million or 3.8% and $5.5 million or less than 1%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

February 27, 2009

 

70


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007     2006  
(In millions, except per share data)                   

Revenues

      

Premiums

   $ 2,484.9     $ 2,372.0     $ 2,219.2  

Net investment income

     258.7       247.0       228.5  

Net realized investment losses

     (97.8 )     (0.9 )     (0.2 )

Fees and other income

     34.6       56.0       57.9  
                        

Total revenues

     2,680.4       2,674.1       2,505.4  
                        

Benefits, losses and expenses

      

Policy benefits, claims, losses and loss adjustment expenses

     1,626.2       1,457.4       1,387.1  

Policy acquisition expenses

     556.2       523.6       476.4  

Other operating expenses

     333.6       351.6       370.9  
                        

Total benefits, losses and expenses

     2,516.0       2,332.6       2,234.4  
                        

Income before federal income taxes

     164.4       341.5       271.0  
                        

Federal income tax expense

      

Current

     17.5       30.1       54.3  

Deferred

     62.4       83.1       32.9  
                        

Total federal income tax expense

     79.9       113.2       87.2  
                        

Income from continuing operations

     84.5       228.3       183.8  

Discontinued operations (Notes X and X):

      

(Loss) income from operations of discontinued FAFLIC business (net of income tax (expense) benefit of $(4.6), $4.0, $(0.5) in 2008, 2007 and 2006), including loss on assets held-for-sale of $(77.3) in 2008

     (84.8 )     10.9       7.9  

Income (loss) from operations of discontinued variable life insurance and annuity business (net of income tax benefit of $2.9, $12.8 and $2.9 in 2008, 2007 and 2006), including gain (loss) on disposal of $8.7, $7.9, ($29.8) in 2008, 2007 and 2006

     11.3       13.1       (29.8 )

Income from the operations of AMGRO (net of tax benefit of $1.3 in 2008), including gain on disposal of $11.1 in 2008

     10.1       —         —    

Other discontinued operations

     (0.5 )     0.8       7.8  
                        

Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     20.6       253.1       169.7  

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     —         —         0.6  
                        

Net income

   $ 20.6     $ 253.1     $ 170.3  
                        

Earnings per common share:

      

Basic:

      

Income from continuing operations

   $ 1.65     $ 4.42     $ 3.57  

Discontinued operations:

      

(Loss) income from operations of discontinued FAFLIC business (net of income tax (expense) benefit of $(0.09), $0.08, $(0.01) in 2008, 2007 and 2006), including loss on assets held-for-sale of $(1.51) in 2008

     (1.66 )     0.21       0.15  

Income (loss) from operations of discontinued variable life insurance and annuity business (net of income tax benefit of $0.06, $0.25 and $0.06 in 2008, 2007 and 2006), including gain (loss) on disposal of $0.17, $0.15, $(0.57) in 2008, 2007 and 2006

     0.22       0.25       (0.57 )

Income from the operations of AMGRO (net of tax benefit of $0.02 in 2008), including gain on disposal of $0.22 in 2008

     0.20       —         —    

Other discontinued operations

     (0.01 )     0.02       0.15  
                        

Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     0.40       4.90       3.30  

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     —         —         0.01  
                        

Net income per share

   $ 0.40     $ 4.90     $ 3.31  
                        

Weighted average shares outstanding

     51.3       51.7       51.5  
                        

Diluted:

      

Income from continuing operations

   $ 1.63     $ 4.36     $ 3.53  

Discontinued operations:

      

(Loss) income from operations of discontinued FAFLIC business (net of income tax (expense) benefit of $(0.09), $0.08, $(0.01) in 2008, 2007 and 2006), including loss on assets held-for-sale of $(1.49) in 2008

     (1.64 )     0.21       0.15  

Income (loss) from operations of discontinued variable life insurance and annuity business (net of income tax benefit of $0.05 $0.24 and $0.06 in 2008, 2007 and 2006), including gain (loss) on disposal of $0.17, $0.15, $(0.57) in 2008, 2007 and 2006

     0.22       0.25       (0.57 )

Income from the operations of AMGRO (net of tax benefit of $0.02 in 2008), including gain on disposal of $0.21 in 2008

     0.20       —         —    

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007     2006  
(In millions, except per share data)                   

Other discontinued operations

     (0.01 )     0.01       0.15  
                        

Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     0.40       4.83       3.26  

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     —         —         0.01  
                        

Net income per share

   $ 0.40     $ 4.83     $ 3.27  
                        

Weighted average shares outstanding

     51.7       52.4       52.2  
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

71


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007  
(In millions, except share data)             

Assets

    

Investments:

    

Fixed maturities at fair value (amortized cost of $4,468.0 and $4,585.7)

   $ 4,205.8     $ 4,584.8  

Equity securities at fair value (cost of $55.7 and $37.5)

     47.7       44.6  

Mortgage loans

     31.1       41.2  

Other long-term investments

     18.4       30.7  
                

Total investments

     4,303.0       4,701.3  
                

Cash and cash equivalents

     416.9       210.6  

Accrued investment income

     53.0       53.3  

Premiums, accounts and notes receivable, net

     578.5       626.7  

Reinsurance receivable on paid and unpaid losses, benefits and unearned premiums

     1,130.3       1,067.3  

Deferred policy acquisition costs

     266.7       246.8  

Deferred federal income taxes

     285.8       300.8  

Goodwill

     169.9       126.0  

Other assets

     315.7       309.6  

Assets held-for-sale

     1,710.4       2,173.2  
                

Total assets

     9,230.2     $ 9,815.6  
                

Liabilities

    

Policy liabilities and accruals:

    

Outstanding claims, losses and loss adjustment expenses

   $ 3,243.8     $ 3,165.9  

Unearned premiums

     1,246.3       1,155.9  

Other policy liabilities

     1.8       1.9  
                

Total policy liabilities and accruals

     4,491.9       4,323.7  
                

Expenses and taxes payable

     630.8       633.6  

Reinsurance premiums payable

     61.3       44.9  

Long-term debt

     531.4       511.9  

Liabilities held-for-sale

     1,627.6       2,002.5  
                

Total liabilities

     7,343.0       7,516.6  
                

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 17 and 21)

    

Shareholders’ Equity

    

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 20.0 million shares authorized, none issued

     —         —    

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 300.0 million shares authorized, 60.5 million shares issued

     0.6       0.6  

Additional paid-in capital

     1,803.8       1,822.6  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (384.8 )     (20.4 )

Retained earnings

     949.8       946.9  

Treasury stock at cost (9.6 million and 8.7 million shares)

     (482.2 )     (450.7 )
                

Total shareholders’ equity

     1,887.2       2,299.0  
                

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 9,230.2     $ 9,815.6  
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

72


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007     2006  
(In millions)                   

Preferred Stock

      

Balance at beginning and end of year

   $ —       $ —       $ —    
                        

Common Stock

      

Balance at beginning and end of year

     0.6       0.6       0.6  
                        

Additional Paid-in Capital

      

Balance at beginning of year

     1,822.6       1,814.3       1,785.1  

Tax benefit from stock options and other

     0.6       2.5       8.1  

Employee and director stock-based awards

     (19.4 )     5.8       21.1  
                        

Balance at end of year

     1,803.8       1,822.6       1,814.3  
                        

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

      

Net Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation) on Investments and Derivative Instruments:

      

Balance at beginning of year

     5.5       (9.0 )     9.9  

Net (depreciation) appreciation during the period:

      

Net (depreciation) appreciation on available-for-sale securities and derivative instruments

     (284.3 )     16.7       (23.5 )

Benefit (provision) for deferred federal income taxes

     2.7       (2.2 )     4.6  
                        
     (281.6 )     14.5       (18.9 )
                        

Balance at end of year

     (276.1 )     5.5       (9.0 )
                        

Defined Benefit Pension and Postretirement Plans:

      

Balance at beginning of year

     (25.9 )     (30.9 )     (69.4 )

Decrease in minimum pension liability

     —         —         59.4  

Amounts arising in the period

     (123.8 )     0.2       —    

Amortization during the period:

      

Amount recognized as net periodic benefit cost

     (3.6 )     7.4       —    

Adjustment to initially apply Statement No. 158

     —         —         (0.2 )

Benefit (provision) for deferred federal income taxes

     44.6       (2.6 )     (20.7 )
                        
     (82.8 )     5.0       38.5  
                        

Balance at end of year

     (108.7 )     (25.9 )     (30.9 )
                        

Total accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (384.8 )     (20.4 )     (39.9 )
                        

Retained Earnings

      

Balance at beginning of year, before cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax

     946.9       712.0       589.8  

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax

     —         11.5       —    
                        

Balance at beginning of year, as adjusted

     946.9       723.5       589.8  

Net income

     20.6       253.1       170.3  

Dividends to shareholders

     (23.0 )     (20.8 )     (15.4 )

Treasury stock issued for less than cost

     (9.7 )     (13.7 )     (33.0 )

Recognition of share-based compensation

     15.0       4.8       0.3  
                        

Balance at end of year

     949.8       946.9       712.0  
                        

Treasury Stock

      

Balance at beginning of year

     (450.7 )     (487.8 )     (364.7 )

Shares purchased at cost

     (58.5 )     (1.6 )     (200.2 )

Net shares reissued at cost under employee stock-based compensation plans

     27.0       38.7       77.1  
                        

Balance at end of year

     (482.2 )     (450.7 )     (487.8 )
                        

Total shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,887.2     $ 2,299.0     $ 1,999.2  
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

73


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007     2006  
(In millions)                   

Net income

   $ 20.6     $ 253.1     $ 170.3  

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

      

Available-for-sale securities:

      

Net (depreciation) appreciation during the period

     (284.9 )     16.9       (24.6 )

Benefit (provision) for deferred federal income taxes

     2.9       (2.3 )     5.0  
                        

Total available-for-sale securities

     (282.0 )     14.6       (19.6 )
                        

Derivative instruments:

      

Net appreciation (depreciation) during the period

     0.6       (0.2 )     1.1  

(Provision) benefit for deferred federal income taxes

     (0.2 )     0.1       (0.4 )
                        

Total derivative instruments

     0.4       (0.1 )     0.7  
                        
     (281.6 )     14.5       (18.9 )
                        

Pension and postretirement benefits:

      

Amounts arising in the period:

      

Net actuarial loss

     (126.9 )     (19.7 )     —    

Prior service cost

     3.1       19.9       —    
                        

Total amounts arising in the period

     (123.8 )     0.2       —    

Amortization recognized as net periodic pension and postretirement (cost) benefit:

      

Net actuarial loss

     3.0       12.4       —    

Prior service cost

     (4.9 )     (3.3 )     —    

Transition asset

     (1.7 )     (1.7 )     —    
                        

Total amortization recognized as net periodic pension and postretirement (cost) benefit

     (3.6 )     7.4       —    
                        

(Decrease) increase in pension and postretirement benefits

     (127.4 )     7.6       —    

Decrease in additional minimum pension liability

     —         —         59.2  

Benefit (provision) for deferred federal income taxes

     44.6       (2.6 )     (20.7 )
                        

Total pension and postretirement benefits

     (82.8 )     5.0       38.5  
                        

Other comprehensive (loss) income

     (364.4 )     19.5       19.6  
                        

Comprehensive (loss) income

   $ (343.8 )   $ 272.6     $ 189.9  
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

74


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007     2006  
(In millions)                   

Cash Flows From Operating Activities

      

Net income

   $ 20.6     $ 253.1     $ 170.3  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

(Gain) loss on disposal of variable life insurance and annuity business

     (11.3 )     (7.9 )     29.8  

Loss on sale of First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company

     77.3       —         —    

Gain on sale of AMGRO, Inc.

     (11.1 )     —         —    

Loss (gain) from other discontinued operations

     0.5       (0.8 )     (7.8 )

Net realized investment losses (gains)

     112.2       (1.5 )     4.3  

Net amortization and depreciation

     15.1       18.9       21.4  

Stock-based compensation expense

     11.6       15.5       17.3  

Deferred federal income taxes

     53.7       88.4       65.0  

Change in deferred acquisition costs

     (10.5 )     (16.1 )     (25.3 )

Change in premiums and notes receivable, net of reinsurance payable

     75.0       (39.1 )     (114.8 )

Change in accrued investment income

     3.1       0.3       4.2  

Change in policy liabilities and accruals, net

     (156.8 )     (91.7 )     (328.7 )

Change in reinsurance receivable

     116.7       (8.3 )     266.8  

Change in expenses and taxes payable

     (103.2 )     (141.1 )     (56.4 )

Other, net

     16.6       3.6       (4.3 )
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     209.5       73.3       41.8  
                        

Cash Flows From Investing Activities

      

Proceeds from disposals and maturities of available-for-sale fixed maturities

     1,114.1       1,174.2       1,563.5  

Proceeds from disposals of equity securities and other investments

     11.9       23.7       26.4  

Proceeds from mortgages matured or collected

     10.2       15.9       42.5  

Proceeds from collections of installment finance and notes receivable

     192.3       453.5       354.7  

Net proceeds from sale of AMGRO, Inc.

     1.0       —         —    

Proceeds from sale of variable life insurance and annuity business, net

     13.3       12.7       50.9  

Proceeds from sale of Financial Profiles, Inc.

     —         —         17.9  

Purchase of available-for-sale fixed maturities

     (828.2 )     (1,227.1 )     (1,544.3 )

Purchase of equity securities and other investments

     (22.9 )     (34.3 )     (5.9 )

Net cash used to acquire Professionals Direct, Inc.

     —         (16.9 )     —    

Net cash used to acquire Verlan Holdings, Inc.

     (26.4 )     —         —    

Net cash used to acquire AIX Holdings, Inc.

     (87.7 )     —         —    

Capital expenditures

     (9.5 )     (9.5 )     (8.8 )

Net (payments) receipts related to swap agreements

     (0.3 )     0.3       (28.3 )

Disbursements to fund installment finance and notes receivable

     (178.6 )     (464.8 )     (370.7 )
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     189.2       (72.3 )     97.9  
                        

Cash Flows From Financing Activities

      

Withdrawals from contractholder deposit funds and trust instruments supported by funding obligations

     (21.0 )     —         (284.1 )

Exercise of options

     8.2       23.8       44.8  

Proceeds from excess tax benefits related to share-based payments

     0.3       1.3       6.0  

Change in collateral related to securities lending program

     (50.6 )     (101.0 )     (19.6 )

Dividends paid to shareholders

     (23.0 )     (20.8 )     (15.4 )

Treasury stock purchased at cost

     (58.5 )     (1.6 )     (200.2 )
                        

Net cash used in financing activities

     (144.6 )     (98.3 )     (468.5 )
                        

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     254.1       (97.3 )     (328.8 )

Net change in cash held by discontinued FAFLIC business

     (47.8 )     (8.3 )     (17.4 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     210.6       316.2       662.4  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 416.9     $ 210.6     $ 316.2  
                        

Supplemental Cash Flow information

      

Interest payments

   $ 40.9     $ 40.8     $ 40.6  

Income tax net payments (refunds)

   $ 36.5     $ 61.4     $ (14.0 )

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

75


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

A. Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. (“THG” or the “Company”), include the accounts of The Hanover Insurance Company (“Hanover Insurance”) and Citizens Insurance Company of America (“Citizens”), THG’s principal property and casualty companies; First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company (“FAFLIC”), THG’s former run-off life insurance and annuity subsidiary and certain other insurance and non-insurance subsidiaries. These legal entities conduct their operations through several business segments as discussed in Note 16. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. On January 2, 2009, the Company sold FAFLIC to Commonwealth Annuity and Life Insurance Company (“Commonwealth Annuity”) a subsidiary of the Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (“Goldman Sachs”). Accordingly, as of December 31, 2008 and for all prior periods, a portion of FAFLIC’s accounts have been classified as held-for-sale in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Income (See Note 2 – Discontinued Operations of FAFLIC Business). The discussion below reflects the significant accounting policies for both the ongoing operations and those held-for-sale as a combined discussion.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

B. Valuation of Investments

In accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities (“Statement No. 115”), the Company is required to classify its investments into one of three categories: held-to-maturity, available-for-sale or trading. The Company determines the appropriate classification of debt securities at the time of purchase and re-evaluates such designation as of each balance sheet date.

Fixed maturities and equity securities are primarily classified as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, reported in accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of shareholders’ equity. The amortized cost of fixed maturities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity. Such amortization is included in net investment income.

Mortgage loans on real estate are stated at unpaid principal balances, net of unamortized discounts and premiums, and reserves. Reserves on mortgage loans are based on losses expected by the Company to be realized on transfers of mortgage loans to real estate (upon foreclosure), on the disposition or settlement of mortgage loans and on mortgage loans which the Company believes may not be collectible in full. In establishing reserves, the Company considers, among other things, the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral.

Fixed maturities and mortgage loans that are delinquent are placed on non-accrual status, and thereafter interest income is recognized only when cash payments are received.

Policy loans are carried principally at unpaid principal balances.

Realized investment gains and losses are reported as a component of revenues based upon specific identification of the investment assets sold. When an other-than-temporary decline in value of a specific investment is deemed to have occurred, the Company reduces the cost basis of the investment to fair value. This reduction is permanent and is recognized as a realized investment loss. Changes in the reserves for mortgage loans are included in realized investment gains or losses.

C. Financial Instruments

In the normal course of business, the Company may enter into transactions involving various types of financial instruments, including debt, investments such as fixed maturities, mortgage loans and equity securities, investment and loan commitments, swap contracts, option contracts, forward contracts and futures contracts. These instruments involve credit risk and could also be subject to risk of loss due to interest rate and foreign currency fluctuation. The Company evaluates and monitors each financial instrument individually and, when appropriate, obtains collateral or other security to minimize losses.

D. Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, amounts due from banks and highly liquid debt instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less.

 

76


Table of Contents

E. Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs

Acquisition costs consist of commissions, underwriting costs and other costs, which vary with, and are primarily related to, the production of revenues. Property and casualty insurance business acquisition costs are deferred and amortized over the terms of the insurance policies.

Deferred acquisition costs (“DAC”) for each property and casualty line of business is reviewed to determine if it is recoverable from future income, including investment income. If such costs are determined to be unrecoverable, they are expensed at the time of determination. Although recoverability of DAC is not assured, the Company believes it is more likely than not that all of these costs will be recovered. The amount of DAC considered recoverable, however, could be reduced in the near term if the estimates of total revenues discussed above are reduced or permanently impaired as a result of a disposition of a line of business. The amount of amortization of DAC could be revised in the near term if any of the estimates discussed above are revised.

F. Reinsurance Recoverables

The Company shares certain insurance risks it has underwritten, through the use of reinsurance contracts, with various insurance entities. Reinsurance accounting is followed for ceded transactions when the risk transfer provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 113, Accounting and Reporting for Reinsurance of Short-Duration and Long-Duration Contracts (“Statement No. 113”), have been met. As a result, when the Company experiences loss or claims events, or unfavorable mortality or morbidity experience that are subject to a reinsurance contract, reinsurance recoverables are recorded. The amount of the reinsurance recoverable can vary based on the terms of the reinsurance contract, the size of the individual loss or claim, or the aggregate amount of all losses or claims in a particular line, book of business or an aggregate amount associated with a particular accident year. The valuation of losses or claims recoverable depends on whether the underlying loss or claim is a reported loss or claim, an incurred but not reported loss or a future policy benefit. For reported losses and claims, the Company values reinsurance recoverables at the time the underlying loss or claim is recognized, in accordance with contract terms. For incurred but not reported losses and future policy benefits, the Company estimates the amount of reinsurance recoverables based on the terms of the reinsurance contracts and historical reinsurance recovery information and applies that information to the gross loss reserve and future policy benefit estimates. The reinsurance recoverables are based on what the Company believes are reasonable estimates and the balance is disclosed separately in the financial statements. However, the ultimate amount of the reinsurance recoverable is not known until all losses and claims are settled.

G. Property, Equipment and Capitalized Software

Property, equipment, leasehold improvements and capitalized software are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line or accelerated method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which generally range from 3 to 30 years. The estimated useful life for capitalized software is generally 3 to 5 years. Amortization of leasehold improvements is provided using the straight-line method over the lesser of the term of the leases or the estimated useful life of the improvements.

The Company tests for the recoverability of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. The Company recognizes impairment losses only to the extent that the carrying amounts of long-lived assets exceed the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the assets. When an impairment loss occurs, the Company reduces the carrying value of the asset to fair value. Fair values are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis.

H. Goodwill

In accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“Statement No. 142”), the Company carries its goodwill at amortized cost, net of impairments. The Company’s goodwill relates to its property and casualty business. Increases to goodwill are generated through acquisition and represent the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired, including any intangible assets acquired. The Company tests for the recoverability of goodwill annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. The Company recognizes impairment losses only to the extent that the carrying amounts of reporting units with goodwill exceed the fair value. The amount of the impairment loss that is recognized is determined based upon the excess of the carrying value of goodwill compared to the implied fair value of the goodwill, as determined with respect to all assets and liabilities of the reporting unit.

The Company has performed its annual review of goodwill for impairment in the fourth quarters of 2008, 2007 and 2006 with no impairments recognized. On November 28, 2008, the company completed its acquisition of AIX Holdings, Inc. (“AIX”), and recorded $38.1

 

77


Table of Contents

million in goodwill for the acquisition. On March 14, 2008, the Company completed its acquisition of Verlan Holdings, Inc., (“Verlan”) and recorded $5.6 million in goodwill for the acquisition. On September 14, 2007, the Company completed its acquisition of Professional Direct, Inc. (“PDI”), and recorded $4.8 million for such acquisition.

I. Policy Liabilities and Accruals

Liabilities for outstanding claims, losses and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”) are estimates of payments to be made on property and casualty and health insurance contracts for reported losses and LAE and estimates of losses and LAE incurred but not reported. These liabilities are determined using case basis evaluations and statistical analyses of historical loss patterns and represent estimates of the ultimate cost of all losses incurred but not paid. These estimates are continually reviewed and adjusted as necessary; such adjustments are reflected in current operations. Estimated amounts of salvage and subrogation on unpaid property and casualty losses are deducted from the liability for unpaid claims.

Premiums for property and casualty insurance are reported as earned on a pro-rata basis over the contract period. The unexpired portion of these premiums is recorded as unearned premiums.

Future policy benefits are liabilities for life, health and annuity products. Such liabilities are established in amounts adequate to meet the estimated future obligations of policies in force. The liabilities associated with traditional life insurance products are computed using the net level premium method for individual life and annuity policies, and are based upon estimates as to future investment yield, mortality, and withdrawals that include provisions for adverse deviation. Future policy benefits for individual life insurance and annuity policies consider crediting rates ranging from 2  1 / 2 % to 6% for life insurance and 2% to 9  1 / 2 % for annuities. Mortality, morbidity, and withdrawal assumptions for all policies are based on the Company’s own experience and industry standards.

Other policy liabilities include investment-related products such as group retirement purchased annuities and immediate participation guarantee funds. These funds consist of deposits received from customers and investment earnings on their fund balances.

Trust instruments supported by funding obligations, also known as guaranteed investment contracts (“GICs”) consist of deposits received from customers, investment earnings on their fund balance and the effect of changes in foreign currencies related to these deposits.

All policy liabilities and accruals are based on the various estimates discussed above. Although the adequacy of these amounts cannot be assured, the Company believes that it is more likely than not that policy liabilities and accruals will be sufficient to meet future obligations of policies in force. The amount of liabilities and accruals, however, could be revised in the near-term if the estimates discussed above are revised.

J. Junior Subordinated Debentures

The Company has established a business trust, AFC Capital Trust I, for the sole purpose of issuing mandatorily redeemable preferred securities to investors. Through AFC Capital Trust I, the Company issued $300.0 million of Series B Capital Securities, which are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the proceeds of which were used to purchase related junior subordinated debentures from the holding company. In addition, the Company issued $9.3 million of junior subordinated debentures to purchase all of the common stock of AFC Capital Trust I. Through certain guarantees, these subordinated debentures and the terms of related agreements, the Company has irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed the obligations of AFC Capital Trust I.

The securities embody an unconditional obligation that requires the Company to redeem the securities on a stated maturity date. In addition, these securities contain a settlement alternative that occurs as a result of a “special event.” A special event could occur if a change in laws and/or regulations or the application or interpretation of these laws and/or regulations causes the interest from these debentures to become taxable income (or non-deductible expense), or for the subsidiary trust to become deemed an “investment company” and subject to the filing requirements of Registered Investment Companies. In accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities – an Interpretation of ARB No. 51 , the Company does not consolidate AFC Capital Trust and carries the debt issued by the trust as a component of its long-term debt. The $9.3 million of equity interest in the trust is included as a part of the Company’s equity securities.

On September 14, 2007, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of PDI (See also Note 4 – Other Significant Transactions). Prior to this acquisition, Professionals Direct Statutory Trust II, now an unconsolidated subsidiary of THG, issued $3.0 million of preferred securities in 2005, the proceeds of which were used to purchase junior subordinated debentures issued by PDI. Coincident with the issuance of the preferred securities, PDI issued $0.1 million of junior subordinated

 

78


Table of Contents

debentures to purchase all of the common stock of Professionals Direct Statutory Trust II. The Company also carries the debt issued by this trust as a component of its long-term debt.

On November 28, 2008, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of AIX (See also Note 4 – Other Significant Transactions). Prior to this acquisition, AIX Group Trust, now an unconsolidated subsidiary of THG, issued $15.0 million floating rate preferred capital securities and $0.5 million floating rate preferred common securities. The proceeds were used to purchase $15.5 million floating rate subordinated debentures issued by AIX. Coincident with the issuances, AIX issued $0.5 million of the floating rate subordinate debentures to purchase all of the common stock of AIX Group Trust. The Company carries the debt issued by this trust as a component of its long-term debt.

K. Premium, Fee Revenue and Related Expenses

Property and casualty insurance premiums are recognized as revenue over the related contract periods. Premiums for individual life insurance and individual and group annuity products, excluding universal life and investment-related products, are considered revenue when due. Benefits, losses and related expenses are matched with premiums, resulting in their recognition over the lives of the contracts. This matching is accomplished through estimated and unpaid losses, the provision for future benefits and amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs. Revenues for investment-related products consist of net investment income and contract charges assessed against the fund values.

L. Federal Income Taxes

THG and its domestic subsidiaries (including certain non-insurance operations) file a consolidated United States federal income tax return. Entities included within the consolidated group are segregated into either a life insurance or a non-life insurance company subgroup. The consolidation of these subgroups is subject to certain statutory restrictions on the percentage of eligible non-life tax losses that can be applied to offset life company taxable income.

Deferred income taxes are generally recognized when assets and liabilities have different values for financial statement and tax reporting purposes, and for other temporary taxable and deductible differences as defined by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109 , Accounting for Income Taxes (“Statement No. 109”). These differences result primarily from capital loss carryforwards, loss and LAE reserves, policy reserves, tax credit carryforwards, depreciation of THG’s investment portfolio, policy acquisition expenses and employee benefit plans. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Changes in valuation allowances are generally reflected in federal income tax expense or as an adjustment to Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) depending on the nature of the item for which the valuation allowance is being recorded.

M. New Accounting Pronouncements

Recently Issued Standards

In May 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 163, Accounting for Financial Guarantee Insurance Contracts – an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 60 (“Statement No. 163”). Statement No. 163 provides for changes to both the recognition and measurement of premium revenues and claim liabilities for financial guarantee insurance contracts that are within the scope of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 60, Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises and that do not qualify as a derivative instrument in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities . This statement also expands the disclosure requirements related to financial guarantee insurance contracts to include such items as the Company’s method of tracking insured financial obligations with credit deterioration, financial information about the insured financial obligations, and management’s policies for placing and monitoring the insured financial obligations. Statement No. 163 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, except for certain disclosures related to the insured financial obligations, which were effective for the third quarter of 2008. The Company does not have financial guarantee insurance products, and, accordingly does not expect the issuance of Statement No. 163 to have an effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (“Statement No. 141(R)”). This Statement requires the acquiring entity in a business combination to recognize all assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a transaction at the acquisition-date fair value, with certain exceptions. Additionally, the statement requires changes to the accounting treatment of acquisition related items, including, among other items, transaction costs, contingent consideration, restructuring costs, indemnification assets and tax benefits. Statement No. 141(R) also provides for a substantial number of new disclosure requirements. This statement is effective for

 

79


Table of Contents

business combinations initiated on or after the first annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company expects that Statement No. 141(R) will have an impact on its accounting for future business combinations once the statement is adopted, but the effect is dependent upon acquisitions, if any, that are made in the future.

In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51 (“Statement No. 160”), which establishes new standards governing the accounting for and reporting of noncontrolling interests (previously referred to as minority interests). This statement establishes reporting requirements which include, among other things, that noncontrolling interests be reflected as a separate component of equity, not as a liability. It also requires that the interests of the parent and the noncontrolling interest be clearly identifiable. Additionally, increases and decreases in a parent’s ownership interest that leave control intact shall be reflected as equity transactions, rather than step acquisitions or dilution gains or losses. This statement also requires changes to the presentation of information in the financial statements and provides for additional disclosure requirements. Statement No. 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The Company does not expect the effect, if any, of adopting Statement No. 160 will be material to its financial position or results of operations.

Recently Adopted Standards

In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“Statement No. 159”). Statement No. 159 permits a company to choose, at specified election dates, to measure at fair value certain eligible financial assets and liabilities that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. The specified election dates include, but are not limited to, the date when an entity first recognizes the item, when an entity enters into a firm commitment or when changes in the financial instrument causes it to no longer qualify for fair value accounting under a different accounting standard. An entity may elect the fair value option for eligible items that exist at the effective date. At that date, the difference between the carrying amounts and the fair values of eligible items for which the fair value option is elected should be recognized as a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. The fair value option may be elected for each entire financial instrument, but need not be applied to all similar instruments. Once the fair value option has been elected, it is irrevocable. Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected will be reported in earnings. Statement No. 159 was effective as of the beginning of fiscal years that begin after November 15, 2007. The Company did not elect to implement the fair value option for eligible financial assets and liabilities as of January 1, 2008.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“Statement No. 157”). This statement creates a common definition of fair value to be used throughout generally accepted accounting principles. Statement No. 157 will apply whenever another standard requires or permits assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value, with certain exceptions. The standard establishes a hierarchy for determining fair value which emphasizes the use of observable market data whenever available. The statement also requires expanded disclosures which include the extent to which assets and liabilities are measured at fair value, the methods and assumptions used to measure fair value and the effect of fair value measures on earnings. In October 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) FAS No. 157-3, Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active (“FSP FAS No. 157-3”). This FSP clarifies how Statement No. 157 should be applied when valuing securities in markets that are not active. This Statement provides guidance on how companies may use judgment, in addition to market information, in certain circumstances to value assets which have inactive markets. This FSP is effective upon issuance, including prior periods that financial statements have not yet been issued. Statement No. 157 was effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The difference between the carrying amounts and fair values of those financial instruments held at the date this statement is initially applied should be recognized as a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings for the fiscal year in which this statement is initially applied. Additionally, in February 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position FAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 , which delays the effective date of Statement No. 157 for all non-recurring fair value measurements of nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities until the fiscal year beginning after November 15, 2008. As a result, the Company partially applied the provisions of Statement No. 157 upon adoption at January 1, 2008 and deferred the adoption for certain nonfinancial assets and liabilities

 

80


Table of Contents

as allowed by this staff position until January 1, 2009. The effect of adopting Statement No. 157 and related FSP FAS No. 157-3 for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities, was not material to the Company’s financial position or results of operations. See further disclosure in Note 7 – Fair Value.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans – an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R) (“Statement No. 158”). This statement requires an employer to recognize the funded status of its benefit plans in its statement of financial position and to recognize changes in that funded status through comprehensive income in the year in which they occur. The funded status of the plans should be measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligation. This statement also requires the recognition, as a component of other comprehensive income, net of taxes, of the gains or losses and prior service costs or credits that arise during the period but are not recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87, Employers’ Accounting for Pensions (“Statement No. 87”) or Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions (“Statement No. 106”), as well as the balance of transition assets or obligations remaining from the initial application of statement No. 87 and Statement No. 106. These balances in accumulated other comprehensive income shall be subsequently recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost pursuant to the recognition and amortization requirements of Statement No. 87 and Statement No. 106. In addition, the statement also provides for enhanced disclosures which include, among other items, the estimated amount of actuarial gains or losses, prior services costs or credits, and transition assets or obligations that are included in accumulated other comprehensive income to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost in the next fiscal year. The effective date for a company to recognize the funded status of its plans and the related disclosure requirements was as of the end of its fiscal year ending after December 15, 2006. Retrospective application of this statement is not permitted. The effective date for changing a company’s measurement date for plan assets and benefit obligations to coincide with the date of its statement of financial position will be for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. The Company currently measures its funded status as of December 31. The Company adopted Statement No. 158 effective December 31, 2006 (See also Note 11 – Pension Plans and Note 12 – Other Postretirement Benefit Plans). The impact of adopting Statement No. 158 was not material to the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN 48”). The interpretation requires companies to recognize the tax benefits of uncertain tax positions only when the position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. The amount recognized would be the amount that represents the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being ultimately realized. A liability would be recognized for any benefit claimed, or expected to be claimed, in a tax return in excess of the benefit recorded in the financial statements, along with any interest and penalty on the excess. FIN 48 will require, among other items, a tabular reconciliation of the change during the reporting period, in the aggregate unrecognized tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed in tax returns and disclosure relating to accrued interest and penalties for unrecognized tax benefits. Additional disclosure will also be required for those uncertain tax positions where it is reasonably possible that the estimate of the tax benefit will change significantly in the next twelve months. FIN 48 was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company adopted FIN 48 as of January 1, 2007 which resulted in an increase to shareholders’ equity of $11.5 million. See further disclosure in Note 10 – Federal Income Taxes.

In September 2005, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) issued Statement of Position 05-1, Accounting by Insurance Enterprises for Deferred Acquisition Costs in Connection with Modifications or Exchanges of Insurance Contracts (“SOP 05-1”). SOP 05-1 provides guidance on accounting by insurance companies for deferred acquisition costs on internal replacements of insurance and investment contracts other than those described in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 97, Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Long-Duration Contracts and for Realized Gains and Losses from the Sale of Investments. This statement was effective for internal replacements occurring in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company adopted SOP 05-1 effective January 1, 2007. The adoption of SOP 05-1 did not have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

 

81


Table of Contents

N. Earnings Per Share

Earnings per share (“EPS”) for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 is based on a weighted average of the number of shares outstanding during each year. Basic and diluted EPS is computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period. The weighted average shares outstanding used to calculate basic EPS differ from the weighted average shares outstanding used in the calculation of diluted EPS due to the effect of dilutive employee stock options and nonvested stock grants. If the effect of such stock options and grants are antidilutive, the weighted average shares outstanding used to calculate diluted EPS equal those used to calculate basic EPS.

Options to purchase shares of common stock whose exercise prices are greater than the average market price of the common shares are not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the effect would be antidilutive.

O. Stock-Based Compensation

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (“Statement No. 123(R)”), the Company recognizes the fair value of compensation costs for all share-based payments, including employee stock options, in the financial statements. Unvested awards are generally expensed on a straight line basis, by tranche, over the life of the award. The Company’s stock-based compensation plans are discussed further in Note 13 – “Stock-Based Compensation Plans”.

P. Reclassifications

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

2. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS OF FAFLIC BUSINESS

As discussed in Note 3 - “Sale of Variable Life Insurance and Annuity Business”, the Company reinsured to Commonwealth Annuity, a subsidiary of Goldman Sachs, all of FAFLIC’s run-off variable life insurance and annuity business on December 30, 2005. FAFLIC’s remaining products consist primarily of a block of traditional life insurance products, a block of group retirement annuity contracts, and one guaranteed investment contract. These products have been in run-off since 2002. Additionally, FAFLIC’s business includes the discontinued accident and health business, including accident and health voluntary pools.

On January 2, 2009, THG sold its remaining life insurance subsidiary, FAFLIC, to Commonwealth Annuity, a subsidiary of Goldman Sachs. Approval was obtained from the Massachusetts Division of Insurance for a pre-close dividend from FAFLIC consisting of designated assets with a statutory book value of approximately $130 million. Based on December 31, 2008 asset and liability values, and including the dividend, total net proceeds from the sale are expected to be valued at approximately $230 million, net of estimated transaction costs. Additionally, coincident with the sale transaction, Hanover Insurance and FAFLIC entered into a reinsurance contract whereby Hanover Insurance assumed FAFLIC’s discontinued accident and health insurance business.

The closing of this transaction was approved by appropriate regulatory bodies, including the Massachusetts Division of Insurance and the New Hampshire Insurance Department. THG has also indemnified Commonwealth Annuity of certain litigation, regulatory matters and other liabilities related to the pre-closing activities of the business being transferred.

In accordance with Statement of Accounting Standards No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets (“Statement No. 144”), the Company has reflected FAFLIC at its fair value, less estimated disposition costs. This resulted in the recognition of a $77.3 million impairment as of December 31, 2008 for the asset group that is being disposed of in the sale transaction. Of this amount, $48.5 million relates to depreciated securities and is reflected as an adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income and $26.0 million is reflected as a valuation allowance against the FAFLIC assets that have been reclassified as held-for-sale in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The loss is presented in the Consolidated Statement of Income as a component of Income from operations of discontinued FAFLIC business. In addition, the operating results of FAFLIC are also reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Income as Income from operations of discontinued FAFLIC business.

The following table summarizes the components of the estimated loss related to the FAFLIC business held-for-sale as of December 31, 2008. Balances are subject to potential post-closing adjustments in accordance with the terms of the agreement.

 

82


Table of Contents

(in millions)

   December 31, 2008  

Projected carrying value of FAFLIC before pre-close dividend

   (1 )   $ 267.7  

Pre-close net dividend

   (2 )     (129.8 )
          
       137.9  

Proceeds from sale

   (3 )     105.8  
          

Loss on sale before impact of transaction and other costs

       (32.1 )

Transaction costs

   (4 )     (3.9 )

Liability for certain legal indemnities and employee-related costs

   (5 )     (8.2 )

Other miscellaneous adjustments

   (6 )     (33.1 )
          

Net loss

     $ (77.3 )
          

 

(1) Shareholder’s equity in the FAFLIC business, prior to the impact of the sale transaction.
(2) Net pre-close dividends.
(3) Proceeds to THG from Commonwealth Annuity.
(4) Transaction costs include legal, actuarial and other professional fees.
(5) Liability for expected contractual indemnities of FAFLIC recorded under FASB Interpretation No. 45, Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantee, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others (“FIN 45”). These costs also include severance and retention payments anticipated to result from this transaction.
(6) Included in other miscellaneous adjustments are investment losses of $48.5 million, as well as favorable reserve adjustments related to the accident and health business of $15.6 million.

In accordance with Statement No. 144, the following table details the major assets and liabilities reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheets under the caption “Assets held-for-sale” and “Liabilities held-for-sale”, respectively.

 

(in millions)

   December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007

Assets:

    

Cash and investments

   $ 1,182.2     $ 1,318.3

Reinsurance recoverable

     241.5       311.7

Separate account assets

     263.4       481.3

Other assets

     49.3       61.9

Valuation allowance

     (26.0 )     —  
              

Total assets held-for-sale

   $ 1,710.4     $ 2,173.2
              

Liabilities:

    

Policy liabilities

   $ 1,305.6     $ 1,417.0

Separate account liabilities

     263.4       481.3

Trust instruments supported

by funding obligations

     15.0       39.1

Other liabilities

     43.6       65.1
              

Total liabilities held-for-sale

   $ 1,627.6     $ 2,002.5
              

The table below shows the discontinued operating results related to FAFLIC:

 

(In millions)

   For the Years Ended December 31,
   2008     2007    2006

Total revenues

   $ 76.7     $ 112.6    $ 138.7

(Loss) income included in discontinued operations before federal income taxes, including net realized (losses) gains of $(14.4), $2.4 and $(4.1)for the year ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006

   $ (2.9 )   $ 6.9    $ 8.4

3. SALE OF VARIABLE LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY BUSINESS

On December 30, 2005, the Company sold its variable life insurance and annuity business to Goldman Sachs, including the reinsurance of 100% of the variable business of FAFLIC. The Company agreed to defer receipt of $46.7 million of the proceeds into the subsequent three years; all of which has been received from Goldman Sachs as of December 31, 2008. THG also agreed to indemnify Goldman Sachs for certain litigation, regulatory matters and other liabilities relating to the pre-closing activities of the business that was sold.

The Company accounted for the disposal of its variable life insurance and annuity business as a discontinued operation in accordance with Statement No. 144. In 2006, the Company incurred $29.8 million of costs related to additional contractual indemnifications, severance expenses, and transition services and conversion costs. Included in this charge was an additional $15.0 million provision related to the Company’s estimated potential liability for certain contractual indemnities to Goldman Sachs relating to the pre-sale activities of the business sold recorded under FIN 45. Also included in the loss for 2006 was $14.8 million of costs primarily related to employee severance costs, net costs of transition services, operations conversion expenses and other litigation matters all of which are reflected net of taxes. The Company provided transition services to Goldman Sachs from December 30, 2005 through December 31, 2006. These services included policy and claims processing, accounting and reporting, and other administrative services. During 2006, the Company earned pre-tax revenues of $16.5 million and incurred pre-tax costs of $32.8 million relating to transition services.

In 2007, the Company recognized a $7.9 million adjustment to the loss on disposal of its variable life insurance and annuity business primarily related to a $7.5 million tax benefit from the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards (See Note 10 – Federal Income Taxes for further discussion).

In 2008, the Company recognized further adjustments to its loss on disposal of variable life insurance and annuity business of $11.3 million, including $8.6 million related to a release of liabilities associated with the Company’s estimated liability for certain contractual indemnities to Goldman Sachs relating to the pre-sale activities of the business sold recorded under FIN 45, and $2.7 million related to a tax benefit from a settlement with the IRS related to tax years 1995 through 2001 (See Note 10 – Federal Income Taxes for further discussion).

 

83


Table of Contents

The Company regularly reviews and updates its FIN 45 liability for legal and regulatory matter indemnities. Although the Company believes its current estimate for its FIN 45 liability is appropriate, there can be no assurance that these estimates will not materially increase in the future. Adjustments to this reserve are recorded in the results of the Company in the period in which they are determined.

4. OTHER SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS

On November 28, 2008, the Company acquired AIX for approximately $100 million, subject to various terms and conditions. AIX is a specialty property and casualty insurer that underwrites and manages program business, utilizing alternative risk transfer techniques.

On June 2, 2008, the Company completed the sale of its premium financing subsidiary, AMGRO Inc., to Premium Financing Specialists, Inc. The Company recorded a gain of $11.1 million related to this sale, which is reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Income as part of Discontinued Operations.

On March 14, 2008, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of Verlan for $29.0 million. Verlan now referred to as Hanover Specialty Property, is a specialty company providing property insurance to small and medium-sized manufacturing and distribution companies that are highly protected fire risks.

On October 16, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program of up to $100 million. Under this repurchase authorization, the Company may repurchase its common stock from time to time, in varying amounts and prices and at such times deemed appropriate, subject to market conditions and other considerations. The Company is not required to purchase any specific number of shares or to make purchases by any certain date under this program. As of February 10, 2009, the Company has purchased approximately 1,384,764 shares at an aggregate cost of $60.2 million. In light of current economic conditions, we have not repurchased shares since June 2008.

On September 14, 2007, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of PDI for $23.2 million. PDI is a Michigan-based holding company whose primary business is professional liability insurance for small and mid-sized law practices.

On August 31, 2006, the Company sold all of the outstanding shares of Financial Profiles, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary, to Emerging Information Systems Incorporated. The Company originally acquired Financial Profiles, Inc. in 1998 in connection with its then-ongoing life insurance and annuity operations. The Company received pre-tax proceeds of $21.5 million from the transaction and recognized an after-tax gain of $7.8 million in 2006.

5. INVESTMENTS

A. Fixed Maturities and Equity Securities

The Company accounts for its investments in fixed maturities and equity securities, which are classified as available-for-sale, in accordance with the provisions of Statement No. 115. Due to the sale of FAFLIC on January 2, 2009, certain assets are classified as “held-for-sale” on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets in accordance with Statement No. 144.

The amortized cost and fair value of available-for-sale fixed maturities and equity securities were as follows:

 

DECEMBER 31

   2008  
(In millions)       
     Amortized
Cost (1)
    Gross
Unrealized
Gains
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value (2)
 

U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. government and agency securities

   $ 344.8     $ 11.6     $ 0.8     $ 355.6  

States and political subdivisions

     758.7       3.9       35.7       726.9  

Foreign governments

     4.6       0.2       —         4.8  

Corporate fixed maturities

     2,787.4       26.2       274.5       2,539.1  

Mortgage-backed securities

     1,577.6       24.1       71.9       1,529.8  
                                

Total fixed maturities, including held-for-sale

     5,473.1       66.0       382.9       5,156.2  

Less: fixed maturities held-for-sale

     (1,005.1 )     (13.2 )     (67.9 )     (950.4 )
                                

Total fixed maturities, excluding held-for-sale

   $ 4,468.0     $ 52.8     $ 315.0     $ 4,205.8  
                                

Equity securities, excluding equity securities held-for-sale

   $ 55.7     $ 3.4     $ 11.4     $ 47.7  
                                

 

84


Table of Contents

DECEMBER 31

   2007  
(In millions)                         
     Amortized
Cost (1)
    Gross
Unrealized
Gains
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value  (2)
 

U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. government and agency securities

   $ 465.6     $ 6.7     $ 2.5     $ 469.8  

States and political subdivisions

     795.4       15.1       2.3       808.2  

Foreign governments

     5.2       —         —         5.2  

Corporate fixed maturities

     2,834.9       32.5       57.6       2,809.8  

Mortgage-backed securities

     1,622.0       14.3       7.3       1,629.0  
                                

Total fixed maturities, including held-for-sale

     5,723.1       68.6       69.7       5,722.0  

Less: fixed maturities held-for-sale

     (1,137.4 )     (17.0 )     (17.2 )     (1,137.2 )
                                

Total fixed maturities, excluding held-for-sale

   $ 4,585.7     $ 51.6     $ 52.5     $ 4,584.8  
                                

Equity securities, excluding equity securities held-for-sale

   $ 37.5     $ 7.6     $ 0.5     $ 44.6  
                                

 

(1)

Amortized cost for fixed maturities and cost for equity securities. Other-than-temporary impairments reduces both amortized cost and accumulated other comprehensive income.

(2)

Includes $42.2 million of trust preferred capital securities of a THG affiliated entity that are designated as held-to-maturity and carried at amortized cost.

The Company participates in a security lending program for the purpose of enhancing income. Securities on loan to various counterparties were fully collateralized by cash and had a fair value of $21.0 million and $69.6 million, at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. There were no securities classified as held-for-sale that were on loan at December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2007, $10.6 million of securities classified as held-for-sale were on loan. The fair value of the loaned securities is monitored on a daily basis, and the collateral is maintained at a level of at least 102% of the fair value of the loaned securities. Securities lending collateral is recorded by the Company in cash and cash equivalents, with an offsetting liability included in expenses and taxes payable.

Fixed maturities with an amortized cost of $95.5 million and $78.5 million were on deposit with various state and governmental authorities at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Fair values related to these securities were $97.3 million and $80.7 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. These deposits included held-for-sale fixed maturities with an amortized cost of $31.5 million and $28.6 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and a fair value of $33.6 million and $29.7 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007 respectively.

The Company enters into various reinsurance, derivative and other arrangements that may require fixed maturities to be held as collateral by others. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had fixed maturities that were held as collateral related to these arrangements with a fair value of $33.2 million and $59.7 million, respectively, of which $4.9 million and $29.9 million, respectively, were classified as held-for-sale.

At December 31, 2008, there were contractual investment commitments of up to $10.0 million.

The amortized cost and fair value by maturity periods for fixed maturities are shown below. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties, or the Company may have the right to put or sell the obligations back to the issuers. Mortgage-backed securities are included in the category representing their stated maturity.

 

DECEMBER 31

   2008  
( In millions)             
     Amortized
Cost
    Fair
Value (1)
 

Due in one year or less

   $ 208.4     $ 205.0  

Due after one year through five years

     1,759.2       1,663.1  

Due after five years through ten years

     1,615.2       1,499.5  

Due after ten years

     1,890.3       1,788.6  
                

Total fixed maturities including held-for-sale

     5,473.1       5,156.2  

Less: fixed maturities held-for-sale

     (1,005.1 )     (950.4 )
                

Total fixed maturities

   $ 4,468.0     $ 4,205.8  
                

(1)

Includes $42.2 million of trust preferred capital securities of a THG affiliated entity that are designated as held-to-maturity and carried at amortized cost.

B. Mortgage Loans

The Company’s mortgage loans are diversified by property type and location. Mortgage loans are collateralized by the related properties and generally do not exceed 75% of the property’s value at the time of origination. No mortgage loans were originated during 2008 and 2007. The carrying values of mortgage loans, net of applicable reserves, were $31.1 million and $41.2 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Mortgage loan investment valuation allowances of $1.0 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007 have been deducted in arriving at investment carrying values as presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

85


Table of Contents

There were no contractual commitments to extend credit under commercial mortgage loan agreements at December 31, 2008.

Mortgage loan investments comprised the following property types and geographic regions:

 

DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007  
(In millions)             

Property Type:

    

Office building

   $ 18.2     $ 20.5  

Retail

     7.3       12.5  

Industrial / warehouse

     6.6       9.2  

Valuation allowances

     (1.0 )     (1.0 )
                

Total

   $ 31.1     $ 41.2  
                

Geographic Region:

    

South Atlantic

   $ 12.7     $ 13.1  

Pacific

     6.6       10.1  

East North Central

     6.2       6.7  

New England

     5.5       7.4  

Other

     1.1       4.9  

Valuation allowances

     (1.0 )     (1.0 )
                

Total

   $ 31.1     $ 41.2  
                

At December 31, 2008, scheduled mortgage loan maturities were as follows: 2009—$4.1 million; 2010—$20.0 million; 2011—$0.2 million; and $6.8 million thereafter. There are no scheduled loan maturities in 2012 and 2013. Actual maturities could differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties and loans may be refinanced. During 2008, the Company did not refinance any mortgage loans based on terms that differed from current market rates.

There were no impaired loans or related reserves as of December 31, 2008 and 2007. There was no interest income received in 2008 and 2007 related to impaired loans.

C. Unrealized Gains And Losses

Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale, and other securities including derivative instruments are summarized in the following table:

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

                  
(In millions)                   

2008

   Fixed
Maturities
    Equity
Securities And
Other (1)
    Total  

Net (depreciation) appreciation, beginning of year

   $ (3.1 )   $ 8.6     $ 5.5  

Net depreciation on available-for-sale securities and derivative instruments

     (267.9 )     (19.1 )     (287.0 )

Net appreciation from the effect on policy liabilities

     2.7       —         2.7  

Benefit for deferred federal income taxes

     2.3       0.4       2.7  
                        
     (262.9 )     (18.7 )     (281.6 )
                        

Net depreciation, end of year

   $ (266.0 )   $ (10.1 )   $ (276.1 )
                        

2007

                  

Net (depreciation) appreciation, beginning of year

   $ (15.3 )   $ 6.3     $ (9.0 )

Net appreciation on available-for-sale securities and derivative instruments

     13.5       3.5       17.0  

Net depreciation from the effect on policy liabilities

     (0.3 )     —         (0.3 )

Provision for deferred federal income taxes

     (1.0 )     (1.2 )     (2.2 )
                        
     12.2       2.3       14.5  
                        

Net (depreciation) appreciation, end of year

   $ (3.1 )   $ 8.6     $ 5.5  
                        

2006

                  

Net appreciation, beginning of year

   $ 6.1     $ 3.8     $ 9.9  

Net (depreciation) appreciation on available-for-sale securities and derivative instruments

     (35.4 )     3.8       (31.6 )

Net appreciation from the effect on policy liabilities

     8.1       —         8.1  

Benefit (provision) for deferred federal income taxes

     5.9       (1.3 )     4.6  
                        
     (21.4 )     2.5       (18.9 )
                        

Net (depreciation) appreciation, end of year

   $ (15.3 )   $ 6.3     $ (9.0 )
                        

 

(1)

Equity securities and other at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 include after-tax net (depreciation) appreciation on other assets of $(2.5) million, $1.2 million and $2.1 million, respectively.

 

86


Table of Contents

D. Securities In A Continuous Unrealized Loss Position

The following table provides information about the Company’s fixed maturities and equity securities that have been continuously in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2008 and 2007:

 

DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007  
(In millions)    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

Investment grade fixed maturities (1)

        

12 months or less

   $ 185.1     $ 2,114.5     $ 27.1     $ 740.0  

Greater than 12 months

     133.3       675.0       34.3       1,214.7  
                                

Total investment grade fixed maturities (2)

     318.4       2,789.5       61.4       1,954.7  
                                

Below investment grade fixed maturities (3)

        

12 months or less

     64.5       154.1       8.3       171.0  

Greater than 12 months

     —         —         —         —    
                                

Total below investment grade fixed maturities (3)

     64.5       154.1       8.3       171.0  

Equity securities

     11.4       32.3       0.5       17.8  
                                

Total fixed maturities and equity securities

     394.3       2,975.9       70.2       2,143.5  

Less: securities held-for-sale

     (67.9 )     (595.9 )     (17.2 )     (474.4 )
                                

Total, excluding securities held-for-sale

   $ 326.4     $ 2,380.0     $ 53.0     $ 1,669.1  
                                

 

(1)

Includes gross unrealized losses for investment grade fixed maturity obligations of the U.S. Treasury, U.S. government and agency securities, states and political subdivisions of $36.6 million and $2.4 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

(2)

Substantially all below investment grade securities with an unrealized loss had been rated by the NAIC, Standard & Poor’s, or Moody’s at December 31, 2008 and 2007.

(3)

Approximately 66% and 79% of total unrealized losses are related to corporate fixed maturities at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

The Company employs a systematic methodology to evaluate declines in fair value below amortized cost for all investments. The methodology utilizes a quantitative and qualitative process ensuring that available evidence concerning the declines in fair value below amortized cost is evaluated in a disciplined manner. In determining whether a decline in fair value below amortized cost is other-than-temporary, the Company evaluates the issuer’s overall financial condition; the issuer’s credit and financial strength ratings; the issuer’s financial performance, including earnings trends, dividend payments and asset quality; any specific events which may influence the operations of the issuer including governmental actions such as the enactment of The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 and receipt of related funds; a weakening of the general market conditions in the industry or geographic region in which the issuer operates; the length of time and the degree to which the fair value of an issuer’s securities remains below cost; the Company’s intent and ability to hold the security until such time to allow for the expected recovery in value; and with respect to fixed maturity investments, any factors that might raise doubt about the issuer’s ability to pay all amounts due according to the contractual terms. The Company applies these factors to all securities. As a result of this review, the Company has concluded that the gross unrealized losses of fixed maturities and equity securities at December 31, 2008 are temporary.

E. Other

The Company had no concentration of investments in a single investee that exceeded 10% of shareholders’ equity except as follows:

 

December 31

   Fair Value
(in millions)    2008    2007

Fixed Maturities:

     

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corp.

   $ 808.2    $ 802.4

Federal National Mortgage Association

   $ 359.7    $ 392.3

Included in the table above are securities held-for-sale as follows:

     

Fixed Maturities:

     

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corp.

   $ 168.0    $ 136.6

Federal National Mortgage Association

   $ 30.7    $ 29.4

 

87


Table of Contents

6. INVESTMENT INCOME AND GAINS AND LOSSES

A. Net Investment Income

The components of net investment income were as follows:

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007     2006  
(In millions)                   

Fixed maturities

   $ 254.0     $ 242.6     $ 218.8  

Equity securities

     2.0       1.8       1.9  

Mortgage loans

     0.9       2.1       3.0  

Other long-term investments

     2.2       (1.3 )     (1.6 )

Short-term investments

     4.5       7.0       12.3  
                        

Gross investment income

     263.6       252.2       234.4  

Less investment expenses

     (4.9 )     (5.2 )     (5.9 )
                        

Net investment income

   $ 258.7     $ 247.0     $ 228.5  
                        

The carrying value of fixed maturity securities on non-accrual status at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was not material. The effect of non-accruals for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared with amounts that would have been recognized in accordance with the original terms of the fixed maturities, was a reduction in net investment income of $2.1 million. The effect of non-accruals in 2007 was not material. The carrying value of the Company’s non-income producing fixed maturities was not material at December 31, 2008 and 2007.

B. Net Realized Investment Gains and Losses

Net realized losses on investments were as follows:

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007     2006  
(In millions)                   

Fixed maturities

     (90.8 )   $ —       $ 2.3  

Equity securities

     (7.6 )     (0.2 )     —    

Other long-term investments

     0.6       (0.7 )     (2.5 )
                        

Net realized investment losses

   $ (97.8 )   $ (0.9 )   $ (0.2 )
                        

Included in the net realized investment losses were other-than-temporary impairments of investment securities totaling $113.1 million, $3.6 million and $6.8 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

The proceeds from voluntary sales of available-for-sale securities excluding held-for sale securities and the gross realized gains and gross realized losses on those sales are provided in the following table for the periods indicated:

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

              
(In millions)               
2008    Proceeds from
Voluntary Sales
   Gross
Gains
   Gross
Losses

Fixed maturities

   $ 498.1    $ 16.4    $ 7.8

Equity securities

   $ 1.1    $ 0.2    $ —  
                    
2007               

Fixed maturities

   $ 339.4    $ 5.2    $ 4.0

Equity securities

   $ 0.4    $ —      $ 0.1
                    
2006               

Fixed maturities

   $ 562.3    $ 23.6    $ 15.7

Equity securities

   $ 0.1    $ 0.1    $ —  
                    

C. Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income Reconciliation

The following table provides a reconciliation of gross unrealized investment (losses) gains to the net balance shown in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income.

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007     2006  
(In millions)                   

Unrealized (depreciation) appreciation on available-for-sale securities:

      

Unrealized holding (losses) gains arising during period, net of income tax benefit (expense) of $2.9, $(2.8) and $6.7 in 2008, 2007 and 2006

   $ (397.0 )   $ 15.6     $ (22.8 )

Less: reclassification adjustment for (losses) gains included in net income, net of income tax (expense) benefit of $(0.5) and $1.7 in 2007 and 2006

     (115.0 )     1.0       (3.2 )
                        

Total available-for-sale securities

     (282.0 )     14.6       (19.6 )
                        

Unrealized (depreciation) appreciation on derivative instruments:

      

Unrealized holding (losses) gains arising during period, net of income tax benefit (expense) of $1.7, and $(8.5) in 2008 and 2006

     (3.2 )     —         15.7  

Less: reclassification adjustment for (losses) gains included in net income, net of income tax benefit (expense) of $1.9, $(0.1) and $(8.1) in 2008, 2007 and 2006

     (3.6 )     0.1       15.0  
                        

Total derivative instruments

     0.4       (0.1 )     0.7  
                        

Other comprehensive (loss) income

   $ (281.6 )   $ 14.5     $ (18.9 )
                        

 

88


Table of Contents

7. FAIR VALUE

Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted Statement No. 157 as it relates to its financial assets and liabilities. Statement No. 157 provides for a standard definition of fair value to be used in new and existing pronouncements, including Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments . This statement requires disclosure of fair value information about certain financial instruments (insurance contracts, real estate, goodwill and taxes are excluded) for which it is practicable to estimate such values, whether or not these instruments are included in the balance sheet. The fair values presented for certain financial instruments are estimates which, in many cases, may differ significantly from the amounts that could be realized upon immediate liquidation.

Statement No. 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability, i.e., exit price, in an orderly transaction between market participants and also establishes a hierarchy for determining fair value, which emphasizes the use of observable market data whenever available. The three broad levels defined by the hierarchy are as follows, with the highest priority given to Level 1 as these are the most reliable, and the lowest priority given to Level 3:

Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.

Level 2 – Quoted prices for similar assets in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data, including model-derived valuations.

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity.

When more than one level of input is used to determine fair value, the financial instrument is classified as Level 1, 2 or 3 according to the lowest level input that has a significant impact on the fair value measurement.

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments:

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For these short-term investments, the carrying amount approximates fair value.

Fixed Maturities

Level 1 securities generally include U.S. Treasury issues and other securities that are highly liquid and for which quoted market prices are available. Level 2 securities are valued using pricing for similar securities and pricing models that incorporate observable inputs including, but not limited to yield curves and issuer spreads. Level 3 securities include issues for which little observable data can be obtained, primarily due to the illiquid nature of the securities, and for which significant inputs used to determine fair value are based on the Company’s own assumptions. Broker quotes are also included in Level 3.

The Company utilizes a third party pricing service for the valuation of the majority of its fixed maturity securities. When quoted market prices in an active market are available, they are provided by the pricing service as the fair value and such values are classified as Level 1. Since fixed maturities other than U.S. Treasury securities generally do not trade on a daily basis, the pricing service prepares estimates of fair value measurements for other securities using pricing applications which include available relevant market information, benchmark curves, benchmarking of like securities, sector groupings and prepayment assumptions, when necessary. Inputs into these applications include, but are not limited to benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, bids offers and reference data. Generally, all prices provided by the pricing service, except quoted market prices, are reported as Level 2.

The Company holds privately placed corporate bonds and certain other bonds that do not have an active market and for which the pricing service cannot provide fair values. The Company determines fair values for these securities using either matrix pricing or broker quotes. The Company will use observable market data to the extent it is available, but is also required to use a certain amount of unobservable judgment due to the illiquid nature of the securities involved. Additionally, the Company may obtain nonbinding broker quotes which are reported as Level 3.

Equity Securities

Level 1 includes publicly traded securities valued at quoted market prices. Level 3 consists of common stock of private companies for which observable inputs are not available.

The Company utilizes a third party pricing service for the valuation of the majority of its equity securities. When quoted market prices in an active market are available, they are provided by the pricing service as the fair value and such values are classified as Level 1. Generally, all prices provided by the pricing service, except quoted market prices, are reported as Level 2. Occasionally, the Company may obtain nonbinding broker quotes which are reported as Level 3.

Mortgage Loans

Fair values are estimated by discounting the future contractual cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings.

 

89


Table of Contents

Policy Loans

The carrying amount reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets approximates fair value since policy loans have no defined maturity dates and are inseparable from the insurance contracts. Policy loans are held-for-sale at December 31, 2008.

Derivative Instruments

These Level 3 valuations are derived from the counterparties’ internally developed models which do not necessarily represent observable market data. Derivatives are held-for-sale at December 31, 2008.

Separate Account Assets

The Company’s separate accounts are invested in variable insurance trust funds which have a daily net asset value obtainable from an active market. Separate accounts are held-for-sale at December 31, 2008.

Investment Contracts (Without Mortality Features)

Fair values for liabilities under guaranteed investment type contracts are estimated using discounted cash flow calculations using current interest rates for similar contracts with maturities consistent with those remaining for the contracts being valued. Liabilities under supplemental contracts without life contingencies are estimated based on current fund balances while other individual contract funds represent the present value of future policy benefits. Other liabilities are based on current surrender values.

Legal Indemnities

Fair values are estimated using probability-weighted discounted cash flow analyses.

Trust Instruments Supported by Funding Obligations

Fair values are estimated using discounted cash flow calculations using current interest rates for similar contracts with maturities consistent with those remaining for the contracts being valued.

Long-term Debt

The fair value of long-term debt was estimated based on quoted market prices. If a quoted market price is not available, fair values are estimated using independent pricing sources.

The estimated fair values of the financial instruments were as follows:

 

DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007  
(In millions)    Carrying
Value
    Fair
Value
    Carrying
Value
    Fair
Value
 

Financial Assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 529.5     $ 529.5     $ 275.4     $ 275.4  

Fixed maturities (1)

     5,156.2       5,156.2       5,722.0       5,722.0  

Equity securities (2)

     47.8       47.8       44.9       44.9  

Mortgage loans

     31.1       33.1       41.2       43.9  

Policy loans

     111.1       111.1       116.0       116.0  

Derivative instruments

     —         —         5.8       5.8  
                                

Total financial assets, including financial assets held-for-sale

     5,875.7       5,877.7       6,205.3       6,208.0  

Less: financial assets held-for-sale

     (1,174.2 )     (1,174.2 )     (1,324.1 )     (1,324.1 )
                                

Total, excluding financial assets held-for-sale

   $ 4,701.5     $ 4,703.5     $ 4,881.2     $ 4,883.9  
                                

Financial Liabilities

        

Derivative instruments

   $ 0.2     $ 0.2     $ 1.1     $ 1.1  

Supplemental contracts without life contingencies

     18.5       18.5       20.8       20.8  

Dividend accumulations

     81.1       81.1       83.1       83.1  

Other individual contract deposit funds

     5.5       5.5       6.6       6.6  

Other group contract deposit funds

     25.4       25.3       28.9       28.8  

Legal indemnities

     11.3       11.3       29.8       29.8  

Trust instruments supported by funding obligations

     15.0       15.9       39.1       39.5  

Long-term debt

     531.4       325.8       511.9       480.2  
                                

Total financial liabilities, including financial liabilities held-for-sale

     688.4       483.6       721.3       689.9  

Less: financial liabilities held-for-sale

     (138.9 )     (139.7 )     (171.6 )     (171.9 )
                                

Total, excluding financial liabilities held-for-sale

   $ 549.5     $ 343.9     $ 549.7     $ 518.0  
                                

 

(1) Includes $42.2 million of trust preferred capital securities of a THG affiliated entity that are designated as held-to-maturity and are carried at amortized cost.
(2) Includes certain investments in equities of unconsolidated affiliates totaling $11.4 million that are carried at cost.

 

90


Table of Contents

The Company performs a review of the fair value hierarchy classifications on a quarterly basis. Changes in the observability of valuation inputs may result in a reclassification of certain financial assets or liabilities within the fair value hierarchy. Reclassifications related to Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are reported as transfers in or out of Level 3 as of the beginning of the period in which the reclassification occurs. During 2008, the Company transferred certain assets into Level 3 which were previously classified as Level 2, primarily as a result of assessing the significance of unobservable inputs on the fair value measurement.

The Company holds fixed maturity securities, equity securities and separate account assets for which fair value is determined on a recurring basis. The following table presents for each hierarchy level, the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value at December 31, 2008.

 

December 31, 2008

   Fair Value  
(In millions)    Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  

Fixed Maturities:

        

U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Government and agency securities

   $ 355.6     $ 101.4     $ 254.2     $ —    

States and political subdivisions

     726.9       —         718.3       8.6  

Foreign governments

     4.8       1.8       3.0       —    

Corporate fixed maturities

     2,496.9       17.8       2,425.0       54.1  

Mortgage-backed securities

     1,529.8       —         1,503.4       26.4  
                                

Total fixed maturities (1)

     5,114.0       121.0       4,903.9       89.1  

Equity securities (2)

     36.4       35.1       0.1       1.2  

Separate account assets

     263.4       263.4       —         —    
                                

Total assets at fair value including held-for-sale

     5,413.8       419.5       4,904.0       90.3  

Less: assets held-for-sale

     (1,213.9 )     (304.4 )     (903.7 )     (5.8 )
                                

Total assets at fair value, excluding assets held-for-sale

   $ 4,199.9     $ 115.1     $ 4,000.3     $ 84.5  
                                

 

(1) Excludes certain investments in fixed maturities totaling $42.2 million that are carried at amortized cost.
(2) Excludes certain investments in equities of unconsolidated affiliates totaling $11.4 million that are carried at cost.

The table below presents a reconciliation for all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3).

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2008  
     Level 3 Assets     Level 3 Liabilities  
(In millions)    Fixed
Maturities
    Equity
Securities
    Derivatives     Total
Assets
    Derivatives  

Balance January 1, 2008

   $ 30.5     $ 1.3     $ 5.8     $ 37.6     $ (1.1 )

Total (losses) gains:

          

Included in earnings

     (1.4 )     —         (4.2 )     (5.6 )     (1.5 )

Included in other comprehensive income

     (4.6 )     (0.1 )     0.7       (4.0 )     —    

Net redemptions

     (3.9 )     —         (2.3 )     (6.2 )     2.4  

Net transfers into Level 3 (1)

     68.5       —         —         68.5       —    
                                        

Balance December 31, 2008, including held-for-sale

     89.1       1.2       —         90.3       (0.2 )

Less: Level 3 held-for-sale

     (5.8 )     —         —         (5.8 )     0.2  
                                        

Balance December 31, 2008

   $ 83.3     $ 1.2     $ —       $ 84.5     $ —    
                                        

 

(1) Reflects a net reclassification from Level 2 to Level 3 primarily related to assessing the significance of unobservable inputs on the fair value measurement.

 

91


Table of Contents

The table below summarizes losses and gains due to changes in fair value, including both realized and unrealized gains and losses, recorded in net income for Level 3 assets and liabilities.

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2008  
     Level 3 Assets     Level 3 Liabilities  
(in millions)    Fixed
Maturities
    Equity
Securities
   Derivatives     Total
Assets
    Derivatives  

Classification of net realized investment losses and net change in unrealized depreciation:

           

Loss from operations of discontinued FAFLIC business

   $ (0.7 )   $ —      $ (4.2 )   $ (4.9 )   $ (1.4 )

Realized investment losses

     (0.7 )     —        —         (0.7 )     —    

Other operating expenses

     —         —        —         —         (0.1 )
                                       

Total

   $ (1.4 )   $ —      $ (4.2 )   $ (5.6 )   $ (1.5 )
                                       

8. CLOSED BLOCK

FAFLIC established and began operating a closed block (the “Closed Block”) for the benefit of the participating policies included therein, consisting of certain individual life insurance participating policies, individual deferred annuity contracts and supplementary contracts not involving life contingencies which were in force as of FAFLIC’s demutualization on October 16, 1995; such policies constitute the “Closed Block Business”. The Closed Block Business was sold to Commonwealth Annuity as part of the January 2, 2009 sale. The purpose of the Closed Block is to protect the policy dividend expectations of such FAFLIC dividend paying policies and contracts. Unless the Massachusetts Commissioner of Insurance consents to an earlier termination, the Closed Block will continue to be in effect until the date none of the Closed Block policies are in force. At the time of demutualization, FAFLIC allocated to the Closed Block assets in an amount that was expected to produce cash flows which, together with future revenues from the Closed Block Business, are reasonably sufficient to support the Closed Block Business, including a provision for the payment of policy benefits, certain future expenses and taxes and for continuation of policyholder dividend scales payable in 1994 so long as the experience underlying such dividend scales continues. Dividend scale adjustments were made in 2008 and will be made in future years as deemed necessary to ensure that policyholders appropriately share in the financial results of the Closed Block.

Although the assets and cash flow generated by the Closed Block inure solely to the benefit of the holders of policies included in the Closed Block, the excess of Closed Block liabilities over Closed Block assets as measured on a GAAP basis represent the expected future after-tax income from the Closed Block which may be recognized in income over the period the policies and contracts in the Closed Block remain in force.

If the actual income from the Closed Block in any given period equals or exceeds the expected income for such period, only the expected income would be recognized in income for that period. Further, cumulative actual Closed Block income in excess of the expected income would not inure to the shareholders and would be recorded as an additional liability for policyholder dividend obligations. This accrual for future dividends effectively limits the actual Closed Block income currently recognized in the Company’s results to the income expected to emerge from operation of the Closed Block.

If, over the period the policies and contracts in the Closed Block remain in force, the actual income from the Closed Block is less than the expected income, only such actual income (which could reflect a loss) would be recognized in income. If the actual income from the Closed Block in any given period is less than the expected

 

92


Table of Contents

income for that period and changes in dividend scales are inadequate to offset the negative performance in relation to the expected performance, the income inuring to shareholders of the Company will be reduced. If a policyholder dividend liability had been previously established in the Closed Block because the actual income to the relevant date had exceeded the expected income to such date, such liability would be reduced by this reduction in income (but not below zero) in any period in which the actual income for that period is less than the expected income for such period.

Since the Closed Block business was sold to Commonwealth Annuity on January 2, 2009, all of the assets and liabilities of the Closed Block were reclassified as held-for-sale as of December 31, 2008. Additionally, the Closed Block earnings were reclassified as part of discontinued operations. Summarized financial information of the Closed Block is as follows for the periods indicated:

 

DECEMBER 31

   2008    2007
(In millions)          

Assets

     

Fixed maturities, at fair value (amortized cost of $485.9 and $512.0)

   $ 461.1    $ 514.7

Mortgage loans

     —        21.4

Policy loans

     111.1      116.0

Cash and cash equivalents

     27.9      3.8

Accrued investment income

     10.8      11.0

Deferred federal income taxes

     13.4      2.0

Other assets

     3.4      4.1
             

Total assets

   $ 627.7    $ 673.0
             

Liabilities

     

Policy liabilities and accruals

   $ 652.9    $ 670.8

Policyholder dividends

     16.6      22.1

Other liabilities

     1.7      1.3
             

Total liabilities

   $ 671.2    $ 694.2
             

Excess of Closed Block liabilities over assets designated to the Closed Block and Maximum future earnings to be recognized from Closed Block assets and liabilities

   $ 43.5    $ 21.2
             

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007     2006  
(In millions)                   

Revenues

      

Premiums and other income

   $ 24.8     $ 32.0     $ 34.8  

Net investment income

     38.8       38.6       39.6  

Net realized investment (losses) gains

     (19.7 )     0.6       (0.6 )
                        

Total revenues

     43.9       71.2       73.8  
                        

Benefits and expenses

      

Policy benefits

     50.2       66.3       65.8  

Policy acquisition and other operating expenses

     0.3       0.6       1.2  
                        

Total benefits and expenses

     50.5       66.9       67.0  
                        

Net (expense) contribution related to the Closed Block

   $ (6.6 )   $ 4.3     $ 6.8  
                        

Cash flows

      

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

(Expense) Contribution from the Closed Block

   $ (6.6 )   $ 4.3     $ 6.8  

Adjustment for net realized investment losses (gains)

     19.7       (0.6 )     0.6  

Change in:

      

Deferred policy acquisition costs

     0.4       0.7       0.7  

Policy liabilities and accruals

     (26.1 )     (16.2 )     (23.3 )

Expenses and taxes payable

     3.0       (0.1 )     (0.9 )

Other, net

     1.3       1.0       2.0  
                        

Net cash used in operating activities

     (8.3 )     (10.9 )     (14.1 )
                        

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Sales, maturities and repayments of investments

     58.4       104.3       64.0  

Purchases of investments

     (30.9 )     (121.2 )     (42.5 )

Policy loans

     4.9       9.7       10.1  
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     32.4       (7.2 )     31.6  
                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     24.1       (18.1 )     17.5  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     3.8       21.9       4.4  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 27.9     $ 3.8     $ 21.9  
                        

Many expenses related to Closed Block operations are charged to operations outside the Closed Block; accordingly, the contribution from the Closed Block does not represent the actual profitability of the Closed Block operations. Operating costs and expenses outside of the Closed Block are, therefore, disproportionate to the business outside the Closed Block.

 

93


Table of Contents

9. DEBT

Long-term debt consists of the following:

 

DECEMBER 31

   2008    2007
(In millions)          

Debt related to junior subordinated debentures

   $ 327.9    $ 312.4

Senior debentures (unsecured)

     199.5      199.5

Surplus notes

     4.0      —  
             
   $ 531.4    $ 511.9
             

AFC Capital Trust I, an unconsolidated subsidiary of THG, issued $300.0 million of preferred securities in 1997, the proceeds of which were used to purchase junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company. Coincident with the issuance of the preferred securities, the Company issued $9.3 million of junior subordinated debentures to purchase all of the common stock of AFC Capital Trust I. These junior subordinated debentures have a face value of $309.3 million, pay cumulative dividends semi-annually at 8.207% and mature February 3, 2027. The preferred securities and common stock pay cumulative dividends semi-annually at 8.207%. All of the above preferred securities are subject to certain restrictive covenants, with which the Company is in compliance. In addition, the Company holds $3.1 million of junior subordinated debentures related to Professional Direct, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary acquired in 2007, as well as $15.5 million of junior subordinated debentures related to AIX Holdings, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary acquired in 2008. (See also Note 15 – Junior Subordinated Debentures.)

Senior debentures of the Company have a $200.0 million face value, pay interest semi-annually at a rate of 7 5/8% and mature on October 16, 2025. The senior debentures are subject to certain restrictive covenants, including limitations on the issuance or disposition of stock of restricted subsidiaries and limitations on liens. The Company is in compliance with all covenants. The Company also holds $4.0 million in surplus notes which were acquired with the Company’s acquisition of AIX Holdings, Inc.

In June 2007, the Company entered into a $150.0 million committed syndicated credit agreement which expires in June 2010. Borrowings, if any, under this agreement are unsecured and incur interest at a rate per annum equal to, at the Company’s option, a designated base rate or the Eurodollar rate plus applicable margin. The agreement provides covenants, including, but not limited to, maintaining a certain level of equity and a Risk Based Capital ratio in THG’s primary property and casualty companies of at least 175% (based on the Industry Scale). The Company is in compliance with these covenants. The Company had no borrowings under this line of credit during 2008 or 2007. In addition, the Company had no commercial paper borrowings as of December 31, 2008.

Interest expense was $41.0 million in 2008, $40.7 million in 2007 and $40.6 million in 2006, and included interest related to the Company’s senior debentures and junior subordinated debentures. All interest expense is recorded in other operating expenses.

10. FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

Provisions for federal income taxes have been calculated in accordance with the provisions of Statement No. 109. A summary of the federal income tax expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income is shown below:

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

   2008    2007    2006
(In millions)               

Federal income tax expense:

        

Current

   $ 17.5    $ 30.1    $ 54.3

Deferred

     62.4      83.1      32.9
                    
   $ 79.9    $ 113.2    $ 87.2
                    

The federal income tax expense attributable to the consolidated results of operations is different from the amount determined by multiplying income before federal income taxes by the statutory federal income tax rate. The sources of the difference and the tax effects of each were as follows:

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007     2006  
(In millions)                   

Expected federal income tax expense

   $ 57.5     $ 119.5     $ 94.9  

Valuation allowance

     34.2       (0.2 )     2.0  

Prior years’ federal income tax settlement

     (6.4 )     —         —    

Tax-exempt interest

     (3.9 )     (4.4 )     (6.5 )

Tax credits

     (2.1 )     (3.4 )     (3.7 )

Dividend received deduction

     (0.6 )     (0.9 )     (1.0 )

Changes in other tax estimates

     (0.2 )     2.5       (1.0 )

Other, net

     1.4       0.1       2.5  
                        

Federal income tax expense

   $ 79.9     $ 113.2     $ 87.2  
                        

 

94


Table of Contents

Following are the components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities.

 

DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007  
(In millions)             

Deferred tax assets (liabilities)

    

Capital losses

   $ 223.1     $ 165.1  

Insurance reserves

     159.9       158.8  

Tax credit carryforwards

     134.7       168.7  

Investments, net

     130.1       9.6  

Deferred acquisition costs

     (93.3 )     (86.4 )

Employee benefit plans

     91.0       54.5  

Software capitalization

     (23.3 )     (22.4 )

Bad debt reserves

     1.8       3.4  

Other, net

     10.0       12.6  
                
     634.0       463.9  

Valuation allowance

     (348.2 )     (163.1 )
                

Deferred tax asset, net

   $ 285.8     $ 300.8  
                

Gross deferred income tax assets totaled approximately $1.3 billion and $1.2 billion at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Gross deferred income tax liabilities totaled approximately $1.0 billion and $0.9 billion at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

At December 31, 2008, the Company’s capital loss carried forward is $647.2 million, including $457.2 million resulting from the sale of our variable life insurance and annuity business in 2005, $10.1 million attributed to FAFLIC discontinued operations and an estimated capital loss related to the sale of FAFLIC of $179.9 million. Although the sale of FAFLIC closed on January 2, 2009, the Company recognized the loss on this sale in accordance with Statement No. 144 in 2008. THG recorded a full valuation allowance against the gross capital losses as it is the Company’s opinion that it is more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will not be realized. The capital loss carryforward and the related valuation allowance attributable to FAFLIC discontinued operations are included in assets held-for-sale. The Company’s capital loss carryforwards expire beginning in 2010. The Company also has additional tax deductions of $1.4 million, for which a full valuation allowance has been recorded, in assets held-for sale. In addition, at December 31, 2008 there were available alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards and low income housing credit carryforwards of $119.0 million and $15.7 million, respectively. The alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards have no expiration date and the low income housing credit carryforwards will expire beginning in 2024. The Company believes, based on objective evidence, the remaining deferred tax assets will be realized.

The Company or its subsidiaries files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company and its subsidiaries are no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2005. In 2008, the Company received written notification from the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Appeals Division that the Joint Committee on Taxation had completed its review of tax years 1995 through 2001 and found no exceptions. This settlement resulted in a tax benefit of $8.3 million recorded as a component of Net Income in the Consolidated Statement of Income and is comprised of a $6.4 million adjustment to Federal Income Tax Expense and a $1.9 million benefit to Discontinued Operations. The IRS audit of the years 2005 and 2006 commenced in December 2007. The Company and its subsidiaries are still subject to U.S. state income tax examinations by tax authorities for years after 1998.

Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN 48”). As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company recognized an $11.5 million decrease in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which was reflected as an increase in the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings.

The table below provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending unrecognized tax benefits as follows:

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007  
(In millions)             

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 27.7     $ 82.9  

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     0.1       0.1  

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     0.3       5.8  

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

     (8.2 )     (53.3 )

Settlements

     (19.1 )     (7.8 )
                

Balance at end of year

   $ 0.8     $ 27.7  
                

Included in the December 31, 2008 balance is a receivable of $3.6 million for tax positions for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain, but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility. Because of the impact of deferred tax accounting, other than interest and penalties, a change in the timing of deductions would not impact the annual effective tax rate.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in federal income tax expense. As part of the settlement of the 1995 through 2001 audit period, the Company reduced its accrued

 

95


Table of Contents

interest by $34.8 million. The Company had accrued $0.6 million and $35.4 million of interest as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Company has not recognized any penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits.

A corporation is entitled to a tax deduction from gross income for a portion of any dividend which was received from a domestic corporation that is subject to income tax. This is referred to as a “dividends received deduction.” In this and in prior years, the Company has taken this dividends received deduction when filing its federal income tax return. Many separate accounts held by life insurance companies receive dividends from such domestic corporations, and therefore, were regarded as entitled to this dividends received deduction. In its Revenue Ruling 2007-61, issued on September 25, 2007, the IRS announced its intention to issue regulations with respect to certain computational aspects of the dividends received deduction on separate account assets held in connection with variable annuity contracts. Revenue Ruling 2007-61 suspended a revenue ruling issued in August 2007 that purported to change accepted industry and IRS interpretations of the statutes governing these computational questions. Any regulations that the IRS ultimately proposes for issuance in this area will be subject to public notice and comment, at which time insurance companies and other members of the public will have the opportunity to raise legal and practical questions about the content, scope and application of such regulations. As a result, the ultimate timing and substance of any such regulations are not yet known, but they could result in the elimination of some or all of the separate account dividends received deduction tax benefit that the Company receives. Management believes that it is more likely than not that any such regulation would apply prospectively only, and application of this regulation is not expected to be material to the Company’s results of operations in any future annual period. However, there can be no assurance that the outcome of the revenue ruling will be as anticipated and should retroactive application be required, the Company’s results of operations may be adversely affected in a quarterly or annual period. The Company believes that retroactive application would not materially affect its financial position.

11. PENSION PLANS

Defined Benefit Plans

Prior to 2005, THG provided retirement benefits to substantially all of its employees under defined benefit pension plans. These plans were based on a defined benefit cash balance formula, whereby the Company annually provided an allocation to each covered employee based on a percentage of that employee’s eligible salary, similar to a defined contribution plan arrangement. In addition to the cash balance allocation, certain transition group employees who had met specified age and service requirements as of December 31, 1994, were eligible for a grandfathered benefit based primarily on the employees’ years of service and compensation during their highest five consecutive plan years of employment. The Company’s policy for the plans is to fund at least the minimum amount required by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”).

As of January 1, 2005, the defined benefit pension plans were frozen and the Company enhanced its defined contribution 401(k) plan. No further cash balance allocations have been credited for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2005. In addition, grandfathered benefits were frozen at January 1, 2005 levels with an annual transition pension adjustment calculated at an interest rate equal to 5% per year, up to 35 years of completed service, and 3% thereafter. The changes to the 401(k) plan are discussed in detail below.

Effective December 31, 2006, the Company adopted Statement No. 158. As noted in Note 1M – “New Accounting Pronouncements,” this statement required the Company to recognize the funded status of its defined benefit plans in its Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2006. The funded status is measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the projected benefit obligation (“PBO”) of the Company’s defined benefit plans. Statement No. 158 requires the aggregation of all overfunded plans separately from all underfunded plans. As of December 31, 2008, the Company’s defined benefit plans were all underfunded.

Assumptions

In order to measure the expense associated with these plans, management must make various estimates and assumptions, including discount rates used to value liabilities, assumed rates of return on plan assets, employee turnover rates and anticipated mortality rates, for example. The estimates used by management are based on the Company’s historical experience, as well as current facts

 

96


Table of Contents

and circumstances. In addition, the Company uses outside actuaries to assist in measuring the expense and liability associated with these plans.

The Company measures the funded status of its plans as of the date of its year-end statement of financial position. The Company utilizes a measurement date of December 31 st to determine its benefit obligations, consistent with the date of its Consolidated Balance Sheets. Weighted-average assumptions used to determine pension benefit obligations are as follows:

 

DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007     2006  

Discount rate (1)

   6.63 %   6.38 %   5.88 %

Cash balance interest crediting rate

   5.00 %   5.00 %   5.00 %

 

(1)

In 2007, the discount rate utilized for the non-qualified plans was 6.25%. The discount rate for the other time periods is consistent with the qualified plan.

The Company utilizes a measurement date of January 1 st to determine its periodic pension costs. Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension costs are as follows:

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007     2006  

Discount rate

   6.38 %   5.88 %   5.50 %

Expected return on plan assets

   7.75 %   8.00 %   8.25 %

Cash balance interest crediting rate

   5.00 %   5.00 %   5.00 %

The expected rate of return was determined by using historical mean returns, adjusted for certain factors believed to have an impact on future returns. Specifically, because the allocation of assets between fixed maturities and equities has changed and is expected to continue to shift, as discussed in “Plan Assets” below, the historical mean return has been adjusted downward slightly to reflect this asset mix. The adjusted mean returns were weighted to the plan’s actual asset allocation at December 31, 2008, resulting in an expected rate of return on plan assets for 2008 of 7.75%. The Company reviews and updates, at least annually, its expected return on plan assets based on changes in the actual assets held by the plan.

Plan Assets

The Company utilizes a target allocation strategy, focusing on creating a mix of assets to generate growth in equity, as well as managing expenses and contributions. Various factors were taken into consideration in determining the appropriate asset mix, such as census data, actuarial valuation information and capital market assumptions. During 2007, the Company began shifting plan assets out of equity securities and into fixed income securities. This shift is expected to continue over the next two years, and is ultimately expected to result in a target mix of 70% in fixed income securities and 30% in equity securities. However, for 2009, the target allocations are 40% of the plan assets in equity securities and 60% in fixed income securities and money market funds. The target allocations and actual invested asset allocations for 2008 and 2007 for the Company’s plan assets are as follows:

 

DECEMBER 31

   2008
TARGET
LEVELS
    2008     2007  

Equity securities:

      

Domestic

   39 %   33 %   44 %

International

   11 %   9 %   14 %

THG Common Stock

   —       2 %   1 %
                  

Total equity securities

   50 %   44 %   59 %
                  

Fixed maturities

   49 %   55 %   40 %

Money market funds

   1 %   1 %   1 %
                  

Total fixed maturities and money market funds

   50 %   56 %   41 %
                  

Total assets

   100 %   100 %   100 %
                  

At December 31, 2008 and 2007, approximately 80% and 81%, respectively, of plan assets were invested in non-affiliated commingled funds. Equity securities include 141,462 shares of THG common stock at December 31, 2008 and 2007 with a market value of $6.1 million and $6.5 million, respectively. Additionally, included in fixed maturities and money market funds at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were $62.5 million and $76.6 million, respectively, of separate account assets held in FAFLIC.

Obligations and Funded Status

The Company recognizes the current net underfunded status of its plans in its Consolidated Balance Sheet. Changes in the funded status of the plans are reflected as components of accumulated other comprehensive loss or income. The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss or income are reflected as either a net actuarial gain or loss, a net prior service cost or a net transition asset. The following table reflects the benefit obligations, fair value of plan assets and funded status of the plans at December 31, 2008 and 2007.

 

97


Table of Contents

DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007  
(In millions)             

Accumulated benefit obligation

   $ 532.0     $ 528.7  
                

Change in benefit obligation:

    

Projected benefit obligation, beginning of year

   $ 528.7     $ 509.9  

Adjustment for census changes

     —         46.1  
                

Adjusted projected benefit obligation, beginning of year

     528.7       556.0  

Service cost – benefits earned during the year

     0.1       0.1  

Interest cost

     32.8       31.7  

Actuarial losses (gains)

     5.9       (24.8 )

Benefits paid

     (35.5 )     (34.3 )
                

Projected benefit obligation, end of year

     532.0       528.7  
                

Change in plan assets:

    

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year

     441.7       392.8  

Actual return on plan assets

     (89.0 )     30.1  

Company contribution

     21.3       53.1  

Benefits paid

     (35.5 )     (34.3 )
                

Fair value of plan assets, end of year

     338.5       441.7  
                

Funded status of the plan

   $ (193.5 )   $ (87.0 )
                

Pension plan participant information, referred to as census data, is maintained by a third party recordkeeper. Census data is an important component in the Company’s estimate of actuarially determined PBO and expense under Statement No. 87. During the third quarter of 2007, the Company detected errors in the census data provided by its external recordkeeper and initiated a detailed review of current and certain historical pension census data. As a result of this review, the Company recorded an increase in its PBO related to years prior to December 31, 2006 of $46.1 million. This resulted in additional pension expense related to prior years of $6.0 million and a $40.1 million decrease in the Company’s Consolidated Other Comprehensive Income. These items were reflected as adjustments in 2007.

Components of Net Periodic Pension Cost

Components of net periodic pension cost were as follows:

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007     2006  
(In millions)                   

Service cost – benefits earned during the year

   $ 0.1     $ 0.1     $ 0.1  

Interest cost

     32.8       31.7       29.3  

Expected return on plan assets

     (33.8 )     (31.8 )     (27.6 )

Recognized net actuarial loss

     2.6       7.0       12.3  

Amortization of transition asset

     (1.7 )     (1.7 )     (1.5 )

Amortization of prior service cost

     0.1       0.1       0.3  

Effect of census data adjustment

     —         6.0       —    
                        

Net periodic pension cost

   $ 0.1     $ 11.4     $ 12.9  
                        

The following table reflects the amounts recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss relating to the Company’s defined benefit pension plans as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.

 

       2008     2007  
(In millions)             

Net actuarial loss

   $ 186.5     $ 59.3  

Net prior service cost

     0.2       0.3  

Net transition asset

     (3.2 )     (4.9 )
                
   $ 183.5     $ 54.7  
                

The following table reflects the estimated amount that will be amortized from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss into net periodic pension cost in 2009:

 

       Estimated
Amortization
in 2009
Expense
(Benefit)
 
(In millions)       

Net actuarial gain

     (1.6 )

Net prior service cost

     —    

Net transition asset

     26.7  
        
   $ 25.1  
        

The unrecognized net actuarial gains (losses) which exceed 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the fair value of plan assets are amortized as a component of net periodic pension cost in future years.

Contributions

Based upon current estimates, the Company is required to contribute $13.5 million to its qualified pension plan in 2009 in order to fund its minimum obligation in accordance with ERISA. In addition, the Company expects to contribute $3.4 million to its non-qualified pension plans to fund 2009 benefit payments. At this time, no discretionary contributions are expected to be made to the plans in 2009 and the Company does not expect that any funds will be returned from the plans to the Company during 2009.

Benefit Payments

The Company estimates that benefit payments over the next 10 years will be as follows:

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

   2009    2010    2011    2012    2013    2014-2018
(In millions)                              

Qualified pension plan

   $ 35.0    $ 34.9    $ 35.5    $ 36.5    $ 37.1    $ 197.2

Non-qualified pension plan

   $ 3.4    $ 3.4    $ 3.3    $ 3.2    $ 3.3    $ 16.3

 

98


Table of Contents

The benefit payments are based on the same assumptions used to measure the Company’s benefit obligations at the end of 2008. Benefit payments related to the qualified plan will be made from plan assets, whereas those payments related to the non-qualified plans will be provided for by the Company.

Defined Contribution Plan

In addition to the defined benefit plans, THG provides a defined contribution 401(k) plan for its employees, whereby the Company matches employee elective 401(k) contributions, up to a maximum percentage. Effective January 1, 2005, coincident with the aforementioned decision to freeze the defined benefit plans, the Company enhanced its 401(k) plan to match 100% of employees’ 401(k) plan contributions up to 5% of eligible compensation. The Company’s expense for this matching provision was $12.0 million, $12.2 million and $11.5 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. In addition to this matching provision, the Company makes an annual contribution to employees’ accounts which equalled 2% of the employee’s eligible compensation in 2008 and 3% of eligible compensation in 2007 and 2006. This annual contribution is made regardless of whether the employee contributed to the 401(k) plan, as long as the employee was employed on the last day of the year. The Company’s cost for this additional contribution was $5.4 million, $8.3 million and $7.4 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

12. OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS

In addition to the Company’s pension plans, the Company currently provides postretirement medical and death benefits to certain full-time employees, former agents, and retirees and their dependents. Generally, employees who were actively employed on December 31, 1995 became eligible with at least 15 years of service after the age of 40. Former agents of the Company became eligible at age 55 with at least 15 years of service. The population of agents receiving postretirement benefits was frozen as of December 31, 2002, when the Company ceased its distribution of proprietary life and annuity products. Spousal coverage is generally provided for up to two years after death of the retiree. Benefits include hospital, major medical and a payment at death up to retirees’ final annual salary with certain limits. Effective January 1, 1996, the Company revised these benefits so as to establish limits on future benefit payments to beneficiaries of retired employees and to restrict eligibility to then current employees. The medical plans have varying co-payments and deductibles, depending on the plan. These plans are unfunded.

As described in Note 11 – “Pension Plans”, the Company adopted Statement No. 158 effective December 31, 2006 and as such, has recognized the funded status of its postretirement benefit plans in its Consolidated Balance Sheet. Since these plans are unfunded, the amount recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheet is equal to the accumulated benefit obligation of these plans. Upon adoption of Statement No. 158, the Company recognized a pre-tax increase in its accumulated other comprehensive loss of $4.5 million and a corresponding increase to its accumulated postretirement cost liability. The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss are reflected in accordance with Statement No. 158 as either a net actuarial gain or loss or a net prior service cost. There were no unrecognized transition assets or obligations associated with these plans.

Obligation and Funded Status

The following table reflects the funded status of these plans:

 

DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007  
(In millions)             

Change in benefit obligation :

    

Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation, beginning of year

   $ 57.6     $ 78.7  

Service cost

     0.5       1.0  

Interest cost

     3.2       4.4  

Net actuarial gains

     (2.9 )     (1.8 )

Plan amendments

     (3.2 )     (19.9 )

Benefits paid

     (5.1 )     (4.8 )
                

Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation, end of year

     50.1       57.6  

Fair value of plan assets, end of year

     —         —    
                

Funded status of plans

   $ (50.1 )   $ (57.6 )
                

Plan amendments in 2008 resulted in a benefit of $3.2 million compared to a benefit of $19.9 million in 2007. The amendment in 2008 reflects modifications to the level of benefits provided to certain active participants, resulting in decreased plan costs to the Company. The amendments in 2007 reflect modifications to certain retiree contributions and changes to medical plans offered, resulting in decreased plan costs to the Company.

 

99


Table of Contents

Benefit Payments

The Company estimates that benefit payments over the next 10 years will be as follows:

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

    
(In millions)     

2009

   $ 4.9

2010

     4.9

2011

     4.9

2012

     4.8

2013

     4.7

2014-2018

     22.0

The benefit payments are based on the same assumptions used to measure the Company’s benefit obligation at the end of 2008 and reflect benefits attributable to estimated future service.

Components of Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost

The components of net periodic postretirement benefit cost were as follows:

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007     2006  
(In millions)                   

Service cost

   $ 0.5     $ 1.0     $ 0.9  

Interest cost

     3.2       4.4       4.3  

Recognized net actuarial loss

     0.4       0.9       0.8  

Amortization of prior service cost

     (5.0 )     (3.5 )     (5.1 )
                        

Net periodic postretirement (benefit) cost

   $ (0.9 )   $ 2.8     $ 0.9  
                        

The following table reflects the balances in Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Income) Loss relating to the Company’s postretirement benefit plans:

 

DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007  

(In millions)

            

Net actuarial loss

   $ 7.6     $ 10.9  

Net prior service cost

     (23.7 )     (25.5 )
                
   $ (16.1 )   $ (14.6 )
                

The following table reflects the estimated amortization to be recognized in net periodic benefit cost in 2009:

 

(In millions)

   Estimated
Amortization
in 2009
Expense
(Benefit)
 

Net actuarial loss

   $ 0.3  

Net prior service cost

     (5.1 )
        
   $ (4.8 )
        

Assumptions

Statement No. 158 requires that employers measure the funded status of their plans as of the date of their year-end statement of financial position. As such, the Company has utilized a measurement date of December 31, 2008 and 2007, to determine its postretirement benefit obligations, consistent with the date of its Consolidated Balance Sheets. Weighted-average discount rate assumptions used to determine postretirement benefit obligations and periodic postretirement costs are as follows:

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007  

Postretirement benefit obligations discount rate

   6.63 %   6.25 %

Postretirement benefit cost discount rate

   6.25 %   5.88 %

Assumed health care cost trend rates are as follows:

 

DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007  

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

   9 %   9 %

Rate to which the cost trend is assumed to decline (ultimate trend rate)

   5 %   5 %

Year the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

   2014     2013  

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported. A one-percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates in each year would have the following effects:

 

     1-PERCENTAGE POINT
INCREASE
   1-PERCENTAGE POINT
DECREASE
 
(In millions)            

Effect on total of service and interest cost during 2008

   $ 0.1    $ (0.1 )

Effect on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at December 31, 2008

   $ 0.5    $ (0.4 )

13. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

On May 16, 2006, the shareholders approved the adoption of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). Key employees, directors and certain consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries are eligible for awards pursuant to the Plan, which is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Committee”) of the Company. Under the Plan, awards may be granted in the form of non-qualified or incentive stock options, stock

 

100


Table of Contents

appreciation rights, performance awards, restricted stock, unrestricted stock, stock units, or any other award that is convertible into or otherwise based on the Company’s stock, subject to certain limits. The Plan authorizes the issuance of 3,000,000 new shares that may be used for awards. In addition, shares of stock underlying any award granted and outstanding under the Company’s Amended Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (the “1996 Plan”) as of the adoption date of the Plan that are forfeited or cancelled, or expire or terminate, after the adoption date without the issuance of stock become available for future grants under the Plan. As of December 31, 2008, there were 2,733,808 shares available for grants under the Plan. The Company utilizes shares of stock held in the treasury account for option exercises and other awards granted under both plans.

Compensation cost recorded pursuant to Statement No. 123(R) was $11.6 million, $15.5 million and $17.3 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Related tax benefits were $4.1 million, $5.4 million and $6.0 million, respectively.

The following table shows the additional costs and related per share effect for the year ended December 31, 2006 reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income as a result of implementing Statement No. 123(R). Also shown is the impact which resulted from implementing Statement No. 123(R) that was reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for both cash flows from operating activities and financing activities.

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2006
 

(In millions, except per share data)

   Results     Earnings Per
Share (Basic
and Diluted)
 

Income from continuing operations before federal income tax

   $ (5.8 )   $ (0.11 )
                

Income from continuing operations

     (3.8 )     (0.07 )

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     0.6       0.01  
                

Net income

   $ (3.2 )   $ (0.06 )
                

Cash flows:

    

Operating activities

   $ (6.0 )     NA  

Financing activities

     6.0       NA  

NA – not applicable

Stock Options

Under the Plan (or the 1996 Plan, as applicable), options may be granted to eligible employees, directors or consultants at an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Option shares may be exercised subject to the terms prescribed by the Committee at the time of grant. Options granted in 2007 and 2006 vest over three years with a 25% vesting rate in each of the first two years and a 50% vesting rate in the final year. Options granted in 2008 vest either over three years with a 25% vesting rate in each of the first two years and a 50% vesting rate in the final year or over four years with a 25% vesting rate in each of the four years. Options must be exercised not later than ten years from the date of grant. For participants who retire and hold options granted under the 1996 Plan that are not yet fully vested, their options (or some portion thereof,) generally become fully vested. Options must be exercised within three years from the date of retirement.

Information on the Company’s stock option plans is summarized below.

 

For the years ended December 31

   2008    2007    2006

(In whole shares and dollars)

   Options    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Options    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Options    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Outstanding, beginning of year

   3,268,912    $ 41.15    3,855,892    $ 40.14    5,745,106    $ 38.45

Granted

   126,159      44.81    419,426      47.91    139,872      45.60

Exercised

   228,512      35.84    663,167      35.82    1,418,010      31.56

Forfeited or cancelled

   44,338      53.23    343,239      48.46    611,076      45.35

Expired

   123,400      53.32    —        —      —        —  
                                   

Outstanding, end of year

   2,998,821    $ 41.02    3,268,912    $ 41.15    3,855,892    $ 40.14
                                   

Exercisable, end of year

   2,550,797    $ 39.96    2,490,105    $ 40.55    2,495,970    $ 41.69
                                   

 

101


Table of Contents

Cash received for options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $8.2 million, $23.8 million and $44.8 million, respectively. The intrinsic value of options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $2.5 million, $7.8 million and $23.3 million, respectively.

There was no excess tax benefit realized from options exercised for the year ended December 31, 2008. The excess tax benefits realized from options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 were $1.2 million and $6.0 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value at December 31, 2008 for shares outstanding and shares exercisable was $15.2 million. At December 31, 2008, the weighted average remaining contractual life for shares outstanding and shares exercisable was 4.8 years and 4.2 years, respectively. Additional information about employee options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2008 is included in the following table:

 

     Options Outstanding    Options
Currently Exercisable

Range of Exercise Prices

   Number    Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Lives
   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Number    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

$14.94 to $28.88

   393,774    4.59    $ 22.12    393,774    $ 22.12

$31.83 to $36.50

   578,387    5.96    $ 36.10    578,387    $ 36.10

$36.88 to $41.10

   491,850    5.23    $ 36.97    491,850    $ 36.97

$41.20 to $44.62

   431,661    2.97    $ 44.06    405,805    $ 44.12

$44.69 to $46.28

   225,338    8.16    $ 45.60    61,543    $ 46.01

$46.75 to $51.77

   365,961    7.75    $ 48.37    107,588    $ 48.16

$52.06 to $57.00

   511,850    1.39    $ 55.14    511,850    $ 55.14

The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. For all options granted through December 31, 2008, the exercise price equaled the market price on the grant date. Compensation cost related to options is based upon the grant date fair value and expensed on a straight-line basis over the service period for each separately vesting portion of the option as if the option was, in substance, multiple awards.

Upon the adoption of Statement No. 123(R), the compensation cost associated with options granted to employees who are eligible for retirement is generally recognized immediately. Compensation cost for options granted to employees pursuant to the 1996 Plan, who are near retirement eligibility is recognized over the period from the grant date to the retirement eligibility date, if that period is shorter than the stated vesting period.

The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $10.72, $13.18 and $13.73, respectively.

The following significant assumptions were used to determine the fair value for options granted in the years indicated.

 

     2008    2007    2006

Dividend yield

   0.88% to 0.96%    0.62% to 0.69%    0.54% to 0.67%

Expected volatility

   22.43% to 30.25%    21.38% to 28.69%    25.04% to 32.93%

Weighted average expected volatility

   26.12%    26.97%    30.44%

Risk-free interest rate

   2.23% to 3.97%    4.32% to 4.75%    4.63% to 5.09%

Expected term, in years

   2.5 to 6    2.5 to 5    2.5 to 5

 

102


Table of Contents

The expected dividend yield is based on the Company’s dividend payout rate(s), in the year noted. Expected volatility is based on the Company’s historical daily stock price volatility. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The expected term of options granted represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding and is derived using historical exercise, forfeit and cancellation behavior, along with certain other factors expected to differ from historical data.

The vesting date fair value of shares that vested during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $3.7 million, $8.5 million and $15.4 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had unrecognized compensation expense of $2.1 million related to unvested stock options that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.6 years.

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

Stock grants may be awarded to eligible employees at a price established by the Committee (which may be zero). Under the Plan, the Company may award shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units, as well as shares of unrestricted stock. Restricted stock grants may vest based upon performance criteria or continued employment and be in the form of shares or units. Vesting periods are established by the Committee. Stock grants under the 1996 Plan which vest based on performance, vest over a minimum one year period. Stock grants under the 1996 Plan which vest based on continued employment, vest at the end of a minimum of three consecutive years of employment.

In 2008, the Company granted performance-based restricted share units to certain employees. These share units vest after the achievement of certain corporate goals and three years of continued employment. The Company also granted restricted stock units to eligible employees that vest after three years of continued service.

The following table summarizes information about employee nonvested stock, restricted stock units and performance-based restricted share units.

 

For the years ended December 31

   2008    2007    2006
     Shares    Weighted
Average
Grant
Date Fair
Value
   Shares    Weighted
Average
Grant
Date Fair
Value
   Shares    Weighted
Average
Grant
Date Fair
Value

Restricted stock and restricted stock units:

                 

Outstanding, beginning of year

   179,416    $ 46.79    53,835    $ 38.82    43,652    $ 35.73

Granted

   334,555      44.50    176,464      44.87    14,183      45.50

Vested

   17,588      38.27    14,452      37.97    —        —  

Forfeited

   25,478      46.56    36,431      44.08    4,000      28.80
                                   

Outstanding, end of year

   470,905    $ 45.41    179,416    $ 46.79    53,835    $ 38.82
                                   

Performance-based restricted stock units:

                 

Outstanding, beginning of year (1)

   402,929    $ 44.16    515,710    $ 42.22    245,294    $ 36.23

Granted (1)

   127,624      42.40    105,562      42.99    319,143      46.31

Vested

   363,313      44.15    139,567      36.20    —        —  

Forfeited

   2,798      46.04    78,776      43.94    48,727      38.90
                                   

Outstanding, end of year (1)

   164,442    $ 46.10    402,929    $ 44.16    515,710    $ 42.22
                                   

 

(1) Performance-based restricted stock units are based upon the achievement of the performance metric at 100%. These units have the potential to range from 0% to 175% of the shares disclosed, which varies based on grant year and individual participation level. Increases or decreases to the 100% target level are reflected as granted in the period in which performance-based stock units are provided to employees. In 2008, 26,004 and 43,640 performance-based stock units were included as granted due to completion levels in excess of 100% for units originally granted in 2006 and 2005, respectively. The weighted average grant date fair value for these awards was $46.28 and $36.34 for 2006 and 2005 grants, respectively. New grants made in 2008 have a weighted average grant date fair value of $45.21. In 2007, 38,067 performance based stock units were included as granted due to completion levels in excess of 100% for units originally granted in 2004. The weighted average grant date fair value for these awards was $36.20.

 

103


Table of Contents

The intrinsic value, which is equal to the fair value of restricted stock and for restricted stock units vested during the year ended December 31, 2008 was $0.8 million and the intrinsic value of performance-based restricted stock units that vested during 2008 was $15.9 million. The intrinsic value of restricted stock units and performance-based restricted units that vested during the year ended December 31, 2007 were $0.6 million and $6.5 million, respectively. There were no restricted stock, restricted stock units or performance-based restricted stock units that vested during 2006.

At December 31, 2008, the aggregate intrinsic value of restricted stock and restricted stock units was $21.4 million and the weighted average remaining contractual life was 1.9 years. The aggregate intrinsic value of performance based restricted stock units was $7.6 million and the weighted average remaining contractual life was 1.2 years. As of December 31, 2008, there was $17.8 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance-based restricted stock units. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.0 years. Compensation cost associated with restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance-based restricted stock units is calculated based upon grant date fair value, which is determined using current market prices.

14. EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following table provides share information used in the calculation of the Company’s basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007     2006  
(In millions, except per share data)                   

Basic shares used in the calculation of earnings per share

     51.3       51.7       51.5  

Dilutive effect of securities:

      

Employee stock options

     0.3       0.4       0.5  

Non-vested stock grants

     0.1       0.3       0.2  
                        

Diluted shares used in the calculation of earnings per share

     51.7       52.4       52.2  
                        

Per share effect of dilutive securities on income from continuing operations

   $ (0.02 )   $ (0.06 )   $ (0.04 )
                        

Per share effect of dilutive securities on net income

   $ —       $ (0.07 )   $ (0.04 )
                        

Options to purchase 1.7 million shares, 1.6 million shares, and 1.3 million shares of common stock were outstanding during 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the options’ exercise prices were greater than the average market price of the common shares and, therefore, the effect would be antidilutive.

15. DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS

New Hampshire, Michigan and Massachusetts have enacted laws governing the payment of dividends to stockholders by insurers. These laws affect the dividend paying ability of Hanover Insurance, Citizens, and FAFLIC, respectively.

Pursuant to New Hampshire’s statute, the maximum dividends and other distributions that an insurer may pay in any twelve month period, without prior approval of the New Hampshire Insurance Commissioner, is limited to 10% of such insurer’s statutory policyholder surplus as of the preceding December 31. Hanover Insurance declared dividends to its parent, totaling $166.0 million in 2008. No dividends were declared to the parent in 2007 and 2006. During 2009, the maximum allowable dividend and other distributions that can be paid to Hanover Insurance’s parent without prior approval of the New Hampshire Insurance Commissioner is $153.8 million.

Pursuant to Michigan’s statute, the maximum dividends and other distributions that an insurer may pay in any twelve month period, without prior approval of the Michigan Insurance Commissioner, is limited to the greater of 10% of policyholders’ surplus as of December 31 of the immediately preceding year or the statutory net income less net realized gains, for the immediately preceding calendar year. Citizens declared dividends to its parent, Hanover Insurance, totaling $116.0 million, $100.5 million and $119.6 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. During 2009, the maximum allowable dividend and other distributions that can be paid by Citizens to Hanover Insurance without prior approval of the Michigan Insurance Commissioner is $72.3 million.

Since FAFLIC has no statutory unassigned funds, it cannot pay dividends without prior approval from the Massachusetts Commissioner of Insurance. In January 2008 and effective December 31, 2006 and with permission from the Massachusetts Commissioner of Insurance, FAFLIC declared dividends of $17.0 million and $40.0 million, respectively, to its parent, THG. FAFLIC declared no dividend in 2007. In connection with the sale of FAFLIC to Commonwealth Annuity, the Massachusetts Division of Insurance approved a pre-close net dividend from FAFLIC consisting of designated assets with a statutory book value of $130.0 million. This dividend was paid January 2, 2009.

 

104


Table of Contents

16. SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company’s primary business operations include insurance products and services in three property and casualty operating segments. These segments are Personal Lines, Commercial Lines, and Other Property and Casualty. As of December 31, 2008, due to the sale of FAFLIC on January 2, 2009, the operations of the Life Companies segment have been classified as discontinued operations. Certain ongoing expenses have been reclassified from the Life Companies segment to the Property and Casualty business. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information (“Statement No. 131” ), the separate financial information of each segment is presented consistent with the way results are regularly evaluated by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. A summary of the Company’s reportable segments is included below.

The Property and Casualty group manages its operations through three segments: Personal Lines, Commercial Lines and Other Property and Casualty. Personal Lines includes personal automobile, homeowners and other personal coverages, while Commercial Lines includes commercial multiple peril, commercial automobile, workers’ compensation, and other commercial coverages, such as bonds and inland marine business. In addition, the Other Property and Casualty segment consists of: Opus Investment Management, Inc. (“Opus”), which markets investment management services to institutions, pension funds and other organizations; earnings on holding company assets; as well as voluntary pools in which the Company has not actively participated since 1995. Prior to its sale on June 2, 2008, AMGRO Inc., the Company’s premium financing business, was also included in the Other Property and Casualty segment.

The Company reports interest expense related to its corporate debt separately from the earnings of its operating segments. Corporate debt consists of the Company’s junior subordinated debentures and its senior debentures.

Management evaluates the results of the aforementioned segments on a pre-tax basis. Segment income excludes certain items which are included in net income, such as federal income taxes and net realized investment gains and losses, including certain gains or losses on derivative instruments, because fluctuations in these gains and losses are determined by interest rates, financial markets and the timing of sales. Also, segment income excludes net gains and losses on disposals of businesses, discontinued operations, restructuring costs, extraordinary items, the cumulative effect of accounting changes and certain other items. While these items may be significant components in understanding and assessing the Company’s financial performance, management believes that the presentation of segment income enhances understanding of the Company’s results of operations by highlighting net income attributable to the core operations of the business. However, segment income should not be construed as a substitute for net income determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Summarized below is financial information with respect to business segments:

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007     2006  
(In millions)                   

Segment revenues:

      

Property and Casualty:

      

Personal Lines

   $ 1,607.4     $ 1,597.3     $ 1,511.9  

Commercial Lines

     1,154.8       1,038.4       952.9  

Other Property and Casualty

     21.6       47.5       47.8  
                        

Total Property and Casualty

     2,783.8       2,683.2       2,512.6  

Intersegment revenues

     (5.6 )     (8.2 )     (7.0 )
                        

Total segment revenues

     2,778.2       2,675.0       2,505.6  

Adjustments to segment revenues:

      

Net realized investment losses

     (97.8 )     (0.9 )     (0.2 )
                        

Total revenues

   $ 2,680.4     $ 2,674.1     $ 2,505.4  
                        

 

105


Table of Contents

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007     2006  
(In millions)                   

Segment income before federal income taxes, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of
change in accounting principle:

      

Property and Casualty:

      

Personal Lines:

      

GAAP underwriting (loss) income

   $ (7.7 )   $ 76.5     $ 62.3  

Net investment income

     118.9       118.8       108.2  

Other income

     12.3       12.9       10.8  
                        

Personal Lines segment income

     123.5       208.2       181.3  
                        

Commercial Lines:

      

GAAP underwriting income

     39.8       54.4       7.2  

Net investment income

     124.4       110.3       105.8  

Other income

     5.5       4.6       4.7  
                        

Commercial Lines segment income

     169.7       169.3       117.7  
                        

Other Property and Casualty:

      

GAAP underwriting income (loss)

     1.2       (2.9 )     (2.2 )

Net investment income

     14.7       17.2       13.8  

Other (expense) income

     (6.9 )     (9.5 )     0.3  
                        

Other Property and Casualty segment income

     9.0       4.8       11.9  
                        

Total Property and Casualty

     302.2       382.3       310.9  

Interest on corporate debt

     (39.9 )     (39.9 )     (39.9 )
                        

Segment income before federal income taxes

     262.3       342.4       271.0  

Adjustments to segment income:

      

Net realized investment losses

     (97.8 )     (0.9 )     (0.2 )

Other items

     (0.1 )     —         0.2  
                        

Income from continuing operations before federal income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   $ 164.4     $ 341.5     $ 271.0  
                        

 

DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007
(In millions)    Identifiable Assets

Property and Casualty (1) (3)

   $ 7,645.7     $ 7,642.0

Assets held-for-sale (2)

     1,710.4       2,173.2

Intersegment eliminations (3)

     (125.9 )     0.4
              

Total

   $ 9,230.2     $ 9,815.6
              

 

(1)

The Company reviews assets based on the total Property and Casualty Group and does not allocate between the Personal Lines, Commercial Lines and Other Property and Casualty segments. Included in the Property and Casualty group’s assets are those assets that are expected to be retained by the Company subsequent to the sale of FAFLIC.

(2)

The 2008 balance includes an impairment of net assets resulting from the expected sale of FAFLIC. FAFLIC qualifies for discontinued operations treatment in accordance with Statement No. 144 which requires the asset group to be reflected at its fair value less cost to sell and a related reclassification of assets as held-for-sale.

(3)

The 2008 balance includes a $120.6 million dividend receivable from FAFLIC to the holding company, which was paid in January 2009.

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS – FAFLIC BUSINESS

During 2008, in accordance with Statement No. 144, and as a result of the sale of FAFLIC, the Company classified the remaining operations of its life business as discontinued and the related assets and liabilities have been reflected as held-for-sale (see Note 3 for further discussion of the FAFLIC sale transaction). As of December 31, 2008, related assets of $1,710.4 million, net of the related valuation allowance, have been aggregated and classified as held-for-sale on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and related liabilities of $1,627.6 million have been aggregated and classified as liabilities held-for-sale on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Prior year’s assets and liabilities of $2,173.2 million and $2,002.5 million, respectively, have also been reclassified as held-for-sale.

Discontinued Operations – Accident and Health Insurance Business

During 1999, the Company exited its accident and health insurance business, consisting of its Employee Benefit Services (“EBS”) business, its Affinity Group Underwriters business and its accident and health assumed reinsurance pool business. Prior to 1999, these businesses comprised substantially all of the former Corporate Risk Management Services segment. Accordingly, the operating results of the discontinued segment have been reported in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30, Reporting the Results of Operations – Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions (“APB Opinion No. 30”). In 1999, the Company recorded a $30.5 million loss, net of taxes, on the disposal of this segment, consisting of after-tax losses from the run-off of the accident and health business of approximately $46.9 million, partially offset by net proceeds from the sale of the EBS business of approximately $16.4 million. Subsequent to the measurement date of June 30, 1999, approximately $36.2 million of the aforementioned $46.9 million loss has been generated from the operations of the discontinued business and net proceeds of $12.5 million were received from the sale of the EBS business.

Coincident with the sale of FAFLIC to Commonwealth Annuity, Hanover Insurance and FAFLIC entered into a reinsurance agreement, whereby Hanover Insurance assumed FAFLIC’s discontinued accident and health insurance business.

 

106


Table of Contents

17. LEASE COMMITMENTS

Rental expenses for operating leases amounted to $16.9 million, $17.4 million, and $17.0 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. These expenses relate primarily to building leases of the Company. At December 31, 2008, future minimum rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases, including those related to the Company’s restructuring activities, were approximately $35.9 million, payable as follows: 2009 - $12.5 million; 2010 - $9.1 million; 2011 - $7.2 million; 2012 - $4.1 million and $3.0 million thereafter. It is expected that in the normal course of business, leases that expire may be renewed or replaced by leases on other property and equipment.

18. REINSURANCE

In the normal course of business, the Company seeks to reduce the losses that may arise from catastrophes or other events that cause unfavorable underwriting results by reinsuring certain levels of risk in various areas of exposure with other insurance enterprises or reinsurers. Reinsurance transactions are accounted for in accordance with the provisions of Statement No. 113.

Amounts recoverable from reinsurers are estimated in a manner consistent with the claim liability associated with the reinsured policy. Reinsurance contracts do not relieve the Company from its obligations to policyholders. Failure of reinsurers to honor their obligations could result in losses to the Company; consequently, allowances are established for amounts deemed uncollectible. The Company determines the appropriate amount of reinsurance based on evaluation of the risks accepted and analyses prepared by consultants and reinsurers and on market conditions (including the availability and pricing of reinsurance). The Company also believes that the terms of its reinsurance contracts are consistent with industry practice in that they contain standard terms with respect to lines of business covered, limit and retention, arbitration and occurrence. The Company believes that its reinsurers are financially sound. This belief is based upon an ongoing review of its reinsurers’ financial statements, reported financial strength ratings from rating agencies, reputations in the marketplace, and the analysis and guidance of THG’s reinsurance advisors.

The Company is subject to concentration of risk with respect to reinsurance ceded to various residual market mechanisms. As a condition to conduct certain business in various states, the Company is required to participate in residual market mechanisms and pooling arrangements which provide insurance coverages to individuals or other entities that are otherwise unable to purchase such coverage voluntarily. These market mechanisms and pooling arrangements include, among others, the Michigan Catastrophic Claims Association (“MCCA”). Funding for MCCA comes from assessments against automobile insurers based upon their proportionate market share of the state’s automobile liability insurance market. Insurers are allowed to pass along this cost to Michigan automobile policyholders. The Company ceded to the MCCA premiums earned and losses and LAE of $60.9 million and $129.8 million in 2008, $70.1 million and $84.6 million in 2007, and $74.3 million and $118.8 million in 2006, respectively. At December 31, 2008, MCCA represented at least 10% of the Company’s reinsurance assets.

Reinsurance recoverables related to MCCA were $613.8 million and $557.7 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Because the MCCA is supported by assessments permitted by statute, and there have been no significant uncollectible balances from MCCA identified during the three years ending December 31, 2008, the Company believes that it has no significant exposure to uncollectible reinsurance balances from this entity.

Additionally, at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 FAFLIC had ceded $106.9 million, $92.0 million and $105.4 million, respectively, of its variable universal life insurance and annuity business pursuant to a reinsurance agreement with Commonwealth Annuity (See Note 3 – Sale of Variable Life Insurance and Annuity Business on pages 83 and 84 of this Form 10-K). THG has also indemnified Commonwealth Annuity with respect to their reinsurance recoverables related to the universal life insurance business which was previously ceded under a 100% coinsurance agreement. This reinsured business was sold as part of the January 2, 2009 sale of FAFLIC to Commonwealth Annuity. Additionally, coincident with the sale of FAFLIC, Hanover and FAFLIC entered into a reinsurance contract whereby Hanover assumed FAFLIC’s discontinued accident and health business.

 

107


Table of Contents

The effects of reinsurance were as follows:

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007     2006  
(In millions)                   

Property and casualty premiums written:

      

Direct

   $ 2,715.0     $ 2,670.5     $ 2,565.9  

Assumed

     22.6       29.9       37.2  

Ceded

     (219.6 )     (285.1 )     (296.0 )
                        

Net premiums written

   $ 2,518.0     $ 2,415.3     $ 2,307.1  
                        

Property and casualty premiums earned:

      

Direct

   $ 2,700.0     $ 2,624.4     $ 2,470.0  

Assumed

     26.8       32.8       42.9  

Ceded

     (241.9 )     (285.2 )     (293.7 )
                        

Net premiums earned

   $ 2,484.9     $ 2,372.0     $ 2,219.2  
                        

Life and accident and health insurance premiums:

      

Direct

   $ 28.0     $ 36.8     $ 39.9  

Assumed

     0.2       0.3       0.4  

Ceded

     (2.6 )     (4.3 )     (4.9 )
                        

Net premiums

   $ 25.6     $ 32.8     $ 35.4  
                        

Property and casualty benefits, claims, losses and loss adjustment expenses:

      

Direct

   $ 1,790.0     $ 1,610.0     $ 1,559.9  

Assumed

     19.2       27.8       14.6  

Ceded

     (183.0 )     (180.4 )     (187.4 )
                        

Net policy benefits, claims, losses and loss adjustment expenses

   $ 1,626.2     $ 1,457.4     $ 1,387.1  
                        

Life and accident and health insurance policy benefits, claims, losses and loss adjustment expenses (1) :

      

Direct

   $ 94.7     $ 101.2     $ 123.4  

Assumed

     0.7       (0.6 )     (2.1 )

Ceded

     (25.7 )     (10.9 )     (33.1 )
                        

Net policy benefits, claims, losses and loss adjustment expenses

   $ 69.7     $ 89.7     $ 88.2  
                        

 

(1)

Reinsurance activity related to our life and accident and health business is reflected as a component of discontinued operations.

19. DEFERRED POLICY ACQUISITION COSTS

Changes to the deferred policy acquisition asset are as follows:

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007     2006  
(In millions)                   

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 246.8     $ 228.4     $ 201.9  

Acquisition expenses deferred

     576.1       542.0       502.9  

Amortized to expense during the year

     (556.2 )     (523.6 )     (476.4 )
                        

Balance at end of year

   $ 266.7     $ 246.8     $ 228.4  
                        

20. LIABILITIES FOR OUTSTANDING CLAIMS, LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES

The Company regularly updates its reserve estimates as new information becomes available and further events occur which may impact the resolution of unsettled claims. Reserve adjustments are reflected in results of operations as adjustments to losses and LAE. Often these adjustments are recognized in periods subsequent to the period in which the underlying policy was written and loss event occurred. These types of subsequent adjustments are described as “prior year reserve development”. Such development can be either favorable or unfavorable to the Company’s financial results and may vary by line of business.

The table below provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending reserve for the Company’s property and casualty unpaid losses and LAE as follows:

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007     2006  
(In millions)                   

Reserve for losses and LAE, beginning of year

   $ 3,165.8     $ 3,163.9     $ 3,458.7  

Incurred losses and LAE, net of reinsurance recoverable:

      

Provision for insured events of current year

     1,777.2       1,591.5       1,463.3  

Decrease in provision for insured events of prior years

     (159.0 )     (153.4 )     (128.6 )

Hurricane Katrina

     7.4       17.0       48.6  
                        

Total incurred losses and LAE

     1,625.6       1,455.1       1,383.3  
                        

Payments, net of reinsurance recoverable:

      

Losses and LAE attributable to insured events of current year

     999.9       832.4       730.5  

Losses and LAE attributable to insured events of prior years

     679.9       630.6       620.8  

Hurricane Katrina

     32.5       59.3       108.7  
                        

Total payments

     1,712.3       1,522.3       1,460.0  
                        

Change in reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses

     (11.9 )     35.4       (218.1 )

Purchase of Professionals Direct, Inc.

     —         33.7       —    

Purchase of Verlan Fire Insurance Company

     4.2       —         —    

Purchase of AIX Holdings, Inc.

     129.9       —         —    
                        

Reserve for losses and LAE, end of year

   $ 3,201.3     $ 3,165.8     $ 3,163.9  
                        

 

108


Table of Contents

As part of an ongoing process, the reserves have been re-estimated for all prior accident years and excluding the development of Hurricane Katrina reserves were decreased by $159.0 million, $153.4 million and $128.6 million (excluding development of Hurricane Katrina reserves) in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Prior year loss reserve development in 2008, 2007 and 2006 was favorable by $154.4 million, $152.7 million and $118.1 million, respectively. Prior year LAE reserve development was favorable by $4.6 million, $0.7 million and $10.5 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. In 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company increased reserves for Hurricane Katrina by $7.4 million, $17.0 million and $48.6 million, respectively.

The favorable loss reserve development during the year ended December 31, 2008 is primarily the result of lower than expected severity of bodily injury in the personal automobile line, primarily in the 2003 through 2007 accident years, and lower than expected severity of liability claims in the commercial multiple peril line for the 2002 through 2007 accident years. In addition, lower than expected severity in the workers’ compensation line, primarily in the 2003 through 2007 accident years, contributed to the favorable development.

The favorable loss reserve development during the year ended December 31, 2007 is primarily the result of lower than expected bodily injury and personal injury protection claim severity in the personal automobile line, primarily in the 2003 through 2006 accident years, and lower than expected severity of liability claims in the commercial multiple peril line for the 2005 and prior accident years. In addition, lower than expected severity in the workers’ compensation and other commercial lines, also primarily in the 2003 through 2006 accident years, contributed to the favorable development.

The favorable loss reserve development during the year ended December 31, 2006 was primarily the result of a lower than expected bodily injury claim frequency in the personal automobile line, primarily in the 2005 and 2004 accident years, and lower than expected severity in the workers’ compensation line, primarily in the 2004 and 2003 accident years. In addition, lower than expected frequency of liability claims in the commercial multiple peril line for accident years 2005, 2004 and 2003, and lower than expected frequency of bodily injury claims in the commercial automobile line in 2005 and 2004 accident years also contributed to favorable development.

The favorable LAE development in 2008 is primarily attributable to improvements in ultimate loss activity on prior accident years, primarily in the commercial multiple peril line. The favorable LAE development in 2007 is primarily attributable to improvements in ultimate loss activity on prior accident years, primarily in the commercial multiple peril line, partially offset by an adverse litigation settlement in the first quarter of 2007, primarily impacting the personal automobile line. The favorable development in 2006 was primarily attributable to the aforementioned improvements in ultimate loss activity on prior accident years which results in the decrease of ultimate loss adjustment expenses related to workers’ compensation and personal automobile bodily injury.

The Company may be required to defend claims related to policies that include environmental damage and toxic tort liability. The table below summarizes direct business asbestos and environmental reserves (net of reinsurance and excluding pools).

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

   2008     2007     2006
(In millions)                 

Reserves for losses and LAE, beginning of year

   $ 19.4     $ 24.7     $ 24.4

Incurred losses and LAE

     (2.3 )     (4.5 )     2.3

(Reimbursed) paid losses and LAE

     (1.4 )     0.8       2.0
                      

Reserves for losses and LAE, end of year

   $ 18.5     $ 19.4     $ 24.7
                      

Ending loss and LAE reserves for all direct business written by the Company’s property and casualty businesses related to asbestos, environmental damage and toxic tort liability, included in the reserve for losses and LAE, were $18.5 million, $19.4 million and $24.7 million, net of reinsurance of $13.9 million, $11.1 million and $13.8 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. During 2008, the Company decreased their asbestos and environmental reserves by $0.9 million, primarily due to a favorable cash recovery from a reinsurer on a prior year environmental claim. During 2007, the Company reduced the asbestos and environmental reserves by $4.5 million. In recent years average asbestos and environmental payments have declined modestly. As a result of the Company’s historical direct underwriting mix of Commercial Lines policies toward smaller and middle market risks, past asbestos, environmental damage and toxic tort liability loss experience has remained minimal in relation to the total loss and LAE incurred experience.

In addition, and not included in the table above, the Company has established loss and LAE reserves for assumed reinsurance pool business with asbestos, environmental damage and toxic tort liability of $58.4 million, $56.9 million and $57.0 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. These reserves relate to pools in which the

 

109


Table of Contents

Company has terminated its participation; however, the Company continues to be subject to claims related to years in which it was a participant. The Company participated in the Excess and Casualty Reinsurance Association voluntary pool during 1950 to 1982, until it was dissolved and put in runoff in 1982. The Company’s percentage of the total pool liabilities varied from 1% to 6% during these years. The Company’s participation in this pool has resulted in asbestos and environmental average paid losses of approximately $2 million annually over the past ten years.

The Company estimates its ultimate liability for asbestos, environmental and toxic tort liability claims, whether resulting from direct business, assumed reinsurance and pool business, based upon currently known facts, reasonable assumptions where the facts are not known, current law and methodologies currently available. Although these outstanding claims are not significant, their existence gives rise to uncertainty and are discussed because of the possibility that they may become significant. The Company believes that, notwithstanding the evolution of case law expanding liability in asbestos and environmental claims, recorded reserves related to these claims are adequate. The asbestos, environmental and toxic tort liability could be revised in the near term if the estimates used in determining the liability are revised, and any such revisions could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations for a particular quarterly or annual period or on our financial position.

In addition to the property and casualty reserves, the Company also has liabilities for future policy benefits, other policy liabilities and outstanding claims, losses and LAE as well as the related reinsurance recoverables, a majority of which relates to the Company’s accident and health business. These reserves are reflected in the balance sheet as liabilities and assets held-for-sale. The cumulative liability, excluding the effect of reinsurance that consists of the Company’s exited individual health business and its discontinued accident and health business, was $279.3 million and $322.1 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Reinsurance recoverables related to this business were $131.0 million and $214.8 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively.

21. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

LITIGATION

Durand Litigation

On March 12, 2007, a putative class action suit captioned Jennifer A. Durand v. The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc., The Allmerica Financial Cash Balance Pension Plan was filed in the United States District Court for the Western District of Kentucky. The named plaintiff, a former employee who received a lump sum distribution from the Company’s Cash Balance Plan at or about the time of her termination, claims that she and others similarly situated did not receive the appropriate lump sum distribution because in computing the lump sum, the Company understated the accrued benefit in the calculation. The Company filed a motion to dismiss on the basis that the plaintiff failed to exhaust administrative remedies, which motion was granted without prejudice in a decision dated November 7, 2007. Plaintiff filed a Notice of Appeal of this dismissal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit; oral arguments on the plaintiff’s appeal took place on October 28, 2008, and the Company is awaiting the court’s decision. In the Company’s judgment, the outcome is not expected to be material to its financial position, although it could have a material effect on the results of operations for a particular quarter or annual period.

Hurricane Katrina Litigation

The Company has been named as a defendant in various litigations, including putative class actions, relating to disputes arising from damages which occurred as a result of Hurricane Katrina in 2005. As of December 31, 2008, there were approximately 145 such cases. These cases have been filed in both Louisiana state courts and federal district courts. These cases generally involve, among other claims, disputes as to the amount of reimbursable claims in particular cases (e.g. how much of the damage to an insured property is attributable to flood and therefore not covered, and how much is attributable to wind, which may be covered), as well as the scope of insurance coverage under homeowners and commercial property policies due to flooding, civil authority actions, loss of landscaping, business interruption and other matters. Certain of these cases claim a breach of duty of good faith or violations of Louisiana insurance claims handling laws or regulations and involve claims for punitive or exemplary damages.

 

110


Table of Contents

On August 23, 2007, the State of Louisiana (individually and on behalf of the State of Louisiana, Division of Administration, Office of Community Development) filed a putative class action in the Civil District Court for the Parish of Orleans, State of Louisiana, entitled State of Louisiana, individually and on behalf of State of Louisiana, Division of Administration, Office of Community Development ex rel The Honorable Charles C. Foti, Jr., The Attorney General For the State of Louisiana, individually and as a class action on behalf of all recipients of funds as well as all eligible and/or future recipients of funds through The Road Home Program v. AAA Insurance, et al., No. 07-8970 . The complaint named as defendants over 200 foreign and domestic insurance carriers, including THG. Plaintiff seeks to represent a class of current and former Louisiana citizens who have applied for and received or will receive funds through Louisiana’s “Road Home” program. On August 29, 2007, Plaintiff filed an Amended Petition in this case, asserting myriad claims, including claims for breach of: contract, the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, fiduciary duty and Louisiana’s bad faith statutes. Plaintiff seeks relief in the form of, among other things, declarations that (a) the efficient proximate cause of losses suffered by putative class members was windstorm, a covered peril under their policies; (b) the second efficient proximate cause of their losses was storm surge, which Plaintiff contends is not excluded under class members’ policies; (c) the damage caused by water entering affected parishes of Louisiana does not fall within the definition of “flood”; (d) the damages caused by water entering Orleans Parish and the surrounding area was a result of man-made occurrence and are properly covered under class members’ policies; (e) many class members suffered total losses to their residences; and (f) many class members are entitled to recover the full value for their residences stated on their policies pursuant to the Louisiana Valued Policy Law. In accordance with these requested declarations, Plaintiff seeks to recover amounts that it alleges should have been paid to policyholders under their insurance agreements, as well as penalties, attorneys’ fees, and costs. The case has been removed to the Federal District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana.

The Company established its loss and LAE reserves on the assumption that the Company will not have any liability under the “Road Home” or similar litigation, and that the Company will otherwise prevail in litigation as to the causes of certain large losses and not incur extra contractual or punitive damages.

Other Matters

The Company has been named a defendant in various other legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business, including two suits with respect to which the Company is obligated to indemnify Commonwealth Annuity and Goldman Sachs in connection with the sale in 2005 of the Company’s variable life insurance and annuity business, which challenge the Company’s former Life Companies’ imposition of certain restrictions on trading funds invested in separate accounts.

REGULATORY AND INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENTS

Unfavorable economic conditions may contribute to an increase in the number of insurance companies that are under regulatory supervision. This may result in an increase in mandatory assessments by state guaranty funds, or voluntary payments by solvent insurance companies to cover losses to policyholders of insolvent or rehabilitated companies. Mandatory assessments, which are subject to statutory limits, can be partially recovered through a reduction in future premium taxes in some states. The Company is not able to reasonably estimate the potential impact of any such future assessments or voluntary payments.

Over the past three years, state-sponsored insurers, reinsurers or involuntary pools have increased significantly, particularly those states which have Atlantic or Gulf Coast exposures. As a result, the potential assessment exposure of insurers doing business in such states and the attendant collection risks have increased, particularly, in the Company’s case, in the states of Massachusetts, Louisiana and Florida. Such actions and related regulatory restrictions may limit the Company’s ability to reduce its potential exposure to hurricane related losses. It is possible that other states may take action similar to those taken in the state of Florida, which has significantly restricted the ability to raise rates on homes and other properties, authorized a state sponsored insurer of last resort to compete with private insurers, mandated the use of certain state sponsored reinsurance mechanisms, and subjected insurers writing business in the state to significant assessments in the event such state sponsored entities are unable to fund claims against them. At this time, the Company is unable to predict the likelihood or impact of any such potential assessments or other actions.

 

111


Table of Contents

In February 2009, the Governor of Michigan called upon every automobile insurer operating in the state to freeze automobile insurance rates for 12 months to allow time for the legislature to enact comprehensive automobile insurance reform. In addition, she endorsed a number of proposals by her appointed Automobile and Home Insurance Consumer Advocate which would, among other things, change the current rate approval process from the current “file and use” system to “prior approval”, mandate “affordable” rates, reduce the threshold for law suits to be filed in “at fault” incidents, and prohibit the use of certain underwriting criteria such as credit scores. The Office of Financial and Insurance Regulation had previously issued regulations prohibiting the use of credit scores to rate personal lines insurance policies, which regulations are the subject of litigation which is expected to be reviewed by the Michigan Supreme Court. At this time, the Company is unable to predict the likelihood of adoption or impact on the business of any such proposals or regulations, but any such restrictions could have an adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.

From time to time, proposals have been made to establish a federal based insurance regulatory system and to allow insurers to elect either federal or state-based regulation (“optional federal chartering”). In light of the current economic crisis and the focus on increased regulatory controls, particularly with regard to financial institutions, the Company expects renewed interest in such proposals. The Company cannot predict the impact that any such change will have on the business.

In addition, the Company is involved, from time to time, in investigations and proceedings by governmental and self-regulatory agencies. The potential outcome of any such action or regulatory proceedings in which the Company has been named a defendant, and the Company’s ultimate liability, if any, from such action or regulatory proceedings, is difficult to predict at this time. In the Company’s opinion, based on the advice of legal counsel, the ultimate resolutions of such proceedings will not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, although they could have a material effect on the results of operations for a particular quarter or annual period.

Residual Markets

The Company is required to participate in residual markets in various states, which generally pertains to high risk insureds, disrupted markets or lines of business or geographic areas where rates are regarded as excessive. The results of the residual markets are not subject to the predictability associated with the Company’s own managed business, and are significant to the workers’ compensation line of business, the homeowners line of business and both the personal and commercial automobile lines of business.

22. STATUTORY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The Company’s insurance subsidiaries are required to file annual statements with state regulatory authorities prepared on an accounting basis prescribed or permitted by such authorities (statutory basis), as codified by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners. Statutory surplus differs from shareholders’ equity reported in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles primarily because policy acquisition costs are expensed when incurred, the recognition of deferred tax assets is based on different recoverability assumptions, postretirement benefit costs are based on different assumptions and reflect a different method of adoption, life insurance reserves are based on different assumptions and statutory accounting principles require asset valuation and interest maintenance reserves for life insurance companies.

Statutory net income and surplus are as follows:

 

(In millions)

   2008    2007    2006

Statutory Net Income

        

Property and Casualty Companies - Combined

   $ 142.5    $ 248.0    $ 209.8

First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company

     33.1      17.0      13.0

Statutory Shareholders’ Surplus

        

Property and Casualty Companies - Combined

   $ 1,600.7    $ 1,670.7    $ 1,467.8

First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company

     113.7      163.7      151.8

 

112


Table of Contents

23. QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

The quarterly results of operations for 2008 and 2007 are summarized below.

 

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED

                     

(In millions, except per share data)

2008

   March 31    June 30     Sept. 30     Dec. 31

Total revenues

   $ 689.9    $ 685.0     $ 642.1     $ 663.4

Income (loss) from continuing operations (1)

   $ 57.0    $ 47.9     $ (43.5 )   $ 22.8

Net income (loss)

   $ 58.5    $ (10.2 )   $ (61.8 )   $ 34.1

Income (loss) from continuing operations per share: (1)

         

Basic

   $ 1.10    $ 0.93     $ (0.85 )   $ 0.45

Diluted (2)

   $ 1.09    $ 0.92     $ (0.85 )   $ 0.44

Net income (loss) per share:

         

Basic

   $ 1.13    $ (0.20 )   $ (1.21 )   $ 0.67

Diluted (2)

   $ 1.12    $ (0.20 )   $ (1.21 )   $ 0.66

Dividends declared per share

   $ —      $ —       $ —       $ 0.45

 

2007

   March 31    June 30    Sept. 30    Dec. 31

Total revenues

   $ 658.6    $ 665.0    $ 671.8    $ 678.7

Income from continuing operations (1)

   $ 59.7    $ 56.8    $ 51.5    $ 60.3

Net income

   $ 63.6    $ 59.8    $ 53.9    $ 75.8

Income from continuing operations per share: (1)

           

Basic

   $ 1.16    $ 1.10    $ 0.99    $ 1.16

Diluted

   $ 1.15    $ 1.09    $ 0.98    $ 1.15

Net income per share:

           

Basic

   $ 1.24    $ 1.16    $ 1.04    $ 1.46

Diluted

   $ 1.22    $ 1.14    $ 1.03    $ 1.44

Dividends declared per share

   $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 0.40

 

(1) On January 2, 2009, the Company sold the remaining business of its former Life Companies Segment. The results of operations related to this business are reflected as “Discontinued Operations” for all time periods presented. See also Note 2—“Discontinued Operations of FAFLIC Business” and “Discontinued Operations: Life Companies” on pages 42 to 43 of Management ’s Discussion and Analysis.
(2) Per share data for the third quarter represents basic loss per share due to antidilution.

 

Note: Due to the use of weighted average shares outstanding when calculating earnings per common share, the sum of the quarterly per common share data may not equal the per common share data for the year.

ITEM 9–CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A–CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures Evaluation

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act).

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls over financial reporting will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Based on our controls evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that as of the end of the period covered by this annual report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that (i) the information

 

113


Table of Contents

required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and (ii) material information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In conducting our evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting, the Company excluded the acquisition of AIX Holdings, Inc., which was completed on November 28, 2008. The total assets constitute approximately $350 million or 3.8% of the consolidated assets of the Company at December 31, 2008 and $5.5 million in revenues or less than 1% of consolidated revenues for the period from the November 28, 2008 closing date until December 31,2008. Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework , our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2008.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL

Our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting, as required by Rule 13a-15(d) of the Exchange Act, to determine whether any changes occurred during the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer concluded that there was no such change during the last quarter of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B–OTHER INFORMATION

Election of Director

At a meeting of THG’s Board of Directors held on February 23, 2009, and at the recommendation of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, Harriett “Tee” Taggart was elected to the Board of Directors for a term expiring at the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. Dr. Taggart will serve on THG’s Audit Committee.

Dr. Taggart, 60, currently manages a professional practice, Taggart Associates. From 1983 through 2006, Dr. Taggart was a Partner, Senior Vice President and sector portfolio manager at Wellington Management LLC. Dr. Taggart is a director of Albemarle Corporation and The Lubrizol Corporation, both publicly-traded chemical manufacturers.

The Board has determined that Dr. Taggart is an independent director, based on the independence standards adopted by the Board and the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.

The Board also nominated Dr. Taggart for re-election to a three-year term commencing at the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and voted that her nomination be submitted to shareholders for election at such meeting.

Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers

At a meeting of the Compensation Committee (the “ Committee ”) and Committee of Independent Directors (the “ CID ”) of the Board of Directors of THG held on February 23, 2009, the following actions were taken with respect to the compensation of THG’s Chief Executive Officer (“ CEO ”) and other “named executive officers” (as that term is defined in Item 402 of Regulation S-K) of the Company.

 

114


Table of Contents

Approval of 2008 Short-Term Incentive Compensation Program Awards

The Committee approved (and with respect to the CEO such decision was ratified by the CID) the 2008 Short-Term Incentive Compensation Program (the “ 2008 IC Program ”) awards for the Chief Executive Officer and other named executive officers (“ NEOs ”). The following table lists 2008 IC Program awards approved by the Committee for our CEO and other NEOs:

 

Executive Officer

  

Title

   2008
Frederick H. Eppinger    President and CEO    $ 810,000
Marita Zuraitis    President, P&C Companies    $ 371,000
Eugene M. Bullis    Executive VP and CFO    $ 300,000
J. Kendall Huber    Sr. VP and General Counsel    $ 222,000
Gregory Tranter    Sr. VP and Chief Information Officer    $ 168,750

For each of the NEOs, such award was made exclusively under the 2008 IC Program, based upon the level of achievement of the performance criteria pre-established by the Committee for each such officer.

Approval of the 2009 Short-Term Incentive Compensation Program

The Committee also approved (and with respect to the CEO such decision was ratified by the CID) the 2009 Short-Term Incentive Compensation Program (the “ 2009 IC Program ”) for the Chief Executive Officer and for the Company’s other NEOs. The 2009 IC Program was established pursuant to the Company’s Short-Term Incentive Compensation Plan (Exhibit A to the Company’s Proxy Statement filed with the Commission on April 5, 2004). With respect to the NEOs, the Committee established funding levels for the 2009 IC Program, which may range from zero to a maximum of 200% of target awards, based on operating earnings from the property and casualty business units (segment income) and the level of net written premium growth achieved, subject in each instance to certain adjustments and the exclusion of certain items the Committee has established. Individual awards for the NEOs provide for target awards ranging from 60% to 120% of base salary. Awards will be calculated based on an executive officer’s annual salary as of the end of 2009. Threshold, target and maximum levels of performance are established on which individual award opportunities are based. The amount of each executive officer’s award is dependent on the achievement of the Company’s performance targets and such executive officer’s individual performance. For 2009, awards, if any, are payable in the first fiscal quarter of 2010.

Approval of the 2009 Long-Term Incentive Program

The Committee also approved (and with respect to the CEO such decision was ratified by the CID) the 2009 Long-Term Incentive Program (the “ 2009 LTIP ”) for the Chief Executive Officer and for certain of the Company’s other NEOs. The 2009 LTIP was established pursuant to the Company’s 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.23 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K) (the “ 2006 Plan ”). As applied to the NEOs, the 2009 LTIP provides for awards of performance-based restricted stock units ( “PBRSUs ”), time-based restricted stock units (“ RSUs ”), and Stock Options (“ Options ”).

The PBRSUs vest 50% on the third anniversary of the date of grant and 50% on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant (provided the NEO remains continuously employed by the Company through such date) and if the Company achieves a specified three-year average (i) segment return on equity, and (ii) net written premium growth rate, for the years 2009-2011 (subject to certain adjustments and excludable items determined by the Committee). Participants must be employees of the Company as of the vesting dates for the PBRSUs to vest, except as otherwise provided with regard to death, disability or change-in-control. The actual PBRSU award may be as low as zero, and as high as 150% of the target award, based on the average return on equity and net written premium growth rate actually achieved for the performance period.

The RSUs vest 50% on the third anniversary of the date of grant and 50% on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant. Participants must be employees of the Company as of the vesting dates for the RSUs to vest, except as otherwise provided with regard to death, disability or change-in-control.

The Options vest 50% on the third anniversary of the date of grant and 50% on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant. Participants must be employees of the Company as of the vesting dates for the Options to vest, except as otherwise provided with regard to disability or change-in-control. Each Option has a ten year term and an exercise price of $34.19 per share, which was the closing price per share of THG’s common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on the date of grant (February 23, 2009).

 

115


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the number of PBRSUs (at target), RSUs and Options granted to the following NEOs:

 

Executive Officer

  

Title

   PBRSUs    RSUs    Options

Frederick H. Eppinger

   President and CEO    22,500    22,500    75,000

Marita Zuraitis

   President, P&C Companies    6,750    6,750    50,000

J. Kendall Huber

   Sr. VP and General Counsel    3,000    3,000    20,000

Gregory Tranter

   Sr. VP, Chief Information Officer    3,000    3,000    25,000

Approval of Base Salary Increases

In addition, the Committee also approved base salary increases for the following NEOs:

 

Executive Officer

  

Title

   2009 Base Salary    Increase from Prior Year

J. Kendall Huber

   Sr. VP and General Counsel    $ 420,000    $ 25,000

The Company intends to provide additional information regarding other compensation awarded to the NEOs in respect of and during the year ended December 31, 2008 in the proxy statement for its 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

2009 Annual Meeting

The Board of Directors of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. has fixed (i) May 12, 2009 as the date for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, and (ii) March 18, 2009 as the record date for determining the shareholders of the Company entitled to notice of and to vote at such Annual Meeting.

 

116


Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 10–DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

DIRECTORS OF THE REGISTRANT

Except for the portion about executive officers and our Code of Conduct which is set forth below, this information is incorporated herein by reference from the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 12, 2009 to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Set forth below is biographical information concerning our executive officers.

Bryan D. Allen, 41

Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer

Mr. Allen has been Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer of THG since August 2006. From 2002 until 2006, Mr. Allen was Managing Director, Head of Human Resources at US Trust. Prior to that, from 1989 until 2002, Mr. Allen held a variety of positions within the human resources organization at Morgan Stanley, last serving as Global Chief of Staff for Human Resources.

Eugene M. Bullis, 63

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Treasurer

Mr. Bullis joined THG as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Treasurer in November 2007. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Bullis served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Conseco, Inc., from 2002 to 2007. Previously, Mr. Bullis served in a number of senior financial officer roles in technology-related businesses, including Chief Financial Officer of Wang Laboratories, Inc. Mr. Bullis began his career as a certified public accountant with a predecessor firm of what is now Ernst & Young LLP, where he advanced to Partnership with a concentration in services to insurance company clients.

Frederick H. Eppinger, Jr., 50

Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

Mr. Eppinger has been Director, President and Chief Executive Officer of THG since joining the Company in 2003. Before joining the Company, Mr. Eppinger was Executive Vice President of Property and Casualty Field and Service Operations for The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc. Prior to that, he was Senior Vice President of Strategic Marketing from 2000 to 2001 for ChannelPoint, Inc., a firm that provided business-to-business technology for insurance and financial service companies, and was a senior partner at the international consulting firm of McKinsey & Company. Mr. Eppinger led the insurance practice at McKinsey, where he worked closely with chief executive officers of many leading insurers over a period of 15 years, beginning in 1985. Mr. Eppinger began his career as an accountant with the firm then known as Coopers & Lybrand. He is a director of Centene Corporation, a publicly-traded, multi-line healthcare company. Mr. Eppinger is an employee of THG, and therefore is not an independent director.

David J. Firstenberg, 51

President, Commercial Lines

Mr. Firstenberg has been President, Commercial Lines since May 2004. From 2001 until 2004, Mr. Firstenberg served as Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Commercial Lines. Prior to joining the Company, from 1997 until 2001, Mr. Firstenberg was Senior Vice President, Commercial Lines at One Beacon Insurance Group, LTD. From 1995 until 1997 he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Underwriting Officer at Zenith National/Calfarm Insurance. From 1979 until 1995, Mr. Firstenberg served in a variety of positions at Chubb & Sons, Inc., last serving as Vice President, Underwriting & Marketing.

J. Kendall Huber, 54

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary

Mr. Huber has been Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary of THG since 2002. From 2000 until 2002, Mr. Huber served as Vice President, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary of the Company. Prior to joining THG, Mr. Huber was Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Promus Hotel Corporation from 1999 to 2000. Previously, Mr. Huber was Vice President and Deputy General Counsel of Legg Mason, Inc., from 1998 to 1999. He has also served as Vice President and Deputy General Counsel of USF&G Corporation, where he was employed from 1990 to 1998.

 

117


Table of Contents

Gary Y. Kusumi, 62

President, Personal Lines

Mr. Kusumi joined THG as President, Personal Lines in August 2008. From 1998 to 2008, Mr. Kusumi held several positions within the GMAC Insurance Group, last serving as President and Chief Executive Officer of Personal Lines for GMAC Insurance Holdings, Inc. In 1993, he joined American Financial Group as Chief Executive Officer of Leader Insurance Company, and in 1996 transferred to Windsor, an American Financial Group subsidiary, where he served as President for two years. Mr. Kusumi began his insurance career in 1981 with The Progressive Corporation where he served in various management positions.

Andrew Robinson, 43

Senior Vice President, Corporate Development and Strategy

Mr. Robinson has been Senior Vice President, Corporate Development and Strategy since joining the Company in September, 2006. Prior to joining the Company, from 1996 until 2006, Mr. Robinson held a variety of positions at Diamond Consultants, last serving as Managing Director, Global Insurance Practice.

John C. Roche, 45

Vice President, Field Operations, Marketing and Distribution

Mr. Roche has been Vice President, Field Operations since December 2007. From 2006 to 2007, Mr. Roche was Vice President, Underwriting and Product Management, Commercial Lines. From 1994 to 2006, Mr. Roche served in a variety of leadership positions at St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc., last serving as Vice President Commercial Accounts. Prior to joining St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc., Mr. Roche served in a variety of underwriting and management positions at Fireman’s Fund Insurance Company and Atlantic Mutual Insurance Company.

Gregory D. Tranter, 52

Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer

Mr. Tranter has been Senior Vice President since 2006 and was named Corporate Operations Officer in 2007. He has also been the Chief Information Officer of THG since 2000. Mr. Tranter has been a Vice President of THG’s insurance subsidiaries since 1998. Prior to joining THG, Mr. Tranter was Vice President, Automation Strategy of Travelers Property and Casualty Company from 1996 to 1998. Mr. Tranter was employed by Aetna Life and Casualty Company from 1983 to 1996.

Marita Zuraitis, 48

Executive Vice President and President of the Property and Casualty Companies

Ms. Zuraitis has been Executive Vice President of the Company and President, Property and Casualty Companies since 2004. Prior to joining THG, Ms. Zuraitis was President and Chief Executive Officer of the commercial lines division of The St. Paul Companies from 1998 to 2004.

Pursuant to section 4.4 of the Company’s by-laws, each officer shall hold office until the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until his or her respective successor is chosen and qualified unless a shorter period shall have been specified by the terms of his or her election or appointment, or in each case until such officer sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified.

CODE OF CONDUCT

Our Code of Conduct is available, free of charge, on our website at www.hanover.com under “Corporate Governance—Company Policies”. The Code of Conduct applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Controller. While we do not expect to grant waivers to our Code of Conduct, any such waivers to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Controller will be posted on our website, as required by applicable law or New York Stock Exchange requirements.

NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE RULE 303A.12(a)

Our Chief Executive Officer filed his annual certification required by the New York Stock Exchange Rule 303A.12(a) with the New York Stock Exchange on or about May 23, 2008. The certification of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer regarding the quality of our disclosure in this Annual Report on Form 10-K have been filed as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2.

 

118


Table of Contents

ITEM 11–EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Incorporated herein by reference from the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 12, 2009, to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

ITEM 12–SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2008 with respect to compensation plans under which equity securities of the Company are authorized for issuance.

 

Plan Category

   Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights (1)
   Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights
   Number of
securities
remaining
available for
future
issuance
under equity
compensation
plans (2)

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

   3,843,101    $ 41.03    2,733,808

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

   —        —      —  
                

Total

   3,843,101    $ 41.03    2,733,808
                

 

(1)

Includes 848,395 shares of Common Stock which may be issued upon vesting of outstanding restricted stock, restricted stock units or performance-based restricted stock units (assuming the maximum award amount). The weighted-average exercise price does not take these awards into account.

(2)

The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), which was adopted on May 16, 2006, authorizes the issuance of 3,000,000 new shares that may be used for awards. In addition, shares of stock underlying any award granted and outstanding under the Company’s Amended Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (the “1996 Plan”) as of the adoption date of the Plan that are forfeited or cancelled, or expire or terminate, after the adoption date without the issuance of stock, become available for future grants under the Plan.

Additional information related to Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management is incorporated herein by reference from the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 12, 2009, to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

ITEM 13–CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Incorporated herein by reference from the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 12, 2009, to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

ITEM 14–PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Incorporated herein by reference from the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 12, 2009, to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

119


Table of Contents

PART IV

ITEM 15–EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)(1) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes thereto are included on pages 71 to 113 of this Form 10-K.

 

     Page No.
in this
Report

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   70

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31,2008, 2007, and 2006

   71

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007

   72

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

   73

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

   74

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

   75

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   76-113

(a)(2) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

         Page No.
in this
Report

I

 

Summary of Investments—Other than Investments in Related Parties

   125

II

 

Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

   126-128

III

 

Supplementary Insurance Information

   129

IV

 

Reinsurance

   130

V

 

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

   131

VI

 

Supplemental Information Concerning Property and Casualty Insurance Operations

   132

 

120


Table of Contents

(a)(3) EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibits filed as part of this Form 10-K are as follows:

 

     2.1

  Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2005, between The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., as Buyer, and Registrant, as Seller (the schedules and exhibits have been omitted pursuant to item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K) previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 24, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

     2.2

  Stock Purchase Agreement by and between The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. and Commonwealth Annuity and Life Company, dated July 30, 2008 (the schedules and exhibits have been omitted pursuant to item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K), previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 4, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.

     3.1

  Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 16, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.

     3.2

  Amended By-Laws of the Registrant, previously filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 21, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.

     4.1

  Specimen Certificate of Common Stock previously filed as Exhibit 4 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 16, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.

     4.2

  Form of Indenture relating to the Debentures between the Registrant and State Street Bank & Trust Company, as trustee, previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 33-96764) filed on September 11, 1995 and incorporated herein by reference.

     4.3

  Form of Global Debenture previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 16, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.

     4.4

  Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of AFC Capital Trust I dated February 3, 1997 previously filed as Exhibit 2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 5, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference.

     4.5

  Indenture dated February 3, 1997 relating to the Junior Subordinated Debentures of the Registrant previously filed as Exhibit 3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 5, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference.

     4.6

  Series A Capital Securities Guarantee Agreement dated February 3, 1997 previously filed as Exhibit 4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 5, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference.

     4.7

  Common Securities Guarantee Agreement dated February 3, 1997 previously filed as Exhibit 5 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 5, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference.

+10.1

  State Mutual Life Assurance Company of America Excess Benefit Retirement Plan previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 33-91766) filed with the Commission on May 1, 1995 and incorporated herein by reference

+10.2

  The Hanover Insurance Group Cash Balance Pension Plan previously filed as Exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant’s September 30, 1995 Report on Form 10-Q and incorporated herein by reference

  10.3

  Form of Accident and Health Coinsurance Agreement between The Hanover Insurance Company, as Reinsurer, and First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company (the schedules and certain exhibits have been omitted pursuant to item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K) previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on August 4, 2008 and incorporated by reference herein.

+10.4

  The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. Amended Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan previously filed as Exhibit 10.23 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on April 1, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.

+10.5

  Short-Term Incentive Compensation Plan previously filed as Exhibit A to the Registrant’s Proxy Statement (Commission File No. 001-13754) filed with the Commission on April 5, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

121


Table of Contents

+10.6

  Form of Restricted Share Unit Agreement dated March 1, 2004 previously filed as Exhibit 10.61 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on August 5, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

+10.7

  Form of Performance Based Restricted Share Unit Agreement dated March 1, 2004 previously filed as Exhibit 10.62 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q originally filed with the Commission on August 5, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

+10.8

  Form of Election/Deferral Agreement previously filed as Exhibit 10.66 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission February 25, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

+10.9

  The Hanover Insurance Group Amended and Restated Employment Continuity Plan previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on August 11, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.

+10.10

  Form of Performance Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement dated February 2006 previously filed as Exhibit 10.72 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 16, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.

+10.11

  Description of 2007 Short-Term Incentive Compensation Awards, 2008 Short-Term Incentive Compensation Program and 2008 Long-Term Incentive Program previously filed as Item 9B to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 27, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.

+10.12

  Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on February 21, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

+10.13

  Form of Corporate Goals-Based Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on February 21, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

+10.14

  Form of Individual Goals-Based Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on February 21, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

+10.15

  Form of Incentive Compensation Deferral and Conversion Agreement under The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on February 21, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

+10.16

  Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on February 21, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

+10.17

  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on February 21, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

+10.18

  Form of Amended and Restated Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. Amended Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan previously filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on February 21, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

  10.19

  Credit Agreement dated June 21, 2007 among The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc., Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as administrative agent, the other lenders named therein, Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc., as sole arranger and bookrunner, Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent and Citibank, N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and Sovereign Bank, as co-documentation agents filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 22, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

+10.20

  Description of 2007-2008 Non-Employee Director Compensation previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 9, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

122


Table of Contents

+10.21

  Offer Letter dated November 6, 2007 between the Registrant and Eugene M. Bullis previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on November 9, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.

+10.22

  Description of 2008 Incentive Compensation Deferral and Conversion Program previously filed as Exhibit 10.35 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 27, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.

+10.23

  The Hanover Insurance Group 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan previously filed as Exhibit 10.36 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 27, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.

+10.24

  Description of 2008-2009 Non-Employee Director Compensation previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 11, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.

+10.25

  Offer Letter, dated August 14, 2003, between the Registrant and Frederick H. Eppinger, Jr., as amended December 10, 2008.

+10.26

  The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. Amended and Restated Non-Qualified Retirement Savings Plan.

+10.27

  The Hanover Insurance Group Retirement Savings Plan, as amended.

+10.28

  The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. Non-Employee Director Deferral Plan.

+10.29

  The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. 2009 Short-Term Incentive Compensation Deferral and Conversion Program.

+10.30

  Description of 2008 Short-Term Incentive Compensation Awards, 2009 Short-Term Incentive Compensation Program and 2009 Long-Term Incentive Program filed as Item 9B to this report.

+10.31

  Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

+10.32

  Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

+10.33

  Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

+10.34

  IRC Section 162(m) Deferral Letter for Certain Executive Officers of the Registrant.

   21

  Subsidiaries of THG.

   23

  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

   24

  Power of Attorney.

   31.1

  Certification of the Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to 15 U.S.C. 78m, 78o(d), as adopted pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

   31.2

  Certification of the Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to 15 U.S.C. 78m, 78o(d), as adopted pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

   32.1

  Certification of the Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

   32.2

  Certification of the Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

   99.1

  Internal Revenue Service Ruling dated April 15, 1995 previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 33-91766) filed with the Commission on May 1, 1995 and incorporated herein by reference.

   99.2

  Important Factors Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.

 

+ Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

123


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

    T HE H ANOVER I NSURANCE G ROUP , I NC .
    Registrant
Date: February 27, 2009     By:  

/ S / F REDERICK H. E PPINGER , J R .

      Frederick H. Eppinger, Jr.,
      President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Date: February 27, 2009     By:  

/ S / F REDERICK H. E PPINGER , J R .

      Frederick H. Eppinger, Jr.,
      President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Date: February 27, 2009     By:  

/ S / E UGENE M. B ULLIS

      Eugene M. Bullis,
     

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

and Principal Accounting Officer

Date: February 27, 2009     By:  

*

      Michael P. Angelini,
      Chairman of the Board
Date: February 27, 2009     By:  

*

      P. Kevin Condron,
      Director
Date: February 27, 2009     By:  

*

      Neal F. Finnegan,
      Director
Date: February 27, 2009     By:  

*

      David J. Gallitano,
      Director
Date: February 27, 2009     By:  

*

      Gail L. Harrison,
      Director
Date: February 27, 2009     By:  

*

      Wendell J. Knox,
      Director
Date: February 27, 2009     By:  

*

      Robert J. Murray,
      Director
Date: February 27, 2009     By:  

*

      Joseph R. Ramrath,
      Director
Date: February 27, 2009     *By:  

/ S / E UGENE M. B ULLIS

      Eugene M. Bullis,
      Attorney-in-fact

 

124


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE I

THE HANOVER INSURANCE GROUP, INC.

SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS – OTHER THAN INVESTMENTS IN RELATED PARTIES

DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In Millions)

 

Type of Investment

   Cost (1)     Value    Amount at
which shown
in the balance
sheet (2)
 

Fixed maturities:

       

Bonds:

       

United States Government and government agencies and authorities

   $ 1,271.5     $ 1,303.9    $ 1,303.9  

States, municipalities and political subdivisions

     758.7       726.9      726.9  

Foreign governments

     4.6       4.8      4.8  

Public utilities

     503.8       462.8      462.8  

All other corporate bonds

     2,887.8       2,624.5      2,624.5  

Redeemable preferred stocks

     46.7       33.3      33.3  
                       

Total fixed maturities

     5,473.1       5,156.2      5,156.2  
                       

Equity securities:

       

Common stocks:

       

Public utilities

     2.0       3.9      3.9  

Banks, trust and insurance companies

     9.8       9.9      9.9  

Industrial, miscellaneous and all other

     44.0       34.0      34.0  
                       

Total equity securities

     55.8       47.8      47.8  
                       

Mortgage loans on real estate

     31.1       XXXXXX      31.1  

Policy loans

     111.1       XXXXXX      111.1  

Other long-term investments (3)

     24.2       XXXXXX      26.3  
                       

Total investments

     5,695.3       XXXXXX      5,372.5  

Less: investments held-for-sale

     (1,124.2 )     XXXXXX      (1,069.5 )
                       

Total investments, excluding held-for-sale

   $ 4,571.1       XXXXXX    $ 4,303.0  
                       

 

(1) For equity securities, represents original cost, and for fixed maturities, original cost reduced by repayments and adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts.
(2) The separate classifications include investments classified as assets held-for-sale on the balance sheet. Investments held-for-sale are adjusted in total and are reflected as such in this schedule.
(3) The cost of other long-term investments differs from the carrying value due to market value changes in the Company’s equity ownership of limited partnership investments.

 

125


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II

THE HANOVER INSURANCE GROUP, INC.

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT

PARENT COMPANY ONLY

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31    2008     2007 (1)     2006 (1)  

(In millions)

      

Revenues

      

Net investment income

   $ 15.2     $ 17.6     $ 14.1  

Net realized investment gains (losses)

     9.0       0.3       (2.5 )

Other income

     0.6       1.0       2.2  
                        

Total revenues

     24.8       18.9       13.8  
                        

Expenses

      

Interest expense

     40.6       40.6       40.6  

Employee benefit related expenses

     1.5       7.7       6.9  

Other net operating expenses

     5.7       2.9       3.4  
                        

Total expenses

     47.8       51.2       50.9  
                        

Net loss before income taxes and equity in net income of unconsolidated subsidiaries

     (23.0 )     (32.3 )     (37.1 )

Income tax benefit:

      

Federal

     17.0       11.6       14.6  

State

     0.1       0.1       0.7  

Equity in income of unconsolidated subsidiaries

     92.1       259.4       204.7  
                        

Income before discontinued operations

     86.2       238.8       182.9  

Discontinued operations:

      

Income (loss) from operations of discontinued variable life insurance and annuity business, net of taxes, including gain (loss) on disposal of $12.2 , $8.3 and $(20.4) in 2008, 2007 and 2006

     12.2       13.5       (20.4 )

(Loss) gain on other discontinued operations

     (0.5 )     0.8       7.8  

Loss on sale of FAFLIC, net of taxes

     (77.3 )     —         —    
                        

Net income

   $ 20.6     $ 253.1     $ 170.3  
                        

 

(1) Prior year amounts have been restated to include certain ongoing expenses previously allocated to FAFLIC, which was sold on January 2, 2009.

The condensed financial information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

 

126


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II (CONTINUED)

THE HANOVER INSURANCE GROUP, INC.

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT

PARENT COMPANY ONLY

BALANCE SHEETS

 

DECEMBER 31    2008     2007  

(In millions, except share data)

    

Assets

    

Fixed maturities – at fair value (amortized cost of $214.4 and $300.2)

   $ 213.9     $ 302.1  

Equity securities – at fair value (cost of $9.3)

     9.3       9.3  

Cash and cash equivalents

     50.4       14.4  

Investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries

     2,081.5       2,525.8  

Net receivable from subsidiaries (1)

     45.0       10.1  

Net receivable from Goldman Sachs

     7.1       21.8  

Deferred federal income taxes

     26.2       2.8  

Other assets

     11.0       5.5  
                

Total assets

   $ 2,444.4     $ 2,891.8  
                

Liabilities

    

Federal income taxes payable

   $ 5.8     $ 37.4  

Expenses and state taxes payable

     18.9       4.4  

Liability for legal indemnification

     11.3       29.8  

Interest payable

     12.4       12.4  

Long-term debt

     508.8       508.8  
                

Total liabilities

     557.2       592.8  
                

Shareholders’ Equity

    

Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, 20.0 million shares authorized, none issued

     —         —    

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 300.0 million shares authorized, 60.5 million shares issued

     0.6       0.6  

Additional paid-in capital

     1,803.8       1,822.6  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (384.8 )     (20.4 )

Retained earnings

     949.8       946.9  

Treasury stock at cost (9.6 million and 8.7 million shares)

     (482.2 )     (450.7 )
                

Total shareholders’ equity

     1,887.2       2,299.0  
                

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 2,444.4     $ 2,891.8  
                

 

(1)

Included in 2008 was $120.6 million of dividends receivable from FAFLIC to the holding company as a result of the sale of FAFLIC to Goldman Sachs on January 2, 2009. Also included in 2008 was a payable of $76.3 million for contributed capital to be paid by the holding company to the Hanover Insurance Company in 2009.

The condensed financial information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

 

127


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II (CONTINUED)

THE HANOVER INSURANCE GROUP, INC.

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT

PARENT COMPANY ONLY

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31    2008     2007     2006  
(In millions)                   

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net income

   $ 20.6     $ 253.1     $ 170.3  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Loss on disposal of FAFLIC

     77.3       —         —    

(Gain) loss on disposal of variable life insurance and annuity business

     (12.2 )     (8.3 )     20.4  

Loss (gain) on other discontinued operations

     0.5       (0.8 )     (7.8 )

Equity in net income of unconsolidated subsidiaries

     (92.1 )     (254.0 )     (198.7 )

Dividend received from unconsolidated subsidiaries (1)

     117.9       3.1       14.5  

Net realized investment (gains) losses

     (9.0 )     (0.3 )     2.5  

Deferred federal income tax (benefit) expense

     (1.5 )     (1.2 )     6.8  

Change in expenses and taxes payable

     13.9       (30.5 )     (11.5 )

Change in net payable from subsidiaries

     20.0       10.4       (3.6 )

Other, net

     (1.6 )     (1.8 )     (3.2 )
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     133.8       (30.3 )     (10.3 )

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Proceeds from disposals and maturities of available-for-sale fixed maturities

     295.0       119.2       57.4  

Proceeds from sale of variable life insurance and annuity business, net

     13.2       12.7       50.9  

Proceeds from sale of Financial Profiles, Inc.

     —         —         21.4  

Purchase of available-for-sale fixed maturities

     (217.4 )     (120.5 )     (184.8 )

Net cash used to acquire AIX Holdings, Inc.

     (100.9 )     —         —    

Net cash used to acquire Verlan Holdings, Inc.

     (11.9 )     —         —    

Other investing activities

     (2.8 )     —         3.9  
                        

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (24.8 )     11.4       (51.2 )

Cash flow from financing activities

      

Dividends paid to shareholders

     (23.0 )     (20.8 )     (15.4 )

Proceeds from excess tax benefits related to share-based payments

     0.3       1.3       6.0  

Treasury stock purchased at cost

     (58.5 )     (1.6 )     (200.2 )

Exercise of options

     8.2       23.8       44.8  
                        

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (73.0 )     2.7       (164.8 )
                        

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     36.0       (16.2 )     (226.3 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     14.4       30.6       256.9  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 50.4     $ 14.4     $ 30.6  
                        

 

(1)

Amounts reflect cash payments made to the parent company for dividends. Investment assets of $65.1 million, $39.9 million and $53.3 million were also transferred to the parent company in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, to settle dividend balances.

The condensed financial information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

 

128


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE III

THE HANOVER INSURANCE GROUP, INC.

SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION

DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In millions)

 

Segments  (1)

   Deferred
policy
acquisition
costs
   Future
policy
benefits,
losses,
claims and
loss
expenses
   Unearned
premiums
   Other
policy
claims and
benefits
payable
   Premium
revenue
   Net
investment
income
   Benefits,
claims,
losses and
settlement
expenses
   Amortization
of deferred
policy
acquisition
costs
   Other
operating
expenses
    Premiums
written

Property and Casualty

   $ 266.7    $ 3,243.8    $ 1,246.3    $ 1.8    $ 2,484.9    $ 258.0    $ 1,626.2    $ 556.2    $ 299.2     $ 2,518.0

Interest on Corporate Debt

     —        —        —        —        —        0.7      —        —        40.6       —  

Eliminations

     —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        (6.2 )     —  
                                                                      

Total

   $ 266.7    $ 3,243.8    $ 1,246.3    $ 1.8    $ 2,484.9    $ 258.7    $ 1,626.2    $ 556.2    $ 333.6     $ 2,518.0
                                                                      
DECEMBER 31, 2007                    
(In millions)                             

Segments  (1)

   Deferred
policy
acquisition
costs
   Future
policy
benefits,
losses,
claims and
loss
expenses
   Unearned
premiums
   Other
policy
claims and
benefits
payable
   Premium
revenue
   Net
investment
income
   Benefits,
claims,
losses and
settlement
expenses
   Amortization
of deferred
policy
acquisition
costs
   Other
operating
expenses
    Premiums
written

Property and Casualty

   $ 246.8    $ 3,165.8    $ 1,155.9    $ 1.9    $ 2,372.0    $ 246.3    $ 1,457.4    $ 523.6    $ 319.9     $ 2,415.3

Interest on Corporate Debt

     —        —        —        —        —        0.7      —        —        40.6       —  

Eliminations

     —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        (8.9 )     —  
                                                                      

Total

   $ 246.8    $ 3,165.8    $ 1,155.9    $ 1.9    $ 2,372.0    $ 247.0    $ 1,457.4    $ 523.6    $ 351.6     $ 2,415.3
                                                                      
DECEMBER 31, 2006                    
(In millions)                             

Segments  (1)

   Deferred
policy
acquisition
costs
   Future
policy
benefits,
losses,
claims and
loss
expenses
   Unearned
premiums
   Other
policy
claims and
benefits
payable
   Premium
revenue
   Net
investment
income
   Benefits,
claims,
losses and
settlement
expenses
   Amortization
of deferred
policy
acquisition
costs
   Other
operating
expenses
    Premiums
written

Property and Casualty

   $ 228.4    $ 3,163.9    $ 1,099.9    $ 2.1    $ 2,219.2    $ 227.8    $ 1,387.1    $ 476.4    $ 338.1     $ 2,307.1

Interest on Corporate Debt

     —        —        —        —        —        0.7      —        —        40.6       —  

Eliminations

     —        —        —        —        —        —        —        —        (7.8 )     —  
                                                                      

Total

   $ 228.4    $ 3,163.9    $ 1,099.9    $ 2.1    $ 2,219.2    $ 228.5    $ 1,387.1    $ 476.4    $ 370.9     $ 2,307.1
                                                                      

 

(1)

Results of our former Life Companies segment have been reclassified to Discontinued Operations due to the sale of FAFLIC on January 2, 2009. Additionally, the corresponding assets and liabilities of this business are presented as held-for-sale in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

129


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE IV

THE HANOVER INSURANCE GROUP, INC.

REINSURANCE

DECEMBER 31

(In millions)

 

       Gross
amount
   Ceded to
other
companies
   Assumed
from
other
companies
   Net
amount
   Percentage
of amount
assumed to
net
 

2008  (1)

              

Premiums:

              

Property and casualty insurance

   $ 2,700.0    $ 241.9    $ 26.8    $ 2,484.9    1.08 %
                                  

2007  (1)

              

Premiums:

              

Property and casualty insurance

   $ 2,624.4    $ 285.2    $ 32.8    $ 2,372.0    1.38 %
                                  

2006  (1)

              

Premiums:

              

Property and casualty insurance

   $ 2,470.0    $ 293.7    $ 42.9    $ 2,219.2    1.93 %
                                  

 

(1)

Premiums related to our former life insurance business have been reclassified to Discontinued Operations due to the sale of FAFLIC on January 2, 2009.

 

130


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE V

THE HANOVER INSURANCE GROUP, INC.

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

DECEMBER 31

(In millions)

 

          Additions          

Description

   Balance at
beginning
of period
   Charged to
costs and
expenses
   Charged to
other
accounts
   Deductions    Balance
at end of
period

2008

              

Mortgage loans

   $ 1.0    $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 1.0

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     9.2      5.6      —        9.8      5.0
                                  
   $ 10.2    $ 5.6    $ —      $ 9.8    $ 6.0
                                  

2007

              

Mortgage loans

   $ 1.0    $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 1.0

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     9.6      8.2      —        8.6      9.2
                                  
   $ 10.6    $ 8.2    $ —      $ 8.6    $ 10.2
                                  

2006

              

Mortgage loans

   $ 1.0    $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 1.0

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     9.7      8.7      —        8.8      9.6
                                  
   $ 10.7    $ 8.7    $ —      $ 8.8    $ 10.6
                                  

 

131


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE VI

THE HANOVER INSURANCE GROUP, INC.

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION CONCERNING PROPERTY AND CASUALTY INSURANCE OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

(In millions)

 

Affiliation with Registrant

   Deferred
policy
acquisition
costs
   Reserves for
losses and
loss
adjustment
expenses (2)
   Discount, if
any, deducted
from previous
column (1)
   Unearned
premiums (2)
   Net
premiums
earned
   Net
investment
income

Consolidated Property and Casualty Subsidiaries

                 

2008

   $ 264.8    $ 3,201.3    $ —      $ 1,246.3    $ 2,484.9    $ 258.0
                                         

2007

   $ 246.8    $ 3,165.8    $ —      $ 1,155.9    $ 2,372.0    $ 246.3
                                         

2006

   $ 228.4    $ 3,163.9    $ —      $ 1,099.9    $ 2,219.2    $ 227.8
                                         

 

     Losses and loss
adjustment expenses
incurred related to
    Amortization
of deferred
policy
acquisition
expenses
   Paid losses
and loss
adjustment
expenses
   Net
premiums
written
     Current
year
   Prior
years
         

2008

   $ 1,777.2    $ (151.6 )   $ 556.2    $ 1,712.3    $ 2,518.0

2007

   $ 1,591.5    $ (136.4 )   $ 523.6    $ 1,522.3    $ 2,415.3

2006

   $ 1,463.3    $ (80.0 )   $ 476.4    $ 1,460.0    $ 2,307.1

 

(1)

The Company does not employ any discounting techniques.

(2)

Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses are shown gross of $988.2 million, $940.6 million and $889.5 million of reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Unearned premiums are shown gross of prepaid premiums of $78.3 million, $58.1 million and $54.6 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

132

Exhibit 10.25

 

LOGO

   311 Main Street, P.O. Box 15156
   Worcester, MA 01615-0156
   Telephone: (508) 926-3400
   Facsimile: (508) 798-3537
  

 

mangelini@bowditch.com

                                                      
  
   Bowditch & Dewey, LLP

August 14, 2003

VIA ELECTRONIC MAIL

hartfordepps@comcast.net

Mr. Frederick Eppinger

Dear Fred:

On behalf of the Board of Directors of Allmerica, I am pleased to confirm our offer that you become Allmerica’s President and Chief Executive Officer. We believe that the Company has great promise and that you are ideally suited to take full advantage of that promise and we are delighted to welcome you back to Central Massachusetts.

I have been authorized to propose a compensation package which we expect you will find to be both fair and attractive. This has been developed in consideration not only of your needs and expectations, but also in consideration of compensation paid to other chief executive officers of competitive and larger companies.

We propose that you join the Company under the following arrangements:

 

  1. Base Compensation . Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000) per year, subject to adjustment effective April 1, 2004.

 

  2. Performance Bonus . Targeted at one hundred twenty percent (120%) of Base Compensation, based on meeting all performance goals, and up to two hundred forty percent (240%) of Base Compensation based on meeting all stretch goals, subject in each case to the terms of the Company’s Incentive Compensation Plan.

With respect to the 2003 calendar year, you will be guaranteed an incentive compensation bonus of Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($400,000), provided you are employed with Allmerica on the date in March 2004 when incentive compensation bonuses are regularly paid.


Mr. Frederick Eppinger

August 14, 2003

Page 2

 

While we have not refined target bonus considerations, they would be based on factors such as profitability, combined ratios, ratings, development of a strategic business plan, plan execution, stock price, constituency relationships, management team building, community relations, and the like.

 

  3. Long-term Incentive . We would grant Three Hundred Thousand (300,000) Allmerica non-qualified stock options in accordance with our Stock Incentive Plan, with a strike price to be determined on the day of your first day of employment. Our options vest at a rate of 25% on each of the first two anniversaries of your employment date with the balance vesting on the third anniversary thereof. You will be eligible for consideration of an additional grant at or about the time of your first anniversary of employment.

 

  4. Clubs . We would pay for your annual membership fee in the Worcester Club.

 

  5. Severance . In the event of a Change in Control of the Company causing termination of your employment, the Company would make a severance payment to you in the amount of two times the sum of your then Base Compensation and target bonus. In the event of the termination of your employment by the Company without Cause, independent of a Change in Control, the Company would pay severance equal to (a) if such termination occurs within the first eighteen (18) months of your employment date, two times the sum of your then Base Compensation and target bonus, and (b) if such termination occurs at any time thereafter, one times the sum of your then Base Compensation and target bonus. In each event, these payments would be subject to you providing a general release and confidentiality, non-solicitation and non-competition arrangements as described on the Attached.

 

  6. Relocation . The Company would pay for reasonable costs of relocation for you and your family, including temporary accommodations for you, pending your family’s relocation. We encourage this relocation within six months, and encourage you to relocate to the City of Worcester.

 

  7. Sign-on Bonus and Stock Purchase Match . The Company would pay you Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000) on the first day of your employment as a sign-on bonus; provided, however, if you are not actively employed by the Company for any reason on January 2, 2004, that you pay back one-half of such sum within five (5) days of your termination date.

In addition, to the extent you purchase shares of stock in the Company at any time beginning on your employment date and ending thirty (30) days thereafter, we will match such shares, on a one-to-one basis, up to an additional expenditure on our part of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000).


Mr. Frederick Eppinger

August 14, 2003

Page 3

 

  8. Other . Our current plan is to announce your appointment on August 19, 2003, effective September 8, 2003, which would be your actual employment date. This offer and your election as President and Chief Executive Officer is subject to approval by the Board of Directors, which I would solicit prior to the announcement date. We would also plan to elect you as a director of the Company, effective with your becoming President and Chief Executive Officer. We understand that there are no impediments such as non-solicitation or non-competition arrangements which would impede your ability to carry out your contemplated responsibilities at Allmerica.

I look forward to working with you.

My best wishes.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Michael P. Angelini
     Michael P. Angelini

MPA/sim

 

/s/ Frederick H. Eppinger, Jr.
Accepted and Agreed
August 17, 2003


Mr. Frederick Eppinger

August 14, 2003

Page 4

 

Attachment

The terms “Cause” and “Change in Control” shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Amended Stock Incentive Plan.

As a condition to employment, as well as for eligibility for severance as described in paragraph 5 of the Offer Letter, you agree to the following additional terms and conditions:

Confidentiality. Except in performance of services for the Company, you shall not, either during the period of your employment with the Company or at any time thereafter in any manner whatsoever, use for your own benefit or disclose to or use for the benefit of any person outside the Company, any information concerning any intellectual property, or other confidential or proprietary information of the Company, whether you have such information in your memory or embodied in writing or other tangible form. All originals and copies of any of the foregoing, however and whenever produced, shall be the sole property of the Company. Upon the termination of your employment in any manner or for any reason whatsoever, you shall promptly surrender to the Company all copies of any of the foregoing, together with any documents, materials, data, information and equipment belonging to or relating to the Company’s business and in your possession, custody or control, and you shall not thereafter retain or deliver to any other person any of the foregoing or any summary or memorandum thereof.

Non-Hire/Solicitation Agreement. You agree and covenant that you will not, unless acting with the Company’s express written consent, directly or indirectly, during the term of your employment and for a period of two (2) years thereafter, in any way, hire, solicit, entice away or interfere with the Company’s contractual relationships with; any customer, vendor or supplier, client, agent, officer or employee of the Company, or in any way assist or facilitate any person or entity in such action.

Non-Competition. For as long as you are employed by the Company, you may not in any way, directly or indirectly, (a) render services of any kind to or be otherwise employed by or associated with, or (except as a holder of a stock interest not to exceed 1 percent in the securities of publicly held and traded companies) interested in any person or entity which sells services or products competitive with those offered by the Company; or (b) except on behalf of and for the benefit of the Company, directly or indirectly and on behalf of any other person or entity, engage in negotiations with, offer to sell products through, or have financial dealings or relations or transactions with, any agent or agency which sells property-casualty products of Allmerica Financial Corporation, The Hanover Insurance Company, Citizens Insurance Company of America (or any of their respective direct or indirect subsidiaries) or provide assistance to any person to do any of the foregoing.

In addition, in the event you either are terminated with Cause, or you receive and accept severance payments as provided in paragraph 5 of the Offer Letter, you agree to be bound to the “non-competition” provisions set forth above for a period of one (1) year from the date of your termination.


Mr. Frederick Eppinger

August 14, 2003

Page 5

 

If you violate any of the covenants or agreements under this Attachment, the Company shall be entitled to (a) any remedies available from a court of law or equity, including injunctive relief, and (b) an accounting and repayment of all profits, compensation, remuneration, or other benefits that you directly or indirectly realized and/or may realize as a result of, growing out of, or in connection with, any such violation, as well as to recover any and all severance payments previously made. These remedies shall be in addition to, and not in limitation of, any other rights or remedies to which Company is or may be entitled. If any part of any term or provision of this Attachment or Offer Letter shall be held or deemed to be invalid, inoperative or unenforceable to any extent by a court of competent jurisdiction, such circumstance shall in no way affect any other term or provision of this Attachment or the Offer Letter, the application of such term or provision in any other circumstances, or the validity or enforceability of this Attachment or the Offer Letter; provided, however, where practicable to bring effect to the provisions hereof, such court shall modify the terms and provisions of this Offer Letter and Attachment to make them effective to the maximum extent permitted by law. The validity, constructions and effect of the Offer Letter (including this Attachment) and any actions taken under or relating thereto shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (without regard to conflicts of law provisions). You and the Company each agree that in the event of any legal actions relating to this Offer, your employment or the Offer Letter (including this Attachment), venue shall be exclusively had in state or federal court located in Worcester, Massachusetts.


December 10, 2008

Mr. Frederick Eppinger

President and Chief Executive Officer

The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc.

440 Lincoln Street

Worcester, MA 01653

Re: Amendment of Offer Letter

Dear Fred:

This letter amends the August 14, 2003 offer letter from Michael P. Angelini (the “Offer Letter”) in the following respects and upon the terms and conditions set forth below:

 

  1. Section 5 of the Offer Letter is deleted in its entirety and the following new language is inserted in lieu thereof:

“In the event of the termination of your employment by the Company without Cause, independent of a Change of Control, the Company will pay severance equal to one times the sum of your then Base Compensation and either (i) the average amount of the target bonuses for which you were eligible for the three calendar years preceding your termination of employment, if such termination of employment occurs on or before December 31, 2008, or (ii) the then current year’s target bonus, if such termination of employment occurs after December 31, 2008. References in this section to a “termination of employment” shall mean a “separation of service” as defined by Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”).

In each event, the Company will pay you the severance provided for in this section in a single cash lump sum payment on or before the end of the ninety day period following your termination of employment but in no event later than the 15th day of the third month following the end of the calendar year in which your termination of employment occurred; provided that the Company shall determine, in its sole discretion, when the payment will be made during such period. In each event, these payments are subject to you providing a general release in a form acceptable to the Company and confidentiality, non-solicitation and non-competition arrangements as described on the Attached on or before the end of the sixty day period following your termination of employment.

The provisions of Section 5 and the payments provided hereunder are intended to be exempt from or to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and the Treasury regulations and other applicable guidance issued by the Treasury Department and/or the Internal Revenue Service (collectively, “Section 409A”), and shall be interpreted and administered consistent with such intent. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5, if


December 9, 2008

Page 2

 

you are a “specified employee” (as defined by Section 409A) at the time of your separation from service and a payment must be delayed by six months to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A, then such payment shall be made no earlier than the six-month anniversary of your separation from service.

Notwithstanding any language contained herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Company be liable for any taxes, penalties or other amounts for which you may be liable because of a violation of Section 409A or other such law or regulation.

 

  2. The first sentence of the Attachment to the Offer Letter is deleted in its entirety and the following new sentence is inserted in lieu thereof:

The term “Cause” shall have the meaning assigned to it in The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan and the term “Change in Control” shall have the meaning assigned to it under The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. Amended and Restated Employment Continuity Plan.

This letter amends the Offer Letter and shall supersede the provisions of the Offer Letter as set forth above.

Kindly acknowledge your acceptance and agreement of this letter and its terms by signing and dating the original copy of this letter on the tines below. Please return a signed original to me. Thank you.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ J. Kendall Huber

J. Kendall Huber
Senior Vice President, General Counsel & Asst. Secretary

Enclosures

 

Accepted and Agreed

/s/ Frederick Eppinger

Frederick Eppinger

Dated: December 10, 2008

Exhibit 10.26

THE HANOVER INSURANCE GROUP

AMENDED AND RESTATED

NON-QUALIFIED RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

ARTICLE I

NAME, PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

 

1.01 Name and Purpose of Plan . This Plan shall be known as The Hanover Insurance Group Amended and Restated Non-Qualified Retirement Savings Plan (the “ Plan ”).

 

     This Plan was initially adopted by First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company (“ First Allmerica ”). First Allmerica, formerly known as State Mutual Life Assurance Company of America, had adopted this deferred compensation plan for the benefit of certain highly compensated employees to help ensure that First Allmerica’s compensation and benefits programs for top management attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

 

     As of January 1, 2008, The Hanover Insurance Company (“ Hanover ”) agreed to assume (i) the sponsorship, and (ii) all liabilities and obligations, of the Plan.

 

     This Plan is intended to be a non-qualified and unfunded plan, maintained solely for the purpose of providing deferred compensation benefits to a select group of management or highly compensated employees.

 

1.02 Plan Effective Date . The effective date of this Plan is January 1, 2005. The effective date of this restatement is January 1, 2008. The Plan has been amended and restated to reflect all amendments indicated on Schedule A .

 

1.03 Section 409A Compliance . Compensation deferrals under this Plan as in effect prior to January 1, 2008 were made and administered in good faith in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A. Such deferred compensation and earnings thereon have been credited to the appropriate Participant Accounts in accordance with Article IV and are subject to the terms of this Plan.

 

     The provisions of this Plan and the payments provided hereunder are intended to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and the Treasury regulations and other applicable guidance issued by the Treasury Department and or the Internal Revenue Service thereunder, and shall be interpreted and administered consistent with such intent.

 

     The Company makes no representations to any Participant (or Beneficiary) with respect to the tax treatment of any amount paid or payable pursuant to the Plan. While the Plan is intended to be interpreted and operated to the extent possible so that any such amounts shall either be exempt from the requirements of Code Section 409A or shall comply with such requirements, in no event shall the Company be liable to any Participant (or Beneficiary) for or with respect to any taxes, penalties and/or interest which may be imposed upon any such amounts pursuant to Code Section 409A or any other federal or state tax law. To the extent that any such amount should be subject to Code Section 409A (or any other federal or state tax law), the Participant (or Beneficiary) to which the amount is paid or payable shall bear the entire risk of any such taxes, penalties and or interest.

 

-1-


ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

As used in this Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings set forth herein unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context.

 

2.01 401(a)(17) Limit ” means the compensation limit in effect for the Defined Contribution Plan established pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(17) ($230,000 for 2008).

 

2.02 Accrued Benefit ” means the sum of the balances in a Participant’s Employee Contribution Account, Employer Contribution Account and Additional Employer Contribution Account.

 

2.03 Affiliate ” means any corporation which is included in a controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Code Section 414(b)) which includes the Company and any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control with the Company (within the meaning of Code Section 414(c)).

 

2.04 Annualized Base Salary ” means the total Base Salary anticipated to be paid by the Company to an Employee during a twelve-month period, excluding, without limitation, any anticipated compensation increases and any anticipated bonuses and non-cash compensation; provided , however , that Annualized Base Salary shall be determined without reduction for (i) any anticipated Code Section 401(k) salary reduction contributions to be contributed on the Employee’s behalf for the Plan Year to the Defined Contribution Plan, (ii) the amount of any anticipated salary reduction contributions to be contributed on the Employee’s behalf for the Plan Year to any Code Section 125 plan sponsored by the Company, (iii) the amount of any anticipated Base Salary to be deferred pursuant to the terms of this Plan, and (iv) at the Plan Administrator’s discretion, any anticipated amount of such other compensation deferrals by an Employee during a given Plan Year pursuant to any other Company-sponsored deferral plan.

 

     For an Employee employed by the Company on a December 1, the Employee’s Annualized Base Salary shall be determined by the Plan Administrator for the immediately succeeding Plan Year. For an Employee who first completes an Hour of Service after a December 1, the Employee’s initial Annualized Base Salary shall be determined by the Plan Administrator as of the date the Employee first completes an Hour of Service, with subsequent Annualized Base Salary amounts being determined by the Plan Administrator for each such Employee employed by the Company on a December 1 as of such date for the immediately succeeding Plan Year.

 

2.05 Base Salary ” means the total base salary paid to an Employee by the Company during a Plan Year, excluding, without limitation, bonuses and non-cash compensation; provided , however , that Base Salary shall be determined without reduction for (i) any Code Section 401(k) salary reduction contributions contributed on the Employee’s behalf for the Plan Year to the Defined Contribution Plan, (ii) the amount of any salary reduction contributions contributed on the Employee’s behalf for the Plan Year to any Code Section 125 plan sponsored by the Company, (iii) the amount of any Base Salary deferred pursuant to the terms of this Plan, and (iv) at the Plan Administrator’s discretion, the amount of such other compensation as may be deferred by an Employee during a given Plan Year pursuant to any other Company-sponsored deferral plan.

 

-2-


2.06 Base Salary Deferrals ” means deferrals of Base Salary made by an Eligible Employee in accordance with a timely filed Election Form pursuant to Section 3.02.

 

2.07 Beneficiary ” means one or more persons, trust, organization or estate designated by the Participant to receive Plan benefits payable on or after the death of a Participant pursuant to Section 5.08.

 

2.08 Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

2.09 Company ” means The Hanover Insurance Company (herein sometimes referred to as the “ Employer ” or “ Hanover ”). Any reference to the Company or the Employer prior to January 1, 2008 means First Allmerica, subject, however, to the fact that as of January 1, 2008 Hanover assumed all obligations and liabilities (both pre and post-January 1, 2008) of the Plan.

 

2.10 Defined Contribution Plan ” means The Hanover Insurance Group Retirement Savings Plan, a qualified retirement plan, as in effect from time to time.

 

2.11 Elected Payment Date ” means the date specified on a Participant’s Election Form indicating when a Base Salary Deferral and earnings thereon will be paid or commence to be paid to the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any language to the contrary set forth on any Participant’s Election Form filed on or before December 31, 2006, to the extent an Election Form indicates a payment is to be made or commence upon “retirement”, the term “retirement” shall mean Termination of Employment by the Participant on or after reaching Normal Retirement Age, as defined herein.

 

2.12 Election Form means the written form approved by the Plan Administrator for the purposes of making a Base Salary Deferral.

 

2.13 Eligible Compensation

 

  (a) For Plan Years prior to January 1, 2008, “Eligible Compensation” shall equal (subject to Subsections 2.13(d) and 2.13(e)): the total salary, bonuses and other taxable remuneration paid to an Employee by the Company during a Plan Year (as reported on the Employee’s W-2 for the Plan Year) minus the 401(a)(17) Limit; provided , however , with respect to the President and Chief Executive Officer of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc., commencing on and after January 1, 2007, in no event shall Eligible Compensation (subject to Subsections 2.13(d) and 2.13(e)) exceed, in the aggregate, the Eligible Compensation Cap.

 

  (b) For Plan Years commencing on or after January 1, 2008, “Eligible Compensation” shall equal (subject to Subsections 2.13(d) and 2.13(e) below): Base Salary plus Incentive Compensation (not to exceed target), if any, minus the 401(a)(17) Limit, but in no event to exceed the Eligible Compensation Cap.

 

  (c) “Eligible Compensation” shall also include any such other compensation earned or paid during a Plan Year as determined, from time to time, by the Plan Administrator.

 

  (d)

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Eligible Compensation shall be determined without reduction for (i) any Code Section 401(k) salary reduction contributions contributed on the Employee’s behalf for the Plan Year to the Defined Contribution Plan, (ii) the amount of any salary reduction contributions contributed on the Employee’s behalf for the Plan Year to any Code Section 125 plan sponsored by the Company, (iii) the amount of any Base Salary deferred pursuant to the terms of this Plan, (iv) Incentive Compensation deferred and converted

 

-3-


 

pursuant to The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. IC Deferral and Conversion Program, and (v) at the Plan Administrator’s discretion, the amount of such other compensation as may be deferred by an Employee during a given Plan Year pursuant to any other Company-sponsored deferral plan.

 

  (e) Notwithstanding the above, Eligible Compensation shall not include:

 

  (i) unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator, compensation paid to Employees pursuant to The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. Amended Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan and/or The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan or pursuant to any similar or successor executive incentive compensation plan;

 

  (ii) Employer contributions to a deferred compensation plan or arrangement (other than salary reduction contributions to a Section 401(k) or 125 plan or Base Salary Deferrals pursuant to the terms of this Plan, or otherwise, as described above) either for the Plan Year of deferral or for the Year included in the Employee’s gross income;

 

  (iii) unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator, any income which is received by or on behalf of an Employee in connection with the grant, receipt, settlement, exercise, lapse of risk of forfeiture or restriction on transferability, or disposition of any stock option, stock award, stock grant, stock appreciation right or similar right or award granted under any plan, now or hereafter in effect, of the Company or any successor to the Company, its parent, any such successor’s parent, its subsidiaries or affiliates, or any stock or securities underlying any such option, award, grant or right;

 

  (iv) severance payments paid in a lump sum;

 

  (v) Code Section 79 imputed income, long term disability payments and workers’ compensation payments;

 

  (vi) taxable moving expense allowances or taxable tuition or other educational reimbursements;

 

  (vii) non-cash taxable benefits provided to executives, including the taxable value of Company-paid club memberships, chauffeur services, Company-provided automobiles and financial planning benefits; and

 

  (viii) other taxable amounts received other than cash compensation for services rendered, as determined by the Plan Administrator.

 

2.14 Eligible Compensation Cap ” means $1,000,000.00 minus the 401(a)(17) Limit.

 

2.15 Employee ” means a full-time salaried employee of the Company.

 

2.16 ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

-4-


2.17 Hour of Service ” means:

 

  (a) Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the Company. For purposes of the Plan an Employee shall be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each complete or partial week he or she would be credited with at least one Hour of Service under this Section.

 

  (b) Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by the Company on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence:

 

  (i) No more than 1000 hours shall be credited to an Employee under this Subsection (b) on account of any single continuous period during which the Employee performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period);

 

  (ii) No hours shall be credited under this Subsection (b) for any payments made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with any applicable worker’s compensation, unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws; and

 

  (iii) No hours shall be credited under this Subsection (b) for a payment which solely reimburses an Employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred by the Employee.

For purposes of this Subsection (b) a payment shall be deemed to be made by or due from the Company regardless of whether such payment is made by or due from the Company directly, or indirectly, through, among others, a trust fund or insurer, to which the Company contributes or pays premiums.

 

  (c) Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Company. The same Hours of Service shall not be both credited under Subsections (a) or (b), as the case may be, and under this Subsection. No more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited under this Subsection for a period of time during which an Employee did not or would not have performed duties.

 

  (d) Special rules for determining Hours of Service under Subsection (b) or (c) for reasons other than the performance of duties .

In the case of a payment which is made or due which results in the crediting of Hours of Service under Subsection (b) or in the case of an award or agreement for back pay under Subsection (c), to the extent that such an award or agreement is made with respect to a period during which an Employee performs no duties, the number of Hours of Service to be credited shall be determined as follows:

 

  (i) In the case of a payment made or due which is calculated on the basis of units of time (such as days or weeks), the number of Hours of Service to be credited to Employees shall be determined as provided in Subsection (a).

 

-5-


  (ii) Except as provided in Subsection (d)(iii), in the case of a payment made or due which is not calculated on the basis of units of time, the number of Hours of Service to be credited shall be equal to the amount of the payment divided by the Employee’s most recent hourly rate of compensation (as determined below) before the period during which no duties are performed.

 

  A. In the case of Employees whose compensation is determined on the basis of a fixed rate for specified periods of time (other than hours) such as days or weeks, the hourly rate of compensation shall be the Employee’s most recent rate of compensation for a specified period of time (other than an hour), divided by the number of hours regularly scheduled for the performance of duties during such period of time.

 

  B. In the case of Employees whose compensation is not determined on the basis of a fixed rate for specified periods of time, the Employee’s hourly rate of compensation shall be the lowest hourly rate of compensation paid to Employees in the same job classification as that of the Employee or, if no Employees in the same job classification have an hourly rate, the minimum wage as established from time to time under Section 6(a)(1) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended.

 

  (iii) Rule against double credit . An Employee shall not be credited on account of a period during which no duties are performed with more hours than such Employee would have been credited but for such absence.

 

  (e) Crediting of Hours of Service to computation periods .

 

  (i) Hours of Service described in Subsection (a) shall be credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods in which the duties are performed.

 

  (ii) Hours of Service described in Subsection (b) shall be credited as follows:

 

  A. Hours of Service credited to an Employee on account of a payment which is calculated on the basis of units of time (such as days or weeks) shall be credited to the computation period or periods in which the period during which no duties are performed occurs, beginning with the first unit of time to which the payment relates.

 

  B. Hours of Service credited to an Employee by reason of a payment which is not calculated on the basis of units of time shall be credited to the computation period in which the period during which no duties are performed occurs, or if the period during which no duties are performed extends beyond one computation period, such Hours of Service shall be allocated between not more than the first two computation periods in accordance with reasonable rules established by the Company, which rules shall be consistently applied with respect to all Employees within the same job classification, reasonably defined.

 

-6-


  (iii) Hours of Service described in Subsection (c) shall be credited to the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement for back pay pertains, rather than to the computation period in which the award, agreement or payment is made.

 

  (f) Rules for Non-Paid Leaves of Absence . For purposes of the Plan, an Employee will also be credited with Hours of Service during any non-paid leave of absence granted by the Company. The number of Hours of Service to be credited under this Subsection (f) shall be determined as provided in Subsection (a); provided , however , that no more than the number of Hours of Service in one regularly scheduled work year of the Company will be credited for each non-paid leave of absence. Hours of Service described in this Subsection (f) shall be credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods during which the leave of absence occurs.

 

2.18 Incentive Compensation ” means the compensation paid to an Employee (not to exceed target) by the Company during a Plan Year pursuant to the Company’s annual non-equity short-term incentive compensation program which is established pursuant to the Company’s shareholder approved Short-Term Incentive Compensation Plan or pursuant to any similar or successor non-equity short-term incentive compensation plan. A Participant’s “target” Incentive Compensation means the percentage of annual salary that the program establishes for each Participant as a bonus target.

 

2.19 Normal Retirement Age ” means age 65.

 

2.20 Participant ” means an Employee who satisfies the conditions for participation set forth in Subsections 3.01(a), 3.01(b) or 3.01(c).

 

2.21 Plan Administrator ” means one or more persons appointed from time to time by the Company’s President to be responsible for the general operation and administration of the Plan and for carrying out its provisions as set forth in Subsection 6.01.

 

2.22 Plan Year ” means a calendar year.

 

2.23 Termination of Employment ” means, with respect to a Participant, the date on which the Participant ceases to be employed by the Company, provided , however , that such cessation constitutes a separation from service from the Company and its Affiliates that meets the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

 

     A Participant’s employment by the Company or an Affiliate shall be treated as continuing while the participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence, if the period of such leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as the Participant retains a right to reemployment with the Company under an applicable statute or by contract. If the period of leave exceeds six months and the Participant does not retain a right to reemployment under an applicable statute or by contract, employment is deemed to terminate on the first date immediately following such six-month period. With respect to leave for disability, employment will be treated as continuing for a period of up to 29 months, unless otherwise terminated by the employer or the employee, regardless of whether the employee retains a contractual right to reemployment. For this purpose, disability leave refers to leave due to the employee’s inability to perform the duties of his or her position of employment or any substantially similar position of employment by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than six months.

 

-7-


2.24 Year of Service ” means each computation period during which an Employee completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service with the Company, commencing on the date an Employee first completes an Hour of Service and each twelve-month period commencing on the anniversary of such date.

ARTICLE III

ELIGIBILITY, PARTICIPATION AND SALARY DEFERRALS

 

3.01    (a) Eligibility to Make Base Salary Deferrals . Except as provided in this Section, an Employee shall be eligible to make Base Salary Deferrals for a Plan Year, if the Employee:

 

 

(i)

is not on a leave of absence from the Company (paid or unpaid) on the December 1 st date immediately preceding the Plan Year for which the Base Salary Deferral Election as set forth in Section 3.02 is to be given effect and is otherwise employed on the December 31 st date immediately preceding such Plan Year;

 

  (ii) has an Annualized Base Salary for the Plan Year (calculated as described in Section 2.04 of the Plan) equal to or in excess of the 401(a)(17) Limit; and

 

  (iii) timely submits an executed Election Form as defined in Section 3.02 to the Plan Administrator.

Notwithstanding (iii) above, for the 2005 Plan Year only, an otherwise eligible Employee employed by the Company on December 1, 2004, may submit an executed Election Form to the Plan Administrator on or prior to January 31, 2005 in order to be eligible to make deferrals of Base Salary paid on or after the effective date of the election.

Notwithstanding the above, if an Employee is not employed by the Company on the December 31 st date immediately preceding the Plan Year for which the Base Salary Deferral Election as set forth in Section 3.02 is to be given effect, the Employee shall be eligible to make Base Salary Deferrals for a Plan Year, if the Employee:

 

  (x) has an Annualized Base Salary for the Plan Year (calculated as described in Section 2.04 of the Plan) equal to or in excess of the 401(a)(17) Limit; and

 

  (y) timely submits an executed Election Form defined in Section 3.02 to the Plan Administrator.

A separate Election Form must be submitted for each Plan Year the eligible Employee intends to make Base Salary Deferrals hereunder.

 

  (b) Eligibility for Company-Paid Contribution . To be eligible to receive a Company-paid contribution on Eligible Compensation for a Plan Year to be credited to an Employer Contribution Account to be established for each such eligible Employee, an employee must meet the following requirements:

 

  (i) be an Employee;

 

-8-


  (ii) have Eligible Compensation for the Plan Year (as described in Section 2.13 of the Plan); and

 

  (iii) be employed by the Company on the last day of the Plan Year or have retired from the Company during the Plan Year or died during the Plan Year while actively employed by the Company.

 

  (c) Eligibility for Company-Paid Additional Employer Contribution . To be eligible to receive a Company-paid additional employer contribution on Eligible Compensation for a Plan Year, to be credited to an Additional Employer Contribution Account to be established for each such eligible Employee, an employee must meet the following requirements:

 

  (i) be an Employee;

 

  (ii) have Eligible Compensation for the Plan Year (as described in Section 2.13 of the Plan);

 

  (iii) have contributed to the Defined Contribution Plan for the Plan Year the maximum amount permitted to be deferred as a non-catch up salary reduction contribution for such Plan Year; and

 

  (iv) for Plan Years commencing on and after January 1, 2008, be employed by the Company on the last day of the Plan Year or have retired from the Company during the Plan Year or died during the Plan Year while actively employed by the Company.

Notwithstanding (iii) above, otherwise eligible Employees who first complete an Hour of Service during a Plan Year who have contributed during the Plan Year to a qualified 401(k) plan sponsored by their former employer(s) may furnish evidence satisfactory to the Plan Administrator of their contributions to such prior plan(s). So long as the amount contributed by the Employee to such prior plan(s) plus the amount contributed by the Company as a salary reduction contribution on behalf of the Employee to the Defined Contribution Plan equals the maximum amount permitted to be deferred as a non-catchup salary reduction contribution for such Plan Year, as described in Code Section 402(g), such Employee shall be deemed to have satisfied requirement (iii) above for such initial Plan Year.

 

  (d) An otherwise eligible Employee shall be eligible to make Base Salary Deferrals provided the Employee satisfies the requirements of Subsections 3.01(a) and Section 3.02 for the applicable Plan Year. An otherwise eligible Employee shall automatically be eligible to receive a Company-paid employer contribution and/or a Company-paid additional employer contribution for a Plan Year provided the Employee satisfies, as applicable, the requirements of Subsections 3.01(b) and/or (c) for the applicable Plan Year.

 

3.02 Base Salary Deferral Elections .

For Plan Years commencing on or after January 1, 2008, Base Salary Deferrals may only be made for a Plan Year if and to the extent expressly permitted by the Company. If permitted

 

-9-


by the Company, an eligible Employee as described in Subsection 3.01(a) (an “ Eligible Employee ”) may make Base Salary Deferrals for a Plan Year by submitting a written form approved by the Plan Administrator for this purpose (an “ Election Form ”). The Election Form shall indicate: (x) what percentage (subject to the limitations set forth in Section 4.01(a)) shall be withheld from his or her Base Salary for the Plan Year (in substantially equal amounts per pay period, or on such other basis as shall be agreed to by the Plan Administrator) and credited to his or her Employee Contribution Account; (y) the Elected Payment Date, and (z) the form of the distribution (a lump-sum or annual installments over a period of up to ten (10) years as stated in Section 5.05). If an Eligible Employee fails to specify an Elected Payment Date and/or one of the payment forms specified in Section 5.05, or elects the annual installment payment option, but does not specify the period over which such annual installments will be paid, any amount credited to his or her Employee Contribution Account with respect to such Election Form shall be paid in such form and at such time as provided for in Section 5.04 hereof.

Each Base Salary Deferral Election for the Plan Year to which the election applies shall be made by the submission of a written election as follows:

 

 

(i)

By not later than the December 31 st date immediately preceding the Plan Year for which the Base Salary Deferral Election is to be given effect, each Eligible Employee employed by the Company on such date shall submit a properly completed and executed Election Form which will be given effect with respect to Base Salary earned by such Employee for the subsequent Plan Year.

 

 

(ii)

Each Eligible Employee who is employed by the Company after such December 31 st date may submit an Election Form no later than thirty (30) days after the date the Eligible Employee first commences employment with the Company or an Affiliate (the “ Initial Election Period ”), which Election Form will be given effect during such Plan Year with respect to Base Salary earned by the Eligible Employee after the submission of the Election Form.

 

  (iii) Any Base Salary Deferral election made pursuant to subparagraph (i) and/or (ii) above shall be irrevocable (x) on the last day of the calendar year immediately preceding the Plan Year as to which the election applies, or (y) on the last day of the Initial Election Period, as applicable, and shall remain in effect throughout the Plan Year to which the election applies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such deferral election shall not apply to any Base Salary earned by the Participant after the date on which the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee for the purposes of Section 3.04.

 

3.03 Participation . Subject to Section 3.04, once an eligible Employee becomes a Participant in the Plan, he or she shall remain a Participant until all benefits to which he or she is entitled under the Plan have been paid.

 

3.04

Loss of Employee’s Select Status . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, if at any time the Plan Administrator determines that any Participant may not be considered by the Department of Labor or a court of competent jurisdiction to be a member of a select group of the Company’s management or highly compensated employees (as those terms are used in Section 201(2) of ERISA and related provisions), or that a Participant or Beneficiary will recognize income for state or federal

 

-10-


 

income tax purposes with respect to Plan benefits not then payable, the Plan Administrator shall communicate such belief to the Company and shall follow the Company’s direction regarding any ongoing participation or future benefit eligibility of that individual. The Company shall then consider what measures are appropriate to preserve the exempt status of the Plan under ERISA as its principal objective in rectifying the situation.

ARTICLE IV

PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS AND

PLAN BENEFITS

 

4.01 Establishment of Accounts . The Plan Administrator shall establish and maintain a memorandum Employee Contribution Account, an Employer Contribution Account and an Additional Employer Contribution Account, when appropriate, to account for each Participant’s Accrued Benefit. Amounts shall be credited to Participant Accounts in accordance with this Section 4.01 for each Plan Year. Additionally, investment earnings shall be credited to Participant Accounts pursuant to Section 4.02. The following amounts shall be credited to a Participant’s Accounts for each Plan Year:

 

  (a) Employee Contribution Account . If permitted by the Company, that amount, if any, which an Eligible Employee elects to defer for a Plan Year from his or her Base Salary as an eligible salary reduction deferral pursuant to Subsection 3.01(a) of the Plan; provided , however , that:

 

 

(i)

Base Salary Deferrals for a Plan Year must be equal to a percentage of Base Salary otherwise payable to a Participant (e.g., 1%, 2% or 12  1 / 2 % of Base Salary otherwise payable);

 

 

(ii)

An eligible Employee may not elect to defer more than 12  1 / 2 % of Base Salary otherwise payable to the Employee during the Plan Year, or such larger percentage as may be approved by the Commissioner of Insurance for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts pursuant to Section 35 of Chapter 175 of the Massachusetts General Laws; and

 

  (iii) Base Salary Deferrals shall be credited to a Participant’s Employee Contribution Account within 31 days of the date such amounts would have been paid to the Participant in the absence of the Participant’s Salary Reduction Deferral election.

 

  (b) Employer Contribution Account . That amount, if any, which an eligible Employee is entitled to receive for each Plan Year pursuant to Subsection 3.01(b) of the Plan.

Until otherwise voted by the Company’s Board of Directors, for Plan Years commencing on or after January 1, 2008, eligible Employees employed on the last day of a Plan Year shall be entitled to receive a Company-paid contribution equal to 2% of Eligible Compensation for the Plan Year (as described in Section 2.13 of the Plan).

For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2008, eligible Employees employed on the last day of a Plan Year shall be entitled to receive a Company-paid contribution equal to 3% of Eligible Compensation for the Plan Year (as described in Section 2.13 of the Plan).

 

-11-


Contributions shall be credited to a Participant’s Employer Contribution Account on or before March 15 of the calendar year following the Plan Year for which the contribution is to be credited.

 

  (c) Additional Employer Contribution Account . That amount, if any, which an eligible Employee is eligible to receive for each Plan Year pursuant to Subsection 3.01(c) of the Plan.

Until otherwise voted by the Company’s Board of Directors, for Plan Years commencing on or after January 1, 2009, eligible Employees employed on the last day of a Plan Year shall be entitled to receive a Company-paid contribution equal to 6% of Eligible Compensation for the Plan Year (as described in Section 2.13 of the Plan).

For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2009, eligible Employees employed on the last day of a Plan Year shall be entitled to receive a Company-paid contribution equal to 5% of Eligible Compensation for the Plan Year (as described in Section 2.13 of the Plan).

Contributions shall be credited to a Participant’s Additional Employer Contribution Account on or before March 15 of the calendar year following the Plan Year for which the contribution is to be credited.

 

4.02 Investment of Participant Accounts . The Company may from time to time designate one or more investments in which each Participant’s Accounts shall be deemed to be invested. Initially, and until changed by the Company, Participant Accounts established under this Plan shall be credited with interest at the Plan GATT Interest Rate in effect for each Plan Year. For purposes, of this Plan, the Plan GATT Interest Rate for a Plan Year means the annual rate of interest in effect under Code Section 417(e)(3) for the second month immediately preceding the first day of the Plan Year (e.g., November 2004 for the 2005 Plan Year). The deemed investment return shall be credited to a Participant’s Accounts no later than the close of each calendar month, until his or her entire vested Accrued Benefit has been distributed. Any amount(s) withdrawn from a Participant’s Accounts before the close of a given calendar month shall be credited with the deemed investment return for the amount of time during the calendar month that said amounts were credited to the Participant’s Accounts. Nothing in this Section shall be construed to require the Company to acquire or provide any of the investments selected by the Company. Any investments made by the Company shall be made solely in the name of the Company and shall remain the property of the Company.

ARTICLE V

VESTING AND TIME AND FORM OF PAYMENT

 

5.01 Vesting of Accrued Benefit . Each Participant’s Employee Contribution Account shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable at all times.

 

     Each Participant who first completed an Hour of Service prior to January 1, 2005 shall also have a 100% vested and nonforfeitable interest in his or her Employer Contribution and Additional Employer Contribution Accounts.

 

-12-


     Each Participant who first completes an Hour of Service on or after January 1, 2005 shall have a vested and nonforfeitable interest in his or her Employer Contribution and Additional Employer Contribution Accounts, to be determined from the following vesting schedule:

 

Completed Years of Service

  

Vesting Percentage

Less than 1        0%
                1      50%
                2    100%

 

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall become 100% vested and nonforfeitable if a Participant dies while actively employed by the Company or, if earlier, upon attainment of a Participant’s Normal Retirement Age while actively employed by the Company.

 

5.02 Eligibility for Plan Benefits . Any Participant (or the Beneficiary of any deceased Participant) who terminates employment with the Company or who retires or dies while actively employed by the Company shall be entitled to receive a benefit from this Plan according and subject to the provisions of this Article.

 

5.03 Benefit Amount . The benefit payable to any Participant or his Beneficiary who becomes entitled to a benefit from this Plan shall constitute the balance of the vested portion of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit, determined as of the close of the last calendar month before his or her benefit is due to commence, subject to adjustment for contributions and investment experience credited thereafter until all Plan benefits have been paid.

 

5.04 Distribution of a Participant’s Vested Accrued Benefit .

 

  (a) Except as provided in Subsection 5.04(b) below and in Section 5.05 and 5.07, a Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit shall be paid to the Participant (or, in the case of the Participant’s death, to his or her Beneficiary) in a single lump sum cash payment upon the date that is not later than (30) days following the date that is six months after the date of such Participant’s Termination of Employment (or, if earlier than the end of such 6-month period, the date of the Participant’s death).

 

  (b) If, pursuant to Subsection 5.04(a) above, all or a portion of the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit is payable to the Participant’s Beneficiary due to the Participant’s death, then such payment shall be made to the Participant’s Beneficiary by not later than 60 days after the date of the Participant’s date of death in a single lump sum cash payment.

 

5.05 Distribution of Base Salary Deferrals .

 

  (a) Except as provided for in Subsections 5.05(b) below and in Section 5.07, the portion of a Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit that is attributable each Base Salary Deferral plus earnings thereon through the Elected Payment Date shall be paid or commence to be paid to the Participant on the applicable Elected Payment Date in one of the following payment forms as specified by the Participant on the Election Form related to such Base Salary Deferral:

 

  (i) in a single lump sum cash payment; or

 

 

(ii)

in substantially equal annual cash installments over a period of not more than 10 years with the first such installment payable by not later than the 30 th day following the Elected Payment Date and annually thereafter for the selected number of years;

 

-13-


provided that, if the Participant fails to specify the Elected Payment Date, the payment form or elects the installment payment form, but does not specify the frequency with which such payments will be made or the period over which such installments will be paid, then such portion of the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit shall be paid as provided for in Section 5.04 hereof. Each such cash installment payment specified in subparagraph (ii) above shall consist of the portion of a Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit that is attributable to the Base Salary Deferral plus earnings thereon with respect to the Participant’s written deferral election accrued through the Elected Payment Date and the applicable anniversaries thereof, divided by the remaining number of years during which the amounts are to be distributed.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any payments are to be made or are to commence upon a Participant’s Termination of Employment and if immediately prior to such termination the Participant is a “Specified Employee” within the meaning of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B), then no such payments shall be made or commence before the date that is six months after the date of such termination (or, if earlier than the end of such six month period, the date of Participant’s death). The accumulated postponed amount shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum cash payment by not later than the 10 th day after the end of the six month period (or in a lump sum cash payment to the Participant’s Beneficiary by not later than 60 days after the date of the Participant’s date of death or on the next business day if such date is a non-business day), provided however, that the Participant or Beneficiary may not, directly or indirectly, designate the year of payment.

 

  (b) In the event of the Participant’s death, either before any distribution has commenced with respect to the portion of a Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit that is attributable a Base Salary Deferral or thereafter when distributions with respect to a Base Salary Deferral have commenced, but have not been fully disbursed, the portion of a Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit that is attributable such Base Salary Deferral plus earnings thereon (through the payment date amount) shall be distributed to the Participant’s Beneficiary upon the Participant’s death in a single lump sum cash payment by not later than 60 days after the date of the Participant’s date of death or on the next business day if such date is a non-business day. If the Participant has not designated a Beneficiary as provided for in Subsection 5.08 or the Participant’s designated Beneficiary(ies) do not survive the Participant, then any portion of a Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit that is otherwise distributable under Subsection 5.05(a) above shall be paid in a single lump sum cash payment to the Participant’s estate by not later than 60 days after the date of the Participant’s date of death or on the next business day if such date is a non-business day.

 

5.06

When A Payment Is Treated As Made . In accordance with Section 1.409A-3(d) of the Treasury Regulations, all distributions under this Plan will be treated as made on the designated payment date if the payment is made at such date or a later date within the same calendar year, or if later, by the 15 th day of the third month following the date designated in the Plan provided , however , that the Participant or Beneficiary may not, directly or indirectly, designate the year of payment.

 

5.07

Acceleration Permitted Only In Specified Circumstances . The timing of a distribution of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall not be accelerated, except in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ii) (domestic relations order); Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(iii) (conflicts of interest); Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(v) (limited

 

-14-


 

cashouts); Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(vi) (payment of employment taxes); Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(vii) (payment upon income inclusion under Section 409A); Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix) (plan terminations and liquidation); Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(xi) (payment of state, local or foreign taxes); Treasury Regulation Section (j)(4)(xiii) (certain offsets); Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(4)(xiv) (bona fide disputes).

 

5.08 Designation of Beneficiary . Each Participant may, at any time, designate one or more Beneficiaries to receive amounts credited to the Participant’s Accounts in the event of the Participant’s death. A Participant may make an initial Beneficiary designation, or change an existing Beneficiary designation without the consent of the previously designated Beneficiary, by completing and signing a Beneficiary Designation Form and submitting it to the Plan Administrator before the Participant’s death. Upon receipt by the Plan Administrator of a Participant’s Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed by that Participant shall automatically be canceled. If a Participant does not designate a Beneficiary or if his or her Beneficiary or any contingent Beneficiaries do not survive the Participant, the estate of the Participant shall be deemed to be his or her designated Beneficiary.

ARTICLE VI

PLAN ADMINISTRATION

 

6.01 Plan Administrator . The Plan Administrator shall be responsible for the general operation and administration of the Plan and for carrying out its provisions. The Plan Administrator shall consist of one or more persons appointed from time to time by the Company’s President, provided , however , that no person who is a Plan Participant may be appointed or remain as a Plan Administrator. Each such person who is appointed shall serve at the pleasure of the Company’s President.

 

     In the administration of this Plan, the Plan Administrator may, from time to time, employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties he/she/they deem(s) fit and from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Company.

 

6.02 Powers of Administration . In addition to duties and powers conferred on him, her or they elsewhere in the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall have full authority to interpret the Plan, to decide all questions of eligibility to participate and to receive benefits under the Plan, to direct the Company to pay benefits and Plan administration expenses, to retain clerical, legal, actuarial and other professional assistance as needed, to adopt rules for operating the Plan, to notify eligible individuals of their rights under the Plan, to keep records of each Participant’s interest under the Plan, and to adopt a benefit claim and review procedure consistent with that required by ERISA. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon all calculations, opinions, reports and data furnished with respect to the Plan by the Company or by any actuary, accountant, counsel or other person employed or engaged by the Company. The Plan Administrator’s actions and decisions shall be final and binding, unless arbitrary or capricious.

 

     Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Plan Administrator shall have total discretion to fulfill his, her or their duties and responsibilities as he, she or they see(s) fit on a uniform and consistent basis and as he/she/they believe(s) a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would do.

 

6.03 Books and Records . The Plan Administrator shall keep such books of account, records and other data as may be necessary for the proper administration of the Plan.

 

-15-


6.04 Costs and Expenses of Administration . All expenses and costs of administering the Plan shall be paid by the Company.

ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

7.01 Amendment and Termination . The Company reserves the right to amend the Plan in any respect, retroactively or prospectively, at any time and from time to time by a written instrument stating such intent and adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company also reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time pursuant to a resolution of the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

7.02 Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment or termination of the Plan shall deprive any Participant or Beneficiary of any portion of a Plan benefit to which he or she was entitled when payment of such benefit commenced, if payment commenced prior to the effective date of such Plan amendment or termination, nor shall any Participant or Beneficiary be deprived of his or her right to receive any benefit to which he or she would be entitled if the Participant had terminated employment on the day before the effective date of such amendment or termination, subject to the conditions of Section 3.04.

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

8.01 Protection of Employee Interest . To the extent permitted by law, the rights of any Participant or Beneficiary to any benefit or payment under this Plan shall not be subject to attachment or other legal process for the debts of such Participant or Beneficiary; and any such benefit or payment shall not be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment or encumbrance.

 

8.02 Unfunded Plan; No Fiduciary Relationship Created . This Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan. Nothing contained in this Plan, and no action taken pursuant to the provisions of this Plan, shall create or be construed to create a fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Plan Participant, Beneficiary or any other person. Plan benefits shall be paid from the general assets of the Company. The Company may establish a grantor trust to provide a source for benefit payments under this Plan. Any such grantor trust shall conform to the terms of the Internal Revenue Service model Rabbi Trust set forth in Revenue Procedure 92-64 (and as modified or superseded in the future), or shall otherwise be designed so as to preserve the Plan’s exempt status as an unfunded plan for the purposes of Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3), and 401(a)(1) of ERISA. Any funds which may be invested by the Company to make provision for its obligations hereunder shall continue for all purposes to be a part of the general funds of the Company and no person other than the Company shall by virtue of the provisions of this Plan have any interest in such funds. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company under this Plan, such right shall be no greater than the rights of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.

 

8.03 No Enlargement of Employee Rights . No Participant shall have any right to receive a distribution of any amounts credited or earned under the Plan except in accordance with the terms of the Plan. Establishment or maintenance of the Plan shall not be construed to give any Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Company for any period of time.

 

-16-


8.04 Incapacity of Recipient . If any person entitled to a distribution under the Plan is deemed by the Plan Administrator to be incapable of personally receiving and giving a valid receipt for such payment, then, unless and until claim therefor shall have been made by a duly appointed guardian or other legal representative of such person, the Plan Administrator may provide for such payment or any part thereof to be made to any other person or institution then contributing toward or providing for the care and maintenance of such person. Any such payment shall be a payment for the account of such person and a complete discharge of any liability of the Company and the Plan therefor.

 

8.05 Corporate Successors . The Plan shall not be automatically terminated by a transfer or sale of assets of the Company or by the merger or consolidation of the Company into or with any other corporation or other entity, but the Plan shall be continued after such sale, merger or consolidation only if and to the extent that the transferee, purchaser or successor entity agrees to continue the Plan. In the event that the Plan is not continued by the transferee, purchaser or successor entity, then the Plan shall terminate, subject to the provisions of Section 7.02.

 

8.06 Unclaimed Benefit . Each Participant shall keep the Company informed of his or her current address and the current address of his or her designated Beneficiary. The Company shall not be obligated to search for the whereabouts of any person. If the location of a Participant is not made known to the Company within three years after the date on which payment of the Participant’s benefit may first be made, payment may be made as though the Participant had died at the end of the three-year period. If, within one additional year after such three-year period has elapsed, or, within three years after the actual death of a Participant, the Company is unable to locate any designated Beneficiary of the Participant, then the Company shall have no further obligation to pay any benefit hereunder to such Participant or designated Beneficiary and such benefit shall be irrevocably forfeited.

 

8.07 Governing Law . All rights under this Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, to the extent they are not pre-empted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

-17-


Schedule A

Register of Approvals/Amendments

 

Adopted by FAFLIC Board:    December 22, 2004 (effective January 1, 2005)
Amended by FAFLIC Board:    December 16, 2005
Amended by FAFLIC Board:    December 21, 2006 (effective January 1, 2006)
Amended by FAFLIC Board:    June 27, 2007; (certain amendments effective January 1, 2007; other amendments effective January 1, 2008)
Amended by FAFLIC and Hanover Boards:    December 19, 2007 (effective January 1, 2008)
Amended by Hanover Board:    November 18, 2008 (effective January 1, 2008)
Amended by authorized representative pursuant to Hanover Board delegation on November 18, 2008 (409A):    December 8, 2008 (effective January 1, 2008)

 

-18-

EXHIBIT 10.27

Rev. eff. 12/01/05

TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE HANOVER INSURANCE GROUP

RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

 

ARTICLE

  

TITLE

   PAGE
I    NAME, PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN AND RESTATED PLAN    1
II    DEFINITIONS    1
III    ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION    18
IV    EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES    20
V    EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS AND ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS    23
VI    PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO TOP HEAVY PLANS    24
VII    LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS    27
VIII    PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS AND VALUATION OF ASSETS    31
IX    401(k) ALLOCATION LIMITATIONS    32
X    401(m) ALLOCATION LIMITATIONS    36
XI    IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS    39
XII    PLAN LOANS    41
XIII    RETIREMENT, TERMINATION AND DEATH BENEFITS    43
XIV    PLAN FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITIES    54
XV    RETIREMENT PLAN COMMITTEE    57
XVI    INVESTMENT OF THE TRUST FUND    58
XVII    INDIVIDUAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY POLICIES    59
XVIII    CLAIMS PROCEDURE    61
XIX    AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION    62
XX    MISCELLANEOUS    64


THE HANOVER INSURANCE GROUP

RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

ARTICLE I

NAME, PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN AND RESTATED PLAN

 

1.01 Name of Plan . This Plan is an amendment and restatement of The Allmerica Financial Employees’ 401(k) Matched Savings Plan. Effective January 1, 2005, this Plan was known as The Allmerica Financial Retirement Savings Plan. Effective December 1, 2005, this Plan shall be known as The Hanover Insurance Group Retirement Savings Plan.

 

1.02 Purpose . This Plan has been established for the exclusive benefit of the Plan Participants and their Beneficiaries, and as far as possible shall be administered in a manner consistent with this intent and consistent with the requirements of Section 401 of the Code.

Subject to Section 19.05, under no circumstances shall any contributions made to the Plan be used for, or be diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Plan Participants or their Beneficiaries.

 

1.03 Plan and Plan Restatement Effective Date . The effective date of this Plan was November 22, 1961. The effective date of this amended and restated Plan is January 1, 2005 (except for these provisions of the Plan which have an alternative effective date). Except to the extent otherwise specifically provided herein, (i) the terms and conditions of this amended and restated Plan shall apply only to those employed by the Employer on or after January 1, 2005 and (ii) the rights and benefits accruing under the Plan to those who separated from service prior to January 1, 2005 shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the Plan in effect on the date of their separation from service.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

The terms defined in this Article shall have the meanings stated herein unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

 

2.01 “Accrued Benefit” shall mean the sum of the balances in a Participant’s 401(k) Account, Match Contribution Account, Non-Elective Employer Contribution Account, Regular Account, Rollover Account, Tax Deductible Contribution Account and Voluntary Contribution Account.

 

-1-


2.02 (a)     “Affiliate” shall mean any corporation affiliated with the Employer through the action of such corporation’s board
              of directors and the Employer’s Board of Directors.

 

  (b) Affiliate shall also mean:

 

  (i) Any corporation or corporations which together with the Employer constitute a controlled group of corporations or an “affiliated service group”, as described in Sections 414 (b) and 414 (m) of the Internal Revenue Code as now enacted or as later amended and in regulations promulgated thereunder; and

 

  (ii) Any partnerships or proprietorships under the common control of the Employer.

 

2.03 “Age” shall mean the age of a person at his or her last birthday.

 

2.04 “Beneficiary” shall mean the person, trust, organization or estate designated to receive Plan benefits payable on or after the death of a Participant.

 

2.05 “Catch-up Contributions” shall mean Salary Reduction Contributions made to the Plan that are in excess of an otherwise applicable Plan limit and that are made by Participants who are Age 50 or over by the end of their taxable years. An “otherwise applicable Plan limit” is a limit in the Plan that applies to Salary Reduction Contributions without regard to Catch-up Contributions, such as the limits on Annual Additions, the dollar limitation on Salary Reduction Contributions under Code Section 402(g) (not counting Catch-up Contributions) and the limit imposed by the Actual Deferral Percentage (ADP) test under Code Section 401(k)(3). Catch-up Contributions for a Participant for a taxable year may not exceed the dollar limit on Catch-up Contributions under Code Section 414(v)(2)(B)(i) for the taxable year. The dollar limit on Catch-up Contributions under Code Section 414(v)(2)(B)(i) is $1,000 for taxable years beginning in 2002, increasing by $1,000 for each year thereafter up to $5,000 for taxable years beginning in 2006 and later years. After 2006, the $5,000 limit will be adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of-living increases under Code Section 414(v)(2)(C). Any such adjustments will be in multiples of $500.

Catch-up Contributions are not subject to the limits on Annual Additions, are not counted in the ADP test and are not counted in determining the minimum top-heavy allocation under Code Section 416 (but Catch-up Contributions made in prior years are counted in determining whether the Plan is top-heavy).

 

2.06 “Compensation” shall mean:

 

  (a)

For purposes of Articles IX and X, for purposes of determining a Participant’s 401(k) Salary Reduction Contributions pursuant to Section 3.01(b) and for

 

-2-


 

purposes of determining an eligible Employee’s Non-Elective Employer Contribution pursuant to Section 4.03, Compensation shall mean the total wages or salary, overtime, bonuses, and any other taxable remuneration paid to an Employee by the Employer during the Plan Year, while the Employee is a Plan Participant, as reported on the Participant’s W-2 for the Plan Year. Provided , however , that Compensation for this purpose shall be determined without reduction for (i) any Code Section 401(k) Salary Reduction Contributions contributed to the Plan on the Participant’s behalf for the Plan Year and (ii) the amount of any salary reduction contributions contributed on the Participant’s behalf for the Plan Year to any Code Section 125 plan sponsored by the Employer.

Notwithstanding the above, for purposes of determining a Participant’s Salary Reduction Contributions pursuant to Section 3.01(b) and for purposes of determining an eligible Employee’s Non-Elective Employer Contribution pursuant to Section 4.03, Compensation shall not include:

 

  (i) incentive compensation paid to Participants pursuant to the Employer’s Executive Long Term Performance Unit Plan or pursuant to any similar or successor executive incentive compensation plan;

 

  (ii) Employer contributions to a deferred compensation plan or arrangement (other than Salary Reduction Contributions to a Section 401(k) or 125 plan, as described above) either for the year of deferral or for the year included in the Participant’s gross income;

 

  (iii) any income which is received by or on behalf of a Participant in connection with the grant, receipt, settlement, exercise, lapse of risk of forfeiture or restriction on transferability, or disposition of any stock option, stock award, stock grant, stock appreciation right or similar right or award granted under any plan, now or hereafter in effect, of the Employer or any successor to the Employer, the Employer’s parent, any such successor’s parent, any subsidiaries or affiliates of the Employer, or any stock or securities underlying any such option, award, grant or right;

 

  (iv) severance payments paid in a lump sum;

 

  (v) Code Section 79 imputed income; long term disability and workers’ compensation benefit payments;

 

  (vi) taxable moving expense allowances or taxable tuition or other educational reimbursements;

 

-3-


  (vii) for Plan Years commencing after December 31, 1998, compensation paid in the form of commissions;

 

  (viii) non-cash taxable benefits provided to executives, including the taxable value of Employer-paid club memberships, chauffeur services and Employer-provided automobiles; and

 

  (ix) other taxable amounts received other than cash compensation for services rendered, as determined by the Retirement Plan Committee.

 

  (b) For purposes of Section 4.04 (Minimum Employer Contributions for Top Heavy Plans) and for purposes of Article VII (Limitations on Allocations) the term “Compensation” means a Participant’s wages, salaries, fees for professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan to the extent that the amounts are includible in gross income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan (as described in Section 1.62-2(c) of the Regulations)), and excluding the following:

 

  (i) Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation which are not includible in the Employee’s gross income for the taxable year in which contributed, or Employer contributions under a simplified employee pension plan to the extent such contributions are deductible by the Employee, or any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation;

 

  (ii) Amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by an Employee becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

 

  (iii) Amounts realized for the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and

 

  (iv) Other amounts which received special tax benefits.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Compensation for purposes of the Plan shall also include Employee elective deferrals under Code Section 402(g)(3), and amounts contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Employee and not includible in the gross income of the Employee, by reason of Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3) and 402(h)(1)(B).

 

-4-


Additionally, amounts under Code Section 125 include any amounts not available to a Participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the Participant is unable to certify that he has other health coverage (deemed Code Section 125 compensation). Such an amount will be treated as an amount under Code Section 125 only if the Employer does not request or collect information regarding the Participant’s other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan.

For purposes of applying the limitations of Article VII, Compensation for a Limitation Year is the Compensation actually paid or includible in gross income during such Year.

 

  (c) Notwithstanding (a) and (b) above, for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001, the annual Compensation of each Participant taken into account for determining all benefits provided under the Plan for any Plan Year shall not exceed $200,000, as adjusted for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code.

Notwithstanding (a) and (b) above, for the Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994 and before January 1, 2002, the annual Compensation of each Participant taken into account for determining all benefits provided under the Plan for any Plan Year shall not exceed $150,000. This limitation shall be adjusted for inflation by the Secretary under Code Section 401(a)(17)(B) in multiples of $10,000 by applying an inflation adjustment factor and rounding the result down to the next multiple of $10,000 (increases of less than $10,000 are disregarded).

The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to any period, not exceeding 12 months, over which Compensation is determined beginning in such calendar year.

If Compensation is being determined for a Plan Year that contains fewer than 12 calendar months, then the annual Compensation limit is an amount equal to the annual Compensation limit for the calendar year in which the Compensation period begins multiplied by the ratio obtained by dividing the number of full months in the period by 12.

 

2.07 “Eligibility Computation Period” shall mean, for Plan Years commencing prior to January 1, 2005, a period of twelve consecutive months commencing on an Employee’s Employment Commencement Date or, if an Employee does not complete at least 1,000 Hours of Service during such initial period, such Employee’s Eligibility Computation Period shall mean the Plan Year commencing with the first Plan Year following the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date and, if necessary, each succeeding Plan Year.

 

-5-


2.08 “Employee” shall mean any employee who is employed by the Employer.

 

2.09 “Employer” shall mean First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company (herein sometimes referred to as “First Allmerica”).

 

2.10 “Employment Commencement Date” shall mean the date on which an Employee first performs an Hour of Service or, in the case of an Employee who has a One Year Break in Service, the date on which he or she first performs an Hour of Service after such Break.

 

2.11 “Fiduciary” shall mean any person who (i) exercises any discretionary authority or discretionary control respecting management of the Plan or exercises any authority or control respecting management or disposition of its assets; (ii) renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation, direct or indirect, with respect to any monies or other property of the Plan or has any authority or responsibility to do so; or (iii) has any discretionary authority or discretionary responsibility in the administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the Trustee and the Plan Administrator.

 

2.12 “Five Percent Owner” shall mean, in the case of a corporation, any person who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code Section 416(i)) more than five percent of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more than five percent of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer. In the case of an Employer that is not a corporation, “Five Percent Owner” shall mean any person who owns or under applicable regulations is considered as owning more than five percent of the capital or profits interest in the Employer. In determining percentage ownership hereunder, employers that would otherwise be aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c), and (m) shall be treated as separate employers.

 

2.13 “Former Participant” shall mean a person who has been an active Participant, but who has ceased to actively participate in the Plan for any reason.

 

2.14 “401(k) Account” shall mean the account established and maintained for each Participant who has directed the Employer to make Salary Reduction Contributions to the Trust on his or her behalf or for whom the Employer has made 401(k) Employer Contributions to the Trust on his or her behalf, and all earnings and appreciation thereon, less any withdrawals therefrom and any losses and expenses charged thereto.

 

2.15 “401(k) Employer Contribution” shall mean a 401(k) contribution made by the Employer to the Trust for Plan Years prior to 1995 pursuant to Section 4.01 of the Plan as in effect prior to 1995.

 

2.16 “Highly Compensated Employee” shall mean any Employee who:

 

  (a) was a Five Percent Owner at any time during the Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year; or

 

-6-


  (b) for the preceding Plan Year:

 

  (i) had Compensation from the Employer in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted pursuant to Code Section 414(q)(1)); and

 

  (ii) for such preceding Year was in the top-paid group of Employees for such preceding Year.

For purposes of this Section the “top-paid group” for a Plan Year are the top 20% of Employees ranked on the basis of Compensation paid during such Year.

In addition to the foregoing, the term “Highly Compensated Employee” shall also mean any former Employee who separated from service prior to the Plan Year, performs no service for the Employer during the Plan Year, and was an actively employed Highly Compensated Employee in the separation year or any Plan Year ending on or after the date the Employee attained Age 55.

For purposes of this Section Compensation means Compensation determined for purposes of Article VII (Limitations on Allocations), but, for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1998, without regard to Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3), and 402(h)(1)(B).

The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee, including the determinations of the numbers and identity of employees in the top-paid group and the Compensation that is considered will be made in accordance with Section 414(q) of the Code and regulations thereunder.

 

2.17 “Hour of Service” shall mean:

 

  (a) Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer. For purposes of the Plan an Employee who is exempt from the requirements of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each complete or partial week he or she would be credited with at least one Hour of Service under this Section 2.17.

 

  (b) Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence:

 

  (i) No more than 1000 hours shall be credited to an Employee under this Subsection (b) on account of any single continuous period during which the Employee performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period);

 

-7-


  (ii) No hours shall be credited under this Subsection (b) for any payments made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with any applicable worker’s compensation, unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws; and

 

  (iii) No hours shall be credited under this Subsection (b) for a payment which solely reimburses an Employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred by the Employee.

For purposes of this Subsection (b) a payment shall be deemed to be made by or due from an Employer regardless of whether such payment is made by or due from the Employer directly, or indirectly, through, among others, a trust fund or insurer, to which the Employer contributes or pays premiums.

 

  (c) Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer. The same Hours of Service shall not be both credited under Subsections (a) or (b), as the case may be, and under this Subsection. No more than 501 Hours shall be credited under this Subsection for a period of time during which an Employee did not or would not have performed duties.

 

  (d) Special rules for determining Hours of Service under Subsection (b) or (c) for reasons other than the performance of duties .

In the case of a payment which is made or due which results in the crediting of Hours of Service under Subsection (b) or in the case of an award or agreement for back pay, to the extent that such an award or agreement is made with respect to a period during which an Employee performs no duties, the number of Hours of Service to be credited shall be determined as follows:

 

  (i) In the case of a payment made or due which is calculated on the basis of units of time (such as hours, days, weeks or months), the number of Hours of Service to be credited for “exempt” Employees described in Subsection (a) shall be determined as provided in such Subsection. For all other Employees, the Hours of Service to be credited shall be those regularly scheduled hours in such unit of time; provided , however , that when a non-exempt Employee does not have regularly scheduled hours, such Employee shall be credited with 8 Hours of Service for each workday for which he or she is entitled to be credited with Hours of Service under paragraph (b).

 

  (ii) Except as provided in Paragraph (d)(iii), in the case of a payment made or due which is not calculated on the basis of units of time, the number of Hours of Service to be credited shall be equal to the amount of the payment divided by the Employee’s most recent hourly rate of compensation (as determined below) before the period during which no duties are performed.

 

-8-


  A. The hourly rate of compensation of Employees paid on an hourly basis shall be the most recent hourly rate of such Employees.

 

  B. In the case of Employees whose compensation is determined on the basis of a fixed rate for specified periods of time (other than hours) such as days, weeks or months, the hourly rate of compensation shall be the Employee’s most recent rate of compensation for a specified period of time (other than an hour), divided by the number of hours regularly scheduled for the performance of duties during such period of time. The rule described in Paragraph (d)(i) shall also be applied under this subparagraph to Employees without a regular work schedule.

 

  C. In the case of Employees whose compensation is not determined on the basis of a fixed rate for specified periods of time, the Employee’s hourly rate of compensation shall be the lowest hourly rate of compensation paid to Employees in the same job classification as that of the Employee or, if no Employees in the same job classification have an hourly rate, the minimum wage as established from time to time under Section 6(a)(1) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended.

 

  (iii) Rule against double credit . An Employee shall not be credited on account of a period during which no duties are performed with more hours than such Employee would have been credited but for such absence.

 

  (e) Crediting of Hours of Service to computation periods .

 

  (i) Hours of Service described in Subsection (a) shall be credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods in which the duties are performed.

 

  (ii) Hours of Service described in Subsection (b) shall be credited as follows:

 

  A.

Hours of Service credited to an Employee on account of a payment which is calculated on the basis of units of time (such as hours, days, weeks or months) shall be credited to the

 

-9-


 

computation period or periods in which the period during which no duties are performed occurs, beginning with the first unit of time to which the payment relates.

 

  B. Hours of Service credited to an Employee by reason of a payment which is not calculated on the basis of units of time shall be credited to the computation period in which the period during which no duties are performed occurs, or if the period during which no duties are performed extends beyond one computation period, such Hours of Service shall be allocated between not more than the first two computation periods in accordance with reasonable rules established by the Employer, which rules shall be consistently applied with respect to all Employees within the same job classification, reasonably defined.

 

  (iii) Hours of Service described in Subsection (c) shall be credited to the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement for back pay pertains, rather than to the computation period in which the award, agreement or payment is made.

 

  (f) For purposes of the Plan, Hours of Service shall also include Hours of Service determined in accordance with the rules set forth in this Section 2.17:

 

  (i) with the Employer in a position in which he or she was not eligible to participate in this Plan; or

 

  (ii) as a Career Agent or General Agent of First Allmerica; or

 

  (iii) for periods prior to January 1, 1998, with Citizens, Hanover, or as an employee of a General Agent of First Allmerica; or

 

  (iv) with Financial Profiles, Inc., or Advantage Insurance Network, Affiliates of First Allmerica, including periods of service completed prior to the date each became an Affiliate; or

 

  (v) with an Affiliate.

 

  (g)

Rules for Non-Paid Leaves of Absence. For purposes of the Plan, a Participant will also be credited with Hours of Service during any non-paid leave of absence granted by the Employer. Except as provided in Subsection (a) for exempt Employees, the number of Hours of Service to be credited under this Subsection (g) shall be the number of regularly scheduled working hours in each workday during the leave of absence; provided , however , that no more than the number of Hours in one regularly scheduled work year of

 

-10-


 

the Employer will be credited for each non-paid leave of absence. In the case of a non-exempt Employee without a regular work schedule, the number of Hours to be credited shall be based on a 40 hour work week and an 8 hour workday. Hours of Service described in this Subsection (g) shall be credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods during which the leave of absence occurs.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1998, all Employees (exempt and non-exempt) shall be credited with 8 Hours of Service for each workday for which they are entitled to be credited with Hours of Service for a non-paid leave of absence pursuant to this Subsection (g).

 

  (h) Rules for Maternity or Paternity Leaves of Absence . In addition to the foregoing rules, solely for purposes of determining whether a One Year Break in Service has occurred in a computation period, an individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons shall receive credit for the Hours of Service which would otherwise have been credited to such individual but for such absence, or in any case in which such Hours cannot be determined, 8 Hours of Service per day of such absence. Provided , however , that:

 

  (i) Hours shall not be credited under both this Paragraph (h) and one of the other Paragraphs of this Section 2.17;

 

  (ii) no more than 501 Hours shall be credited for each maternity or paternity absence; and

 

  (iii) if a maternity or paternity leave extends beyond one Plan Year, the Hours shall be credited to the Plan Year in which the absence begins to the extent necessary to prevent a One Year Break in service, otherwise such Hours shall be credited to the following Plan Year.

For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence (i) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (ii) by reason of a birth of a child of the individual, (iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or (iv) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement.

 

  (i) Other Federal Law . Nothing in this Section 2.17 shall be construed to alter, amend, modify, invalidate, impair or supersede any law of the United States or any rule or regulation issued under any such law.

 

2.18 “Insurer” shall mean First Allmerica or any of its life insurance company affiliates.

 

-11-


2.19 “Internal Revenue Code” or “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and any future Internal Revenue Code or similar Internal Revenue laws.

 

2.20 “Key Employee”. In determining whether the Plan is top-heavy for Plans Years beginning after December 31, 2001, “Key Employee” shall mean any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased Employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the determination date is an officer of the Employer having an annual Compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Section 416(i)(l) of the Code for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002), a Five Percent Owner, or a 1-percent owner of the Employer having an annual Compensation of more than $150,000. In determining whether a Plan is top heavy for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002, “Key Employee” shall mean any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased Employee) who at any time during the 5-year period ending on the determination date, is an officer of the employer having an annual Compensation that exceeds 50 percent of the dollar limitation under Code Section 415(b)(l)(A), an owner (or considered an owner under Code Section 318) of one of the ten largest interests in the Employer if such individual’s Compensation exceeds 100 percent of the dollar limitation under Code Section 415(c)(l)(A), a Five Percent Owner or a 1-percent owner of the Employer who has an annual Compensation of more than $150,000.

The determination of who is a Key Employee will be made in accordance with Section 416(i)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder. For purposes of determining whether a Participant is a Key Employee, the Participant’s Compensation means Compensation as defined for purposes of Article VII, but for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1998, without regard to Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3), and 402(h)(1)(B).

 

2.21 “Limitation Year” shall mean a calendar year.

 

2.22 “Match Contribution” shall mean a Salary Reduction Match Contribution made by the Employer to the Trust pursuant to Section 4.02 of the Plan. Match Contributions and earnings thereon shall be 50% vested and nonforfeitable after one Year of Service and 100% vested and nonforfeitable after two Years of Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Match Contributions and earnings thereon shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable at all times for those Participants who have completed at least one Hour of Service on or before December 31, 2004.

 

2.23 “Match Contribution Account” shall mean the account established for each Participant for whom the Employer has allocated Match Contributions to the Trust and all earnings and appreciation thereon, less any withdrawals therefrom and any losses and expenses charged thereto.

 

2.24

“Non-Elective Employer Contributions” shall mean Employer contributions that are made by the Employer pursuant to Section 4.03 of the Plan, whether or not the

 

-12-


 

Employee has directed the Employer to make Salary Reduction Contributions to the Trust on his or her behalf. Eligibility to receive a Non-Elective Employer Contribution for a Plan Year is dependent upon the Employee remaining employed by First Allmerica on the last day of the Plan Year except where the Employee has terminated employment on account of death or retirement. Non-Elective Employer Contributions and earnings thereon shall be 50% vested and nonforfeitable after one Year of Service and 100% vested after two Years of Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Non-Elective Employer Contributions and earnings thereon shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable at all times for those Employees who have completed at least one Hour of Service on or before December 31, 2004.

 

2.25 “Non-Elective Employer Contribution Account” shall mean the account established for each Employee for whom the Employer has made a Non-Elective Employer Contribution to the Trust and all earnings and appreciation thereon, less any withdrawals therefrom and any losses and expenses charged thereto.

 

2.26 “Non-Highly Compensated Employee” shall mean any Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.

 

2.27 “Non-Key Employee” shall mean any Employee who is not a Key Employee.

 

2.28 “Normal Retirement Age” shall mean the date on which the Participant attains Age 65. An actively employed Participant shall become fully vested in his or her Accrued Benefit upon attaining Normal Retirement Age.

 

2.29 “One Year Break in Service” shall mean any vesting computation period during which an Employee does not complete more than 500 Hours of Service.

Provided , however , for Plan Years commencing prior to January 1, 2005, for purposes of Article III, “One Year Break in Service” shall mean an Eligibility Computation Period during which an Employee does not complete more than 500 Hours of Service.

 

2.30 “Participant” shall mean any Employee who has met all of the requirements for participation under this Plan and has not for any reason become ineligible to participate further in the Plan.

 

2.31 “Plan Year” shall mean a calendar year.

 

2.32 “Profits” shall mean the net income or profits of the Employer for each calendar year before dividends to policyholders and federal income taxes and excluding capital gains and losses, as determined by the Employer in accordance with the accounting method used in computing the same or similar item for Annual Statement purposes, except that, in determining such figure, contributions under this Plan and Trust for the Plan Year shall not be taken into account.

 

-13-


“Accumulated Profits” shall mean the accumulated net earnings or profits of the Employer.

The determination by First Allmerica of Profits and Accumulated Profits shall be final and conclusively binding on all parties.

 

2.33 “Policy” shall mean any form of individual life insurance or annuity contract, including any supplementary agreements or riders issued in connection therewith, issued by the Insurer on the life of a Participant. Any life insurance death benefits referred to in the following paragraphs of this Section 2.33 pertain to amounts purchased with other than Voluntary After-Tax Contributions.

 

  (a) If ordinary life insurance contracts are purchased for a Participant, the aggregate life insurance premium for a Participant shall be less than 50% of the aggregate Employer contributions made on behalf of such Participant plus allocations of any forfeitures credited to the Accounts of such Participant. For purposes of these incidental insurance provisions, ordinary life insurance contracts are contracts with both non-decreasing death benefits and non-increasing premiums.

 

  (b) If term insurance and universal life policies are used, the aggregate life insurance premium for a Participant shall not exceed 25% of the aggregate Employer contributions made on behalf of such Participant plus allocation of any forfeitures credited to the Accounts of such Participant.

 

  (c) If a combination of ordinary life insurance and other life insurance policies is used, the aggregate premium for the ordinary life insurance plus twice the aggregate premium for the other life insurance shall be less than 50% of the aggregate Employer contributions made by the Employer on behalf of the Participant plus allocations of any forfeitures credited to the Accounts of such Participant.

The limitation on aggregate life insurance premium payments stated in this Section 2.33 shall not apply to any funds, from whatever source, which have accumulated in the Participant’s Account for a period of two (2) or more years, and are applied toward the purchase of such life insurance. Provided , however , that in no event may Tax Deductible Voluntary Contributions be invested in Policies of life insurance.

 

2.34 “Qualified Domestic Relations Order” shall mean any judgment, decree or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) which:

 

  (i) relates to the provision of child support, alimony payments, or marital property rights to a spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant;

 

  (ii) is made pursuant to a state domestic relations law (including a community property law);

 

-14-


  (iii) constitutes a “qualified domestic relations order” within the meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code; and

 

  (iv) is entered on or after January 1, 1985.

 

2.35 “Qualified Early Retirement Age” shall mean the later of:

 

  (i) Age 55; or

 

  (ii) the date on which the Participant begins participation.

 

2.36 “Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity” shall mean an annuity for the life of the Participant, with a survivor annuity for the life of his or her spouse in an amount equal to 50% of the amount of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Participant and his or her spouse, and which is the amount of benefit which can be purchased by the Participant’s Accrued Benefit.

 

2.37 “Regular Account” shall mean the account established and maintained for each Participant for whom the Employer has allocated Regular Employer Contributions to the Trust, and all earnings and appreciation thereon, less any withdrawals therefrom and any losses and expenses charged thereto.

 

2.38 “Regular Employer Contribution” shall mean a Regular Contribution made by the Employer to the Trust for years prior to 1995 pursuant to Section 4.01 of the Plan as in effect prior to 1995.

 

2.39 “Retirement Plan Committee” shall mean the persons charged by the Employer with the interpretation and administration of the Plan, as provided in Section 14.06 hereof.

 

2.40 “Rollover Account” shall mean the account established and maintained for each Participant who has made a Rollover Contribution to the Trust or whose accrued benefit from another qualified plan has been transferred to this Trust in accordance with Section 5.03 of the Plan, and all earnings and appreciation thereon, less any withdrawals therefrom and any losses and expenses charged thereto.

 

2.41 “Rollover Contribution” shall mean a contribution made to the Trust pursuant to Section 5.03 of the Plan.

 

2.42 “Suspense Account” shall mean the account established by the Trustee for maintaining contributions and forfeitures which have not yet been allocated to Participants.

 

2.43 “Tax Deductible Contribution Account” shall mean the account established and maintained for each Participant who has made a Tax Deductible Voluntary Contribution to the Trust, and all earnings and appreciation thereon, less any withdrawals therefrom and any losses and expenses charged thereto.

 

-15-


2.44 “Tax Deductible Voluntary Contribution” shall mean a contribution made to the Trust for years before 1987 and pursuant to Section 5.02 of the Plan as in effect prior to 1995.

 

2.45 “Top Heavy Plan” shall mean for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1983 that any of the following conditions exists:

 

  (i) If the top heavy ratio (as defined in Article VI) for this Plan exceeds 60 percent and this Plan is not part of any required aggregation group or permissive aggregation group of plans.

 

  (ii) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group of plans (but not part of a permissive aggregation group) and the top heavy ratio for the group of plans exceeds 60 percent.

 

  (iii) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group and part of a permissive aggregation group of plans and the top heavy ratio for the permissive aggregation group exceeds 60 percent.

See Article VI for requirements and additional definitions applicable to Top Heavy Plans.

 

2.46 “Top Heavy Plan Year” shall mean that, for a particular Plan Year, the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan.

 

2.47 “Totally and Permanently Disabled” shall mean the inability of a Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

In determining the nature, extent and duration of any Participant’s disability, the Plan Administrator may select a physician to examine the Participant. The final determination of the nature, extent and duration of such disability shall be made solely by the Plan Administrator upon the basis of such evidence as he or she deems necessary and acting in accordance with uniform principles consistently applied.

 

2.48 “Trustee” shall mean the bank or trust company or person or persons who shall be constituted the original trustee or trustees for the Plan and Trust created therefor, and also any and each successor trustee or trustees.

 

-16-


2.49 “Trust Fund” shall mean, include and consist of any payments made to the Trustee by the Employer under the Plan and Trust Indenture, or the investments thereof, together with all income and gains of every nature thereon which shall be added to the principal thereof by the Trustee, less all losses thereon and all payments therefrom. The Trust Fund assets shall include any Policy issued to the Plan Trustee to fund benefits of the Plan.

 

2.50 “Trust Indenture” or “Trust” shall mean the Trust Indenture between the Employer and the Trustee in the form annexed hereto, and any and all amendments thereof or thereto.

 

2.51 “Valuation Date” shall mean each day as of which the value of the Trust Fund shall be calculated. The Plan Administrator reserves the right to change the frequency of Valuation Dates; provided , however , that in no event shall Valuation Dates occur less frequently than once each calendar quarter.

 

2.52 “Voluntary After-Tax Contributions” shall mean a contribution made to the Trust for years prior to 1995 pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Plan as in effect prior to 1995.

 

2.53 “Voluntary Contribution Account” shall mean the account established and maintained for each Participant who has made a Voluntary After-Tax Contribution to the Trust, and all earnings and appreciation thereon, less any withdrawals therefrom and any losses and expenses charged thereto.

 

2.54 “Year of Service” shall mean, for purposes of determining vesting under Article XIII, the twelve consecutive month period, commencing on the first day an Employee completes an Hour of Service and in which the Employee completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service. Thereafter, for purposes of determining vesting under Article XIII, the determination of a Year of Service will commence on the anniversary of the first day the Employee completed an Hour of Service and the twelve consecutive month period that follows, provided the Employee completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service during such period.

Provided, however, for purposes of determining Plan entry under Article III for Plan Years commencing prior to January 1, 2005, “Year of Service” means an Eligibility Computation Period during which an Employee completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service.

In computing a “Year of Service” for purposes of the Plan, each twelve month period shall be considered as completed as of the close of business on the last working day which occurs within such period, provided that the Employee had completed at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the period ending on such date.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service shall be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

-17-


ARTICLE III

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

 

3.01    (a)  

In General . Eligible Employees who were actively employed by the Employer, and who were Participants in the prior version of the Plan became Participants in this Plan on January 1, 2005.

For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2005, every Employee shall be eligible to become a Plan Participant on the first day of the calendar month coincident with or following completion of one Year of Service, provided he or she is then employed in an eligible class of Employees.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee shall be eligible to become a Plan Participant upon completion of one Hour of Service by entering into a salary reduction agreement with the Employer in accordance with section 3.01(b). For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2005, Employees shall be eligible to receive Match Contributions effective on the first day of the calendar month coincident with or following completion of one Year of Service, provided they are then employed in an eligible class of Employees. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2005, Employees shall be eligible to receive Match Contributions upon completion of one Hour of Service, provided they are then employed in an eligible class of Employees.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following Employees shall not be eligible to become or remain active Participants hereunder:

 

  (i) All Employees holding a General Agent’s Contract with the Employer or with an Affiliate;

 

  (ii) All Employees holding a Career Agent’s or Annuity Specialist’s Contract with the Employer or with an Affiliate;

 

  (iii) Leased Employees within the meaning of Code Sections 414(n) and (o);

 

  (iv) A contractor’s employee, i.e., a person working for a company providing goods or services (including temporary employee services) to the Employer or to an Affiliate whom the Employer does not regard to be its common law employee, as evidenced by its failure to withhold taxes from his or her compensation, even if the individual is actually the Employer’s common law Employee; or

 

-18-


  (v) An independent contractor, i.e., a person who is classified by the Employer as an independent contractor, as evidenced by its failure to withhold taxes from his or her compensation, even if the individual is actually the Employer’s common law Employee.

 

  (b) Employee Participation . Effective on or after the date an Employee first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan, the Employee may direct the Employer to reduce his or her Compensation in order that the Employer may make Salary Reduction Contributions to the Plan, including Catch-up Contributions, on the Employee’s behalf. Any such Employee shall become a Participant on the date his or her salary reduction agreement becomes effective. Such direction shall be made in a form approved by the Plan Administrator (including, if applicable, by means of telephone, computer, or other paperless media). The Compensation of any eligible Employee electing salary reduction shall be reduced by the whole percentage requested by the Employee; provided , however , that the Plan Administrator will identify a maximum whole percentage on an annual basis and the Plan Administrator may reduce the Employee’s Compensation by a smaller percentage or refuse to enter into a salary reduction agreement with the Employee if the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code for salary reduction plans qualified under Section 401(k) and 414(v) of the Internal Revenue Code would otherwise be violated. Any salary reduction agreement shall become effective as soon as administratively feasible after the Employee elects to have his or her salary reduced.

A Participant may elect at any time to change or discontinue his or her salary reduction agreement with the Employer. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Plan Administrator, the election shall become effective as soon as administratively feasible after the Employee elects such change or discontinuance.

 

3.02 Classification Changes . In the event of a change in job classification, such that an Employee, although still in the employment of the Employer, no longer is an eligible Employee, all contributions to be allocated on his or her behalf shall cease and any amount credited to the Employee’s Accounts on the date the Employee shall become ineligible shall continue to vest, become payable or be forfeited, as the case may be, in the same manner and to the same extent as if the Employee had remained a Participant.

If a Participant’s salary reduction agreement is terminated because he or she is no longer a member of an eligible class of Employees, but the Participant has not terminated his or her employment, such Employee shall again be eligible to enter into a new salary reduction agreement immediately upon his or her return to an eligible class of Employees. If such Participant terminates his or her employment with the Employer, he or she shall again be eligible to enter into a salary reduction agreement immediately upon his or her recommencement of service as an eligible Employee.

 

-19-


In the event an Employee who is not a member of the eligible class of Employees becomes a member of the eligible class, such Employee shall be eligible to participate immediately.

 

3.03 Participant Cooperation . Each eligible Employee who becomes a Participant hereunder thereby agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Plan and Trust. Each eligible Employee, by becoming a Participant hereunder, agrees to cooperate fully with the Insurer to which application may be made for a Policy or Policies providing benefits under the terms of this Plan, including completion and signing of such forms as are required by the Insurer.

ARTICLE IV

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES

 

4.01 Salary Reduction Contributions . The Employer shall make Salary Reduction Contributions to the Plan and Trust, including Catch-up Contributions described in Code Section 414(v), out of current or Accumulated Profits for each Plan Year to the extent and in the manner specified in Subsection 3.01(b).

Salary Reduction Contributions, including Catch-up Contributions described in Code Section 414(v), shall be allocated to a Participant’s 401(k) Account as soon as administratively feasible after the earliest date on which such contributions can reasonably be segregated from the Employer’s general assets but in no event later than the 15 th business day of the month following the month in which the Salary Reduction Contributions would have otherwise been payable to the Participant.

 

4.02 Employer Matching Contributions . For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2005, unless otherwise voted by the Board of Directors of the Employer, for each pay period that an eligible Salary Reduction Contribution is made by a Participant to the Trust, not to exceed the Code Section 402(g) limitation and not including Catch-up Contributions, the Employer shall make a Match Contribution to the Trust on the Participant’s behalf equal to 100% of the first 5% of the Participant’s Salary Reduction Contributions, not including Catch-up Contributions, made during the pay period. Such Match Contribution shall be made to the Match Contribution Account established for the Participant.

Note that Catch-up Contributions made by an eligible Participant shall not be matched in any event.

The Employer shall contribute Employer Matching Contributions to the Trust Fund as soon as practicable following the end of each pay period. Such contributions shall be made in cash (or in Employer Stock if so directed by the Board) and shall be allocated in accordance with the Plan current match formula to the Match Contribution Account of each eligible Participant. Such Match Contributions shall be invested per the directions of Participants in accordance with Section 16.02.

 

-20-


For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2005, within 30 days following the end of each Plan Year, if required, the Employer shall make a “true-up” Match Contribution to the Match Contribution Account of each Participant employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, such that the Employer match for such eligible Participants for the Plan Year shall be 100% of the eligible Employer Matching Contribution percentage of each such Participant’s Salary Reduction Contributions made during the entire Plan Year, not including Catch-up Contributions, not merely 100% of the eligible Employer Matching Contribution percentage of the Participant’s Salary Reduction Contributions, not including Catch-up Contributions, made each pay period.

 

4.03 Non-Elective Employer Contributions . For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2005, unless otherwise voted by the Board of Directors of the Employer, eligible Employees who are employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year will receive an Employer paid contribution, whether or not the Employee has elected to participate in the Plan, equal to 3% of eligible Plan Compensation. The contribution shall be made in cash or Employer Stock (if Employer Stock is so directed by the Board to be contributed). Such contribution shall be made to the Non-Elective Employer Contribution Account to be established for each such Employee and shall be invested per the direction of the Participant in accordance with Section 16.02 of the Plan.

 

4.04 Minimum Employer Contribution for Top Heavy Plan Years .

 

  (a)

Minimum Allocation for Non-Key Employees . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary except (b) through (e) below, for any Top Heavy Plan Year Employer Contributions allocated to the Accounts of each Non-Key Employee Participant shall be equal to at least three percent of such Non-Key Employee’s Compensation (as defined for purposes of Article VII as limited by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code) for the Plan Year. However, should the Employer Contributions allocated to the Accounts of each Key Employee for such Top Heavy Plan Year be less than three percent of each Key Employee’s Compensation, the Employer Contribution allocated to the Accounts of each Non-Key Employee shall be equal to the largest percentage allocated to Accounts of a Key Employee. The preceding sentence shall not apply if this Plan is required to be included in an aggregation group (as described in Section 416 of the Internal Revenue Code) if such plan enables a defined benefit plan required to be included in such group to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410. For purposes of determining the percentage of Employer Contributions allocated to the Accounts of Key Employees, Salary Reduction Contributions made on their behalf shall be counted and be

 

-21-


 

considered to be Employer Contributions. However, in determining whether a minimum Employer Contribution has been made to a Non-Key Employee’s Accounts, Salary Reduction Contributions made on his or her behalf shall be excluded and not considered.

 

  (b) For purposes of the minimum allocations set forth above, the percentage allocated to the Accounts of any Key Employee shall be equal to the ratio of the sum of the Employer Contributions allocated on behalf of such Key Employee divided by the Employee’s Compensation for the Plan Year (as defined for purposes of Article VII), not in excess of the applicable Compensation dollar limitation imposed by Code Section 401(a)(17).

 

  (c) For any Top Heavy Plan Year, the minimum allocations set forth above shall be allocated to the Accounts of all Non-Key Employees who are Participants and who are employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, including Non-Key Employee Participants who have failed to complete a Year of Service.

 

  (d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in any Plan Year in which a Non-Key Employee is a Participant in both this Plan and a defined benefit pension plan included in a Required or Permissive Group of Top Heavy Plans, the Employer shall not be required to provide a Non-Key Employee with both the full separate minimum defined benefit plan benefit and the full separate minimum defined Contribution plan allocation described in this Section. Therefore, if the Employer maintains such a defined benefit and defined contribution plan, the top-heavy minimum benefits shall be provided as follows:

 

  (i) If a Non-Key Employee is a participant in such defined benefit plan but is not a Participant in this defined contribution plan, the minimum benefits provided for Non-Key Employees in the defined benefit plan shall be provided to the employee if the defined benefit plan is a Top Heavy Plan and the minimum contributions described in this Section 4.04 shall not be provided.

 

  (ii) If a Non-Key Employee is a participant in such defined benefit plan and is also a Participant in this defined contribution plan, the minimum benefits for Non-Key Employee participants in Top Heavy Plans provided in the defined benefit plan shall not be applicable to any such Non-Key Employee who receives the full maximum contribution described in the preceding sentence.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no minimum contribution will be required under this Plan (or the minimum contribution under this Plan will be reduced, as the case may be) for any Plan Year if the Employer

 

-22-


maintains another qualified defined contribution plan under which a minimum contribution is being made for such year for the Participant in accordance with Section 416 of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

  (e) The minimum allocation required under this Section 4.04 (to the extent required to be nonforfeitable under Section 416(b) of the Code) may not be forfeited under Code Sections 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D).

 

4.05 Application of Forfeitures . Amounts forfeited during a Plan Year shall be used to reduce Match Contributions for that Plan Year and each succeeding Plan Year, if necessary.

 

4.06 Limitations upon Employer Contributions . In no event shall the Employer contribution for any Plan Year exceed the maximum allowable under Sections 404 and 415 of the Internal Revenue Code or any similar or subsequent provision.

 

4.07 Payment of Contributions to Trustee . The Employer shall make payment of all contributions, including Participant contributions which shall be remitted to the Employer by payroll deduction or otherwise, directly to the Trustee in accordance with this Article IV but subject to Section 4.08.

 

4.08 Receipt of Contributions by Trustee . The Trustee shall accept and hold under the Trust such contributions of money, or other property approved by the Employer for acceptance by the Trustee, on behalf of the Employer and Participants as it may receive from time to time from the Employer, other than cash it is instructed to remit to the Insurer for deposit with the Insurer. However, the Employer may pay contributions directly to the Insurer and such payment shall be deemed a contribution to the Trust to the same extent as if payment had been made to the Trustee. All such contributions shall be accompanied by written instructions from the Employer accounting for the manner in which they are to be credited and specifying the appropriate Participant Account to which they are to be allocated.

ARTICLE V

EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS AND ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS

 

5.01 Voluntary After-Tax Contributions . For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1995, a Participant could contribute Voluntary After-Tax Contributions to the Plan and Trust in each Plan Year during which he or she was a Plan Participant in amounts as determined under the Plan in effect prior to 1995.

The Plan shall separately account for: (i) pre-1987 Voluntary After-Tax Contributions; (ii) investment income attributable to pre-1987 Voluntary After-Tax Contributions; and (iii) post-1986 Voluntary After-Tax Contributions and income attributable to such contributions.

 

-23-


5.02 Tax Deductible Voluntary Contributions . The Plan Administrator will not accept Tax Deductible Voluntary Contributions made for years after 1986. Such contributions made for years prior to that date will be maintained in a separate account which will be nonforfeitable at all times, and which shall include gains and losses in accordance with Section 8.02. No part of the Tax Deductible Voluntary Contributions Account shall be used to purchase life insurance.

 

5.03 Rollover Contributions . With the consent of the Plan Administrator, the Trustee may accept funds transferred from other pension, profit sharing or stock bonus plans qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code or Rollover Contributions, provided that the plan from which such funds are transferred permits the transfer to be made.

In the event of a transfer or Rollover Contribution to this Plan, the Plan Administrator shall maintain a 100% vested and nonforfeitable account for the amount transferred and its share of the Trust Fund’s accretions or losses, to be known as the Participant’s Rollover Account. Transferred and Rollover Contributions shall be separately accounted for.

“Rollover Contribution” means any rollover contribution described in Code Sections 402(c)(4), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3) or 457(e)(16).

An Employee who makes a contribution to the Plan described in this Section shall become a Plan Participant on the date the Trustee accepts the contribution. However, no Employer Contributions will be made on behalf of such Employee, nor will the Employee be eligible to direct the Employer to make Salary Reduction Contributions on his or her behalf, until the Employee satisfies the Plan eligibility requirements for such contributions set forth in Article III.

Notwithstanding the above, for Plan Years beginning January 1, 1999 and thereafter, the Trustee shall no longer accept funds transferred from plans qualified under 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code unless the transferor plan is maintained by the Employer or by an Affiliate. Rollover Contributions to the Plan shall continue to be allowed in accordance with this Section 5.03.

ARTICLE VI

PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO TOP HEAVY PLANS

 

6.01 In general . For any Top Heavy Plan Year, the Plan shall provide the minimum contribution for Non-Key Employees described in Section 4.04.

If the Plan is or becomes a Top Heavy Plan, the provisions of this Article will supersede any conflicting provisions in the Plan.

 

- 24 -


6.02 Determination of Top Heavy Status .

 

  (a) This Plan shall be a Top Heavy Plan for any Plan Year commencing after December 31, 1983 if any of the following conditions exists:

 

  (i) If the top heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds 60 percent and this Plan is not part of any required aggregation group or permissive aggregation group of plans.

 

  (ii) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group of plans but not part of a permissive aggregation group and the top heavy ratio for the group of plans exceeds 60 percent.

 

  (iii) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group and part of a permissive aggregation group of plans and the top heavy ratio for the permissive aggregation group exceeds 60 percent.

 

  (b) The Plan top heavy ratio shall be determined as follows:

 

  (i)

Defined Contribution Plans Only: If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any Simplified Employee Pension Plan, as defined in Section 408(k) of the Code) and the Employer has not maintained any defined benefit plan which during the 1-year period (5-year period in determining whether the Plan is Top Heavy for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002) ending on the determination date(s) has or has had accrued benefits, the top-heavy ratio for this Plan alone or for the required or permissive aggregation group, as appropriate, is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances of all Key Employees as of the determination date(s) (including any part of any account balance distributed in the 1-year period ending on the determination date(s) (5-year period ending on the determination date in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death or disability and in determining whether the Plan is Top Heavy for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002), and the denominator of which is the sum of all account balances (including any part of any account balance distributed in the 1-year period ending on the determination date(s)) (5-year period ending on the determination date in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death or disability and in determining whether the Plan is Top Heavy for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002), both computed in accordance with Section 416 of the Code and the Regulations thereunder. Both the numerator and denominator of the

 

-25-


 

top-heavy ratio are increased to reflect any contribution not actually made as of the determination date, but which is required to be taken into account on that date under Section 416 of the Code and the Regulations thereunder.

 

  (ii) Defined Contribution and Defined Benefit Plans: If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any Simplified Employee Pension Plan) and the Employer maintains or has maintained one or more defined benefit plans which during the 1-year period (5-year period in determining whether the Plan is Top Heavy for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002) ending on the determination date(s) has or has had any accrued benefits, the top-heavy ratio for any required or permissive aggregation group, as appropriate, is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all Key Employees, determined in accordance with (i) above, and the present value of accrued benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all Key Employees as of the determination date(s), and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all Participants, determined in accordance with (i) above, and the present value of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plan or plans for all Participants as of the determination date(s), all determined in accordance with Section 416 of the Code and the Regulations thereunder. The accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan in both the numerator and denominator of the top-heavy ratio are increased for any distribution of an accrued benefit made in the 1-year period ending on the determination date (5-year period ending on the determination date in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death or disability and in determining whether the Plan is Top Heavy for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002).

 

  (iii)

Determination of Values of Account Balances and Accrued Benefits: For purposes of (i) and (ii) above the value of Account balances and the present value of Accrued Benefits will be determined as of the most recent valuation date that falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the determination date, except as provided in Section 416 of the Code and the Regulations thereunder for the first and second plan years of a defined benefit plan. The account balances and accrued benefits of a Participant (1) who is not a Key Employee but who was Key Employee in a prior year, or (2) who has not had at least one Hour of Service with the Employer at any time during the 1-year period (five-year period in determining whether the Plan is Top Heavy for Plan Years

 

-26-


 

beginning before January 1, 2002) ending on the determination date will be disregarded. The calculation of the top-heavy ratio, and the extent to which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are taken into account will be made in accordance with Section 416 of the Code and the Regulations thereunder. Tax Deductible Voluntary Employee contributions will not be taken into account for purposes of computing the top-heavy ratio. When aggregating plans the value of account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the determination dates that fall within the same calendar year.

The Accrued Benefit of a Participant other than a Key Employee shall be determined under (i) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer; or (ii) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of Section 411(b)(l)(C) of the Code.

 

  (c) Permissive aggregation group: The required aggregation group of plans plus any other plan or plans of the Employer which, when considered as a group with the required aggregation group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

  (d) Required aggregation group: (i) Each qualified plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates or participated at any time during the determination period (regardless of whether the Plan has terminated), and (ii) any other qualified plan of the Employer which enables a plan described in (i) to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

  (e) Determination date: The last day of the preceding Plan Year.

 

  (f) Present Value: Present value shall be based on the 1971 Group Annuity Table, unprojected for post-retirement mortality, with no assumption for pre-retirement withdrawal and interest at the rate of 5% per annum.

ARTICLE VII

LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS

(See Sections 7.11-7.15 for definitions applicable to this Article VII).

 

7.01

If the Participant does not participate in, and has never participated in another qualified plan, a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Section 419(e) of the Code), an individual

 

-27-


 

medical account (as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the Code) or a simplified employee pension (as defined in Section 408(k) of the Code), maintained by the Employer, the amount of Annual Additions which may be credited to the Participant’s Accounts for any Limitation Year will not exceed the lesser of the Maximum Permissible Amount or any other limitation contained in this Plan. If the Employer contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s Account would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount, the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible Amount.

 

7.02 Prior to determining the Participant’s actual Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum Permissible Amount for a Participant on the basis of a reasonable estimation of the Participant’s annual Compensation for the Limitation Year, uniformly determined for all Participants similarly situated.

 

7.03 As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation Year will be determined on the basis of the Participant’s actual Compensation for the Limitation Year.

 

7.04 If, pursuant to Section 7.03, or as a result of the allocation of forfeitures, any Excess Amount and earnings attributable thereto will be disposed of as follows:

 

  (i) Any Voluntary After-Tax Contributions (plus attributable earnings), to the extent they would reduce the Excess Amount, will be distributed to the Participant;

 

  (ii) Any Salary Reduction Contributions to the extent they would reduce the Excess Amount, will be distributed to the Participant; and

 

  (iii) If after the application of paragraphs (i) and (ii) an Excess Amount still exists, the Excess Amount will be held unallocated in a Suspense Account. The Suspense Account will be applied to reduce future Employer Match Contributions for all remaining Participants in the next Limitation Year, and each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary.

For Plan Years beginning January 1, 1998 and thereafter, if any Match Contributions are attributable to returned Salary Reduction Contributions in (ii) above, such Match Contributions shall be forfeited and applied in accordance with Section 4.05.

If a Suspense Account is in existence at any time during the Limitation Year pursuant to this Section, it will not participate in the allocation of the Trust’s investment gains and losses.

If a Suspense Account is in existence at any time during a particular Limitation Year, all amounts in the Suspense Account must be allocated and reallocated to Participants’

 

-28-


Accounts before any Employer contributions may be made to the Plan for that Limitation Year. Excess amounts may not be distributed to Participants or Former Participants.

Sections 7.05 through 7.10 (These Sections apply if, in addition to this Plan, the Participant is covered under another qualified defined contribution plan, a welfare benefit fund, an individual medical account or a simplified employee pension maintained by the Employer during any Limitation Year.)

 

7.05 The Annual Additions which may be credited to a Participant’s Accounts under this Plan for any such Limitation Year will not exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount reduced by the Annual Additions credited to a Participant’s account under the other plans, welfare benefit funds, individual medical accounts and simplified employee pensions for the same Limitation Year. If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under other defined contribution plans, welfare benefit funds, individual medical accounts and simplified employee pensions maintained by the Employer are less than the Maximum Permissible Amount and the Employer contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s Accounts under this Plan would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed this limitation, the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the Annual Additions under all such plans and funds for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible Amount. If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under such other defined contribution plans, welfare benefit funds, individual medical accounts and simplified employee pensions in the aggregate are equal to or greater than the Maximum Permissible Amount, no amount will be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s Accounts under this Plan for the Limitation Year.

 

7.06 Prior to determining the Participant’s actual Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum Permissible Amount in the manner described in Section 7.02.

 

7.07 As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation Year will be determined on the basis of the Participant’s actual Compensation for the Limitation Year.

 

7.08 If, pursuant to Section 7.07, or as a result of the allocation of forfeitures, a Participant’s Annual Additions under this Plan and such other plans would result in an Excess Amount for a Limitation Year, the Excess Amount will be deemed to consist of the Annual Additions last allocated, except that Annual Additions attributable to a simplified employee pension will be deemed to have been allocated first, followed by Annual Additions to a welfare benefit fund or individual medical account, regardless of the actual allocation date.

 

-29-


7.09 If an Excess Amount was allocated to a Participant on an allocation date of this Plan which coincides with an allocation date of another plan, the Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be the product of:

 

  (i) the total Excess Amount allocated as of such date, times

 

  (ii) the ratio of (A) the Annual Additions allocated to the Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this Plan to (B) the total Annual Additions allocated to the Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this and all the other qualified defined contribution plans.

 

7.10 Any Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be disposed of in the manner described in Section 7.04.

(Sections 7.11—7.15 are definitions used in this Article VII).

 

7.11 Annual Additions—The sum of the following amounts credited to a Participant’s Accounts for the Limitation Year:

 

  (i) Employer contributions (including Salary Reduction Contributions);

 

  (ii) Employee contributions;

 

  (iii) forfeitures; and

 

  (iv) allocations under a simplified employee pension.

For this purpose, any Excess Amount applied under Sections 7.04 or 7.10 in the Limitation Year to reduce Employer contributions will be considered Annual Additions for such Limitation Year.

Amounts allocated after March 31, 1984, to an individual medical account, as defined in Section 415(l)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code, which is part of a defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer, are treated as annual additions to a defined contribution plan. Also, amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in taxable years ending after such date, which are attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a Key Employee, as defined in Section 419(A)(d)(3) of the Code, under a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Code Section 419(e), maintained by the Employer, are treated as annual additions to a defined contribution plan.

 

7.12 Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation—$40,000 as adjusted under Code Section 415(d).

 

-30-


7.13 Employer—For purposes of this Article, Employer shall mean the Employer that adopts this plan and all members of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code as modified by Section 415(h)), all trades or business under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c) as modified by Section 415(h) of the Code), or all members of an affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m) of the Code) of which the Employer is a part, and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to regulations promulgated under Code Section 414(o).

 

7.14 Excess Amount—The excess of the Participant’s Annual Additions for the Limitation Year over the Maximum Permissible Amount.

 

7.15 Maximum Permissible Amount—The maximum Annual Addition that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant’s Accounts under the Plan for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of:

 

  (i) the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation; or

 

  (ii) 25 percent of the Participant’s Compensation for the Limitation Year.

The Compensation limitation referred to in (ii) shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits (within the meaning of Section 401(h) or Section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition under Section 415(c)(1) or 419A(d)(2) of the Code.

If a short Limitation Year is created because of an amendment changing the Limitation Year to a different 12-consecutive month period, the maximum permissible amount will not exceed the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation multiplied by the following fraction:

Number of months in the short Limitation Year

12

ARTICLE VIII

PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS AND VALUATION OF ASSETS

 

8.01 Participant Accounts . The Trustee shall establish and maintain a 401(k) Account, Match Contribution Account, Non-Elective Employer Contribution Account, Regular Account, Rollover Account, Tax Deductible Contribution Account and Voluntary Contribution Account for each Participant, when appropriate, to account for the Participant’s Accrued Benefit. All contributions by or on behalf of a Participant shall be deposited to the appropriate Account.

 

-31-


The Plan Administrator shall instruct the Trustee to credit all appropriate amounts to each Participant’s Accounts, including contributions made by or on behalf of the Participant and any Policies issued on the life of the Participant. The Plan Administrator shall keep records which shall include the Account balances of each Participant.

 

8.02 Valuation of Trust Fund . As of each Valuation Date the Trustee shall determine (or cause to be determined) the net worth of the assets of the Trust Fund and report such value to the Plan Administrator in writing. In determining such net worth, the Trustee shall evaluate the assets of the Trust Fund at their fair market value as of such Valuation Date. In making any such valuation of the Trust Fund, the Trustee shall not include any contributions made by the Employer which have not been allocated to Participant Accounts prior to such Valuation Date or any Policies purchased as investments for Participant Accounts.

ARTICLE IX

401(k) ALLOCATION LIMITATIONS

 

9.01 Definitions . For purposes of this Article, the following definitions shall be used:

 

  (a) “Actual Deferral Percentage” or “ADP” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of Salary Reduction Contributions, other than Catch-up Contributions, made on behalf of an Eligible Participant to that Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year. Two Actual Deferral Percentages shall be calculated and used, one including and the second excluding any Salary Reduction Contributions that are included in the Contribution Percentage of the Participant as defined in Plan Section 10.01(b). The Plan Administrator may include 100% vested and non-forfeitable Match Contributions made for the Participant for the Plan Year in the above described numerator, if such inclusion is made on a uniform nondiscriminatory basis for all Participants; however, Match Contributions that are included in the Actual Deferral Percentage of the Participant may not be included in the numerator of the Contribution Percentage of the Participant as defined in Section 10.01(b). To be considered as contributed for a given Plan Year for purposes of inclusion in a given Actual Deferral Percentage, Contributions must be made by the end of the 12 month period immediately following the Plan Year to which the contribution relates.

Additionally, if one or more other plans allowing contributions under Code Section 401(k) are considered with this Plan as one for purposes of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410(b), the Actual Deferral Percentages for all Eligible Participants under all such plans shall be determined as if this Plan and all such other plans were one; for Plan Years beginning after 1989, such Plans must have the same Plan Year. If any Highly Compensated Employee is also

 

-32-


an Eligible Participant in one or more other plans allowing contributions under Code Section 401(k), the Actual Deferral Percentage for that Employee shall be determined as if this Plan and all such other plans were one; if such plans have different Plan Years, the Plan Years ending with or within the same calendar year shall be used.

 

  (b) “Average Actual Deferral Percentage” means the average (expressed as a percentage) of the Actual Deferral Percentages of a group.

 

  (c) “Eligible Participant” means a Participant eligible to have Salary Reduction Contributions made on his or her behalf.

 

  (d) “Excess 401(k) Contributions” means with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of: (i) the aggregate amount of Employer contributions actually taken into account in computing the Actual Deferral Percentages of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over (ii) the maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the Actual Deferral Percentage Test (determined by hypothetically reducing the numerators of Highly Compensated Employees in order of their Actual Deferral Percentages beginning with the highest of such percentages).

 

  (e) “Excess Elective Deferrals” means those Salary Reduction Contributions of a Participant that either (1) are made during the Participant’s taxable year and exceed the dollar limitation under Code Section 402(g) (including, if applicable, the dollar limitation on Catch-up Contributions defined in Code Section 414(v)) for such year; or (2) are made during a calendar year and exceed the dollar limitation under Code Section 402(g) (including, if applicable, the dollar limitation on Catch-up Contributions defined in Code Section 414(v)) for the Participant’s taxable year beginning in such calendar year, counting only Salary Reduction Contributions made under this Plan and any other 401(k) qualified retirement plan, contract or arrangement maintained by the Employer.

 

9.02 Average Actual Deferral Percentage Tests . The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year compared to the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

 

  (i) The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

 

  (ii)

The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 2, provided that the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Non-Highly

 

-33-


 

Compensated Employees for the Plan Year by more than two (2) percentage points.

A Participant is a Highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he or she meets the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a Participant is a Non-Highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he or she does not meet the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year.

For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1999, all eligible Non-Highly Compensated Employees who have not met the age and service requirements of Code Section 410(a)(1)(A), may be disregarded in performing the Average Actual Deferral Percentage Tests as provided in Code Section 401(k)(3)(F) and the Regulations thereunder.

 

9.03

Refund of Excess 401(k) Contributions . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan except Section 9.05, Excess 401(k) Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than the last day of each Plan Year to Participants to whose Accounts such Excess 401(k) Contributions were allocated for the preceding Plan Year. Excess 401(k) Contributions are allocated to the Highly Compensated Employees with the largest dollar amounts of Employer contributions taken into account in calculating the Actual Deferral Percentage test for the year in which the excess arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with the largest dollar amount of such Employer contributions and continuing in descending order until all the Excess Contributions have been allocated. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the “largest amount” is determined after distribution of any Excess 401(k) Contributions. The income or loss allocable to Excess 401(k) Contributions allocated to each Participant shall be the income or loss allocable to the 401(k) Contributions for the Plan Year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Participant’s Excess 401(k) Contributions for the Plan Year and the denominator of which is the sum of all Accounts of the contribution types to which Excess 401(k) Contributions have been attributed as of the Plan Year and the sum of such contribution types made during the Plan Year, determined without regard to any income or loss occurring during such Plan Year. The Plan Administrator shall make every effort to make all required distributions and forfeitures within 2  1 / 2 months of the end of the affected Plan Year; however, in no event shall such distributions be made later than the end of the following Plan Year. Distributions and forfeitures made later than 2  1 / 2 months after the end of the affected Plan Year will be subject to tax under Code Section 4979.

All forfeitures arising under this Section shall be applied as specified in Section 4.05 of the Plan and treated as arising in the Plan Year after that in which the Excess 401(k) Contributions were made; however, no forfeitures arising under this Section shall be allocated to the Account of any affected Highly Compensated Employee.

 

-34-


Excess 401(k) Contributions shall be treated as Annual Additions under the Plan.

For a period of four 12 month periods beginning from the given Plan Year, or such other period as the Secretary of the Treasury may designate, the Employer shall maintain records showing what contributions and Compensation were used to satisfy this Section and Section 9.02.

 

9.04 Accounting for Excess 401(k) Contributions . Excess 401(k) Contributions allocated to a Participant shall be distributed from the Participant’s 401(k) Account and Match Contribution Account (if applicable) in proportion to the Participant’s Salary Reduction Contributions and Employer Match Contributions (to the extent used in the Actual Deferral Percentage Test) for the Plan Year.

 

9.05 Special Contributions . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan except Section 9.09, in lieu of distributing Excess 401(k) Contributions as provided in Section 9.03, the Employer may make 401(k) Employer Contributions on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Employees that are sufficient to satisfy either of the actual deferral percentage tests.

 

9.06 Maximum Salary Reduction Contributions . No Employee shall be permitted to have Salary Reduction Contributions made under this Plan, other than Catch-up Contributions, during any calendar year in excess of $7,000 (or such other amount as is designated by the Secretary of the Treasury as the limit under Code Section 402(g)).

 

9.07 Participant Claims . Participants under other plans described in Code Sections 401(k), 408(k) or 403(b) may submit a claim to the Plan Administrator specifying the amount of their Excess Elective Deferral. Such claim shall: (i) be in writing; (ii) be submitted no later than March 1 of the year after the Excess Elective Deferral was made; and (iii) state that such amount, when added to amounts deferred under other plans described in Code Sections 401(k), 408(k) or 403(b), exceeds $7,000 (or such other amount as the Secretary of the Treasury may designate).

 

9.08 Distribution of Excess Elective Deferrals . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, Excess Elective Deferrals and income allocable thereto shall be distributed to the affected Participant no later than the April 15 following the calendar year in which such Excess Elective Deferrals were made. For Plan Years beginning after 1990, allocable income or loss shall be income or loss allocable to Salary Reduction Contributions for the Plan Year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Participant’s Excess Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year and the denominator is the Participant’s Salary Reduction Contribution Account as of the beginning of the Plan Year and the sum of such contribution types made during the Plan Year, determined without regard to any income or loss occurring during such Plan Year.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, any Match Contributions plus earnings that are attributable to any Excess Elective Deferrals that have been

 

-35-


refunded shall be forfeited. All such forfeitures shall be treated as arising in the Plan Year after that in which the refunded Excess Deferrals were made and shall be used to reduce future Employer Match Contributions.

 

9.09 Operation in Accordance With Regulations . The determination and treatment of Actual Deferral Percentages and Excess 401(k) Contributions, and the operation of the Average Actual Deferral Percentage Test shall be in accordance with such additional requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.

ARTICLE X

401(m) ALLOCATION LIMITATIONS

 

10.01 Definitions . For purposes of this Article, the following Definitions shall be used:

 

  (a) “Average Contribution Percentage” means the average (expressed as a percentage) of the Contribution Percentages of a group.

 

  (b) “Contribution Percentage” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of: the Employer Match and Voluntary After Tax Contributions made on behalf of the Participant to the Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year. The Plan Administrator may include Salary Reduction Contributions (other than Catch-up Contributions) for the Participant for the Plan Year in the above described numerator, if such inclusion is made on a uniform nondiscriminatory basis for all Participants. To be considered as contributed for a given Plan Year for purposes of inclusion in a given Average Contribution Percentage, Contributions must be made by the end of the 12 month period immediately following the Plan Year to which the contribution relates. The Plan Administrator may not include Employer Match Contributions in the numerator to the extent such contributions are included in the Actual Deferral Percentage of the Participant, as defined in Section 9.01(a), and may not include Salary Reduction Contributions unless Section 9.02 can be satisfied by both including and excluding such Salary Reduction Contributions.

Additionally, if one or more other Plans allowing contributions under Code Section 401(k), voluntary after tax contributions or employer match Contributions are considered with this Plan as one for purposes of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410(b), the Contribution Percentages for all eligible participants under all such plans shall be determined as if this Plan and all such others were one; for Plan Years beginning after 1989, such Plans must have the same Plan Year.

If any Highly Compensated Employee is also an eligible participant in one or more other plans allowing contributions under Code Section 401(k), voluntary after tax contributions or employer match Contributions, the

 

-36-


Contribution Percentage for that Employee shall be determined as if this Plan and all such other plans were one; if such plans have different Plan Years, the Plan Years ending with or within the same calendar year shall be used.

For Plan Years beginning January 1, 1999 and thereafter, all eligible Non-Highly Compensated Employees who have not met the age and service requirements of section 410(a)(1)(A), may be disregarded in performing the Average Contribution Percentage Tests as provided in Code Section 401(m)(5)(C).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in determining a Participant’s Contribution Percentage Employer Match Contributions shall not include Match Contributions forfeited because they were attributable to Excess 401(k) Contributions or to Excess Elective Deferrals.

 

  (c) “Eligible Participant” means a Participant eligible to have Employer Match, Salary Reduction or Voluntary After Tax Contributions made on his or her behalf.

 

  (d) “Excess 401(m) Contributions” means with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of: (1) the aggregate Contribution Percentage amounts taken into account in computing the numerator of the Contribution Percentage actually made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year; over (2) the maximum Contribution Percentage amounts permitted by the Average Contribution Percentage test (determined by hypothetically reducing the numerators of Highly Compensated Employees in order of their Contribution Percentages beginning with the highest of such Percentages).

 

10.02 Average Contribution Percentage Tests . The Average Contribution Percentage for Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year compared to the Average Contribution Percentage for Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

 

  (i) The Average Contribution Percentage for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average Contribution Percentage for Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

 

  (ii) The Average Contribution Percentage for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average Contribution Percentage for Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 2, provided that the Average Contribution Percentage for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed the Average Contribution Percentage for Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year by more than two (2) percentage points.

 

-37-


10.03

Refund and Forfeiture of Excess 401(m) Contributions . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan except Sections 10.05 and 10.06, Excess 401(m) Contributions and the income or loss allocable thereto treated as Employer Match, Salary Reduction, Voluntary After Tax or 401(k) Employer Contributions shall be distributed to affected Highly Compensated Employees. The income or loss shall be income or loss allocable to the affected accounts for the Plan Year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Participant’s Excess 401(m) Contributions for the Plan Year and the denominator of which is the sum of all Accounts of the Contribution types to which Excess 401(m) Contributions have been attributed as of the beginning of the Plan Year and the sum of such contribution types made during the Plan Year, determined without regard to any income or loss occurring during such Plan Year. The Plan Administrator shall make every effort to refund all Excess 401(m) Contributions within 2  1 / 2 months of the end of the affected Plan Year; however, in no event shall Excess 401(m) Contributions be refunded later than the end of the following Plan Year. Distributions made later than 2  1 / 2 months after the end of the affected Plan Year will be subject to tax under Code Section 4979.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, any Match Contributions plus earnings that are attributable to any Excess 401(m) Contributions that have been refunded shall be forfeited. All such forfeitures shall be treated as arising in the Plan Year after that in which the refunded Excess 401(m) Contributions were made and shall be used to reduce future Employer Match Contributions.

For a period of four 12 month periods beginning from the given Plan Year, or such other period as the Secretary of the Treasury may designate, the Employer shall maintain records showing what contributions and compensation were used to satisfy this Section and Section 10.02.

 

10.04 Accounting for Excess 401(m) Contributions . Excess 401(m) Contributions allocated to a Participant shall be forfeited, if forfeitable or distributed on a pro-rata basis from the Participant’s Voluntary After Tax Contribution Account, 401(k) Account and Match Contribution Account.

 

10.05 Special 401(k) Employer Contributions . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan except Section 10.07, in lieu of refunding Excess 401(m) Contributions as provided in Section 10.03, the Employer may make 401(k) Employer Contributions on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Employees that are sufficient to satisfy the Average Contribution Percentage test.

 

10.06 Order of Determinations . The determination of Excess 401(m) Contributions shall be made after first determining Excess Elective Deferrals, and then determining Excess 401(k) Contributions.

 

10.07

Operation in Accordance With Regulations . The determination and treatment of Contribution Percentages and Excess 401(m) Contributions, and the operation of the

 

-38-


 

Average Contribution Percentage Test shall be in accordance with such additional requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.

ARTICLE XI

IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS

 

11.01 Withdrawals from Tax Deductible Contribution or Voluntary Contribution Accounts . A Participant shall have the right at any time to request the Plan Administrator for a withdrawal in cash of amounts in his or her Tax Deductible Contribution Account or Voluntary Contribution Account.

 

11.02

Withdrawals from Match Contribution or 401(k) Account s. At any time after a Participant attains Age 59  1 / 2 or is Totally and Permanently Disabled, a Participant shall have the right to request the Plan Administrator for a withdrawal in cash of amounts in his or her Match Contribution or 401(k) Account. For Plan Years beginning after 1988, a Participant shall have the right at any time to request the Plan Administrator for a withdrawal in cash of Salary Reduction Contributions, with earnings accrued thereon as of December 31, 1988 for “financial hardship”. For Plan Years beginning after 1991, financial hardship distributions may be increased by 401(k) Employer Contributions plus earnings thereon, as of December 31, 1988. The Plan Administrator shall determine whether an event constitutes a financial hardship. Such determination shall be based upon non-discriminatory rules and procedures, which shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons.

The processing of applications and any distributions of amounts under this Section shall be made as soon as administratively feasible. The amount of a distribution based upon “financial hardship,” less any income and penalty taxes, cannot exceed the amount required to meet the immediate financial need created by the hardship and not reasonably available from other resources of the Participant.

In determining whether a hardship distribution is permissible the following special rules shall apply:

 

  (i) The following are the only financial needs considered immediate and heavy: deductible medical expenses (whether incurred or necessary to obtain medical care)(within the meaning of Section 213(d) of the Code) of the Employee, the Employee’s spouse, children, or dependents (within the meaning of Code Section 152); the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the Employee; payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses for the next twelve months of post-secondary education for the Employee, the Employee’s spouse, children or dependents; or the need to prevent the eviction of the Employee from, or a foreclosure on the mortgage of, the Employee’s principal residence.

 

-39-


  (ii) A distribution will be considered as necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of the Employee only if:

 

  (A) The Employee has obtained all distributions, other than hardship distributions, and all nontaxable loans under all plans maintained by the Employer;

 

  (B) All plans maintained by the Employer provide that the Employee’s Elective Deferrals (and Employee Contributions) will be suspended for six months (twelve months for hardship distributions made prior to January 1, 2002) after the receipt of the hardship distribution;

 

  (C) The distribution, less any income and penalty taxes, is not in excess of the amount of an immediate and heavy financial need; and

 

  (D) In addition for hardship distributions made before 2002, all plans maintained by the Employer provide that the Employee may not make Elective Deferrals for the Employee’s taxable year immediately following the taxable year of the hardship distribution in excess of the applicable limit under Section 402(g) of the Code for such taxable year less the amount of such Employee’s Elective Deferrals for the taxable year of the hardship distribution.

 

11.03

Withdrawals from Regular or Rollover Accounts . Once a Participant has participated in the Plan for two years, at any time thereafter the Participant shall have the right at any time to request the Plan Administrator for a withdrawal in cash of amounts allocated to his or her Rollover Account. For Plan Years beginning January 1, 1999, and thereafter, the Participant may request a withdrawal of cash amounts allocated to his or her Rollover Account immediately upon the Trustee’s receipt of such Rollover Contribution. Once a Participant’s Regular Account is 100% vested the Participant shall have the right at any time to request the Plan Administrator for a withdrawal in cash of amounts allocated to such Account; provided , however , that unless the Participant is over Age 59  1 / 2 or is Permanently and Totally Disabled, the amount subject to withdrawal shall not include amounts attributable to contributions made to the Regular Account during the two-year period preceding the date of payment.

 

11.04 Rules for In-Service Withdrawals . The Plan Administrator may impose a dollar minimum for partial withdrawals. If the amount in the Participant’s appropriate Account is less than the minimum, the Plan Administrator shall pay the Participant the entire amount then in the Participant’s Account from which the withdrawal is to be made if a withdrawal of the entire amount is otherwise permissible under the rules set forth in this Article. If the entire amount cannot be paid under such rules, whatever amount is permissible shall be paid.

 

-40-


In the case of a withdrawal from a Rollover Account described in Section 13.03, if necessary to comply with the joint and survivor rules of Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417, the Plan Administrator shall require the consent of any Participant’s spouse before making any in-service withdrawal. Any such consent shall satisfy the requirements of Section 13.07.

Any amount to be withdrawn shall be payable as of the Valuation Date coincident with or next following the date which is 15 days following receipt of the written request by the Plan Administrator.

ARTICLE XII

PLAN LOANS

 

12.01 General Rules . Upon the application of any Participant, Beneficiary or, for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1999 an alternate payee entitled to Plan benefits pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, the Plan Administrator may enter into a loan agreement with such person and authorize the Trustee to make a loan pursuant thereto. The amount of any such loan and the provisions for its repayment shall be in accordance with such non-discriminatory rules and procedures as are adopted by the Retirement Plan Committee and uniformly applied to all borrowers. Such written procedures shall be part of this Plan document.

Applications for loans will be made to the Plan Administrator using forms provided by the Plan Administrator. Loan applications meeting the requirements of this Article will be granted and all borrowers must execute a promissory note meeting the requirements of this Article.

Plan loans shall be granted on a uniform nondiscriminatory basis, so that they are available to all borrowers on a reasonably equivalent basis and are not made available to highly compensated Employees or officers of the Employer in an amount greater than the amount made available to other Employees. Loans will be made available to Former Participants to the extent required by regulations issued by the Department of Labor under Section 408(b) of ERISA and to other Former Participants as is needed to satisfy Code Section 401(a)(4) and the Regulations promulgated thereunder. Such loans shall be adequately secured, shall bear a reasonable rate of interest and shall provide for periodic repayment over a reasonable period of time, all in accordance with the Committee’s rules and procedures for Plan loans.

To the extent required under Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Internal Revenue Code and the Regulations promulgated thereunder, a Participant must obtain the consent of his or her spouse, if any, within the 90 day period before the time the Participant’s Accrued Benefit is used as security for a Plan loan. A new consent is required if the Accrued Benefit is used for any increase in the amount of security. The consent shall comply with the requirements of Section 417 of the Internal Revenue

 

-41-


Code, but shall be deemed to meet any requirements contained in such section relating to the consent of any subsequent spouse.

Tax Deductible Voluntary Contributions, plus earnings thereon, may not be used as security for Plan loans.

The Plan Administrator may not require a minimum loan amount greater than $1,000.

No loan shall be made to the extent such loan when added to the outstanding balance of all other loans to the borrower would exceed one-half (  1 / 2 ) of the present value of the nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit of the borrower under the Plan (but not more than $50,000 reduced by the difference between the highest outstanding balance during the previous 365 days and the current outstanding balance).

For purposes of calculating the above limitations, all loans and accrued benefits from all plans of the Employer and other members of a group of employers described in Code Sections 414(b), (c) and (m) are aggregated.

The Plan Administrator shall determine a reasonable rate of interest for each loan by identifying the rate(s) charged for similar and equivalent commercial loans by institutions in the business of making loans. No loan shall be granted to any borrower or other person who already has a total of two loans or more outstanding under this Plan or any other plan maintained by the Employer (or five loans outstanding for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1996) or who is in default on any loan.

The Retirement Plan Committee may direct the Trustee to deduct from a Participant’s Accounts under the Plan a reasonable fee (as determined by the Committee) to offset the cost of processing and administering the loan.

 

12.02 Loan Repayments . Any such loans shall be repaid by the borrower in accordance with the loan agreement. Loans shall provide for periodic repayment, with payment to be no less frequent than quarterly over a period not to exceed five (5) years; provided , however , that loans used to acquire any dwelling unit which, within a reasonable time, is to be used (determined at the time the loan is made) as a principal residence of a Participant, may provide for periodic repayment, with payment to be no less frequent than quarterly over a reasonable period of time that exceeds five (5) years.

In the event the loan is not repaid within the time period prescribed, the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to deduct the total amount due and payable, plus interest thereon, from distributable amounts in the borrower’s Accounts. If distributable amounts in the borrower’s Accounts are not sufficient to repay such amount, the Plan Administrator shall enforce the terms of any agreement providing additional security for the loan and shall pursue such other remedies available at law to collect the indebtedness.

 

-42-


In the event of a loan default, attachment of the borrower’s Accrued Benefit will not occur until a distributable event occurs in the Plan. Default shall occur upon the earlier of any uncured failure to make payments in accordance with the promissory note or the death of the borrower.

Loan repayments will be suspended under this Plan as permitted under 414(u)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code.

ARTICLE XIII

RETIREMENT, TERMINATION AND DEATH BENEFITS

 

13.01 Retirement or Termination from Service . The Accrued Benefit of each Employee who was hired prior to December 2, 1986 and who became a Participant in the Plan on or prior to January 1, 1989, shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable at all times. The Regular Account of Employees who are hired on or after December 2, 1986 and who become Participants after December 31, 1988 shall vest according to the following schedule:

 

Completed Years of Service

   Vested Percentage
Less than 2                    0
2    25
3    50
4    75
5    100

The Match Contribution and Non-Elective Employer Contribution Accounts of each Employee who was hired after December 1,1986 shall be 50% vested and nonforfeitable after the completion of one Year of Service and 100% vested and nonforfeitable after the completion of two Years of Service. Provided , however , that the Match Contribution and Non-Elective Employer Contribution Accounts of such Employees shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable at all times for such Employees who completed at least one Hour of Service on or before December 31, 2004.

Any amendment to the above schedule shall comply with the requirements of Section 20.02 of the Plan.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, each actively employed Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall become 100% vested and nonforfeitable when the Participant attains his or her Normal Retirement Age or becomes Totally and Permanently Disabled.

The Salary Reduction Contributions, Employer Match Contributions contributed to the Plan for Plan Years commencing prior to January 1, 2005, 401(k) Employer Contributions, Tax Deductible Contributions and Voluntary After-Tax Contributions

 

-43-


of all Participants, plus earnings thereon, shall be 100% vested and nonforfeitable at all times.

Upon a Participant’s attainment of his or her Normal Retirement Age or termination of employment, the Participant shall be entitled to a benefit that can be provided by the value of his or her vested Accrued Benefit in accordance with the further provisions of this Article.

The Plan Administrator shall notify the Trustee when the Normal Retirement Age or termination of employment of each Participant shall occur and shall also advise the Trustee as to the manner in which retirement or termination benefits are to be distributed to a Participant, subject to the provisions of this Article. Upon receipt of such notification and subject to the other provisions of this Article, the Trustee shall take such action as may be necessary in order to distribute the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit.

 

13.02 Late Retirement Benefits . If a Participant shall continue in active employment following his or her Normal Retirement Age, he or she shall continue to participate under the Plan and Trust. Except as provided in Section 13.05, upon actual retirement such Participant shall be entitled to a benefit that can be provided by the value of his or her Accrued Benefit. Late Retirement benefits shall be distributed in accordance with the further provisions of this Article.

 

13.03 Death Benefits . If a Participant or Former Participant shall die prior to the commencement of any benefits otherwise provided under this Article XIII, except as provided below his or her Beneficiary shall be entitled to a lump sum death benefit equal to the amount credited to the Participant’s Accounts as of the date the Plan Administrator (or Insurer, in the case of amounts allocated to any Policy) receives due proof of the Participant’s death. A Participant’s death benefit shall also include the death proceeds of any Policy allocated to one of the Participant’s Accounts. In lieu of receiving benefits in a lump sum, a Beneficiary may elect to receive benefits under any option described in Section 13.05.

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant or Former Participant is married on the date of his or her death, Plan pre-retirement death benefits will be paid to the Participant’s or Former Participant’s then spouse unless such spouse has consented to payment to another Beneficiary, as provided in Section 13.07.

Notwithstanding the first paragraph, if a Rollover Account is being maintained for a married Participant who dies prior to the commencement of Plan benefits and if any portion of the amount in the Rollover Account is attributable to amounts transferred directly (or indirectly from another transferee Plan) to this Plan from a defined benefit pension plan, from a money purchase pension plan or from a stock bonus or profit sharing plan which would otherwise provide for a life annuity form of payment to the Participant, the amount in the Rollover Account will be used to purchase a life annuity

 

-44-


for the Participant’s spouse unless the Participant has requested that the Rollover Account be distributed in a different form or be paid to another Beneficiary. Any such request must be made during the election period which shall begin on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains Age 35 and shall end on the date of the Participant’s death. If a Participant separates from service prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which Age 35 is attained, with respect to the value of the Rollover Account as of the date of separation, the election period shall begin on the date of separation. Any such request must be consented to by the Participant’s spouse. To be effective, the spousal consent must meet the requirements of Section 13.07. Any annuity provided with a portion of Participant’s Rollover Account in accordance with this paragraph shall be payable for the life of the Participant’s spouse and shall commence on the date the Participant would have attained Age 55 or, if the Participant was over Age 55 on the date of his or her death, such life annuity shall commence immediately. For Plan Years beginning January 1, 1998 and thereafter, at the request of the spouse, such Rollover Account may be used to purchase a life annuity or may be taken in another form allowed under the Plan at an earlier or later commencement date.

If a Participant shall die subsequent to the commencement of any benefit otherwise provided under this Article XIII, the death benefit, if any, shall be determined in accordance with the benefit option in effect for the Participant.

The Plan Administrator may require such proper proof of death and such evidence of the right of any person to receive payment of the value of the Accounts of a deceased Participant or a deceased Former Participant as the Administrator deems necessary. The Administrator’s determination of death and of the right of any person to receive payment shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

 

13.04 Designation of Beneficiary . Each Participant shall designate his or her Beneficiary on a form provided by the Plan Administrator, and such designation may include primary and contingent beneficiaries; provided , however , that if a Participant or Former Participant is married on the date of his or her death, the Participant’s then spouse shall be the Participant’s Beneficiary unless such spouse consented to the designation of another Beneficiary in accordance with Section 13.07. If a Participant does not designate a Beneficiary and is not married at the date of his or her death, the estate of the Participant shall be deemed to be the designated Beneficiary.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Policy proceeds shall be payable to the Trustee as beneficiary and the Trustee shall pay the Policy proceeds to the appropriate Plan Beneficiary.

 

13.05 Distribution of Benefits . The Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to make, or cause the Insurer to make, payment of any benefits provided under this Article XIII upon the event giving rise to distribution of such benefit, or within 60 days thereafter.

 

-45-


All distributions required under the Plan shall be determined and made in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9) and Regulations issued thereunder.

Unless the Participant elects otherwise, distribution of benefits will begin no later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which:

 

  (i) the Participant attains Age 65 ;

 

  (ii) occurs the 10th anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or,

 

  (iii) the Participant terminates service with the Employer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a Participant and spouse to consent to a distribution when a benefit is immediately distributable, within the meaning of Section 13.11 of the Plan, shall be deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this Section. Except as provided in this Article, in no event will benefits begin to be distributed prior to the later of Age 62 or Normal Retirement Age without the consent of the Participant.

Except as provided below and in Sections 13.03, 13.06, 13.10 and 13.11, if benefits become payable to a Participant as a result of termination of employment or retirement, the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit shall be distributed by the Trustee in such manner as the Participant shall direct, in accordance with one or more of the options listed below. Provided , however , that a married Participant may not choose an option involving a life contingency without the consent of his or her spouse. To be effective, the spousal consent must meet the requirements of Section 13.07.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if on the date of separation from service of a married Participant prior to the attainment of his or her Qualified Early Retirement Age a Rollover Account as described in Section 13.03 is being maintained for the Participant, such Account will remain in force until the Former Participant attains Age 55 when, if the Former Participant is then married, the value of such Rollover Account will be used to purchase a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity for the benefit of the Former Participant and his or her then spouse. At any time prior to the date of purchase, the Former Participant may request that his or her Rollover Account be distributed under one or more of the options listed below; provided , however , that if the Former Participant is married on the date of the request, the Former Participant’s then spouse must consent thereto. To be effective, the spousal consent must meet the requirements of Section 13.07. If a Former Participant who was married on the date of his or her separation from service is not married at Age 55, at Age 55 the Former Participant’s Rollover Account shall be distributed by the Trustee in such manner as the Former Participant shall direct, in accordance with one or more of the options listed below. If a Former Participant entitled to a deferred benefit pursuant to this paragraph dies prior to Age 55 and prior to commencement of Plan benefits, his or her

 

-46-


Beneficiary shall be entitled to a death benefit pursuant to Section 13.03.

If a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is not required under the above rules or under the requirements of Section 13.06, a Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall be distributed by the Trustee in such manner as the Participant shall direct, in accordance with one or more of the following ways, and which may be paid in cash or in kind, or a combination of them:

 

  (i) One sum.

 

  (ii) An annuity for the life of the Participant.

 

 

(iii)

An annuity for the joint lives of the Participant and his or her spouse with 50%, 66  2 / 3 % or 100% (whichever is specified when this option is elected) of such amount payable as an annuity for life to the survivor. No further benefits are payable after the death of both the Participant and his or her spouse.

 

  (iv) An annuity for the life of the Participant with installment payments for a period certain not longer than the life expectancy of the Participant.

 

  (v) Installment payments for a period certain not longer than the life expectancy of the Participant and his or her spouse.

All optional forms of benefits shall be actuarially equivalent.

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, any annuity Policy which is distributed by the Trustee shall provide by its terms that the same shall not be sold, transferred, assigned, discounted, pledged or encumbered in any way except to or through the insurer, and then only in accordance with a right conferred under the terms of the Policy.

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the entire interest of a Participant must be distributed or begin to be distributed no later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date.

The Required Beginning Date of a Participant is the first day of April of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70  1 / 2 ; provided, however, that a Participant, who is not a Five Percent Owner and who does not retire by the end of the calendar year in which such Participant reaches age 70  1 / 2 , may elect to defer their Required Beginning Date to the first day of April of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant retires. If, after the date of such election, a Participant becomes a Five Percent Owner, the Required Beginning Date is the first day of April following the later of: (i) the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70  1 / 2 ; or (ii) the earlier of the calendar year with or within which ends the Plan Year in which the Participant becomes a Five Percent Owner, or the calendar year in which the Participant retires.

 

-47-


13.06 Automatic Joint and Survivor Annuity . Notwithstanding anything in Section 13.05 to the contrary, if a Rollover Account as described in Section 13.03 is being maintained for a married Participant and if Plan benefits become payable to such Participant on or after the Participant’s Qualified Early Retirement Age, such Rollover Account will be used to purchase a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity unless the Participant has elected otherwise. To be effective, any election out of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity must be consented to by the Participant’s spouse at the time Plan benefits become payable. Any Participant election and spousal consent shall be in accordance with the rules of Section 13.07.

 

13.07 Participant Elections and Spousal Consents . Married Participants may choose a Beneficiary other than their spouse or, in the case of a Rollover Account described in Section 13.03, may choose a form of retirement benefit other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. Any Beneficiary designation shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 13.04. Any election out of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity must be in writing and may be made during the election period which shall be the 90-day period ending on the annuity starting date. To be effective, any designation of a Beneficiary who is not the spouse of the Participant on the date of the Participant’s death or any election out of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity must be consented to by Participant’s spouse. For purposes of this Section the term “spouse” means the lawful spouse of the Participant on the date of the Participant’s death or on the date Plan benefits commence, whichever is applicable.

To be effective, spousal consent must be in writing on a form furnished by or satisfactory to the Plan Administrator and witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public. Provided , however , spousal consent shall not be required under such circumstances as may be prescribed by the Plan Administrator in accordance with Rules and Regulations promulgated by the Secretary and the Treasury. Any spousal consent will be valid only with respect to the spouse who signs the consent. Additionally, a revocation of an election out of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity may be made by a Participant without the consent of the spouse at any time before the commencement of plan benefits. The number of revocations shall not be limited.

 

13.08 Distribution to a Minor Participant or Beneficiary . In the event a distribution is to be made to a minor, then the Plan Administrator may, in the Administrator’s sole discretion, direct that such distribution be paid to the legal guardian of the minor, or if none, to a parent of such minor or a responsible adult with whom the minor maintains his or her residence, or to the custodian for such minor under the Uniform Gift to Minors Act, if such is permitted by the laws of the state in which said minor resides. Such a payment to the legal guardian or parent of a minor or to such a custodian shall fully discharge the Trustee, Employer, and Plan from further liability on account thereof.

 

13.09

Location of Participant or Beneficiary Unknown . In the event that all, or any portion, of the distribution payable to a Participant or his or her Beneficiary hereunder shall, at

 

-48-


 

the expiration of five years after it shall become payable, remain unpaid solely by reason of the inability of the Plan Administrator, after sending a registered letter, return receipt requested, to the payee’s last known address, and after reasonable effort, to ascertain the whereabouts of such Participant or his or her Beneficiary, the amount so distributable shall be forfeited and allocated in accordance with the terms of this Plan. In the event a Participant or Beneficiary is located subsequent to his or her benefit being forfeited, such benefit shall be restored.

 

13.10 Small Balances; Forfeitures; Restoration of Benefits Upon Reemployment . If a Participant terminates from employment and the present value of the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit does not exceed (or at the time of any prior distribution did not exceed) $3,500 ($5,000 for periods between January 1, 1998 and March 27, 2005), except as provided in Section 13.13, for distributions made prior to March 28, 2005, the Participant will receive a lump sum distribution of the present value of the entire vested portion of such Accrued Benefit and the nonvested portion will be forfeited and applied to reduce Employer Match Contributions. Provided , however , if a Rollover Account described in Section 13.03 is being maintained for a Participant, no such distribution may be made to the Participant after Age 55 unless the Participant (and the spouse of the Participant) consents in writing to such distribution. For purposes of this paragraph, for terminations occurring at any time (including terminations occurring on or after March 28, 2005), if the value of the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit is zero, the Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of such vested Accrued Benefit.

If a Participant terminates from employment and the present value of the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit exceeds $3,500 ($5,000 for periods between January 1, 1998 and March 27, 2005), or any dollar amount if the distribution would otherwise be made on or after March 28, 2005, the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit shall be deferred to the earliest of the Participant’s death, Total and Permanent Disability or attainment of Normal Retirement Age, at which time such vested benefit shall be payable in accordance with Sections 13.05 and 13.12. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such a Participant may elect to have payments commence at any time after termination in accordance with Section 13.05. Partial distributions of vested benefits will not be permitted except in accordance with Section 13.05. The nonvested portion of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall be forfeited when the Participant incurs five consecutive One Year Breaks in Service or, if earlier, when the Participant or his or her spouse (or surviving spouse) receives a distribution of his or her vested Accrued Benefit.

Notwithstanding the above, the $5,000 amount shall apply to any Participant with a vested Accrued Benefit on or after January 1, 1998, including those Participants whose vested Accrued Benefit exceeded the prior cash-out amount under the Plan. Further, in determining whether the vested Accrued Benefit exceeds $5,000 for

 

-49-


distributions made in accordance with this Section on or after October 17, 2000, the look-back rule shall not apply, except in the case of periodic distributions already in effect.

Except as provided below, the nonvested portion of the Accrued Benefit of any terminated Participant will be used to reduce Employer Match Contributions for the Plan Year in which the forfeiture occurs and for subsequent Plan Years, if necessary. A Participant who separates from service and who subsequently resumes employment with the Employer will again become a Participant on the entry date determined in accordance with Plan Section 3.01.

If a Former Participant is subsequently reemployed, the following rules shall also be applicable:

 

  (i) If any Former Participant shall be reemployed by the Employer before incurring five consecutive One Year Breaks in Service, and such Former Participant had received a distribution of his or her vested Accrued Benefit prior to his or her reemployment, his or her forfeited Account balance shall be reinstated if he or she repays the full amount attributable to Employer Contributions which was distributed to him or her, not including, at the Participant’s option, amounts attributable to any Salary Reduction Contributions. Such repayment must be made by the Former Participant before the date on which the individual incurs five consecutive One Year Breaks in Service following the date of distribution. A Participant who was deemed to have received a distribution of his or her vested amount shall be deemed to have repaid such amount as of the first date on which he or she again becomes a Participant. In the event the Former Participant does repay the full amount distributed to him or her, the forfeited portion of the Participant’s Account must be restored in full, unadjusted by any gains or losses occurring subsequent to the date of distribution.

 

  (ii) Restorations of forfeitures will be made as of the date that the Plan Administrator is notified that the required repayment has been received by the Trustee. Any forfeiture amount that must be restored to a Participant’s Account will be taken from any forfeitures that have not yet been applied and, if the amount of forfeitures available for this purpose is insufficient, the Employer will make a timely supplemental contribution of an amount sufficient to enable the Trustee to restore the forfeiture amount to the Participant’s Account.

 

  (iii) If a Former Participant resumes service after incurring five consecutive One Year Breaks in Service, forfeited amounts will not be restored under any circumstances.

 

-50-


If a Former Participant resumes service before incurring five consecutive One Year Breaks in Service, both the pre-break and post-break service will count in vesting both any restored pre-break and post-break employer-derived Account balance.

 

13.11 Restrictions on Immediate Distributions

 

  (a) If the value of a Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit derived from Employer and Employee Contributions exceeds (or at the time of any prior distribution exceeded) $3,500 ($5,000 for Plan Years beginning January 1, 1998 and thereafter) and the Accrued Benefit is immediately distributable, the Participant and the Participant’s spouse (or where either the Participant or the spouse has died, the survivor must consent to any distribution of such Accrued Benefit. Notwithstanding the above, in determining whether such consent is necessary, the $5,000 amount shall apply to any Participant with an Accrued Benefit on or after January 1, 1998, including those Participants whose Accrued Benefit exceeded the prior cash-out amount under the Plan. Further, in determining whether such consent is necessary for distributions on or after October 17, 2000, the look-back rule shall not apply, except in the case of periodic distributions already in effect.

Except as provided below, the consent of the Participant and the Participant’s spouse shall be obtained in writing within the 90-day period ending on the annuity starting date. The annuity starting date is the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as an annuity or any other form. The Plan Administrator shall notify the Participant and the Participant’s spouse of the right to defer any distribution until the Participant’s Accrued Benefit is no longer immediately distributable. Such notification shall include a general description of the material features, and an explanation of the relative values of, the optional forms of benefit available under the Plan in a manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of Section 417(a)(3) of the Code, if applicable, and shall be provided no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days prior to the annuity starting date. However, distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice described in the preceding sentence is given, provided the distribution is one to which sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Internal Revenue Code do not apply, the Plan Administrator clearly informs the participant that the participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and the participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

 

-51-


For Plan Years beginning January 1, 1998, and thereafter, the annuity starting date for a distribution to which 401(a)(11) and 417 apply, in a form other than a qualified joint and survivor annuity, may be less than 30 days after receipt of the written explanation required in accordance with 417 (or the annuity date may precede receipt of such notice) provided: (a) the participant has been provided with information that clearly indicates that the participant has at least 30 days to consider whether to waive the qualified joint and survivor annuity; and (b) the Participant receives the notice at least 7 days prior to the later of the Participant’s annuity starting date or the date he receives a distribution from the Plan, and the Participant may revoke his or her election until the later of these two dates.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, only the Participant need consent to the commencement of a distribution in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity while the Accrued Benefit is immediately distributable. Furthermore, if payment in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is not required with respect to the Participant, only the Participant need consent to the distribution of an Accrued Benefit that is immediately distributable. The consent of the Participant or the Participant’s spouse shall not be required to the extent that a distribution is required to satisfy Section 401(a)(9) or Section 415 of the Code. In addition, upon termination of this Plan if the Plan does not offer an annuity option (purchased from a commercial provider) and if the Employer or any entity within the same controlled group as the Employer does not maintain another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code), the Participant’s Accrued Benefit may, without the Participant’s consent, be distributed to the Participant. However, if any entity within the same controlled group as the Employer maintains another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code) then the Participant’s Accrued Benefit will be transferred, without the Participant’s consent, to the other plan if the Participant does not consent to an immediate distribution.

An Accrued Benefit is immediately distributable if any part of the Accrued Benefit could be distributed to the Participant (or surviving spouse) before the Participant attains (or would have attained if not deceased) the later of Normal Retirement Age or age 62.

 

13.12 Rollovers to Other Qualified Plans .

 

  (a)

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee’s election under this Article, a distributee

 

-52-


 

may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover.

 

  (b) Definitions.

 

  (i) Eligible rollover distribution: An eligible rollover distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an eligible rollover distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee’s designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; any hardship distribution described in section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(iv) received after December 31, 1998; the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); and any other distribution(s) that is reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year.

 

  (ii) Eligible retirement plan: An eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified Plan described in section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts the distributee’s eligible rollover distribution. However, in the case of an eligible rollover distribution to the surviving spouse, an eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

 

  (iii) Distributee: A distributee includes an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employee’s or former Employee’s surviving spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, are distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.

 

  (iv) Direct rollover: A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.

 

-53-


13.13 Payment under Qualified Domestic Relations Orders . Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, if there is entered any Qualified Domestic Relations Order that affects the payment of benefits hereunder, such benefits shall be paid in accordance with the applicable requirements of such Order, provided that such Order (i) does not require the Plan to provide any type or form of benefits, or any option, that is not otherwise provided hereunder, (ii) does not require the Plan to provide increased benefits, and (iii) does not require the payment of benefits to an alternate payee which are required to be paid to another alternate payee under another order previously determined to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

To the extent required or permitted by any such Order, at any time on or after the date the Plan Administrator has determined that the Order is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, the alternate payee shall have the right to request the Plan Administrator to commence distribution of benefits under the Plan regardless of whether the Participant is otherwise entitled to a distribution at such time under the Plan.

 

13.14 Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, effective January 1, 2002, for purposes of computing the value of involuntary distributions of vested Accrued Benefits of $5,000 or less, the value of a Participant’s nonforfeitable Account balances shall be determined without regard to that portion of the Account balances that are attributable to Rollover Contributions (and earnings allocable thereto) within the meaning of Code Sections 402(c)(4), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3) and 457(e)(16). If the value of the Participant’s nonforfeitable Account balances as so determined is $5,000 or less, for periods prior to March 28, 2005, the Plan shall distribute the Participant’s entire vested Account balances as soon as administratively feasible.

ARTICLE XIV

PLAN FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITIES

 

14.01 Plan Fiduciaries . The Plan Fiduciaries shall be:

 

  (i) the Board of Directors of First Allmerica;

 

  (ii) the Trustee(s) of the Plan;

 

  (iii) the Plan Administrator;

 

  (iv) the Retirement Plan Committee; and

such other person or persons as may be designated as a Fiduciary by First Allmerica or by its Chief Executive Officer in accordance with the further provisions of this Article XIV.

 

14.02

General Fiduciary Duties . Each Plan Fiduciary shall discharge his or her duties solely

 

-54-


 

in the interest of the Participants and their Beneficiaries and act:

 

  (i) for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their Beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan;

 

  (ii) with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims;

 

  (iii) by diversifying the investments of the Plan so as to minimize the risk of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is clearly prudent not to do so, if the Fiduciary has the responsibility to invest plan assets; and

 

  (iv) in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan insofar as such documents and instruments are consistent with the provisions of current laws and regulations.

Each Plan Fiduciary shall perform the duties specifically assigned to him or her. No Plan Fiduciary shall have any responsibility for the performance or non-performance of any duties not specifically allocated to him or her.

 

14.03 Duties of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors shall:

 

  (i) establish an investment policy and funding method consistent with objectives of the Plan and with the requirements of applicable laws and regulations;

 

  (ii) invest Plan assets except to the extent that they have delegated investment duties to an Investment Manager; and

 

  (iii) evaluate from time to time investment policy and the performance of any Investment Manager or Investment Advisor appointed by it.

 

14.04 Duties of the Trustee(s) . The specific responsibilities and duties of the Trustee(s) are set forth in the Trust Indenture between First Allmerica and the Trustee(s). In general the Trustee(s) shall:

 

  (i) invest Plan assets, subject to directions from the Board of Directors or from any duly appointed Investment Manager;

 

  (ii) maintain adequate records of receipts, disbursements, and other transactions involving the Plan; and

 

-55-


  (iii) prepare such reports, statements, tax returns and other forms as may be required under the Trust Indenture or applicable laws and regulations.

 

14.05 Duties of the Plan Administrator . The Plan Administrator is First Allmerica. The Plan Administrator shall:

 

  (i) administer the Plan on a day-to-day basis in accordance with the provisions of this Plan and all other pertinent documents;

 

  (ii) retain and maintain Plan records, including Participant census data, participation dates, compensation records, and such other records necessary or desirable for proper Plan administration;

 

  (iii) prepare and arrange for delivery to Participants of such summaries, descriptions, announcements and reports as are required to be given to participants under applicable laws and regulations;

 

  (iv) file with the U.S. Department of Labor, the Internal Revenue Service and other regulatory agencies on a timely basis all required reports, forms and other documents; and

 

  (v) prepare and furnish to the Trustee(s) sufficient records and data to enable the Trustee(s) to properly perform its obligations under the Trust Indenture.

Notwithstanding any provision elsewhere to the contrary, the Plan Administrator shall have total discretion to fulfill the above responsibilities as it sees fit on a uniform and consistent basis and as it believes a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would do.

 

14.06 Duties of the Retirement Plan Committee . The Retirement Plan Committee shall:

 

  (i) interpret and construe the Plan;

 

  (ii) determine questions of eligibility and of rights of Participants and their Beneficiaries;

 

  (iii) provide guidelines for the Plan Administrator, as required for the orderly and uniform administration of the Plan; and

 

  (iv) exercise overall control of the operation and administration of the Plan in matters not allocated to some other Fiduciary either by the terms of this Plan or by delegation from the Chief Executive Officer of First Allmerica.

 

-56-


Notwithstanding any provisions elsewhere to the contrary, the Retirement Plan Committee shall have total discretion to fulfill the above responsibilities as they see fit on a uniform and consistent basis and as they believe a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would do.

 

14.07 Designation of Fiduciaries . The Board of Directors of First Allmerica shall have the authority to appoint and remove Trustee(s) in accordance with the Trust Indenture. The Board of Directors may appoint and remove an Investment Manager and delegate to said Investment Manager power to manage, acquire or dispose of any assets of the Plan.

While there is an Investment Manager, the Board of Directors shall have no obligation under this Plan with regard to the performance or non-performance of the duties delegated to the Investment Manager.

All other Fiduciaries shall be appointed by the Chief Executive Officer of First Allmerica. In making his or her delegation, he or she may designate all of the responsibilities to one person or he or she may allocate the responsibilities, on a continuing basis or on an ad hoc basis, to one or more individuals either jointly or severally. No individual named a Fiduciary shall have any responsibility for the performance or non-performance of any responsibilities or duties not allocated to him or her.

The appointing authority of a Fiduciary shall periodically, but not less frequently than annually, review the performance of each fiduciary appointed in order to carry out the general fiduciary duties specified in Section 14.02 and, where appropriate, take or recommend remedial action.

 

14.08 Delegation of Duties by a Fiduciary . Except as provided in this Plan or in the appointment as a Fiduciary, no Plan Fiduciary may delegate his or her fiduciary responsibilities. If authorized by the appointing authority, a Fiduciary may appoint such agents as may be deemed necessary and delegate to such agents any non-fiduciary powers or duties, whether ministerial or discretionary. No Fiduciary or agent of a Fiduciary who is a full-time employee of the Employer will receive any compensation from the Plan for his or her services.

ARTICLE XV

RETIREMENT PLAN COMMITTEE

 

15.01 Appointment of Retirement Plan Committee . The Committee shall consist of three or more members appointed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Employer, who shall also designate one of the members as chairman. Each member of the Committee and its chairman shall serve at the pleasure of the Chief Executive Officer of the Employer.

 

-57-


15.02 Retirement Plan Committee to Act by Majority Vote, etc. The Committee shall act by majority vote of all members. All actions, determinations, interpretations and decisions of the Committee with respect to any matter within their jurisdiction will be conclusive and binding on all persons. Any person may rely conclusively upon any action if certified by the Committee.

 

15.03 Records and Reports of the Retirement Plan Committee . The Committee shall keep a record of all of its proceedings and acts, and shall keep such books of account, records and other data as may be necessary for the proper administration of the Plan and file or deliver to Participants and their Beneficiaries whatever reports are required by any regulatory authority.

 

15.04 Costs and Expenses of Administration . All expenses and costs of administering the Plan, including Trustee’s fees, shall be paid by the Employer. Effective September 22, 1998, notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary (but subject to the provisions of Section 12.01), all clerical, legal and other expenses of the Plan and the Trust, including Trustee’s fees, shall be paid by the Plan, except to the extent the Employer elects to pay such amounts; provided , however , that if the Employer pays such amounts it shall be reimbursed by the Trust for such amounts unless the Employers elects not to be so reimbursed.

ARTICLE XVI

INVESTMENT OF THE TRUST FUND

 

16.01 In General . Subject to the direction of the Board of Directors or any duly appointed Investment Manager in accordance with Section 14.07 (or subject to the direction of the Plan Administrator if a Participant has requested that an individual life insurance or annuity Policy be issued on his or her life in accordance with Article XVII), the Trustee shall receive all contributions to the Trust and shall hold, invest and control the whole or any part of the assets in accordance with the provisions of the annexed Trust Indenture.

 

16.02

Investment of the Trust Fund . In order to provide retirement and other benefits for Plan Participants and their Beneficiaries, the Trustee shall invest Plan assets in one or more permissible investments specified in the Trust Indenture and in such collective investment trusts or group trusts that may be established for the primary objective of investing in securities issued by Allmerica Financial Corporation, which investments shall be considered as investments in qualifying employer securities as defined in Section 407(d) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, as directed by the Board of Directors of the Employer. Such permissible investments shall include the Allmerica Financial Corporation Stock Fund, a group trust established by the Allmerica Trust Company, N.A. for the purposes of investing in the common stock of Allmerica Financial Corporation (“The AFC Stock Fund”). In addition, when directed by the Plan Administrator per the request of a Participant,

 

-58-


 

Plan assets shall be invested in individual life insurance and annuity Policies in accordance with Article XVII. The Insurer shall only issue life insurance and annuity policies which conform to the terms of the Plan. All collective investment trusts and group trusts shall also confirm to the terms of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may amounts allocated to Participant’s Tax Deductible Contribution Account be invested in Policies of life insurance.

Each Participant is responsible and has sole discretion to give directions to the Trustee in such form as the Trustee may require concerning the investment of his or her Accrued Benefit in one or more of the investments made available in accordance with the preceding paragraph, which directions must be followed by the Trustee, subject to the restrictions on life insurance premiums described in Article XVII. All voting rights with respect to a Participant’s investment in the AFC Stock Fund shall be the responsibility of that Participant, and the Trustee shall receive direction from the Participant for such voting rights. Neither the Plan Administrator, the Trustee, the Employer nor any other person shall be under any duty to question any investment, voting or other direction of the Participant or make any suggestions to the Participant in connection therewith, and the Trustee shall comply as promptly as practicable with directions given by the Participant hereunder. All such directions may be of continuing nature or otherwise and may be revoked by the Participant at any time in such form as the Trustee may require. Neither the Plan Administrator, the Trustee, the Employer nor any other person shall be responsible or liable for any costs, losses or expenses which may arise or result from or be related to the compliance or refusal or failure to comply with any directions from the Participant. The Trustee may refuse to comply with any direction from the Participant in the event the Trustee, in its sole or absolute discretion, deems such directions improper by virtue of applicable law or regulations. For purposes of this section, all references to “Participant” shall include all Beneficiaries of Participants who are deceased and any Alternate Payees under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, as provided for in Section 20.01.

ARTICLE XVII

INDIVIDUAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY POLICIES

 

17.01 General Rules . For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1999, once a Participant becomes 100% vested, upon the written request of the Participant made to the Plan Administrator, the Administrator in its sole discretion shall direct the Trustee to purchase an individual life insurance or annuity Policy from the Insurer to be issued upon the life of the Participant. Any such Policy shall be of the type requested by the Participant, subject to the following:

 

  (a)

each Policy shall be issued by the Insurer to the Trustee only and shall provide for premiums to be payable in accordance with the terms of the Policy. Purchase of Policies in accordance with this Section 17.01 shall constitute an investment of amounts allocated to the appropriate Account

 

-59-


 

of the Participant, and each such Account shall be reduced by the amount paid for such Policies;

 

  (b) any purchase of life insurance Policies shall be subject to the incidental death benefit restrictions specified in Section 2.33;

 

  (c) as provided in Section 13.04, the Trustee shall be designated as beneficiary of any individual life insurance or annuity Policy issued hereunder, and upon the death of the Participant the Trustee shall pay the Policy proceeds to the appropriate Plan Beneficiary;

 

  (d) each Policy shall be a Policy between the Insurer and Trustee and shall reserve to the Trustee all rights, options and benefits;

 

  (e) each life insurance Policy shall provide a full or increasing death benefit, or if an annuity Policy is issued, contain a provision for refund in the event of the death of the annuitant;

 

  (f) each Policy shall provide settlement options (including lump sum cash payment in the event of the surrender or maturity of such Policy) subject, however, to Section 13.05;

 

  (g) any dividend payable while a Policy is on a premium paying basis shall be applied or accumulated as indicated on the Policy application for the benefit of the Participant on whose life the Policy was issued;

 

  (h) all classes of life insurance Policies purchased hereunder shall be alike or substantially alike as to settlement option provisions, cash values, and as to other Policy provisions, subject, however, to the provisions of Section 17.01(i), 17.01(j) and 17.01(k);

 

  (i) if an eligible Employee is determined to be insurable by the Insurer at its standard rates, a Policy shall be obtained upon his or her life, if available from the Insurer, which provides a life insurance death benefit prior to retirement to which the eligible Employee is entitled;

 

  (j) if an eligible Employee is not insurable at the standard rates of such Insurer, if such coverage is available from the Insurer, the Policy shall provide for a reduced but increasing death benefit as determined by the Insurer (usually called increasing or graded death benefit);

 

  (k) if an eligible Employee is not insurable at the standard rates of the Insurer, each Employer may elect to pay any excess premium that may be required in order to obtain a Policy providing for full death benefits described in Section 17.01(i), if the Insurer shall agree to issue such a Policy;

 

-60-


  (l) the Trustee shall have the right at any time, or from time to time, to increase or decrease the amount of any life insurance and annuity policy coverages under the Plan and within the limits prescribed in Section 2.33;

 

  (m) in no event may amounts allocated to a Participant’s Tax Deductible Contribution Account be invested in Policies of life insurance; and

 

  (n) the Insurer shall only issue Policies which conform to the terms of the Plan.

 

17.02 Procedure Followed to Obtain Policies . When requested by the Plan Administrator, the Trustee shall apply to the Insurer for Policies on the lives of Participants with completed applications as may be required by the Insurer, such Policies to have benefits which are purchasable by a premium or stipulated payment equal to the portion of the contribution allocated for that purpose.

ARTICLE XVIII

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

 

18.01 Claims Fiduciary . The Plan Administrator and Retirement Plan Committee will act as Claims Fiduciaries except to the extent that the Chief Executive Officer of the Employer has allocated the function to someone else.

Notwithstanding any provision elsewhere to be contrary, the Claims Fiduciaries shall have total discretion to fulfill their fiduciary duties as they see fit on a uniform and consistent basis as they believe a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would do.

 

18.02 Claims for Benefits . Claims for benefits under the Plan may be filed with the Plan Administrator on forms supplied by the Employer. For the purpose of this procedure, “claim” means a request for a Plan benefit by a Participant or a Beneficiary of a Participant. If the basis of the claim includes documentation not a part of the records of the Plan or of the Employer, all such documentation must be included with the claim.

 

18.03

Notice of Denial of Claim . If a claim is wholly or partially denied, the Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant of the denial of the claim within a reasonable period of time. Such notice of denial (i) shall be in writing, (ii) shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and (iii) shall contain (A) the specific reason or reasons for denial of the claim, (B) a specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the denial is based, (C) a description of any

 

-61-


 

additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim, along with an explanation why such material or information is necessary, and (D) an explanation of the Plan’s claim review procedure. Unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, the Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant of the claim denial no later than 90 days after receipt of the claim. If such an extension is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the termination of the initial 90-day period. The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render the final decision.

 

18.04 Request for Review of Denial of Claim . Within 120 days of the receipt of the claimant of the written notice of the denial of the claim, or such later time as shall be deemed reasonable taking into account the nature of the benefit subject to the claim and any other attendant circumstances or if the claim has not been granted within a reasonable period of time, the claimant may file a written request with the Retirement Plan Committee to conduct a full and fair review of the denial of the claimant’s claim for benefits. In connection with the claimant’s appeal of the denial of his or her benefit, the claimant may review pertinent documents and may submit issues and comments in writing.

 

18.05 Decision on Review of Denial of Claim . The Retirement Plan Committee shall deliver to the claimant a written decision on the claim promptly, but not later than 60 days, after the receipt of the claimant’s request for review, except that if there are special circumstances which require an extension of time for processing, the aforesaid 60-day period may be extended to 120 days. Such decision shall (i) be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, (ii) include specific reasons for the decision, and (iii) contain specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the decision is based.

ARTICLE XIX

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

19.01 Employer May Amend Plan . The Plan may be modified or amended in whole or in part by the action of the Board of Directors of the Employer at any time or times, and retroactively if it is deemed advisable by the Directors to conform the Plan to conditions which must be met to qualify the Plan or the Trust Indenture for tax benefits available under the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code as it exists at any such time or times; provided , however , that no such modifications or amendment shall make it possible for any part of the Trust Fund to be used for purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment to the Plan shall decrease a Participant’s Accrued Benefit or eliminate an optional form of distribution. Furthermore, no amendment to the Plan shall have the effect of decreasing a

 

-62-


Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit determined without regard to such amendment as of the later of the date such amendment is adopted or the date it becomes effective.

 

19.02 Employer May Discontinue Plan . The Employer reserves the right at any time to partially terminate the Plan or to terminate the Plan in its entirety. Any such termination or partial termination of such Plan shall become effective immediately upon receipt by the Trustee of a copy of the vote or resolutions of the Directors of the Employer terminating its Plan, certified as true and correct by the clerk or secretary of the Employer.

In the event of termination of the Plan there shall be a 100% vesting and nonforfeitability of all rights and benefits under this Trust and Plan irrespective of the length of participation under the Plan. However, the Trust shall remain in existence, and all of the provisions of the Trust shall remain in force which are necessary in the sole opinion of the Trustees other than the provisions relating to Employer and Employee contributions. All of the assets on hand on the date specified in such resolution shall be held, administered and distributed by the Trustees in the manner provided in the Plan, except that a Participant shall have a 100% vested and nonforfeitable interest in his or her Accounts, subject to Section 19.05.

Subject to Section 19.05, any other remaining assets of the Trust Fund shall also be vested in Participants on a pro rata basis based on their respective Accrued Benefit in relation to the aggregate of the Accrued Benefits of all Participants.

In the event of a partial termination of Plan, this section will only apply to those Participants who are affected by such partial termination of Plan.

In the event that the Board of Directors of the Employer shall decide to terminate completely the Plan and Trust, they shall be terminated as of a date to be specified in certified copies of its resolution to be delivered to the Trustees. Upon termination of the Plan and Trust, after payment of all expenses and proportional adjustment of Participants’ Accounts to reflect such expenses, fund profits or losses and reallocations to the date of termination, each Participant shall be entitled to receive in cash any amounts then credited to his or her Participants’ Accounts.

 

19.03 Discontinuance of Contributions . In the event that the Employer shall completely discontinue its contributions, each Participant or Beneficiary of a Participant affected shall be fully vested in any values credited to his or her Participant’s accounts.

All of the assets on hand on the date contributions are discontinued shall be held, administered and distributed by the Trustees in the manner provided in the Plan.

 

19.04

Merger and Consolidation of Plan, Transfer of Plan Assets or Liabilities . In the case of any merger, consolidation with or transfer of assets or liabilities by the Employer to another plan, each Participant in the Plan on the date of the transaction shall have a

 

-63-


 

benefit in the surviving plan (determined as if such plan were terminated immediately after the transaction) at least equal to the benefit to which he or she would have been entitled to receive immediately prior to the transaction if the plan had then terminated.

 

19.05 Return of Employer Contributions Under Special Circumstances . Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary:

 

  (a) Any monies or other Plan assets held in Trust by the Trustee attributable to any contributions made to this Plan by the Employer because of a mistake of fact may be returned to the Employer within one year after the date of contribution.

 

  (b) Any monies or other Plan assets held in Trust by the Trustee attributable to any contribution made by the Employer which is conditional on the initial qualification of the Plan, as amended, under the Internal Revenue Code may be refunded to the Employer; provided that:

 

  (i) the Plan amendment is submitted to the Internal Revenue Service for qualification within one year from the date the amendment is adopted, and

 

  (ii) Such contribution that was made conditioned upon Plan requalification is returned to the Employer within one year after the date the Plan’s requalification is denied.

 

  (c) Any monies or other Plan assets held in Trust by the Trustee attributable to any contribution made by the Employer which is conditional on the deductibility of such contribution may be refunded to the Employer, to the extent the deduction is disallowed under Section 404 of the Code, within one year after the date of such disallowance.

ARTICLE XX

MISCELLANEOUS

 

20.01

Protection of Employee Interest . No Participant, Beneficiary or other person, including alternate payees entitled to benefits pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, shall have the right to assign, pledge, alienate or convey any right, benefit or payment to which he or she shall be entitled in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, and any such attempted assignment, pledge, alienation or conveyance shall be null and void and of no effect. To the extent permitted by law, none of the benefits, payments, proceeds or rights herein created and provided for shall in any way be subject to any debts, contracts or engagements of any Participant, Beneficiary, alternate payee or other person entitled to benefits hereunder, nor to any suits, actions or other judicial process to levy upon or attach the same for the payment

 

-64-


 

thereof. Provided , however , that this provision does not preclude the Plan Administrator from complying with the terms of a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

If any Participant shall attempt to alienate or assign his or her interest provided by the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall take such steps as it deems necessary to preserve such interest for the benefit of the Participant or his or her Beneficiary.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section or Plan to the contrary, the Plan Administrator (i) shall comply with the terms of any Qualified Domestic Relations Order, as described in Section 414(p) of the Internal Revenue Code entered on or after January 1, 1985, and (ii) shall comply with the terms of any domestic relations order entered before January 1, 1985 if the Administrator is paying benefits pursuant to such order on such date.

 

20.02 USERRA Compliance . Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with the rules and requirements of the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 (“ERISA”) and Section 414(u) of the Code.

 

20.03 Amendment to Vesting Schedule . No amendment to the Plan vesting schedule shall deprive a Participant of his or her nonforfeitable rights to benefits accrued to the date of the amendment. Further, if the vesting schedule of the Plan is amended, or the Plan is amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of a Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage, each Participant with at least 3 Years of Service with the Employer may elect, within a reasonable period after the adoption of the amendment, to have his or her nonforfeitable percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment. The period during which the election may be made shall commence with the date the amendment is adopted and shall end on the latest of:

 

  (i) 60 days after the amendment is adopted;

 

  (ii) 60 days after the amendment becomes effective; or

 

  (iii) 60 days after the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer or Plan Administrator.

 

20.04 Meaning of Words Used in Plan . Wherever any words are used herein in the masculine gender, they shall be construed as though they were also used in the feminine or neuter gender in all cases where they would so apply. Wherever any words are used herein in the singular form, they shall be construed as though they were also used in the plural form in all cases where they would so apply.

Titles used herein are for general information only and this Plan is not to be construed

 

-65-


by reference thereto.

 

20.05 Plan Does Not Create Nor Modify Employment Rights . The Plan and Trust shall not be construed as creating or modifying any contracts of employment between the Employer and any Participant. All Employees of the Employer shall be subject to discharge to the same extent that they would have been if the Plan and Trust had never been adopted.

 

20.06 Massachusetts Law Controls . This Plan shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts to the extent that they are not pre-empted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

20.07 Payments to Come from Trust Fund . All benefits and amounts payable under the Plan or Trust Indenture shall be paid or provided for solely from the Trust Fund, and neither the Employer nor the Retirement Plan Committee assumes any liability or responsibility therefor.

 

20.08 Receipt and Release for Payments . Any payment to any Participant, his or her legal representative, Beneficiary, or to any guardian or committee appointed for such Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of this Plan and Trust, shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Trustee, the Employer and the Insurer, any of whom may require such Participant, legal representative, Beneficiary, guardian, custodian or committee, as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release thereof in such form as shall be determined by the Trustee, Employer or Insurer.

EXECUTED, this 29 th day of December, 2005

 

First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company
By:  

/s/ Susan Korthase

Name:   Susan Korthase
Title:   Vice President, Chief HR Officer

 

-66-


FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

ACTION BY UNANIMOUS CONSENT OF DIRECTORS

March 5, 2007

In accordance with Section 3.8 of the Bylaws of First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company (the “Company”), a Massachusetts insurance company, we the undersigned, being all of the members of the Board of Directors of the aforesaid Company, hereby unanimously adopt the following resolution:

 

VOTE: That for the 2006 Plan Year only, Section 4.03 of The Hanover Insurance Group Retirement Savings Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby amended to read as follows:

4.03 Non-Elective Employer Contributions . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary , for the 2006 Plan Year only, and subject to compliance with applicable Code discrimination laws, rules and regulations, all Employees, other than First Allmerica Operating Committee Members, employed by the Employer on December 31, 2006, shall receive an extra Employer paid contribution of $500, whether or not the Employee has elected to participate in the Plan. Such extra contribution shall be in addition to 3% of eligible Compensation, which shall be paid as an Employer contribution to all eligible Employees employed by the Employer on December 31, 2006.

Provided, however that employees who voluntarily terminated between January 1, 2007 and March 5, 2007, or employees who were terminated between such dates for cause, are not eligible for the extra company paid $500 award.

The contribution and extra contribution shall be made in cash. Such contribution and extra contribution shall be made to the Non-Elective Employer Contribution Account established for each eligible Employee and shall be invested per the direction of the Participant in accordance with Section 16.02 of the Plan.

 

/s/ Bryan D. Allen

    

/s/ Edward J. Parry III

Bryan D. Allen      Edward J. Parry III

/s/ Frederick H. Eppinger

    

/s/ Marilyn T. Smith

Frederick H. Eppinger      Marilyn T. Smith

/s/ J. Kendall Huber

    

/s/ Gregory D. Tranter

J. Kendall Huber      Gregory D. Tranter

/s/ Mark C. McGivney

    

/s/ Ann K. Tripp

Mark C. McGivney      Ann K. Tripp

 

1


THE HANOVER INSURANCE GROUP

RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

SECOND AMENDMENT

to the Restatement Generally Effective January 1, 2005

This Second Amendment is executed by First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company, a Massachusetts life insurance company (the “Company”).

WHEREAS, the Company established The Hanover Insurance Group Retirement Savings Plan, formerly known as the “The Allmerica Financial Retirement Savings Plan” and before that “The Allmerica Financial Employees’ 401(k) Matched Savings Plan”, (the “Plan”) effective November 22, 1961 and has amended and restated the Plan in certain respects subsequent to its effective date, including the most recent restatement of the Plan generally effective January 1, 2005 and the first amendment thereto adopted on March 5, 2007; and

WHEREAS, the Company has reserved the right to amend the Plan any time under Section 19.01 of the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Company now desires to further amend the Plan;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is amended effective as of the date hereof unless otherwise specified, as follows:

1. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, the words “separation from service” in Section 1.03 and in the sixth paragraph of Section 13.05 are deleted and the words “severance from employment” are inserted in lieu thereof and the words “separates from service” in the third paragraph of Section 13.03 and the fourth paragraph of Section 13.11 are deleted and the words “severs employment” are inserted in lieu thereof.

2. The following new definition is added to Article II:

“Plan Administrator” shall mean the Benefits Committee, which shall have fiduciary responsibility for the interpretation and administration of the Plan, as provided for in Article XIV. Members of the Benefits Committee shall be appointed as provided for in Section 15.01 hereof.

 

1


3. Section 2.39 is deleted in its entirety.

4. Each of the references to “Retirement Plan Committee” throughout the Plan, including those contained in Sections 2.06(a), 12.01, 14.01, 14.06, 15.01, 15.02, 15.03, 18.01, 18.04, 18.05, and 20.07 is changed to “Plan Administrator”, except as otherwise provided for in this Amendment.

5. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, the following new sentence is added to first paragraph of Section 3.01(b):

Except for occasional, bona fide administrative considerations, Salary Reduction Contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement cannot precede the earlier of (1) the performance of services relating to the contribution and (2) when the compensation that is subject to the election would be currently available to the Participant in the absence of an election to defer.

6. The second sentence of the third paragraph of Section 4.02 is deleted in its entirety and the following new sentence is inserted in lieu thereof:

Such contributions shall be made in cash and shall be allocated in accordance with the Plan current match formula to the Match Contribution Account of each eligible Participant.

7. The second sentence of Section 4.03 is deleted in its entirety and the following new sentence is inserted in lieu thereof:

The contribution shall be made in cash.

8. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, the second paragraph of Section 9.01(a) is deleted in its entirety and the following new paragraphs are inserted in lieu thereof:

Additionally, if one or more other plans allowing contributions under Code Section 401(k) are considered with this Plan as one for purposes of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410(b), the Actual Deferral Percentages for all Eligible Participants under all such plans shall be determined as if this Plan and all such other plans were one; provided that for Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2006 the requirements of Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-1(b)(4)(iii)(B) are met.

If any Highly Compensated Employee is an Eligible Participant in one or more other plans maintained by the same employer, which allow contributions under Code Section 401(k), the Actual Deferral Percentage for that Employee shall be determined as if this Plan and all such other plans were one; if such plans have different plan years, all contributions that are made under all such plans during the plan year being tested shall be aggregated, without regard to the plan years of the other plans. However, for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2006, if the plans have different Plan Years, then all such cash or deferred arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year shall be treated as a single arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be separate if mandatorily disaggregated under the regulations of Code Section 401(k).

 

2


9. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, Section 9.03 is deleted in its entirety and the following new Section 9.03 is inserted in lieu thereof:

 

  9.03 Refund of Excess 401(k) Contributions . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan except Section 9.05, Excess 401(k) Contributions, adjusted for allocable income (gain or loss), including an adjustment for income for the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of the distribution (the “gap period”), shall be distributed no later than the last day of each Plan Year to Participants to whose Accounts such Excess 401(k) Contributions were allocated for the preceding Plan Year. The Plan Administrator has the discretion to determine and allocate income using any of the methods set forth below:

 

  (A) Reasonable method of allocating income . The Plan Administrator may use any reasonable method for computing the income allocable to Excess 401(k) Contributions, provided that the method does not violate Code section 401(a)(4), is used consistently for all Participants and for all corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year, and is used by the Plan for allocating income to Participant’s Accounts. A Plan will not fail to use a reasonable method for computing the income allocable to Excess 401(k) Contributions merely because the income allocable to Excess 401(k) Contributions is determined on a date that is no more than seven (7) days before the distribution.

 

  (B) Alternative method of allocating income . The Plan Administrator may allocate income to Excess 401(k) Contributions for the Plan Year by multiplying the income for the Plan Year allocable to the Salary Reduction Contributions and other amounts taken into account for the purposes of the Average Actual Deferral Percentage Tests (set forth in Section 9.02) including contributions made for the Plan Year, by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Excess 401(k) Contributions for the Participant for the Plan Year, and the denominator of which is the sum of the:

 

  (i) Account balance attributable to Salary Reduction Contributions and other amounts taken into account for the purposes of the Average Actual Deferral Percentage Tests (set forth in Section 9.02) as of the beginning of the Plan Year, and

 

  (ii) Any additional amount of such contributions made for the Plan Year.

 

  (C)

Safe harbor method of allocating gap period income . The Plan Administrator may use the safe harbor method in this paragraph to determine income on excess contributions for the gap period. Under this

 

3


 

safe harbor method, income on Excess 401(k) Contributions for the gap period is equal to ten percent (10%) of the income allocable to Excess 401(k) Contributions for the Plan Year that would be determined under paragraph (b) above, multiplied by the number of calendar months that have elapsed since the end of the Plan Year. For purposes of calculating the number of calendar months that have elapsed under the safe harbor method, a corrective distribution that is made on or before the fifteenth (15th) day of a month is treated as made on the last day of the preceding month and a distribution made after the fifteenth day of a month is treated as made on the last day of the month.

 

  (D) Alternative method for allocating Plan Year and gap period income . The Plan Administrator may determine the income for the aggregate of the Plan Year and the gap period, by applying the alternative method provided by paragraph (b) above to this aggregate period. This is accomplished by (1) substituting the income for the Plan Year and the gap period, for the income for the Plan Year, and (2) substituting the amounts taken into account for the purposes of the Average Actual Deferral Percentage Tests (set forth in Section 9.02) for the Plan Year and the gap period, for the amounts taken into account for the purposes of the Average Actual Deferral Percentage Tests (set forth in Section 9.02) for the Plan Year in determining the fraction that is multiplied by that income.

Excess 401(k) Contributions are allocated to the Highly Compensated Employees with the largest dollar amounts of Employer contributions taken into account in calculating the Actual Deferral Percentage test for the year in which the excess arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with the largest dollar amount of such Employer contributions and continuing in descending order until all the Excess 401(k) Contributions have been allocated. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the “largest amount” is determined after distribution of any Excess 401(k) Contributions.

The Plan Administrator shall make every effort to make all required distributions and forfeitures within 2  1 / 2 months of the end of the affected Plan Year; however, in no event shall such distributions be made later than the end of the following Plan Year. Distributions and forfeitures made later than 2  1 / 2 months after the end of the affected Plan Year will be subject to tax under Code Section 4979.

All forfeitures arising under this Section shall be applied as specified in Section 4.05 of the Plan and treated as arising in the Plan Year after that in which the Excess 401(k) Contributions were made; however, no forfeitures arising under this Section shall be allocated to the Account of any affected Highly Compensated Employee.

Excess 401(k) Contributions shall be treated as Annual Additions under the Plan.

 

4


For a period of four 12-month periods beginning from the given Plan Year, or such other period as the Secretary of the Treasury may designate, the Employer shall maintain records showing what contributions and Compensation were used to satisfy this Section and Section 9.02.

10. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, Section 9.05 is deleted in its entirety and the following new Section 9.05 is inserted in lieu thereof:

 

  9.05 Special Contributions .

 

  (a) Correction by Employer Contribution . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan except Section 9.09, in lieu of distributing Excess 401(k) Contributions as provided in Section 9.03, the Employer may make 401(k) Employer Contributions on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Employees that are sufficient to satisfy either of the Average Actual Deferral Percentage Tests. If a failed Average Actual Deferral Percentage Test is to be corrected by making such contributions, then any such corrective contribution made on behalf of any Non-Highly Compensated Employees shall not exceed the targeted contribution limits of set forth below, or in the case of a corrective contribution that is a Qualified Matching Contribution, the targeted contribution limit of Section 10.05.

 

  (b) Targeted Contribution Limit . Qualified Nonelective Contributions (as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-6) cannot be taken into account in determining the “actual deferral ratio” (ADR) for a Plan Year for a Non-Highly Compensated Employee (NHCE) to the extent such contributions exceed the product of that NHCE’s Code section 414(s) compensation and the greater of five percent (5%) or two (2) times the Plan’s “representative contribution rate.” Any Qualified Nonelective Contribution taken into account under an Average Contribution Percentage Test under Treasury Regulation Section 1.40l(m)-2(a)(6) (including the determination of the representative contribution rate for purposes of Treasury Regulation section 1.401(m)-2(a)(6)(v)(B)), is not permitted to be taken into account for purposes of this Section (including the determination of the “representative contribution rate” under this Section). For purposes of this Section:

 

  (i) The Plan’s “representative contribution rate” is the lowest “applicable contribution rate” of any eligible NHCE among a group of eligible NHCEs that consists of half of all eligible NHCEs for the Plan Year (or, if greater, the lowest “applicable contribution rate” of any eligible NHCE who is in the group of all eligible NHCEs for the Plan Year and who is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year), and

 

  (ii)

The “applicable contribution rate” for an eligible NHCE is the sum of the Qualified Matching Contributions (as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-6) taken into account in determining

 

5


 

the ADR for the eligible NHCE for the Plan Year and the Qualified Nonelective Contributions made for the eligible NHCE for the Plan Year, divided by the eligible NHCE’s Code section 414(s) compensation for the same period.

Qualified Matching Contributions may only be used to calculate an ADR to the extent that such Qualified Matching Contributions are matching contributions that are not precluded from being taken into account under the Average Contribution Percentage Test for the Plan Year under the rules of Treasury Regulation section 1.401(m)-2(a)(5)(ii) and as set forth in Section 10.02 of this Plan.

 

  (c) Limitation on QNEC’s and QMAC’s . Qualified Nonelective Contributions (as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-6) and Qualified Matching Contributions (as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-6) cannot be taken into account to determine an Actual Deferral Percentage to the extent such contributions are taken into account for purposes of satisfying any other Average Actual Deferral Percentage Test, any Average Contribution Percentage Test, or the requirements of Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-3, 1.401(m)-3, or 1.401(k)-4.

11. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, Section 9.08 is deleted in its entirety and the following new Section 9.08 is inserted in lieu thereof:

 

  9.08 Distribution of Excess Elective Deferrals . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, Excess Elective Deferrals adjusted for allocable income (gain or loss), including an adjustment for income for the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of the distribution (the “gap period”) shall be distributed to the affected Participant no later than the April 15 following the calendar year in which such Excess Elective Deferrals were made.

For the purpose of this section, “income” shall be determined and allocated in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.03 of this Plan, except that such section shall be applied (i) by substituting the term “Excess Elective Deferrals” for “Excess 401(k) Contributions” therein, (ii) by ignoring references to “and other amounts taken into account for the purposes of the Average Actual Deferral Percentage Tests (set forth in Section 9.02)”, (iii) by substituting “Excess Elective Deferrals for the taxable year” for “the amounts taken into account under the Average Actual Deferral Percentage Tests for the Plan Year” and (iv) by ignoring the reference to the “Alternative method for allocating Plan Year and gap period income”.

No distribution of an Excess Elective Deferral shall be made unless the correcting distribution is made after the date on which the Plan received the Excess Elective Deferral and both the Participant and the Plan designates the distribution as a distribution of an Excess Elective Deferral.

 

6


Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, any Match Contributions plus earnings that are attributable to any Excess Elective Deferrals that have been refunded shall be forfeited. All such forfeitures shall be treated as arising in the Plan Year after that in which the refunded Excess Deferrals were made and shall be used to reduce future Employer Match Contributions.

12. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, the second sentence of Section 10.01(a) is deleted in its entirety and the following new second sentence is inserted in lieu thereof:

Salary Reduction Contributions (other than Catch-up Contributions) made on behalf of Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees which could be used to satisfy the Code section 401(k)(3) limits (set forth in section 9.02 hereof) but are not necessary to be taken into account in order to satisfy such limits, may instead be in included the above described numerator, to the extent permitted by Treasury Regulation section 1.401(m)-2(a)(6).

13. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, the second and third paragraphs paragraph of Section 10.01(b) are deleted in their entirety and the following new paragraphs are inserted in lieu thereof:

Additionally, if one or more other Plans allowing contributions under Code Section 401(k), voluntary after tax contributions or employer match Contributions are considered with this Plan as one for purposes of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410(b), the Contribution Percentages for all eligible participants under all such plans shall be determined as if this Plan and all such others were one; provided that for Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2006 the requirements of Treasury Regulation section 1.401(m)-1(b)(4)(iii)(B) are met.

If any Highly Compensated Employee is an Eligible Participant in one or more other plans maintained by the same employer, which allow contributions under Code Section 401(k), voluntary after tax contributions or employer match Contributions, the Contribution Percentage for that Employee shall be determined as if this Plan and all such other plans were one; if such plans have different plan years, all contributions that are made under all such plans during the Plan Year being tested shall be aggregated, without regard to the plan years of the other plans. However, for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2006, if the plans have different plan years, then all such plans having plan years ending with or within the same calendar year shall be treated as a single arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be separate if mandatorily disaggregated under the regulations of Code Section 401(m).

14. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, Section 10.03 is deleted in its entirety and the following new Section 10.03 is inserted in lieu thereof:

 

  10.03

Refund and Forfeiture of Excess 401(m) Contributions . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan except Sections 10.05 and 10.06, Excess 401(m)

 

7


 

Contributions adjusted for allocable income (gain or loss), including an adjustment for income for the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of the distribution (the “gap period”) shall be distributed to affected Highly Compensated Employees.

For the purpose of this section, “income” shall be determined and allocated in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.03 of this Plan, except that such section shall be applied (i) by substituting the term “Excess 401(m) Contributions” for “Excess 401(k) Contributions” therein, and (ii) by substituting amounts taken into account for the purposes of the Average Contribution Percentage Tests for amounts taken into account for the purposes of the Average Actual Deferral Percentage Tests.

The Plan Administrator shall make every effort to refund all Excess 401(m) Contributions within 2  1 / 2 months of the end of the affected Plan Year; however, in no event shall Excess 401(m) Contributions be refunded later than the end of the following Plan Year. Distributions made later than 2  1 / 2 months after the end of the affected Plan Year will be subject to tax under Code Section 4979.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, any Match Contributions plus earnings that are attributable to any Excess 401(m) Contributions that have been refunded shall be forfeited. All such forfeitures shall be treated as arising in the Plan Year after that in which the refunded Excess 401(m) Contributions were made and shall be used to reduce future Employer Match Contributions.

For a period of four 12-month periods beginning from the given Plan Year, or such other period as the Secretary of the Treasury may designate, the Employer shall maintain records showing what contributions and compensation were used to satisfy this Section and Section 10.02.

15. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, Section 10.05 is deleted in its entirety and the following new Section 10.05 is inserted in lieu thereof:

 

  10.05 Special 401(k) Employer Contributions .

 

  (a) Correction by Employer Contribution . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan except Section 10.07, in lieu of refunding Excess 401(m) Contributions as provided in Section 10.03, the Employer may make 401(k) Employer Contributions on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Employees that are sufficient to satisfy the Average Contribution Percentage test. If a failed Average Contribution Percentage Test is to be corrected by making such contributions, then any such corrective contribution made on behalf of any Non-Highly Compensated Employees shall not exceed the targeted contribution limits of set forth below,

 

8


  (b) Targeted Matching Contribution Limit . A matching contribution with respect to an Salary Reduction Contribution for a Plan Year is not taken into account under the Actual Contribution Percentage Test for an NHCE to the extent it exceeds the greatest of:

 

  (i) five percent (5%) of the NHCE’s Code Section 414(s) compensation for the Plan Year;

 

  (ii) the NHCE’s Salary Reduction Contributions for the Plan Year; and

 

  (iii) the product of two (2) times the Plan’s “representative matching rate” and the NHCE’s Salary Reduction Contributions for the Plan Year.

For purposes of this Section, the Plan’s “representative matching rate” is the lowest “matching rate” for any eligible NHCE among a group of NHCEs that consists of half of all eligible NHCEs in the Plan for the Plan Year who make Salary Reduction Contributions for the Plan Year (or, if greater, the lowest “matching rate” for all eligible NHCEs in the Plan who are employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year and who make Salary Reduction Contributions for the Plan Year).

For purposes of this Section, the “matching rate” for an Employee generally is the matching contributions made for such Employee divided by the Employee’s Salary Reduction Contributions for the Plan Year. If the matching rate is not the same for all levels of Salary Reduction Contributions for an Employee, then the Employee’s “matching rate” is determined assuming that an Employee’s Salary Reduction Contributions are equal to six percent (6%) of Code Section 414(s) compensation.

 

  (c) Targeted QNEC limit . Qualified Nonelective Contributions (as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.40l(k)-6) cannot be taken into account under the Actual Contribution Percentage Test for a Plan Year for an NHCE to the extent such contributions exceed the product of that NHCE’s Code Section 414(s) compensation and the greater of five percent (5%) or two (2) times the Plan’s “representative contribution rate.” Any Qualified Nonelective Contribution taken into account under an Actual Deferral Percentage Test under Treasury Regulation section 1.401 (k)-2(a)(6) (including the determination of the “representative contribution rate” for purposes of Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6)(iv)(B)) is not permitted to be taken into account for purposes of this Section (including the determination of the “representative contribution rate” for purposes of subsection (a) below). For purposes of this Section:

 

  (i)

The Plan’s “representative contribution rate” is the lowest “applicable contribution rate” of any eligible NHCE among a

 

9


 

group of eligible NHCEs that consists of half of all eligible NHCEs for the Plan Year (or, if greater, the lowest “applicable contribution rate” of any eligible NHCE who is in the group of all eligible NHCEs for the Plan Year and who is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year), and

 

  (ii) The “applicable contribution rate” for an eligible NHCE is the sum of the matching contributions (as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.401 (m)-l(a)(2)) taken into account in determining the “actual contribution ratio” for the eligible NHCE for the Plan Year and the Qualified Nonelective Contributions made for that NHCE for the Plan Year, divided by that NHCE’s Code section 414(s) compensation for the Plan Year.

16. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, Section 13.01 is amended by the addition of the following new paragraph:

A Participant whose employment status changes from that of a common law employee to that of a “leased employee” within the meaning of Code section 414(n) shall not be considered to have a severance from employment for the purposes of this section and this Article of the Plan (unless the safe harbor plan requirements described in Code section 414(n)(5) are met).

17. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2007, the words “no more than 90 days” in the second paragraph of Section 13.11(a) shall be deleted and the words “no more than 90 days (180 days for Plan Years beginning January 1, 2007 and thereafter)” shall be inserted in lieu thereof and the words “90-day period” in the fourth paragraph of Section 12.01, “ in the first paragraph of Section 13.07, and the second paragraph of and Section 13.11(a) shall be deleted and the words “90-day period (180-day period for Plan Years beginning January 1, 2007 and thereafter)” shall be inserted in lieu thereof.

18. The last sentence of the second paragraph and the third paragraph of Section 7.07(c)(ii) is deleted in their entirety and the following new sentence and paragraph are inserted in lieu thereof:

However, distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice described in the preceding sentence is given, provided the distribution is not one to which Code Section 417 applies, the Participant is clearly informed of his or her right to take 30 days after receiving the notice to decide whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects to receive the distribution prior to the expiration of the 30-day minimum period.

For Plan Years beginning January 1, 1998, and thereafter, if a distribution is one to which Code Sections 411(a)(11)(A) and 417 applies, a Participant may commence receiving a distribution in a form other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity less than 30 days after receipt of the written explanation described in the preceding paragraph provided: (1)

 

10


the Participant has been provided with information that clearly indicates that the Participant has at least 30 days to consider whether to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and elect (with spousal consent) a form of distribution other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; (2) the Participant is permitted to revoke any affirmative distribution election at least until the Distribution Commencement Date or, if later, at any time prior to the expiration of the 7-day period that begins the day after the explanation of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant; and (3) the Distribution Commencement Date is after the date the written explanation was provided to the Participant. For distributions on or after December 31, 1996, the Distribution Commencement Date may be a date prior to the date the written explanation is provided to the Participant if the distribution does not commence until at least 30 days after such written explanation is provided, subject to the waiver of the 30-day period. For the purposes of this paragraph, the Distribution Commencement Date is the date a Participant commences distributions from the Plan. If a Participant commences distribution with respect to a portion of his/her Account Balance, a separate Distribution Commencement Date applies to any subsequent distribution. If distribution is made in the form of an annuity, the Distribution Commencement Date is the first day of the first period for which annuity payments are made.

19. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, the following sentences are added to Section 13.12(b)(2)(ii):

Eligible Retirement Plan also means an annuity contract described in Code section 403(b) and an eligible plan under Code section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan.

20. The following sentences are added to Section 13.13:

Except as specifically provided in a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, amounts distributed under this section shall be taken pro rata from the investment options in which each of the Participant’s Accounts is invested. The Plan Administrator shall establish reasonable procedures to determine whether an order or other decree is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, and to administer distributions under such orders.

21. Article XIV is deleted in its entirety and the following new Article XIV is inserted in lieu thereof:

PLAN FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITIES

 

  14.01 Plan Fiduciaries . The Plan Fiduciaries shall be:

 

  (i) the Trustee(s) of the Plan;

 

  (ii) the Plan Administrator;

 

11


  (v) such other person or persons as may be designated by the Plan Administrator in accordance with the provisions of this Article XIV.

 

  14.02 General Fiduciary Duties . Each Plan Fiduciary shall discharge his or her duties solely in the interest of the Participants and their Beneficiaries and act:

 

  (i) for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their Beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan;

 

  (ii) with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims;

 

  (iii) by diversifying the investments of the Plan so as to minimize the risk of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is clearly prudent not to do so, if the Fiduciary has the responsibility to invest plan assets; and

 

  (iv) in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan insofar as such documents and instruments are consistent with the provisions of current laws and regulations.

Each Plan Fiduciary shall perform the duties specifically assigned to him or her. No Plan Fiduciary shall have any responsibility for the performance or non-performance of any duties not specifically allocated to him or her.

 

  14.03 Duties of the Trustee(s) . The specific responsibilities and duties of the Trustee(s) are set forth in the Trust Indenture between First Allmerica and the Trustee(s). In general the Trustee(s) shall:

 

  (i) invest Plan assets, subject to directions from the Plan Administrator or from any duly appointed investment manager;

 

  (ii) maintain adequate records of receipts, disbursements, and other transactions involving the Plan; and

 

  (iii) prepare such reports, statements, tax returns and other forms as may be required under the Trust Indenture or applicable laws and regulations.

 

  14.04 Powers and Duties of the Plan Administrator . The Plan Administrator is the Benefits Committee. The Plan Administrator shall have the power, discretionary authority, and duty to interpret the provisions of the Plan and to make all decisions and take all actions and that shall be necessary or proper in order to carry out the provisions of the Plan. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Plan Administrator shall:

 

  (i) monitor compliance with the provisions of ERISA and other applicable laws with respect to the Plan;

 

12


  (ii) establish an investment policy and funding method consistent with objectives of the Plan and with the requirements of applicable laws and regulations;

 

  (iii) invest Plan assets except to the extent that the Plan Administrator has delegated such investment duties to an investment manager;

 

  (iv) evaluate from time to time investment policy and the performance of any investment manager or investment advisor appointed by it;

 

  (v) interpret and construe the Plan in order to resolve any ambiguities therein;

 

  (vi) determine all questions concerning the eligibility of any person to participate in the Plan, the right to and the amount of any benefit payable under the Plan to or on behalf of an individual and the date on which any individual ceases to be a Participant, with any such determination to be conclusively binding and final, to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon all persons interested or claiming an interest in the Plan;

 

  (vii) establish guidelines as required for the orderly and uniform administration of the Plan;

 

  (viii) exercise overall control of the operation and administration of the Plan in matters not allocated to some other Fiduciary by the terms of this Plan.

 

  (ix) administer the Plan on a day-to-day basis in accordance with the provisions of this Plan and all other pertinent documents;

 

  (x) retain and maintain Plan records, including Participant census data, participation dates, compensation records, and such other records necessary or desirable for proper Plan administration;

 

  (xi) prepare and arrange for delivery to Participants of such summaries, descriptions, announcements and reports as are required to be given to participants under applicable laws and regulations;

 

  (xii) file with the U.S. Department of Labor, the Internal Revenue Service and other regulatory agencies on a timely basis all required reports, forms and other documents;

 

  (xiii) prepare and furnish to the Trustee(s) sufficient records and data to enable the Trustee(s) to properly perform its obligations under the Trust Indenture; and

 

13


  (xiv) to take appropriate actions required to correct any errors made in determining the eligibility of any employee for benefits under the Plan or the amount of benefits payable under the Plan and in correcting any error made in computing the benefits of any participant or beneficiary, the Plan Administrator may make equitable adjustments (an increase or decrease) in the amount of any future benefits payable under the Plan, including the recovery of any overpayment of benefits paid from the Plan as provided in Treas. Reg. § 1.401(a)-13(c)(2)(iii).

The Plan Administrator may appoint or employ such advisers or assistants as the Plan Administrator deems necessary and may delegate to any one or more of its members any responsibility it may have under the Plan or designate any other person or persons to carry out any responsibility it may have under the Plan.

Notwithstanding any provisions elsewhere to the contrary, the Plan Administrator shall have total discretion to fulfill the above responsibilities as the Plan Administrator sees fit on a uniform and consistent basis and as the Plan Administrator believes a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would do.

 

  14.05 Designation of Fiduciaries . The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to appoint and remove Trustee(s) in accordance with the Trust Indenture. The Plan Administrator may appoint and remove an investment manager and delegate to said investment manager power to manage, acquire or dispose of any assets of the Plan.

While there is an investment manager, the Plan Administrator shall have no obligation under this Plan with regard to the performance or non-performance of the duties delegated to the investment manager.

The Plan Administrator shall appoint all other Fiduciaries of this Plan. In making its appointment or delegation of authority, the Plan Administrator may designate all of the responsibilities to one person or it may allocate the responsibilities, on a continuing basis or on an ad hoc basis, to one or more individuals either jointly or severally. No individual named a Fiduciary shall have any responsibility for the performance or non-performance of any responsibilities or duties not allocated to him or her.

The appointing authority of a Fiduciary shall periodically, but not less frequently than annually, review the performance of each fiduciary appointed in order to carry out the general fiduciary duties specified in Section 14.02 and, where appropriate, take or recommend remedial action.

 

  14.06

Delegation of Duties by a Fiduciary . Except as provided in this Plan or in the appointment as a Fiduciary, no Plan Fiduciary may delegate his or her fiduciary responsibilities. If authorized by the appointing authority, a Fiduciary may

 

14


 

appoint such agents as may be deemed necessary and delegate to such agents any non-fiduciary powers or duties, whether ministerial or discretionary. No Fiduciary or agent of a Fiduciary who is a full-time employee of the Employer will receive any compensation from the Plan for his or her services, but the Employer or the Plan shall pay all expenses that such employee reasonably incurs in the discharge of his or her duties.

22. Article XV is renamed “BENEFITS COMMITTEE”.

23. Sections 15.01, 15.02 and 15.03 shall be deleted in their entirety and the following new Sections 15.01, 15.02 and 15.03 is inserted in lieu thereof:

 

  15.01 Appointment of Benefits Committee . The Benefits Committee shall consist of three or more members appointed from time to time by the President of the Employer (the “President”), who shall also designate one of the members as chairman. Each member of the Benefits Committee and its chairman shall serve at the pleasure of the President.

 

  15.02 Benefits Committee to Act by Majority Vote, etc . The Benefits Committee shall act by majority vote of all members. All actions, determinations, interpretations and decisions of the Benefits Committee with respect to any matter within their jurisdiction will be conclusive and binding on all persons. Any person may rely conclusively upon any action if certified by the Benefits Committee.

Notwithstanding the above, a member of the Benefits Committee who is also a Participant shall not vote or act upon any matter relating solely or primarily to him or herself.

 

  15.03 Records and Reports of the Benefits Committee . The Benefits Committee shall keep a record of all of its proceedings and acts, and shall keep such books of account, records and other data as may be necessary for the proper administration of the Plan and file or deliver to Participants and their Beneficiaries whatever reports are required by any regulatory authority.

24. The following new Section 15.05 is added to Article XV immediately following Section 15.04:

 

  15.05

Indemnification of the Plan Administrator and Assistants . The Employer shall indemnify and defend to the extent permitted under the By-Laws of the Employer any Employee or former Employee (i) who serves or has served as a member of the Benefits Committee, (ii) who has been appointed to assist the Benefits Committee in administering the Plan, or (iii) to whom the Benefits Committee has delegated any of its duties or responsibilities against any liabilities, damages, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and amounts paid in settlement of any claims approved by the Employer) occasioned by any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan, if such act or omission to act is in good faith and

 

15


 

without gross negligence; provided that such Employee or former Employee is not otherwise indemnified or saved harmless under any liability insurance or other indemnification arrangement.

25. Section 16.01 is deleted in its entirety and the following new Section 16.01 is inserted in lieu thereof:

 

  16.01 In General . Subject to the direction of the Plan Administrator or any duly appointed investment manager in accordance with Section 14.05 (or subject to the direction of the Plan Administrator if a Participant has requested that an individual life insurance or annuity Policy be issued on his or her life in accordance with Article XVII), the Trustee shall receive all contributions to the Trust and shall hold, invest and control the whole or any part of the assets in accordance with the provisions of the annexed Trust Indenture.

26. The first sentence of Section 16.02 is deleted in its entirety and the following new sentence is inserted in lieu thereof:

In order to provide retirement and other benefits for Plan Participants and their Beneficiaries, the Trustee shall invest Plan assets in one or more permissible investments specified in the Trust Indenture (“Permissible Investments”) and in such collective investment trusts or group trusts that may be established for the primary objective of investing in securities issued by The Hanover Group Insurance, Inc., which investments shall be considered as investments in qualifying employer securities as defined in Section 407(d) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. Such permissible investments shall include The Hanover Insurance Group Company Stock Fund, a group trust established for the purposes of investing in the common stock of The Hanover Insurance Group (“The Employer Stock Fund”).

27. The second paragraph of Section 16.02 is deleted in its entirety and the following new paragraph is inserted in lieu thereof:

This Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 404(c) of ERISA. Each Participant is responsible and has sole discretion to give directions to the Trustee in such form as the Trustee may require concerning the investment of his or her Accrued Benefit in one or more of the Permissible Investments subject to the restrictions on life insurance premiums described in Article XVII. The designation by a Participant of the allocation of his Accrued Benefit among the Permissible Investments may be made from time to time, with such frequency and in accordance with such procedures as established and set forth in the Trust Indenture and applied in a uniform nondiscriminatory manner. Any such procedure shall be communicated to the Participants and designed with the intention of permitting the Participants to exercise control over the assets in their respective accounts within the meaning of Section 404(c) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder. If and to the extent that a Participant fails to designate an allocation of his Accrued Benefit, in whole or in part, the Trustee shall allocate and invest such assets in the default investment fund selected by the

 

16


Plan Administrator. Otherwise, the Trustee shall allocate and invest the assets of the Trust in accordance with the Participant’s selections subject to the restrictions on life insurance premiums described in Article XVII. All voting rights with respect to a Participant’s investment in the Employer Stock Fund shall be the responsibility of that Participant, and the Trustee shall receive direction from the Participant for such voting rights. Neither the Plan Administrator, the Trustee, the Employer nor any other person shall be under any duty to question any investment, voting or other direction of the Participant or make any suggestions to the Participant in connection therewith, and the Trustee shall comply as promptly as practicable with directions given by the Participant hereunder. All such directions may be of continuing nature or otherwise and may be revoked by the Participant at any time in such form as the Trustee may require. Neither the Plan Administrator, the Trustee, the Employer nor any other person shall be responsible or liable for any costs, losses or expenses which may arise or result from or be related to the compliance or refusal or failure to comply with any directions from the Participant. The Trustee may refuse to comply with any direction from the Participant in the event the Trustee, in its sole or absolute discretion, deems such direction improper by virtue of applicable law or regulations. For purposes of this section, all references to “Participant” shall include all Beneficiaries of Participants who are deceased and any Alternate Payees under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, as provided for in Section 20.01.

28. The first sentence of Section 18.01 is deleted in its entirety and the following new sentence is inserted in lieu thereof:

The Plan Administrator will act as Claims Fiduciary except to the extent that the Plan Administrator has delegated the function to some other person or persons, committee or entity.

29. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, Section 20.02 is deleted in its entirety and the following new Section 20.02 is inserted in lieu thereof:

 

  20.02 Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with the rules and requirements of the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 and Section 414(u) of the Code. “Make-up” Salary Reduction Contributions made by reason of an eligible Employee’s qualified military service under Code section 414(u) shall not be taken into account for any year when calculating an employee’s Actual Deferral Percentage (under Section 9.1(a)) as provided for in Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-2(a)(5)(v) and matching contributions thereon shall not be taken into account for any year when calculating an employee’s Average Contribution Percentage (under Section 10.1(a)) as provided for in Treasury Regulation section 1.401(m)-2(a)(5)(vi).

 

17


30. This Amendment is intended, in part, as a good faith compliance with the requirements of the Final Regulations issued under Section 401(k) and 401(m) of the Internal Revenue Code that were published on December 29, 2004.

31. This Amendment shall supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Amendment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Second Amendment has been executed this 26th day of June 2007.

 

FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE
By:  

/s/ Lorna Stearns

  Authorized Representative

 

18


THE HANOVER INSURANCE GROUP

RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

THIRD AMENDMENT

to the Restatement Generally Effective January 1, 2005

This Third Amendment is executed by The Hanover Insurance Company, a New Hampshire company (the “Company”).

WHEREAS, Immediately prior to January 1, 2008, First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company (“FAFLIC”) sponsored The Hanover Insurance Group Retirement Savings Plan, formerly known as the “The Allmerica Financial Retirement Savings Plan” and before that “The Allmerica Financial Employees’ 401(k) Matched Savings Plan”, (the “Plan”);

WHEREAS, FAFLIC transferred sponsorship of, and the liabilities and obligations associated with the Plan to The Hanover Insurance Company (the “Company”) effective as of January 1, 2008 and the Company agreed to assume sponsorship of, and the liabilities and obligations associated with the Plan as of such date;

WHEREAS, The Plan was established effective as of November 22, 1961 and was amended and restated in certain respects subsequent to its effective date,

WHEREAS, The most recent restatement of the Plan was adopted on December 29, 2005 and was generally effective January 1, 2005, and such restatement was amended by the adoption of the First Amendment on March 5, 2007, and the Second Amendment on June 26, 2007;

WHEREAS, the Company (and the Company as successor in interest to FAFLIC) has reserved the right to amend the Plan any time under Section 19.01 of the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan to reflect the votes adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company at its December 19, 2007 meeting;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is amended effective as of January 1, 2008 as follows:

 

1


1. Section 2.09 of the Plan is deleted in its entirety and the following new Section 2.09 inserted in lieu thereof:

2.09 “Employer” shall mean The Hanover Insurance Company provided that prior to January 1, 2008 “Employer” shall mean First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company.

2. The following new Section 2.11A is added to Article II:

2.11A “First Allmerica” shall mean First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company.

3. Paragraph (v) of Section 2.17(f) of the Plan is deleted in its entirety and the following new paragraphs (v) and (vi) are inserted in lieu thereof:

 

  (v) for periods prior to January 1, 2008 with First Allmerica; or

 

  (vi) with an Affiliate.

4. References to “First Allmerica” in Sections 2.24, 2.33, and 14.03 shall be deleted and replaced by references to “the Employer” in such sections.

5. This Amendment shall supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Amendment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Third Amendment has been executed this 30 th day of April 2008.

 

THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Lorna Stearns

  Authorized Representative

 

2


THE HANOVER INSURANCE GROUP, INC.

RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

FOURTH AMENDMENT

to the Restatement Generally Effective January 1, 2005

This Fourth Amendment is executed by The Hanover Insurance Company, a New Hampshire company (the “Company”).

WHEREAS, the most recent restatement of the Plan was adopted on December 29, 2005 and was generally effective January 1, 2005, and such restatement was amended by the adoption of the First Amendment on March 5, 2007, the Second Amendment on June 26, 2007, and the Third Amendment on April 30, 2008;

WHEREAS, the Company has reserved the right to amend the Plan any time under Section 19.01 of the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Company now desires to amend the Plan.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is amended effective as of January 1, 2008 as follows:

 

1. The first sentence of Section 4.02 of the Plan is deleted in its entirety and the following new sentences are inserted in lieu thereof:

For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2009, unless otherwise voted by the Board of Directors of the Employer, for each pay period that an eligible Salary Reduction Contribution is made by a Participant to the Trust, not to exceed the Code Section 402(g) limitation and not including Catch-up Contributions, the Employer shall make a Match Contribution to the Trust on the Participant’s behalf equal to 100% of the Participant’s Salary Reduction Contributions that do not exceed 6% of the Participant’s Compensation, not including Catch-up Contributions, made during the pay period.

For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1,2005 and before January 1, 2009, unless otherwise voted by the Board of Directors of the Employer, for each pay period that an eligible Salary Reduction Contribution is made by a Participant to the Trust, not to exceed the Code Section 402(g) limitation and not including Catch-up Contributions, the Employer shall make a Match Contribution to the Trust on the Participant’s behalf equal to 100% of the first 5% of the Participant’s Salary Reduction Contributions, not including Catch-up Contributions, made during the pay period.


2. Section 4.03 of the Plan be deleted in its entirety and the following language inserted in lieu thereof:

Section 4.03. Non-Elective Employer Contributions

(a) For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, eligible Employees who are employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year will receive an Employer paid contribution, whether or not the Employee has elected to participate in the Plan, in an amount equal to 2% of the Employee’s eligible Plan Compensation, unless otherwise voted by the Board of Directors of the Employer.

For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2005 and before January 1, 2008, unless otherwise voted by the Board of Directors of the Employer, eligible Employees who are employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year will receive an Employer paid contribution, whether or not the Employee has elected to participate in the Plan, equal to 3% of eligible Plan Compensation.

The contribution shall be made in cash. Such contribution shall be made to the Non-Elective Employer Contribution Account to be established for each such Employee and shall be invested per the direction of the Participant in accordance with Section 16.02 of the Plan.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, for the 2006 Plan Year only, and subject to compliance with applicable Code discrimination laws, rules and regulations, all Employees, other than First Allmerica Operating Committee Members, employed by the Employer on December 31, 2006, shall receive an extra Employer paid contribution of $500, whether or not the Employee has elected to participate in the Plan.

Provided, however that Employees who voluntarily terminated between January 1, 2007 and March 5, 2007, or employees who were terminated between such dates for cause, are not eligible for the extra company paid $500 award.

The contribution and extra contribution shall be made in cash. Such contribution and extra contribution shall be made to the Non-Elective Employer Contribution Account established for each eligible Employee and shall be invested per the direction of the Participant in accordance with Section 16.02 of the Plan.

This Amendment shall supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Amendment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Fourth Amendment has been executed this 19th day of November, 2008.

 

THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Lorna Stearns

  Authorized Representative


THE HANOVER INSURANCE GROUP

RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

FIFTH AMENDMENT

to the Restatement Generally Effective January 1, 2005

This Fifth Amendment is executed by The Hanover Insurance Company, a New Hampshire life insurance company (the “Company”).

WHEREAS, The most recent restatement of the Plan was adopted on December 29, 2005 and was generally effective January 1, 2005, and such restatement was amended by the adoption of the First Amendment on March 5, 2007, the Second Amendment on June 26, 2007, and the Third Amendment on April 30, 2008; and the Fourth Amendment on November 2, 2008;

WHEREAS, the Company has reserved the right to amend the Plan any time under Section 19.01 of the Plan;

WHEREAS, the Company has reserved the right to amend the Plan any time under Section XII of the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is amended as follows:

 

1. Effective as of January 1, 2009, the Plan is amended as follows:

Section 1. General Information and Provisions

 

1.1 Effect of Amendment. This Amendment supersedes any conflicting provisions of the Hanover Insurance Group Retirement Savings Plan (the “Plan”), any administrative policy regarding Elective Deferrals, and/or the Plan’s funding policy. Furthermore, this Amendment supersedes any State (or Commonwealth) law that would directly or indirectly prohibit or restrict the inclusion of an Automatic Contribution Arrangement in the Plan, pursuant to ERISA §514(e)(l) and Department of Labor Regulation §2550.404c–5(f).

 

1.2 Good Faith Compliance. This document is an Amendment to the Plan, any administrative policy regarding Elective Deferrals, and/or the Plan’s funding policy; is intended as good faith compliance with all current guidance with respect to Automatic Contribution Arrangements; and will incorporate any subsequent guidance with respect to Automatic Contribution Arrangements, even to the extent that such subsequent guidance would modify the terms of this Amendment.

Section 2. Elective Deferrals

 

2.1 Elective Deferrals. All of the Elective Deferrals that are withheld under the Automatic Contribution Arrangement will be treated as Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.


Section 3. Eligible Participants

 

3.1 Eligible Participants. The following classes of Participants are Eligible Participants and will be subject to the Automatic Contribution Arrangement:

 

  (a) New Participants. New Participants who are eligible to make Elective Deferrals and who are entering the Elective Deferral component of the Plan.

 

  (b) Participants Who Have Not Made an Election. Participants who are eligible to make Elective Deferrals, and who have not made an election with respect to Elective Deferrals.

Section 4. Duration/Expiration of Automatic Contribution Overriding Election

 

4.1 Duration/Expiration of Automatic Contribution Overriding Election. The Automatic Contribution Overriding Election will not expire, but will remain in force until changed by the Eligible Participant. An Eligible Participant need not execute a subsequent Automatic Contribution Overriding Election in order to have the prior Automatic Contribution Overriding Election apply to the Automatic Contribution Percentage or Qualified Percentage of a subsequent Plan Year. Any subsequent change to the Automatic Contribution Overriding Election will be made in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan relating to the modification of Elective Deferrals.

Section 5. Type of Automatic Contribution Arrangement

 

5.1 Type of Automatic Contribution Arrangement. The type of Automatic Contribution Arrangement which this Amendment reflects is a Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement as described in PPA §902(a), which added Code §401(k)(13).

Section 6. Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement

 

6.1 Effective Date. The Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement is effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2009.

 

6.2 Initial Qualified Percentage. An Eligible Participant will be treated as having elected to have the Employer make Elective Deferrals to the Plan in an amount equal to 3% of Compensation as the Qualified Percentage in the first Applicable Plan Year.

 

6.3 Qualified Percentage for Subsequent Applicable Plan Years. An Eligible Participant will be treated as having elected to have the Employer make Elective Deferrals to the Plan in the amounts equal to the following percentages of Compensation as the Qualified Percentages in subsequent Applicable Plan Years after the first Applicable Plan Year:

 

  3%      of Compensation as the Qualified Percentage in the second Applicable Plan Year.
  4%      of Compensation as the Qualified Percentage in the third Applicable Plan Year.
  5%      of Compensation as the Qualified Percentage in the fourth Applicable Plan Year.
  6%      of Compensation as the Qualified Percentage in any subsequent Applicable Plan Year after the fourth Applicable Plan Year.

 

6.4 Matching Contribution Requirement.

 

(a)

Enhanced Matching Contribution. The Employer will make a matching contribution equal to 100% of a Participant’s Elective Deferrals that do not exceed 6% of Compensation as provided for in Section 4.02 of the Plan. Such matching contribution will be made on behalf of any Participant who is eligible to make an


 

Elective Deferral component of the Plan who makes Elective Deferrals. The ratio of such matching contributions to Elective Deferrals of a Participant who is a highly compensated employee must not exceed the ratio of such matching contributions to Elective Deferrals of any Participant who is a non-highly compensated employee with Elective Deferrals at the same percentage of Compensation as any highly compensated employee. Furthermore, the ratio of a Participant’s matching contributions to the Participant’s Elective Deferrals may not increase as the amount of a Participant’s Elective Deferrals increases.

 

(b) Compensation. The term “Compensation” means, for purposes of the matching contribution, means as “Compensation” as defined in the Plan document, which definition of compensation qualifies as a nondiscriminatory definition of compensation under Code §414(s) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. The Compensation measuring period is the Plan Year.

 

(c) Withdrawal Restrictions. The matching contribution is subject to the withdrawal restrictions set forth in Code §401(k)(2)(B) and Treasury Regulation §1.401(k)-1(d).

 

6.5 Vesting Schedule. A Participant’s sub-account that holds the matching contribution will be subject to the vesting schedule set forth in Section 2.22 of the Plan.

 

6.6 Usage of Forfeitures. With respect to any forfeiture of the non-vested interest in a Participants sub-account that contains the matching contribution, the Administrator may elect to use all or any portion of the forfeitures to pay administrative expenses incurred by the Plan. Forfeitures that are not used to pay administrative expenses will be used first to restore previous forfeitures of Participants accounts as necessary and permitted pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Forfeitures that are not used to pay administrative expenses and are not used to satisfy the provisions of the previous sentence will then be allocated/used to reduce the matching contribution provided for in Section 6.4(a).

 

6.7 Exemption from ADP Test. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Plan will be treated as meeting the ADP test as set forth in Code §401(k)(3)(A)(ii) in any Plan Year in which the Plan includes a Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement pursuant to PPA §902(a), which added Code §401 (k)( I3)(A).

 

6.8 Limited Exemption from ACP Test. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Plan shall be treated as having satisfied the ACP test as set forth in Code §401(m)(2) only with respect to the matching contribution in any Plan Year in which the Plan includes a Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement pursuant to PPA §902(b), which revised Code §401(m)(12).

 

6.9 Limited Exemption from Top Heavy. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, in any Plan Year in which the Plan consists solely of: Employer contributions consisting of matching contributions which meet the requirements of Code §401(m)(12), then such Plan will not be treated as a top heavy Plan and will be exempt from the top heavy requirements of Code §416. Furthermore, if the Plan (but for the prior sentence) would be treated as a top heavy Plan because the Plan is a member of an aggregation group which is a top heavy group, then the contributions under the Plan may be taken into account in determining whether any other plan in the aggregation group meets the top heavy requirements of Code §416.

Section 7. Default Investment

 

7.1 Default Investment. If a Participant or beneficiary has the opportunity to direct the investment of the assets in his or her account (but does not direct the investment of such assets), then such assets in his or her account will be invested in a Qualified Default Investment Alternative.

 

7.2

Transfer from Qualified Default Investment Alternative. Any Participant or beneficiary on whose behalf assets are invested in a Qualified Default Investment Alternative may transfer, in whole or in part,


 

such assets to any other investment alternative available under the Plan with a frequency consistent with that afforded to a Participant or beneficiary who elected to invest in the Qualified Default Investment Alternative, but not less frequently than once within any 3-month period.

 

  (a) No Fees during First 90 Days. Any Participant’s or beneficiary’s election to make such transfer from the Qualified Default Investment Alternative, a Permissible Withdrawal during the 90-day period beginning on the date of the Participant’s first Elective Deferral as determined under Code §4l4(w)(2)(B), or other first investment in a Qualified Default Investment Alternative on behalf of a Participant or beneficiary, will not be subject to any restrictions, fees or expenses (including surrender charges, liquidation or exchange fees, redemption fees and similar expenses charged in connection with the liquidation of, or transfer from, the investment), except as permitted in Department of Labor Regulation §2550.404c–5(c)(5)(ii)(B).

 

  (b) Limited Fees after First 90 Days. Following the end of the 90-day period described in paragraph (a), any transfer from the Qualified Default Investment Alternative a Permissible Withdrawal will not be subject to any restrictions, fees or expenses not otherwise applicable to a Participant or beneficiary who elected to invest in that Qualified Default Investment Alternative.

 

7.3 Broad Range of Investment Alternatives . The Plan must offer a “broad range of investment alternatives” within the meaning of Department of Labor Regulation §2550.404c–l(b)(3).

 

7.4 Materials Must Be Provided. A fiduciary must provide to a Participant or beneficiary the materials set forth in Department of Labor Regulation §2550.404c-1(b)(2)(i)(B)(l)(viii) and (ix) and Department of Labor Regulation §404c-l(b)(2)(i)(B)(2) relating to a Participant’s or beneficiary’s investment in a Qualified Default Investment Alternative.

Section 8. Notice Requirements

 

8.1 Content and Timing of Notice for Automatic Contribution Arrangement. Within a reasonable period before the beginning of each Plan Year, Eligible Participants to whom the Automatic Contribution Arrangement applies for such Plan Year must receive a sufficiently accurate and comprehensive written notice of their rights and obligations under the Automatic Contribution Arrangement. Such notice will be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average Eligible Participant to whom the Automatic Contribution Arrangement applies. The notice must explain (a) under the Automatic Contribution Arrangement, the Eligible Participant’s right pursuant to a Automatic Contribution Overriding Election to elect either (1) not to have Elective Deferrals made on the Eligible Participant’s behalf, or (2) to have Elective Deferrals made at a different percentage; and (b) how contributions made under the Automatic Contribution Arrangement will be invested in the absence of any investment election by the Eligible Participant (the default investment(s)). After receipt of the notice described in this paragraph, any Eligible Participant to whom the Automatic Contribution Arrangement relates must have a reasonable period of time before the first Elective Deferral is made to exercise the rights set forth within the notice including, but not limited to, executing an Automatic Contribution Overriding Election.

 

8.2 Content and Timing of Notice for Qualified Default Investment Alternative. The following provisions apply to the notice required by a Qualified Default Investment Alternative:

 

  (a) Manner. Such notice will be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average Plan Participant.


  (b) Content. Such notice will contain the following:

 

  (1) A description of the circumstances under which assets in the individual account of a Participant or beneficiary may be invested on behalf of the Participant or beneficiary in a Qualified Default Investment Alternative; and, if applicable, an explanation of the circumstances under which Elective Deferrals will be made on behalf of a Participant, the percentage of such Elective Deferrals, and the right of the Participant to elect not to have such Elective Deferrals made on the Participant’s behalf (or to elect to have such Elective Deferrals made at a different percentage);

 

  (2) An explanation of the right of Participants and beneficiaries to direct the investment of assets in their individual accounts;

 

  (3) A description of the Qualified Default Investment Alternative, including a description of the investment objectives, risk and return characteristics (if applicable), and fees and expenses attendant to the Qualified Default Investment Alternative;

 

  (4) A description of the right of the Participants and beneficiaries on whose behalf assets are invested in a Qualified Default Investment Alternative to direct the investment of those assets to any other investment alternative under the Plan, including a description of any applicable restrictions, fees or expenses in connection with such transfer; and

 

  (5) An explanation of where the Participants and beneficiaries can obtain investment information concerning the other investment alternatives available under the Plan.

 

  (c) Timing. The Participant or beneficiary on whose behalf an investment in a Qualified Default Investment Alternative may be made must be furnished such notice during the following periods:

 

  (1) At least 30 days in advance of the Participant’s Entry Date of the Elective Deferral component of the Plan (or such other component of the Plan in which a Participant’s account may be invested in a Qualified Default Investment Alternative), or at least 30 days in advance of the date of any first investment in a Qualified Default Investment Alternative on behalf of a Participant or beneficiary; and

 

  (2) Within a reasonable period of time of at least 30 days in advance of each subsequent Plan Year.

Section 9. Definitions

 

9.1 Applicable Plan Year. The term “Applicable Plan Year” means, for purposes of determining the Qualified Percentage that applies to a specific Eligible Participant, a specific Plan Year. The first Applicable Plan Year is the Plan Year that contains the date upon which an Eligible Participant could first have had Elective Deferrals withheld under the Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement, regardless of whether the Eligible Participant executes an Automatic Contribution Overriding Election. Subsequent Applicable Plan Years are based upon the number of Plan Years after the first Applicable Plan Year, regardless of whether the Eligible Participant executes an Automatic Contribution Overriding Election.

 

9.2 Automatic Contribution Arrangement. The term “Automatic Contribution Arrangement” means any arrangement under which (a) a Participant may elect to have the Employer make payments as Elective Deferrals under the Plan on his or her behalf, or to receive such payments directly in cash, and (b) an Eligible Participant is treated as having elected to have the Employer make Elective Deferrals to the Plan, in an amount equal to a uniform percentage of Compensation until such Eligible Participant executes an Automatic Contribution Overriding Election; such percentage may be set forth in either this Amendment or such other Plan documentation as permitted by law. An Automatic Contribution Arrangement includes a Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement.


9.3 Automatic Contribution Percentage. The term “Automatic Contribution Percentage” means, with respect to an Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement the percent of Compensation that an Eligible Participant is treated as having elected to have the Employer make as Elective Deferrals to the Plan, as set forth in this Amendment or such other Plan documentation as permitted by law.

 

9.4 Automatic Contribution Overriding Election. The term “Automatic Contribution Overriding Election” means an affirmative election by an Eligible Participant to override the Automatic Contribution Percentage or Qualified Percentage that is applicable to such Eligible Participant. The Automatic Contribution Overriding Election will provide either (a) to not have Elective Deferrals made under the Automatic Contribution Arrangement, or (b) to have Elective Deferrals made at a percentage of Compensation different than the Automatic Contribution Percentage or Qualified Percentage, at the percentage of Compensation specified in the Automatic Contribution Overriding Election.

 

9.5 Compensation. The term “Compensation” means, except for purposes of the matching contribution compensation as defined in the Plan for the component or the purpose for which the compensation relates. However, if the Plan is a Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement, then the term “Compensation” means, for purposes of the matching contribution, compensation as defined in Section 6.4(b).

 

9.6 Effective Date of the Automatic Contribution Arrangement. The term “Effective Date of the Automatic Contribution Arrangement” means the effective date set forth in Section 6.1.

 

9.7 Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement. The term “Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement” means an Automatic Contribution Arrangement that meets all of the requirements of Code §414(w)(3) including, but limited to, a Qualified Default Investment Alternative and the applicable notice requirements.

 

9.8 Elective Deferral. The term “Elective Deferral” means an Employer contribution as described in Code §402(g)(3).

 

9.9 Eligible Participant. The term “Eligible Participant” means a Participant in the Plan subject to the Automatic Contribution Arrangement.

 

9.10 Entry Date. The term “Entry Date” means the date or dates on which an employee who is eligible to participate in the Elective Deferral component of the Plan becomes a Participant in such component of the Plan, or, if applicable, the date or dates on which an employee who is eligible to participate in another component of the Plan becomes a Participant in such other component of the Plan.

 

9.11 Excess Aggregate Contributions. The term “Excess Aggregate Contributions” means amounts as described in Code §4979(d).

 

9.12 Excess Contributions. The term “Excess Contributions” means amounts as described in Code §4979(c).

 

9.13 Permissible Withdrawal. The term “Permissible Withdrawal” means any withdrawal from an Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement which meets the following requirements:

 

  (a) Employee’s Election and Timing. The distribution is made pursuant to an election by an Eligible Participant, and such election is made no later than 90 days after the date of the first Elective Deferral with respect to the Eligible Participant under the Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement;

 

  (b) Only Elective Deferrals and Earnings. The distribution consists of only Elective Deferrals (and earnings attributable thereto):

 

9.14

Amount of Distribution. The amount of the distribution is equal to the amount of Elective Deferrals made with respect to the first payroll period to which the Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement applies to


 

the Eligible Participant and any succeeding payroll period beginning before the effective date of the election pursuant to paragraph (a) (and earnings attributable thereto).

 

9.15 PPA. The term “PPA” means the Pension Protection Act of 2006.

 

9.16 Plan Year. The term “Plan Year” means computation period as set forth in the Plan document.

 

9.17 Pre-Tax Elective Deferral. The term “Pre-Tax Elective Deferral” means an Elective Deferral that is not includible in the Participant’s gross income at the time that the Elective Deferral is deferred.

 

9.18 Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement. The term “Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement” means an Automatic Contribution Arrangement that meets all of the requirements set forth in Code §40l(k)(13)(B) including, but not limited to, the applicable Qualified Percentage for the Applicable Plan Year, the required Employer contributions of the matching contributions, and the applicable notice requirements.

 

9.19 Qualified Default Investment Alternative. The term “Qualified Default Investment Alternative” means an investment alternative available to Participants and beneficiaries, subject to the following rules:

 

  (a) No Employer Securities. The Qualified Default Investment Alternative does not hold or permit the acquisition of Employer securities, except as permitted by Department of Labor Regulation §2550.404c–5(e)(1)(ii);

 

  (b) Transfer Permitted. The Qualified Default Investment Alternative permits a Participant or beneficiary to transfer, in whole or in part, his or her investment from the Qualified Default Investment Alternative to any other investment alternative available under the Plan, pursuant to the rules of Department of Labor Regulation §2550.404c–5(c)(5);

 

  (c) Management. The Qualified Default Investment Alternative is:

 

  (1) Managed by: (A) an investment manager, within the meaning of ERISA §3(38); (B) a Plan trustee that meets the requirements of ERISA §3(38)(A), (B) and (C); or (C) the Sponsor Employer who is a named fiduciary within the meaning of ERISA §402(a)(2);

 

  (2) An investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940; or

 

  (3) An investment product or fund described in Department of Labor Regulation §2550.404c–5(e)(4)(iv) or (v); and


  (d) Types of Permitted Investments. The Qualified Default Investment Alternative is one of the following:

 

  (1) An investment fund product or model portfolio that applies generally accepted investment theories, is diversified so as to minimize the risk of large losses and that is designed to provide varying degrees of long-term appreciation and capital preservation through a mix of equity and fixed income exposures based on the Participant’s age, target retirement date (such as normal retirement age under the Plan) or life expectancy, but is not required to take into account risk tolerances, investments or other preferences of an individual Participant or beneficiary.

 

  (2) An investment fund product or model portfolio that applies generally accepted investment theories, is diversified so as to minimize the risk of large losses and that is designed to provide long-term appreciation and capital preservation through a mix of equity and fixed income exposures consistent with a target level of risk appropriate for Participants of the Plan as a whole, but is not required to take into account the age, risk tolerances, investments or other preferences of an individual Participant or beneficiary.

 

  (3) An investment management service with respect to which a fiduciary, within the meaning of Department of Labor Regulation §2550.404c–5(e)(3)(i), applying generally accepted investment theories, allocates the assets of a Participant’s individual account to achieve varying degrees of long-term appreciation and capital preservation through a mix of equity and fixed income exposures, offered through investment alternatives available under the plan, based on the Participant’s age, target retirement date (such as normal retirement age under the Plan) or life expectancy, but is not required to take into account risk tolerances, investments or other preferences of an individual Participant.

 

  (4) An investment product or fund designed to preserve principal and provide a reasonable rate of return, whether or not such return is guaranteed, consistent with liquidity. Such investment product shall: (A) Seek to maintain, over the term of the investment, the dollar value that is equal to the amount invested in the product; and (B) Be offered by a State or federally regulated financial institution. Such investment product or fund described in this paragraph shall constitute a Qualified Default Investment Alternative for not more than 120 days after the date of the Participant’s first Elective Deferral as determined under Code §414(w)(2)(B) or other first investment.

 

  (5) An investment product or fund designed to guarantee principal and a rate of return generally consistent with that earned on intermediate investment grade bonds, while providing liquidity for withdrawals by Participants and beneficiaries, including transfers to other investment alternatives. Such investment product must meet the following requirements: (A) There are no fees or surrender charges imposed in connection with withdrawals initiated by a Participant or beneficiary; and (B) Principal and rates of return are guaranteed by a State or federally regulated financial institution. Such investment product or fund described in this paragraph will constitute a Qualified Default Investment Alternative solely for purposes of assets invested in such product or fund before December 24, 2007.

An investment fund product or model portfolio that meets the requirements of this paragraph (d) may be offered through variable annuity or similar contracts, common or collective trust funds, or pooled investment funds without regard to whether such contracts or funds provide annuity purchase rights, investment guarantees, death benefit guarantees, or other features ancillary to the investment fund product or model portfolio.

 

9.20

Qualified Percentage. The term “Qualified Percentage” means the uniform percentage of Compensation that an Eligible Participant is treated as having elected to have the Employer make to the Plan as Elective


 

Deferrals under a Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement. Under no circumstances can the Qualified Percentage exceed 10%.

 

9.21 Safe Harbor 401(k) and/or 401(m) Plan. The term “Safe Harbor 401(k) and/or 401(m) Plan” means a 401(k) plan which meets all of the requirements of Code §401(k)(12) and/or a 401(m) plan which meets all of the requirements of Code §401(m)(l1) for a Plan Year.

 

9.22 Year of Vesting Service. The term “Year of Vesting Service” means either (a) if used for vesting purposes, a year of service (as defined in the Plan); (b) if used for vesting purposes, a whole year (or 1-year) period of service (as defined in the Plan); or (c) any other one year period that is used for vesting purposes in the Plan.”

 

2. The first sentence of Section 9.03 is deleted in its entirety and the following new sentence is inserted in lieu thereof:

“Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan except Section 9.05, Excess 401(k) Contributions, adjusted for allocable income (gain or loss), including for Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2006 and before January 1, 2008, an adjustment for income for the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of the distribution (the “gap period”), shall be distributed no later than the last day of each Plan Year to Participants to whose Accounts such Excess 401(k) Contributions were allocated for the preceding Plan Year.

 

3. Section 13.12(b)(ii) is amended by the addition of the following sentence:

“For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2007, an Eligible Retirement Plan shall also include a Roth Individual Retirement Account as defined in Section 408A(b) of the Code.”

 

4. The first paragraph of section 19.02 is amended by the addition of the following sentence:

“For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2007, a partial plan termination shall be deemed to have occurred based on the facts and circumstances in existence at the time as required by Section 1.411(d)-2(b)(1) of the Treasury Regulations and Revenue Ruling 2007-43.”

 

5. Article XX of the Plan is amended by the addition of the following Section 20.09”

“20.09 Electronic Communications. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2007, any electronic communications made by the Plan to Participants in regards to eligible rollover distribution tax notices, Participant consents to distributions, and tax withholding notices shall comply with the requirements contained in Section 1.401(a)-21 of the Treasury Regulations, in addition to all otherwise applicable requirements relating to the specific communication.”


This Amendment shall supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Amendment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Fifth Amendment has been executed this 22 day of December 2008.

 

THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY

By:

 

/s/ Lorna Stearns

  Authorized Representative

Exhibit 10.28

THE HANOVER INSURANCE GROUP, INC.

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR DEFERRAL PLAN

ARTICLE 1

NAME AND PURPOSE

The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. (the “ Company ”) hereby establishes The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. Non-Employee Director Deferral Plan (the “ Plan ”). The purpose of the Plan is to provide a means for the elective Deferral of Compensation to Non-Employee Directors of the Company.

ARTICLE 2

DEFINITIONS

When used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the definitions set forth in this Article 2:

Annual Cash Retainer ” means the annual fee payable in cash to a Non-Employee Director in consideration for his or her service to the Board and its committees. The Annual Cash Retainer shall be deemed to include any supplemental annual cash retainers paid for service as a Chairperson of the Board or any of its committees.

Annual Stock Retainer ” means the annual fee payable in Stock to a Non-Employee Director in consideration for his or her service to the Board and its committees.

Affiliate ” means any corporation which is included in a controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Code Section 414(b)) which includes the Company and any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control with the Company (within the meaning of Code Section 414(c)).

Beneficiary ” means the beneficiary or beneficiaries (including any contingent beneficiary or beneficiaries) designated by the Participant pursuant to Article 6 hereof.

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

1


Compensation ” means the Annual Cash Retainer, Annual Stock Retainer, Meeting Fees and all other compensation payable to a Non-Employee Director for his or her service to the Board and its committees.

Deferrals ” means elective deferrals of Compensation payable to a Participant, plus all accrued earnings thereon, as described in Article 5 hereof.

Deferral Accounts ” means the separate Cash Deferral Account and/or Stock Deferral Account described in Article 7 hereof which are established under the Plan for each Participant. When used in the singular, the term shall refer to one of these accounts, as the context requires.

Elected Payment Date ” means the date set forth on a Participant’s Election Form indicating when the Participant will receive a lump sum payment of the Deferral, or in the case of an installment payment election, the date the installment payments of the Deferral shall commence. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any language to the contrary set forth on any Participant’s Election Form filed on or before December 31, 2007, if a Participant elected to be paid (or for payments to commence) upon “Retirement Due to the Attaining of Age 70”, “Retirement” or “Retirement Pursuant to Board Policy”, each of those terms shall be interpreted to mean “Mandatory Retirement Age”, as defined herein.

Mandatory Retirement Age ” means, for purpose of this Plan only, with respect to an individual Participant, the date on which the Participant attains the age of seventy (70); provided , however , that if such Participant was initially elected or appointed to the Board on or after the date on which the Participant attained the age sixty-five (65), then the term “Mandatory Retirement Age”, with respect to such Participant, shall be the date on which such Participant attains the age of seventy-two (72).

Meeting Fees ” means the Board and committee meeting fees payable in respect of the Non-Employee Director’s attendance at such meetings.

Non-Employee Director ” means each member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates.

Participant ” means an individual described in Article 4 hereof.

Plan Administrator ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or any person or persons, group or entity designated by the Compensation Committee to perform one or more of the duties of the Plan Administrator.

Plan Year ” means a calendar year.

 

2


Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

Termination of Board Membership ” means, with respect to a Participant, and subject to the provisions of Article 8(d), the date on which a Participant ceases to be a member of the Board, provided , however , that such cessation constitutes a separation from service from the Company and its Affiliates that meets the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

ARTICLE 3

EFFECTIVE DATE

The Plan is effective as of January 1, 2005 (the “ Effective Date ”). The terms of the Plan apply to all elective Deferrals of Compensation made by Non-Employee Directors that were not, as of December 31, 2004, fully vested and earned. Accordingly, the provisions of the Plan shall supersede the terms and conditions of such elective Deferrals, including the terms of any applicable deferral agreement, to the extent any such terms and conditions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan; provided that, if the provisions of this Plan would result in the acceleration of any payment of deferred compensation into 2008, then such payment shall instead be made during the period beginning on January 1, 2009 and ending January 31, 2009.

All elective deferrals of Compensation made by Non-Employee Directors that were earned and vested as of December 31, 2004, shall not be subject to this Plan and shall be separately accounted for and paid at such time and in such form as is provided for in accordance with the terms of the applicable election forms and/or deferral agreements.

ARTICLE 4

PARTICIPATION

Each Non-Employee Director who is currently serving or who is hereafter elected or appointed to serve as a Non-Employee Director, as the case may be, and who makes a written election to defer Compensation in accordance with the provisions of Article 5, shall be a Participant in this Plan.

ARTICLE 5

DEFERRAL ELECTIONS

(a) Pursuant to the terms of this Plan, a Non-Employee Director may make a written election to defer all or a portion of (i) the Annual Cash Retainer, (ii) the Annual Stock Retainer, (iii) Meeting Fees, and (iv) any other

 

3


compensation payable in respect of the Non-Employee Director’s service on the Board. A Non-Employee Director’s written deferral election may apply to one or more of the foregoing categories of Compensation and may range from 50% to 100% of such category of Compensation as elected by the Non-Employee Director. Each deferral election shall be made by the submission of a written form approved by the Plan Administrator for this purpose (an “ Election Form ”). The Election Form shall indicate: (v) the category of Compensation to be deferred, (w) the amount of the Deferral, (x) if permitted, whether or not the Deferral of Compensation which is otherwise payable in cash, is to be deferred and converted into shares of Stock, (y) the Elected Payment Date, and (z) the form of the distribution (a lump-sum or in up to ten (10) annual installments) for the Deferral. If a Non-Employee Director fails to elect a payment option, an Elected Payment Date, or elects the annual installment payment option, but does not specify the period over which such annual installments will be paid, any amount credited to his or her Cash Deferral Account and Stock Deferral Account with respect to such deferral election shall be distributed in accordance with Article 8 hereof. Each deferral election for the Plan Year to which such election applies shall be made by the submission of an Election Form as follows:

 

 

(i)

By not later than December 31 st , each Non-Employee Director may submit an Election Form which will be given effect with respect to Compensation earned by the Non-Employee Director for the subsequent Plan Year. A separate Election Form must be submitted for each Plan Year the Non-Employee Director intends to make Compensation deferrals hereunder. For purposes of any Deferral, Annual Cash Retainers are deemed “earned and vested” when such amounts would otherwise be paid, Annual Stock Retainers are deemed “earned and vested” when such amounts would otherwise be paid and Meeting Fees are deemed “earned and vested” in the year in which the meeting occurred.

 

  (ii) Each Non-Employee Director initially elected or appointed to the Board during a Plan Year may submit an Election Form for such Plan Year no later than thirty (30) days after the earlier of (A) the date of the Non-Employee Director’s election or appointment, or (B) the date the Non-Employee Director first becomes eligible to participate in any arrangement for Directors sponsored by the Company or an Affiliate that is an “elective account balance plan” as such term is defined for purposes of Code Section 409A (“ Initial Election Period ”), which Election Form will be given effect during such Plan Year with respect to Compensation earned by the Non-Employee Director after the submission of the Election Form.

 

  (iii) Any deferral election made pursuant to subparagraph (i) and/or (ii) above shall be irrevocable (x) on the last day of the calendar year immediately preceding the Plan Year as to which the election applies, or (y) on the last day of the Initial Election Period, as applicable and shall remain in effect throughout the Plan Year to which the election applies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such deferral election shall not apply to any Compensation earned by the Participant after the date on which the Participant ceases to be a Non-Employee Director.

 

4


ARTICLE 6

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

Each Participant may, at any time, designate one or more Beneficiaries to receive amounts credited to the Participant’s Deferral Accounts in the event of the Participant’s death. A Participant may make an initial Beneficiary designation, or change an existing Beneficiary designation without the consent of the previously designated Beneficiary, by completing and signing a Beneficiary Designation Form and submitting it to the Plan Administrator before the Participant’s death. Upon receipt by the Plan Administrator of a Participant’s Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed by that Participant shall automatically be canceled.

ARTICLE 7

MAINTENANCE OF DEFERRAL ACCOUNTS

Compensation may be deferred by a Non-Employee Director under the Plan in the form of cash and/or Stock. Compensation deferred by a Non-Employee Director under the Plan shall be credited to record keeping accounts maintained by the Company in the Participant’s name as follows:

 

(a) CASH DEFERRALS. Deferrals made in cash shall be credited to an account (“ Cash Deferral Account ”) as of the date on which such Compensation would otherwise have been paid to the Non-Employee Director. All amounts credited to a Non-Employee Director’s Cash Deferral Account shall accrue interest from the time such amounts would otherwise have been paid to the Non-Employee Director until the date that such amounts cease accruing interest in connection with a distribution pursuant to Article 8. The interest rate shall be reset annually and shall equal the GATT interest rate announced by the Internal Revenue Service in November of each year for the following calendar year; provided , however , if the GATT interest rate ceases to exist, such interest rate shall equal the closing yield on a U.S. Treasury Note with one-year remaining to maturity as of the first business day of the calendar year. Interest in a Cash Deferral Account shall be compounded annually as of the last day of each Plan Year.

 

(b)

STOCK DEFERRALS. Deferrals made in Stock or into Stock due to a cash conversion into Stock shall be credited to an account (“ Stock Deferral Account ”) as of the date that such Stock or cash converted into Stock would have been awarded/paid to the Non-Employer Director but for the election to defer. The value of a share of Stock (a “ Share ”) as of the close of trading as reported on the New York Stock

 

5


 

Exchange on the date such conversion occurs shall determine the number of Shares credited to the Participant’s Stock Deferral Account as of such date. No Participant shall have any rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to any Stock credited to his or her Stock Deferral Account.

Dividends with respect to any Stock credited to a Participant’s Stock Deferral Account will be credited as cash on the dividend payment date to the Participant’s Cash Deferral Account (“ Deemed Dividends ”) and shall accrue interest in the same manner as other amounts credited to such account from such time until such amounts cease accruing interest in connection with a distribution pursuant to Article 8. Only whole shares of Stock may be deferred. Any excess cash remaining after a conversion into Shares shall be applied to a Participant’s Cash Deferral Account.

The number of Shares allocated to a Participant’s Stock Deferral Account shall be adjusted by the Board, as it deems appropriate, to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, reclassifications, spinoffs, and other extraordinary distributions.

ARTICLE 8

METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION OF DEFERRALS

No distribution of Deferrals may be made except as provided in this Article 8.

 

(a) CASH DEFERRALS.

 

  (i) The amount credited to a Participant’s Cash Deferral Account shall be distributed to the Participant as provided in paragraphs (A) and (B) below, except as provided for in paragraphs (a)(ii), (iii) and (iv) of Article 8 below.

 

 

(A)

Such distribution as it relates to each of the Participant’s written deferral elections shall be made in one of the following forms as specified by the Participant on his or her Election Form: (x) a lump sum cash payment by not later than the 30 th day following the Elected Payment Date, or on the next business day if such date is a non-business day, and shall consist of all amounts credited to such Participant’s Cash Deferral Account with respect to such deferral election plus interest accrued thereon through the Elected Payment Date; or (y) up to (10) ten substantially equal annual cash installments, as designated by the Participant on the Election Form, with the first such installment payable by not later than the 30th day following the Elected Payment Date, or on the next business day if such date is a non-business day, and annually thereafter for the selected

 

6


number of annual installments; provided, however, that the Participant may not, directly or indirectly, designate the year of payment, and provided further , however , that if a Participant fails to specify a payment form, or specifies an annual installment payment form, but does not specify the period over which such annual installments will be made, any amount to be distributed with respect to such deferral election will be distributed in a lump sum cash payment as specified in subparagraph (x) above. Each such cash installment payment specified in subparagraph (y) above shall be calculated by dividing all amounts (or remaining amounts) credited to such Participant’s Cash Deferral Account with respect to the Participant’s written deferral election, plus interest accrued through the Elected Payment Date and the applicable anniversaries thereof, by the remaining number of installments over which such amounts are to be distributed.

 

 

(B)

Such distribution as it relates to a Deemed Dividend credited to such Participant’s Cash Deferral Account shall be made in the form of a lump sum cash payment by not later than the 30 th day following the date on which the associated deferred Shares are to be issued to the Participant in accordance with paragraph (b) of Article 8 below, or on the next business day if such date is a non-business day, provided, however, that the Participant may not, directly or indirectly, designate the year of payment, and shall consist of all Deemed Dividends associated with such Shares plus interest accrued thereon through the date on which the Shares are to be issued to the Participant.

 

 

(ii)

TERMINATION OF BOARD MEMBERSHIP BEFORE MANDATORY RETIREMENT AGE. Except with respect to any Deferral made pursuant to an Election Form dated on or prior to December 31, 2005, the amount credited to a Participant’s Cash Deferral Account (including Deemed Dividends) shall be distributed to the Participant upon the Participant’s Termination of Board Membership if such termination occurs before the Participant has attained his or her Mandatory Retirement Age as provided below in this paragraph, except as provided for in paragraphs (a)(iii) and (iv) of Article 8 below. In such event, and notwithstanding the form of the distribution designated by the Participant on any Election Form, any such distribution shall be made in the form of a lump sum cash payment by not later than the 30 th day following the date on which the Participant’s Termination of Board Membership occurs or on the next business day if such date is a non-business day and shall consist of all amounts credited to such Participant’s Cash Deferral Account plus interest accrued through the date on which the Participant’s Termination of Board Membership occurs; provided, however, that the Participant may not, directly or indirectly, designate the year of payment.

 

7


 

(iii)

DEATH. In the event of the Participant’s death, either before any distribution has commenced pursuant to any of the Participant’s Election Forms or after distributions have commenced pursuant to any such Election Form, but are not fully disbursed, the amount credited to a Participant’s Cash Deferral Account (as determined on the payment date) with respect to any such Election Form shall be distributed to the Participant’s designated Beneficiary upon the Participant’s death in the form the Participant designates as provided for in this paragraph (a)(iii) of Article 8, or if the Participant has not designated a Beneficiary or form of payment for such Beneficiary, as provided for in paragraph (c) of Article 8 below. A Participant may elect at the time that the Participant makes a deferral election (x) to have all amounts credited to his or her Cash Deferral Account with respect to each such deferral election plus interest accrued thereon paid to his/her designated Beneficiary in a cash lump sum by not later than 30 days following Participant’s death or in up to ten (10) substantially equal annual cash installments to commence not later than 30 days following Participant’s death, and upon the Participant’s death such amounts shall be paid to his/her designated Beneficiary in accordance with the Participant’s Election Form; or (y) if the Participant had commenced receiving payments of his/her Cash Deferrals pursuant to an Election Form, to have such payments continue to be paid in installments to such Beneficiary or to have any such remaining payments to be paid in a lump sum to such Beneficiary by not later than the 30 th day following the date on which the Participant’s death occurs or on the next business day if such date is a non-business day; provided, however, in each case that the Beneficiary may not, directly or indirectly, designate the year of payment.

 

  (iv) TERMINATION AFTER COMMENCEMENT OF INSTALLMENT PAYMENTS. Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(ii) of Article 8, with respect to any Deferral made pursuant to an Election Form dated on or prior to December 31, 2007, if the Participant has commenced receiving amounts in installment form pursuant to the terms of an Election Form which have not been fully distributed prior to Participant’s Termination of Board Membership and such Termination of Board Membership occurs prior to obtaining the Mandatory Retirement Age (other than by reason of death), then such amounts will continue to be distributed at such time and in such form as elected by the Participant in accordance with the applicable Election Form.

 

(b) STOCK DEFERRALS.

 

  (i)

The amount credited to a Participant’s Stock Deferral Account that is related to each of Participant’s Election Forms shall be distributed to the Participant as provided in this paragraph (b)(i) of Article 8, except as provided for in paragraph (b)(ii),(iii) and (iv) of Article 8 below. Such distribution as it relates to each of the Participant’s written deferral elections shall be made

 

8


 

in one of the following forms as specified by the Participant on his or her Election Form: (x) a single in-kind disbursement of Stock made by not later than the 30 th day following the Elected Payment Date or on the next business day if such date is a non-business day and shall consist of all amounts credited to such Participant’s Stock Deferral Account with respect to such deferral election, or (y) in up to ten (10) substantially equal annual installments of Stock, as designated by the Participant on the Election Form, with the first installment distributed by not later than the 30 th day following the Elected Payment Date or the next business day if such date is a non-business day and annually thereafter for the selected number of installments, provided, however, that the Participant may not, directly or indirectly, designate the year of payment; and provided further , however , that if a Participant fails to specify a payment form, or specifies an annual installment payment form, but does not specify the period over which such annual installments will be made, any Stock to be distributed with respect to such deferral election will be distributed in a lump sum in-kind payment as specified in subparagraph (x) above. If the Participant specifies an installment form of payment on his or her Election Form, each such installment shall be calculated by dividing the number of shares of Stock credited to such Participant’s Stock Deferral Account with respect to the Participant’s written deferral election by the remaining number of installments over which the amounts are to be distributed. No fractional Shares shall be issued.

 

  (ii) TERMINATION OF BOARD MEMBERSHIP PRIOR TO MANDATORY RETIREMENT AGE. Except with respect to any Deferral made pursuant to an Election Form dated on or prior to December 31, 2005, the amount credited to a Participant’s Stock Deferral Account shall be distributed to the Participant upon the Participant’s Termination of Board Membership if such termination occurs before the Participant has attained his or her Mandatory Retirement Age as provided below in this paragraph, except as provided for in paragraphs (b)(iii) and (iv) of Article 8 below. In such event, and notwithstanding the form of the distribution designated by the Participant on any Election Form, such distribution shall be made in the form of a lump sum distribution of Stock made by not later than thirty (30) days following the date on which the Participant’s Termination of Board Membership occurs or on the next business day if such date is a non-business day and shall consist of all Stock credited to such Participant’s Stock Deferral Account; provided, however, that the Participant may not, directly or indirectly, designate the year of payment.

 

  (iii)

DEATH. In the event of the Participant’s death, either before any distribution has commenced or after distributions have commenced, but are not fully disbursed, the amount credited to a Participant’s Stock Deferral Account (as determined on the payment date) pursuant to any of the

 

9


 

Participant’s Election Forms shall be distributed to the Participant’s designated Beneficiary in the form he or she designates as provided for in this paragraph (b)(iii) of Article 8, or if the Participant has not designated a Beneficiary or form of payment for such Beneficiary, as provided for in paragraph (c) of Article 8 below. A Participant may elect at the time that the Participant makes a deferral election (x) to have the Shares credited to his or her Stock Deferral Account with respect to such deferral election distributed to his/her designated Beneficiary in a lump sum by not later than 30 days following Participant’s death or in up to ten (10) substantially equal annual installments to commence not later than 30 days following Participant’s death, and upon the Participant’s death such amounts shall be paid to the Beneficiary in accordance with the Participant’s Election Form; or (y) if the Participant had commenced receiving distributions of his/her Stock Deferrals, to have such distributions continue to be paid in installments or to have any such remaining installments of Stock paid in a lump sum to his/her designated Beneficiary by not later than the 30 th day following the date on which the Participant’s death occurs or on the next business day if such date is a non-business day; provided, however, in each case that the Beneficiary may not, directly or indirectly, designate the year of payment.

 

  (iv) TERMINATION AFTER COMMENCEMENT OF INSTALLMENT PAYMENTS. Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(ii) of Article 8, with respect to any Deferrals made pursuant to Election Forms dated on or prior to December 31, 2007, if the Participant has commenced receiving amounts in installment form pursuant to the terms of an Election Form which have not been fully distributed prior to Participant’s Termination of Board Membership and such Termination of Board Membership occurs prior to obtaining the Mandatory Retirement Age (other than by reason of death), then such amounts will continue to be distributed at such time and in such form as elected by the Participant in accordance with the applicable Election Form.

 

(c)

If the Participant has not designated a Beneficiary or the Participant’s designated Beneficiary(ies) do not survive the Participant, the balance of the Participant’s Deferral Accounts shall be paid to the Participant’s spouse, or if there is no spouse, to the Participant’s estate, in each case in a lump sum by not later than the 90 th day following the date on which the Participant’s death occurs or on the next business day if such date is a non-business day; provided, however, that the party receiving payment may not, directly or indirectly, designate the year of payment. If the Participant has designated a Beneficiary and such Beneficiary survives the Participant, but the Participant did not designate a form of payment, the payment shall be made in a single lump sum by not later than the 90 th day following the Participant’s death or on the next business day if such date is a non-business day; provided, however, that the Beneficiary may not, directly or indirectly, designate the year of payment.

 

10


(d)

If at the time of a Participant’s Termination of Board Membership, he or she is an employee of the Company, then for purposes of determining the timing of distributions pursuant to this Article 8, such Termination of Board Membership shall trigger payment to the Participant notwithstanding that the Participant is an employee at such time; provided , however , that if immediately prior to such Termination of Board Membership such Participant is a “Specified Employee” within the meaning of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B), then no distribution may be made before the date that is six months after the date of such Termination of Board Membership (or, if earlier than the end of such 6-month period, the date of death of the Participant). The accumulated postponed amount shall be paid to the Participant by not later than the 10 th day after the end of the six month period (or within ten (10) days after the death of the Participant, if earlier) provided, however, that the Participant may not, directly or indirectly, designate the year of payment.

 

(e)

WHEN A PAYMENT IS TREATED AS MADE. In accordance with Section 1.409A-3(d) of the Treasury Regulations, all distributions under this Plan will be treated as made on the designated payment date if the payment is made at such date or a later date within the same calendar year, or if later, by the 15 th day of the third month following the date designated in the Plan; provided , however , that the Participant may not, directly or indirectly, designate the year of payment.

ARTICLE 9

UNFUNDED STATUS OF THE PLAN

This Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan. Nothing contained in this Plan, and no action taken pursuant to the provisions of this Plan, shall create or be construed to create a fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Plan Participant, Beneficiary or any other person. Plan benefits shall be paid from the general assets of the Company. The Company may establish a grantor trust to provide a source for benefit payments under this Plan. Any such grantor trust shall conform to the terms of the Internal Revenue Service model rabbi trust set forth in Revenue Procedure 92-64 (and as modified or superseded in the future), or shall otherwise be designed so as to preserve the Plan’s exempt status as an unfunded plan for the purposes of Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3), and 401(a)(1) of ERISA. Any funds which may be invested by the Company to make provision for its obligations hereunder shall continue for all purposes to be a part of the general funds of the Company and no person other than the Company shall by virtue of the provisions of this Plan have any interest in such funds. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company under this Plan, such right shall be no greater than the rights of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.

 

11


ARTICLE 10

NON-ALIENABILITY AND NON-TRANSFERABILITY

The rights of a Participant to the payment of amounts credited to his or her Deferral Accounts shall not be assigned, transferred, pledged or encumbered or be subject in any manner to alienation or anticipation. A Participant may not borrow against amounts credited to his or her Deferral Accounts and such amounts shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, change, garnishment, execution or levy of any kind, whether voluntary or involuntary, prior to distribution.

ARTICLE 11

ADMINISTRATION

The Plan is intended to be self-effectuating and does not require the exercise of discretion by the Company. To the extent necessary, the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “ Compensation Committee ”) shall act as the Plan Administrator for purposes of resolving any ambiguities, claims or disputes arising with respect to the Plan or any Deferrals under the Plan. As such, the Compensation Committee is authorized to interpret and construe the terms of the Plan and to make any rulings and determinations that it deems to be appropriate and consistent with the terms and intent of the Plan and all such rulings and determinations shall be final and binding upon all parties for all purposes. Any member of the Compensation Committee making a claim or request to the Compensation Committee with respect to his or her rights or interests under the Plan shall excuse himself or herself from the Compensation Committee determination with respect to such claim or request. The Compensation Committee may delegate such duties of the Plan Administrator as it determines to any person or persons, group or entity.

ARTICLE 12

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

The Board shall have the right at any time, and for any reason, to amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan; provided , however , that no amendment, suspension, or termination shall reduce the amount credited to a Participant’s Cash Deferral or Stock Deferral Account. The termination of the Plan shall not result in any acceleration of the payment of the balance of any Participant’s Deferral Accounts, unless the Board decides, in its discretion, to accelerate payment and such acceleration may be effected in a manner that will not cause any person to incur taxes, interest or penalties under Code Section 409A that are not reimbursed by the Company.

 

12


ARTICLE 13

MISCELLANEOUS

 

  (a) All deferral elections and other forms to be submitted to the Company hereunder shall be delivered to the attention of the Plan Administrator.

 

  (b) If any person entitled to a distribution under the Plan is deemed by the Plan Administrator to be incapable of personally receiving and giving a valid receipt for such payment, then, unless and until claim therefor shall have been made by a duly appointed guardian or other legal representative of such person, the Plan Administrator may provide for such payment or any part thereof to be made to any other person or institution then contributing toward or providing for the care and maintenance of such person. Any such payment shall be a payment for the account of such person and a complete discharge of any liability of the Company and the Plan therefor.

 

  (c) All rights under this Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Delaware, to the extent they are not pre-empted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

  (d) The Company makes no representations under this Plan to any Participant (or Beneficiary) with respect to the tax treatment of any amount paid or payable hereunder. While this Plan is intended to be interpreted and operated to the extent possible so that any such amounts shall either be exempt from the requirements of Code Section 409A or shall comply with such requirements, in no event shall the Company be liable to any Participant (or Beneficiary) for or with respect to any taxes, penalties and/or interest which may be imposed upon any such amounts pursuant to Code Section 409A or any other federal or state tax law. To the extent that any such amount should be subject to Code Section 409A (or any other federal or state tax law), the Participant (or Beneficiary) to which the amount is paid or payable shall bear the entire risk of any such taxes, penalties and or interest.

 

13

Exhibit 10.29

 

 

THE HANOVER INSURANCE GROUP

2009 SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL AND CONVERSION PROGRAM

 

ARTICLE 1

Name, Purpose and Effective Date

1.01 Name . This Program shall be known as The Hanover Insurance Group 2009 Short-Term Incentive Compensation Deferral and Conversion Program (the “ Program ”).

1.02 Purpose . To permit the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “ CEO ”), and such other senior officers of the Company selected by the CEO (together with the CEO, collectively, “ Eligible Employees ”), to defer and convert a portion of their 2009 Annual Short-Term Incentive Compensation Program (“ 2009 IC Program ”) award, if and when awarded, into a number of restricted stock units (“ RSUs ”) to be issued pursuant to The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ 2006 Plan ”).

1.03 Effective Date . This Program is effective December 8, 2008.

ARTICLE II

Definitions

Capitalized terms used without definition herein shall have the meaning set forth in the 2006 Plan.

2.01 “15% Premium” shall mean a sum equivalent to 15% of the Gross Employee Deferral.

2.02 “409A Affiliate ” shall mean any corporation which is included in a controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Code Section 414(b)) which includes the Company and any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control with the Company (within the meaning of Code Section 414(c)).

2.03 “ Account ” shall mean a special memorandum account created by the Company on its books to reflect the RSUs or other amounts due to the Participant pursuant to the terms of this Program.

2.04 “ Basic Deferred Amount ” means the amount remaining after deducting any applicable taxes from the Gross Employee Deferral.

2.05 “ Beneficiary ” shall mean any person, corporation or trust, or combination of these, last designated by the Participant, in writing, and filed with the Company by the Participant during his/her lifetime. Any such designation or designations shall be revocable at any time or times, without the consent of any beneficiary, by a written instrument or nomination of beneficiary made by the Participant and similarly filed with the Company by him/her during his/her lifetime. In the absence of living designated beneficiaries, the RSUs and any other sums due hereunder shall be distributed to the Participant’s estate pursuant to the terms hereof in one single distribution.

2.06 “ Deferred Dividend Equivalent ” shall mean any Dividend Equivalents deferred hereunder plus interest at the Interest Rate accrued on such Dividend Equivalents compounded annually.

2.07 “ Dividend Equivalents ” shall mean an amount equivalent to any dividends declared in connection with Shares prior to the vesting of the RSUs and subsequent issuance of the Shares.

2.08” Combined Deferred Amount ” shall mean the Basic Deferred Amount and the 15% Premium.

2.09 “ Company ” The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

2.10 “ IC Payment Date” shall mean the date the 2009 IC Program award would otherwise be paid to a Participant had such Participant not elected to defer and convert such award pursuant to the terms of the Program.

 

1


2.11 “ Interest ” shall mean the amount credited to any Dividend Equivalents or accrued interest payable in connection with amounts payable pursuant to Section 4.06 of this Program.

2.12 “ Interest Rate ” shall mean the percentage used in determining the amount of Interest each year. The Interest Rate shall be the annual GATT rate of interest or a permissible equivalent rate determined by the Company as set forth in IRS Notice 96-8. The applicable rate shall be in effect for the succeeding calendar year.

2.13 “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as amended).

2.14 “ Gross Employee Deferral ” shall mean the amount deferred as set forth on the Participant’s Election Form, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 3.01.

2.15 Participant ” shall mean an Eligible Employee who makes a written election to defer all or a portion of his/her 2009 IC Program award in accordance with the provisions of Article III.

2.16 “S hares ” shall mean the Stock issued pursuant to the RSUs.

2.17 “ Stock ” shall mean the common stock of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc.

2.18 “ Termination of Employment ” shall mean, with respect to a Participant the date on which the Participant ceases to be employed by the Company, provided , however , that such cessation constitutes a separation from service from the Company and its 409A Affiliates that meets the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h). A Participant’s employment by Company or a 409A Affiliate shall be treated as continuing while the Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence, if the period of such leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as the Participant retains a right to reemployment with Company or a 409A Affiliate under an applicable statute or by contract. If the period of leave exceeds six months and the Participant does not retain a right to reemployment under an applicable statute or by contract, employment is deemed to terminate on the first date immediately following such six-month period. With respect to leave for disability, employment will be treated as continuing for a period of up to 29 months, unless otherwise terminated by the Company, a 409A Affiliate, or the Participant, regardless of whether the Participant retains a contractual right to reemployment. For this purpose, disability leave refers to leave due to the Participant’s inability to perform the duties of his or her position of employment or any substantially similar position of employment by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than six months.

2.19 “ THG ” shall mean the Company and 409A Affiliates.

ARTICLE III

DEFERRAL ELECTIONS

3.01 Election. An Eligible Employee may make a written election to defer all or a portion of his/her 2009 IC Program award (not to exceed the greater of $50,000 or 20% of base salary) into RSUs in accordance with the terms of the Program. Each deferral and conversion election shall be made by the submission of a written form approved by the Company for this purpose (an “ Election Form ”). The Election Form shall be irrevocable, shall indicate the amount to be deferred, and shall be submitted, (i) in the case of the CEO, by not later than December 31, 2008, and (ii) in the case of all other Eligible Employees, by not later than June 30, 2009.

3.02 Performance–Based Compensation. All 2009 IC Program awards are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation as defined in Code Section 162(m) , and any potential award issued under the 2009 IC Program will be substantially at risk at the time the Participant makes an election to defer and convert a portion of such award.

 

2


ARTICLE IV

Deferral and Conversion

4.01. Conversion. By submission of the Election Form, the Participant agrees to the conversion of the Basic Deferral Amount into RSUs. Such conversion shall be made using the closing price per share of the Stock on the New York Stock Exchange (“ NYSE ”) on the IC Payment Date.

4.02 15% Premium. The Company agrees to add to the Basic Deferred Amount the 15% Premium plus an amount equal to the amount needed to round any fractional RSU to a whole RSU. The Participant further agrees to the conversion of the 15% Premium into RSUs. Such conversion shall be made using the closing price per share of the Stock on the NYSE on the IC Payment Date.

4.03 Dividend Equivalents. If any dividends are declared on the Shares prior to the vesting of the RSUs and subsequent issuance of the Shares, the Participant shall be entitled to have Dividend Equivalents credited to his or her Account. The Company annually, on December 31st of each year (or, if Deferred Dividend Equivalents are released earlier, on the date prior to such release), shall credit to the Account an amount of interest determined by applying the then-prevailing Interest Rate to the Deferred Dividend Equivalents. However, Deferred Dividend Equivalents credited during the then current calendar year, if any, shall be credited with interest only for the amount of time during the then current calendar year that such Deferred Dividend Equivalents were credited to the Account.

4.04 Restricted Stock Units. The RSUs shall be issued on the IC Payment Date. The RSUs will be subject to the terms of this Program and an RSU agreement to be executed by the Company and the Participant on the date the RSUs are issued. Upon vesting, each RSU will be converted into one share of Stock. To the extent the terms and conditions of the RSU conflict with the terms of this Program, the terms of this Program shall govern.

4.05 Vesting and Company’s Right to a Return of the RSUs .

(a) Vesting . The RSUs shall be one hundred percent (100%) vested and shall automatically convert into Shares on the third anniversary of the IC Payment Date (the “ Vesting Date ”) provided that the Participant remains an Employee with the Company or one of its 409A Affiliates through such date , unless the provisions of Section 4.05(c) shall extend the Vesting Date to a later date. Upon vesting, the Participant shall have no rights or interest to payment of the Basic Deferred Amount as cash.

(b) Termination . Upon the Participant’s Termination of Employment for whatever reason, whether with or without Cause, for good reason or otherwise, any non-vested RSUs shall be automatically cancelled and forfeited to the Company for no consideration.

(c) Disability . In the event the Participant is placed in a long term disability status (as such term is defined in the Company’s Long-Term Disability Program, as in effect at the time) (“ LTD Status ”), then any time during which Participant is in such status shall not be counted in determining whether the Participant has provided the required amount of Employment for purpose of vesting of the RSUs. If, prior to vesting, Participant (i) is terminated due to disability, or (ii) has remained in LTD Status for one year or longer, any non-vested RSUs shall be automatically cancelled and forfeited to the Company for no consideration. In the event the Participant is placed in a LTD Status and vesting of the RSUs is suspended, the vesting of said units shall be reinstated if the Participant is removed from LTD Status prior to the first anniversary of being placed in LTD Status and immediately returns to Employment with THG. In such a situation, the RSUs will vest upon the Participant completing three years of active Employment with THG subsequent to the IC Payment Date.

(d) Death . In the event Participant dies any non-vested RSUs shall be automatically cancelled and forfeited to the Company for no consideration.

(e) Covered Transaction/Change in Control . In the event of a Covered Transaction or Change in Control, the RSUs shall be governed by the applicable provisions of Section 7(a) of the 2006 Plan.

4.06 In the event the RSUs are cancelled and forfeited to the Company for no consideration pursuant to the terms of this Program, the Participant shall (i) be entitled to receive, in cash, the Basic Deferred Amount, plus the interest on such amount from the IC Payment Date until the date the RSUs are cancelled and forfeited, and (ii) forfeit the 15% Premium and any Deferred Dividend Equivalents (and any Interest accrued thereon). Interest for these purposes shall be calculated based upon the Interest Rate and shall be compounded annually.

 

3


ARTICLE V

Manner of Payment

5.01 Time and Form of Payment when the RSUs are Forfeited .

(a) If the RSUs are forfeited and are returned to the Company and the affected Participant is entitled to receive a cash payment, then, except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) below, such amount shall be paid to the Participant (or, in the case of the Participant’s death, to his or her Beneficiary or estate as provided in Section 5.04) in a single lump sum cash payment upon the date that is not later than thirty (30) days after the date that the RSUs are forfeited provided , however , that the Participant or Beneficiary may not, directly or indirectly, designate the year of payment.

(b) If a payment is to be made because the Participant (i) is terminated due to disability, or (ii) has remained in a long term disability status for one year or longer, then such payment shall be made in a single lump sum cash payment upon the date that is not later than thirty (30) days after the earlier to occur of the following dates (x) upon the Participant’s Termination of Employment, and (y) the Vesting Date or such later date as determined in accordance with this provisions of the Program, provided , however , that the Participant may not, directly or indirectly, designate the year of payment, and provided further , however, that if the Participant is a “Specified Employee”, and such payment is to be made upon the Participant’s Termination of Employment, such payment shall be made in accordance with Section 5.01(c).

(c) If a payment is to be made under the Program upon a Participant’s Termination of Employment and if immediately prior to such termination the Participant is a “Specified Employee” within the meaning of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B), then no such payment shall be made before the date that is six months after the date of such Termination of Employment (or, if earlier than the end of such six month period, the date of the Participant’s death). The accumulated postponed payment amount shall be paid to the Participant by not later than the 10 th day after the end of the six month period (or to Beneficiary in accordance with Section 5.04, if earlier) provided, however, that the Participant may not, directly or indirectly, designate the year of payment.

5.02. Time and Form of Payment when the RSUs Vest . Subject to 5.03, on the first business day following the Vesting Date, the Shares plus the Deferred Dividend Equivalents shall be delivered/paid to the Participant (or, in the case of the Participant’s death, to his or her Beneficiary or estate as provided in Section 5.04) in a single distribution/cash payment; provided , however , that if vesting occurs due to a Covered Transaction or Change in Control that is NOT a change (i) in the ownership of the Company (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(c)(v)), (ii) in the effective control of the Company (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(c)(v)), or (iii) in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(c)(vii)), then such distribution/payment shall be made not later than thirty (30) days after the earlier to occur of the following dates (x) upon the Participant’s Termination of Employment, and (y) the Vesting Date; provided , however , that the Participant may not, directly or indirectly, designate the year of payment, and provided further , however, that if payment is to be made upon the Participant’s Termination of Employment and the Participant is a “Specified Employee”, such payment shall be made in accordance with Section 5.01(c).

5.03 Code Section 162(m) . Any Shares and or any other amounts payable hereunder shall be delivered/paid in accordance with the terms of the Program, provided, however, that to the extent the Company reasonably anticipates that, if such distribution or payment were made as scheduled, the Company’s deduction with respect to such distribution or payment would not be permitted because of Code Section 162(m), such distribution or payment will be delayed in whole or in part until the first calendar year in which the Company reasonably anticipates the deduction for such distribution or payment will not be barred by Code Section 162(m) as provided for in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(7)(i). No election may be provided to a Participant with respect to the timing of such distribution or payment under this Section, and all scheduled distributions or payments (or parts thereof) that could be delayed as a result of the foregoing will be delayed.

 

4


5.04 Payments Upon Death . In the case of the Participant’s death, any amounts payable under Program shall be distributed/paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary, or if the Participant does not designate a Beneficiary or if his or her Beneficiary (or Beneficiaries) does not survive the Participant, to the Participant’s estate in one single distribution/cash payment by not later than sixty (60) days after the date of the Participant’s death or on the next business day if such date is a non-business day, provided , however , that the Beneficiary may not, directly or indirectly, designate the year of payment.

5.05 When A Payment Is Treated As Made . In accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(d), all distributions under this Program will be treated as made on the designated payment date if the payment is made at such date or a later date within the same calendar year, or if later, by the 15 th day of the third month following the date designated in the Program provided , however , that the Participant or Beneficiary may not, directly or indirectly, designate the year of payment.

ARTICLE VI

Further Provisions

6.01 Notices . Notices hereunder shall be in writing and, if to the Company, shall be delivered personally to the Human Resources Department or such other party as designated by the Company or mailed to its principal office and, if to the Participant, shall be delivered personally or mailed to the Participant at his or her address on the records of the Company.

6.02 Non-Hire/Solicitation/Confidentialit y . As a condition of eligibility to participate in this Program and whether or not the RSUs vest, Participant agrees that he/she will (i) not, directly or indirectly, during the term of Participant’s employment with THG, and for a period of one year thereafter, hire, solicit, entice away or in any way interfere with THG’s relationship with, any of its officers or employees, or in any way attempt to do so or participate with, assist or encourage a third party to do so, and (ii) neither disclose any of THG’s confidential and proprietary information to any third party, nor use such information for any purpose other than for the benefit of THG and in accordance with THG policy. The terms of this Section 6.02 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Program.

6.03 Specific Performance . The Participant hereby acknowledges and agrees that in the event of any breach of Section 6.02 of this Program, the Company would be irreparably harmed and could not be made whole by monetary damages. The Participant accordingly agrees to waive the defense in any action for injunctive relief or specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate and that the Company, in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to an injunction or to compel specific performance of Section 6.02.

6.04 Successors . The provisions of this Program will benefit and will be binding upon the permitted assigns, successors in interest, personal representatives, estates, heirs and legatees of each of the parties hereto. However, neither the Participant nor any other payee hereunder shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer or otherwise convey the right to receive any distribution and/or payments hereunder, which distribution and/or payments and the right thereto are expressly declared to be non-assignable and non-transferable, except as may be permitted by the 2006 Plan.

6.05 Governing Law . This Program shall be construed and applied (except as to matters governed by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as to which Delaware law shall apply) in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

6.06 Further Assurances . The Company and each Participant agrees to perform all further acts and to execute and deliver all further documents as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the intent of this Program.

6.07 No Effect on Employment . Nothing contained in this Program shall be construed to limit or restrict the right of the Company to terminate the Participant’s employment at any time, with or without cause, or to increase or decrease the Participant’s compensation from the rate of compensation in existence at the time this Program is executed.

 

5


6.08 Taxes . To the extent the issuance of the Shares or the RSUs or any payment hereunder results in the receipt of compensation by the Participant for tax purposes, the Company shall withhold from any amounts payable hereunder any tax required to be withheld by reason thereof and may, at its option, withhold from such units, or the Shares which such units represent, a sufficient number of units/Shares to satisfy the minimum federal, state and local tax withholding due, if any, and remit the balance of the units/Shares to the Participant.

6.09. Unsecured Obligation . It is understood and agreed that the Combined Deferred Amount, Deferred Dividend Equivalents, the RSUs and the Account are and shall be owned by the Company and not by the Participant or by any other payee who shall be entitled to any payments under this Program. The Combined Deferred Amount, the Deferred Dividend Equivalents and the RSUs hereunder shall belong to the Company as part of its funds and for its own use and benefit. A trust is not created by this Program, nor shall a constructive trust be imposed. All payments payable and Shares to be distributed under this Program to the Participant or to any other payee shall be made by the Company, and both the Participant and any other payee always shall be general, unsecured creditors of the Company. All reference in this Program to the Account, to the Combined Deferred Amount and to the Deferred Dividend Equivalents are made herein solely as a means of measuring and determining the amount that the Company is to pay and the number of Shares that the Company is to deliver under this Program.

6.10. 409A Compliance .

(a) This Program and the payments provided hereunder are intended to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations and other applicable guidance issued by the Treasury Department and or the Internal Revenue Service thereunder, and shall be interpreted and administered consistent with such intent.

(b) The Company makes no representations to any Participant (or Beneficiary) with respect to the tax treatment of any amount paid or payable pursuant to this Program. While this Program is intended to be interpreted and operated to the extent possible so that any such amounts shall either be exempt from the requirements of Code Section 409A or shall comply with such requirements, in no event shall the Company be liable to any Participant (or Beneficiary) for or with respect to any taxes, penalties and/or interest which may be imposed upon any such amounts pursuant to Code Section 409A or any other federal or state tax law. To the extent that any such amount should be subject to Code Section 409A (or any other federal or state tax law), the Participant (or Beneficiary) to which the amount is paid or payable shall bear the entire risk of any such taxes, penalties and or interest.

 

6

Exhibit 10.31

 

 

THE HANOVER INSURANCE GROUP, INC.

2006 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

 

This Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is effective as of <GRANT DATE> (the “ Grant Date ”) by and between The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and <PARTICIPANT NAME> (the “ Participant ” or “ you ”). Capitalized terms used without definition herein shall have the meanings set forth in The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).

P R E A M B L E

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Plan and subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Administrator has agreed to grant to the Participant an Award of restricted stock units (the “ RSUs ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and promises hereinafter set forth, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

  1. RSUs . The Administrator hereby grants to the Participant <NUMBER OF RSUS> RSUs, each representing the right to receive one share of Stock upon and subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions set forth below. The Stock issued upon vesting of the RSUs, if any, shall be referred to hereinafter as the “ Shares ”.

 

  2. Vesting . One-half (50%) of the RSUs shall vest on the third anniversary of the Grant Date (the “ Three-Year Vesting Date ”) and the remaining one half (50%) of the RSUs shall vest on the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date (the “ Four-Year Vesting Date ”, together with the Three-Year Vesting Date, the “ Vesting Date”); provided Participant is continuously an Employee of the Company or one of its subsidiaries or affiliates (the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates hereinafter referred to as “ THG ”) throughout the period from the Grant Date until the applicable Vesting Date.

As soon as reasonably practicable following vesting of the RSUs, but in no event later than 60 days following vesting, the Company shall make delivery of the Shares. In the event the applicable Time-Based Vesting Date falls on a non-business day (weekend or holiday on which banks are not generally open in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts), the Vesting Date shall be the next following business day.

 

  3. Termination . Except as provided in Sections 4, 5 and 6, upon the termination of Participant's Employment with THG for whatever reason, whether with or without Cause, for good reason or otherwise, any non-vested RSUs shall be automatically cancelled and forfeited and be returned to the Company for no consideration.

 

  4. Disability. Subject to the remainder of this Section 4, if the Participant is placed in a long term disability status (as such term is defined in the Company’s Long-Term Disability Program, as in effect at such time)(“ LTD Status ”), and provided Participant remains in LTD Status through such date, the RSUs shall continue to vest in accordance with this Agreement until the first anniversary of the date Participant was placed in LTD Status (the “ LTD Extension Period ”). At the expiration of the LTD Extension Period (i) a pro-rated portion of the RSUs shall automatically vest, and (ii) the remaining unvested RSUs shall be automatically cancelled and forfeited and be returned to the Company for no consideration. For purposes of this subsection, the pro-ration of the RSUs that vest on the expiration of the LTD Extension Period, shall be determined by dividing the number of days since the Grant Date by 1,461 and applying this percentage to the RSUs. In the event the Participant had already vested in 50% of such RSUs on the Three-Year Vesting Date, the number of RSUs that Participant shall receive on the expiration of the LTD Extension Period shall be determined by calculating the pro-rata number of RSUs that Participant is otherwise entitled to, determined as set forth above, and deducting from this amount the number of RSUs that had already vested on the Three-Year Vesting Date. Any fractional units shall be rounded up such that only whole shares are issued.


If, prior to the expiration of the LTD Extension Period, Participant is removed from LTD Status and immediately thereafter returns to active Employment with THG, Participant shall be treated (for the purposes of this Agreement) as if he/she were never placed in LTD Status and remained an active Employee of THG, shall be given credit toward vesting for the period Participant was in LTD Status and this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

  5. Death . If Participant dies (i) a pro-rated portion of the RSUs shall automatically vest, and (ii) the remaining unvested RSUs shall be automatically cancelled and forfeited and be returned to the Company for no consideration. For purposes of this subsection, the pro-ration of the RSUs that vest upon Participant’s death shall be determined by dividing the number of days that the Participant was an active Employee since the Grant Date by 1,461 and applying this percentage to the RSUs. In the event the Participant had already vested in 50% of such RSUs on the Three-Year Vesting Date, the number of RSUs that Participant shall receive upon death shall be determined by calculating the pro-rata number of RSUs that Participant is otherwise entitled to, determined as set forth above, and deducting from this amount the number of RSUs that had already vested on the Three-Year Vesting Date. Any fractional units shall be rounded up such that only whole shares are issued.

 

  6. Covered Transaction/Change in Control . In the event of a Covered Transaction (other than a Change in Control, whether or not it is a Covered Transaction), the RSUs shall be fully governed by the applicable provisions of Section 7(a) of the Plan. Notwithstanding the terms of the Plan, in the event of a Change in Control (whether or not it is a Covered Transaction), the following rules shall apply:

(a) Except as provided below in Section 6(b), in the event of a Change in Control the Participant shall automatically vest in 100% of the RSUs.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 6(a), no acceleration of vesting shall occur with respect to the RSUs if the Administrator reasonably determines in good faith prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control that this Award of RSUs shall be honored or assumed, or new rights substituted therefor (such honored, assumed or substituted award hereinafter called an “ Alternative Award ”), by Participant's employer (or the parent or a subsidiary of such employer) immediately following the Change in Control, provided that any such Alternative Award must:

(i) be based on stock which is traded, or will be traded upon consummation of the Change in Control, on an established securities market;

(ii) provide such Participant (or each Participant in a class of Participants) with rights and entitlements substantially equivalent to or better than the rights, terms and conditions applicable under this Award, including, but not limited to, an identical or better vesting schedule;

(iii) have substantially equivalent economic value to this Award (determined at the time of the Change in Control); and

(iv) have terms and conditions which provide that in the event that the Participant's employment is involuntarily terminated (other than for Cause) or Participant terminates employment for “Good Reason” (as defined below) prior to the second anniversary of the Change in Control, the Participant shall automatically vest in 100% of the Alternative Award and any conditions on a Participant's rights under, or any restrictions on transfer or exercisability applicable to, the vested portion of such Alternative Award shall be waived or shall lapse.

 

-2-


For this purpose, “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the events listed below following a Change in Control:

(x) to the extent you are “Participant” (as that term is defined in the CIC Plan) in the Company’s Amended and Restated Employment Continuity Plan or its successor plan (the “ CIC Plan ”), the occurrence of any of the events enumerated under the definition of “Good Reason” applicable to Participant’s “Tier” level as set forth in the CIC Plan; or

(y) if you are not a “Participant” in the CIC Plan, the occurrence of any of the following (A) a reduction in your rate of annual base salary as in effect immediately prior to such Change in Control; (B) a reduction in your annual short-term incentive compensation plan target award (but excluding the conversion of any cash incentive arrangement into an equity incentive arrangement of commensurate value or vice versa) from that which was in effect immediately prior to such Change in Control; or (C) any requirement that you relocate to an office more than 35 miles from the facility where you were located immediately prior to the Change in Control.

(c) In the event a Participant believes that a “Good Reason” event has been triggered, the Participant must give the Company written notice within 30 days of the occurrence of such triggering event and a proposed termination date which shall be not sooner than 60 days nor later than 90 days after the date of such notice. Such notice shall specify the Participant’s basis for determining that “Good Reason” has been triggered. The Company shall have the right to cure a purported “Good Reason” within 30 days of receipt of said notice

(d) Notwithstanding Sections 6(a) and (b) above, the Administrator may elect, in its sole discretion, exercised prior to the effective date of the Change in Control, to accelerate all, or a greater percentage of the RSUs, than is otherwise required pursuant to the terms of this Section 6.

(e) Upon vesting under Section 6(a) or upon a termination as provided herein, any remaining unvested RSUs, if any, shall be automatically cancelled and forfeited and returned to the Company for no consideration.

 

  7. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be in writing and, if to the Company, shall be delivered personally to the Human Resources Department or such other party as designated by the Company or mailed to its principal office and, if to the Participant, shall be delivered personally or mailed to the Participant at his or her address on the records of the Company.

 

  8. Dividend and Voting Rights . The Participant will not be entitled to any dividends (or dividend equivalency rights) upon the RSUs or have any voting rights until and to the extent the RSUs vest and are exchanged for Shares.

 

  9. Non-Hire/Solicitation/Confidentiality . As a condition of Participant’s eligibility to receive the RSUs and regardless of whether such RSUs vest, Participant agrees that he or she will (i) not, directly or indirectly, during the term of your employment with THG, and for a period of one year thereafter, hire, solicit, entice away or in any way interfere with THG’s relationship with, any of its officers or employees, or in any way attempt to do so or participate with, assist or encourage a third party to do so, and (ii) neither disclose any of THG’s confidential and proprietary information to any third party, nor use such information for any purpose other than for the benefit of THG and in accordance with THG policy. The terms of this Section 9 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.

 

  10. Damages/Specific Performance .

(a) The Participant hereby acknowledges and agrees that in the event of any breach of Section 9 of this Agreement, the Company would be irreparably harmed and could not be made whole by

 

-3-


monetary damages. The Participant accordingly agrees to waive the defense in any action for injunctive relief or specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate and that the Company, in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to an injunction or to compel specific performance of Section 9.

(b) In addition to any other remedy to which the Company may be entitled at law or in equity (including the remedy provided in the preceding paragraph), the Participant hereby acknowledges and agrees that in the event of any breach of Section 9 of this Agreement, Participant shall be required to refund to the Company the value received by Participant upon vesting of the RSUs; provided, however, that the Company makes any such claim, in writing, against Participant alleging a violation of Section 9 not later than two years following your termination of employment with the Company.

 

  11. Successors . The provisions of this Agreement will benefit and will be binding upon the permitted assigns, successors in interest, personal representatives, estates, heirs and legatees of each of the parties hereto. However, the RSUs are non-assignable, except as may be permitted by the Plan.

 

  12. Interpretation. The terms of the RSUs are as set forth in this Agreement and in the Plan. The Plan is incorporated into this Agreement by reference, which means that this Agreement is limited by and subject to the express terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

 

  13. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and applied (except as to matters governed by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as to which Delaware law shall apply) in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

  14. Facsimile and Electronic Signature . The parties may execute this Agreement by means of a facsimile or electronic signature.

 

  15. Entire Agreement; Counterparts . This Agreement and the Plan contains the entire understanding between the parties concerning the subject contained in this Agreement. Except for the Agreement and the Plan, there are no representations, agreements, arrangements, or understandings, oral or written, between or among the parties hereto, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, that are not fully expressed herein. This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement.

 

  16. Further Assurances . Each party to this Agreement agrees to perform all further acts and to execute and deliver all further documents as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

 

  17. Severability . In the event that any of the provisions, or portions thereof, of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable or invalid by any court of competent jurisdiction, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions, or portions thereof, will not be affected, and such unenforceable provisions shall be automatically replaced by a provision as similar in terms as may be valid and enforceable.

 

  18. Construction . Whenever used in this Agreement, the singular number will include the plural, and the plural number will include the singular, and the masculine or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine, or neuter gender. The headings of the Sections of this Agreement have been inserted for purposes of convenience and shall not be used for interpretive purposes. The Administrator shall have full discretion to interpret and administer this Agreement. Any actions or decisions by the Administrator in connection with this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding upon the Participant.

 

  19. No Effect on Employment . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to limit or restrict the right of THG to terminate the Participant’s employment at any time, with or without cause, or to increase or decrease the Participant’s compensation from the rate of compensation in existence at the time this Agreement is executed.

 

-4-


  20. Taxes . If at the time the RSUs vest the Company determines that under applicable law and regulations it could be liable for the withholding of any federal, state or local tax, Participant shall remit to the Company any amounts determined by the Company to be required to be withheld or the Company may, at its option, withhold from such units, or the Shares which such units represent, a sufficient number of units/Shares to satisfy the minimum federal, state and local tax withholding due, if any, and remit the balance of the units/Shares to the Participant.

The Company makes no representations to Participant with respect to the tax treatment of any amount paid or payable pursuant to this Award. While this Award is intended to be interpreted and operated to the extent possible so that any such amounts shall be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“ Section 409A ”), in no event shall the Company be liable to Participant for or with respect to any taxes, penalties and/or interest which may be imposed upon any such amounts pursuant to Section 409A or any other federal or state tax law. To the extent that any such amount should be subject to Section 409A (or any other federal or state tax law), the Participant shall bear the entire risk of any such taxes, penalties and or interest.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have entered into this Agreement as of the Grant Date.

 

THE HANOVER INSURANCE GROUP, INC.
By:    
 

Name: Bryan D. Allen

Title: Vice President & Chief Human Resources Officer

 

   
<PARTICIPANT NAME>

 

-5-

Exhibit 10.32

 

 

THE HANOVER INSURANCE GROUP, INC.

2006 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

CORPORATE GOAL PERFORMANCE-BASED RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

 

This Corporate Goal Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is effective as of <GRANT DATE> (the “ Grant Date ”) by and between The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and <PARTICIPANT NAME> (the “ Participant ” or “ you ”). Capitalized terms used without definition herein shall have the meanings set forth in The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).

P R E A M B L E

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, the Administrator has agreed to grant to the Participant a target number of corporate goal performance-based restricted stock units (the “ PBRSUs ”); and

WHEREAS, the PBRSUs will be subject to certain restrictions, the attainment of certain performance criteria and other terms and conditions as set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and promises hereinafter set forth, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

  1. Corporate Goal PBRSUs . The Administrator hereby grants to the Participant <NUMBER OF PBRSUs> PBRSUs, each representing the right to receive one share of Stock upon and subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions set forth below. The Stock issued upon vesting of the PBRSUs, if any, shall be referred to hereinafter as the “ Shares ”. The actual number of PBRSUs granted herein shall be subject to adjustment as set forth on Schedule A .

 

  2. Vesting . The PBRSUs shall vest as set forth below.

One half (50%) of the PBRSUs will vest on the third anniversary of the Grant Date (the “ Three-Year Vesting Date” ) and the remaining one half (50%) of the PBRSUs will vest on the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date (the “ Four-Year Vesting Date ”, together with the Three-Year Vesting Date, the “ Time-Based Vesting Date ”); provided:

 

  i) The Company achieves the corporate goals set forth on Schedule A (the “ Corporate Goals ”) by the date set forth on Schedule A (the “ Goal Completion Date ”). The actual number of PBRSUs that shall be awarded shall be determined in accordance with the terms set forth on Schedule A ; and

 

  ii) The Participant is continuously an Employee of the Company or one of its subsidiaries or affiliates (the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates hereinafter referred to as “ THG ”) throughout the period from the Grant Date to the applicable Time-Based Vesting Date.

The determination of (i) whether and to the extent the Corporate Goals set forth on Schedule A have been achieved, and (ii) any adjustment to the actual number of PBRSUs, shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of the Administrator. All decisions by the Administrator shall be final and binding upon the Participant. As soon as reasonably practicable following the vesting of the PBRSUs, but in no event later than 60 days following vesting, the Company shall issue the Shares to the Participant. Any fractional share shall be rounded up such that only whole shares are issued. In the event the applicable Time-Based Vesting Date falls on a non-business day (weekend or holiday on which banks are not generally open in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts), the Time-Based Vesting Date shall be the next following business day.


  3. Termination of Employment . Except as provided in Sections 4, 5 and 6, upon the termination of Participant’s Employment with THG for whatever reason, whether with or without Cause, for good reason or otherwise, any non-vested PBRSUs shall be automatically cancelled and forfeited and be returned to the Company for no consideration.

 

  4. Disability . In the event Participant is placed in a long term disability status (as such term is defined in the Company’s Long-Term Disability Program, as in effect at such time) (“ LTD Status ”), the Participant shall vest in the PBRSUs as follows:

 

  i) No vesting shall occur pursuant to Section 2 if the Company does not achieve the Corporate Goals by the Goal Completion Date; and

 

  ii) Provided and to the extent the Company achieves the Corporate Goals by the Goal Completion Date, and the Participant is placed in LTD Status prior to the Four-Year Vesting Date, then the Participant shall vest in a pro-rata portion of the PBRSUs that would otherwise vest and the remaining unvested PBRSUs shall be automatically forfeited and returned to the Company for no consideration. For purposes of this subsection, the pro-rata portion of the PBRSUs that otherwise would vest shall be determined by dividing the number of days that the Participant was an active Employee (plus any days counted pursuant to the next paragraph) since the Grant Date by 1,461 and applying this percentage to such PBRSUs. In the event the Participant had already vested in 50% of such PBRSUs on the Three-Year Vesting Date, the number of PBRSUs that Participant shall receive shall be determined by calculating the pro-rata number of PBRSUs that Participant is otherwise entitled to, determined as set forth above, and deducting from this amount the number of PBRSUs that had already vested on the Three-Year Vesting Date. Any fractional units shall be rounded up such that only whole shares are issued.

Provided Participant remains in LTD Status through such date, and solely for the limited purpose of calculating Participant’s pro-rated vesting of the PBRSUs pursuant to the preceding paragraph, the Participant shall continue to vest pursuant to Section 2(ii) until the first anniversary of the date Participant was placed in LTD Status (the “ LTD Vesting Extension Period ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, prior to the expiration of the LTD Vesting Extension Period, Participant is removed from LTD Status and immediately thereafter returns to active Employment with THG, Participant shall be treated (for the purposes of Section 2(ii) of this Agreement) as if he/she were never placed in LTD Status, shall be given credit toward vesting pursuant to Section 2(ii) for the period Participant was in LTD Status, and this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

In the event the Participant is entitled to a pro-rata vesting of PBRSUs pursuant to this Section 4, the vesting date (for purposes of issuing the Shares), shall be the later to occur of (i) the expiration of the LTD Vesting Extension Period, or (ii) the Goal Completion Date; provided, however that such date shall not be later than the Four-Year Vesting Date.

 

  5. Death . In the event Participant dies, the Participant shall vest in the PBRSUs as follows:

 

  i) No vesting shall occur pursuant to Section 2 if the Company does not achieve the Corporate Goals by the Goal Completion Date; and

 

  ii)

Provided and to the extent the Company achieves the Corporate Goals, and the Participant dies prior to the Four-Year Vesting Date, then the Participant shall vest in a pro-rata portion of the PBRSUs that would otherwise vest and the remaining unvested PBRSUs shall be automatically forfeited and returned to the Company for no consideration. For purposes of this subsection, the pro-rata portion of the PBRSUs that vest shall be determined by dividing

 

-2-


 

the number of days that the Participant was an Employee since the Grant Date by 1,461 and applying this percentage to such PBRSUs. In the event the Participant had already vested in 50% of such PBRSUs on the Three-Year Vesting Date, the number of PBRSUs that Participant shall receive shall be determined by calculating the pro-rata number of PBRSUs that Participant is otherwise entitled to, determined as set forth above, and deducting from this amount the number of PBRSUs that had already vested on the Three-Year Vesting Date. Any fractional units shall be rounded up such that only whole shares are issued.

In the event the Participant is entitled to a pro-rata vesting of PBRSUs pursuant to this Section 5, the vesting date (for purposes of issuing the Shares), shall be the later to occur of (i) Participant’s death, or (ii) the Goal Completion Date.

 

  6. Covered Transaction/Change in Control . In the event of a Covered Transaction (other than a Change in Control, whether or not it is a Covered Transaction), the PBRSUs shall be fully governed by the applicable provisions of Section 7(a) of the Plan. Notwithstanding the terms of the Plan, in the event of a Change in Control (whether or not it is a Covered Transaction), the following rules shall apply:

(a) Except as provided below in Section 6(c), upon consummation of a Change in Control the Participant shall automatically vest in such number of PBRSUs as determined in Section 6(b).

(b) No vesting pursuant to Section 6(a) shall occur if the Company does not achieve the Corporate Goals by the Goal Completion Date; provided, however, to the extent the effective date of the Change in Control is prior to the Goal Completion Date and the Corporate Goals have not yet been achieved (at the target level set forth on Schedule A ) as of such date, such Corporate Goals shall be deemed satisfied at such level determined in accordance with Schedule A .

(c) Notwithstanding Section 6(a), no acceleration of vesting shall occur with respect to the PBRSUs if the Administrator reasonably determines in good faith prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control that this Award of PBRSUs shall be honored or assumed, or new rights substituted therefor (such honored, assumed or substituted award hereinafter called an “ Alternative Award ”), by Participant’s employer (or the parent or a subsidiary of such employer) immediately following the Change in Control, provided that the Alternative Award shall be a time-based restricted stock unit award that is no longer subject to any performance-based vesting requirement, and shall also:

(i) be based on stock which is traded, or will be traded upon consummation of the Change in Control, on an established securities market;

(ii) provide such Participant (or each Participant in a class of Participants) with rights and entitlements substantially equivalent to or better than the rights, terms and conditions applicable under this Award, including, but not limited to, an identical or better time-based vesting schedule;

(iii) have substantially equivalent economic value to this Award (determined at the time of the Change in Control and based upon the number of Shares the Participant would have received had the Award been accelerated pursuant to Section 6(a) above); and

(iv) have terms and conditions which provide that in the event that the Participant’s employment is involuntarily terminated (other than for Cause) or Participant terminates employment for “Good Reason” (as defined below) prior to the second anniversary of the Change in Control, the Participant shall automatically vest in 100% of the Alternative Award and any conditions on a Participant’s rights under, or any restrictions on transfer or exercisability applicable to, the vested portion of such Alternative Award shall be waived or shall lapse.

 

-3-


For this purpose, “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the events listed below following a Change in Control:

(x) to the extent you are a “Participant” (as that term is defined in the CIC Plan) in the Company’s Amended and Restated Employment Continuity Plan or its successor plan (the “ CIC Plan ”), the occurrence of any of the events enumerated under the definition of “Good Reason” applicable to Participant’s “Tier” level as set forth in the CIC Plan; or

(y) if you are not a “Participant” in the CIC Plan, the occurrence of any of the following (A) a reduction in Participant’s rate of annual base salary as in effect immediately prior to such Change in Control; (B) a reduction in Participant’s annual short-term incentive compensation plan target award (but excluding the conversion of any cash incentive arrangement into an equity incentive arrangement of commensurate value or vice versa) from that which was in effect immediately prior to such Change in Control; or (C) any requirement that you relocate to an office more than 35 miles from the facility where Participant was located immediately prior to the Change in Control.

(d) In the event a Participant believes that a “Good Reason” event has been triggered, the Participant must give the Company written notice within 30 days of the occurrence of such triggering event and a proposed termination date which shall be not sooner than 60 days nor later than 90 days after the date of such notice. Such notice shall specify the Participant’s basis for determining that “Good Reason” has been triggered. The Company shall have the right to cure a purported “Good Reason” within 30 days of receipt of said notice.

(e) Notwithstanding Sections 6(a) and (c) above, the Administrator may elect, in its sole discretion, exercised prior to the effective date of the Change in Control, to accelerate all, or a greater percentage of the PBRSUs, than is otherwise required pursuant to the terms of this Section 6.

(f) Upon vesting under Section 6(a) or upon termination as provided herein, any remaining unvested PBRSUs, if any, shall be automatically cancelled and forfeited and returned to the Company for no consideration.

 

  7. Termination of Agreement . Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, if the Corporate Goals are not satisfied in accordance with the terms set forth on Schedule A by the Goal Completion Date, this Agreement shall automatically terminate and Participant shall be deemed to have forfeited all rights to the PBRSUs.

 

  8. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be in writing and, if to the Company, shall be delivered personally to the Human Resources Department or such other party as designated by the Company or mailed to its principal office and, if to the Participant, shall be delivered personally or mailed to the Participant at his or her address on the records of the Company.

 

  9. Dividend and Voting Rights . The Participant will not be entitled to any dividends (or dividend equivalency rights) upon the PBRSUs or have any voting rights until and to the extent the PBRSUs vest and are exchanged for Shares.

 

  10.

Non-Hire/Solicitation/Confidentiality . As a condition of Participant’s eligibility to receive these PBRSUs and regardless of whether such PBRSUs vest, Participant agrees that he or she will (i) not, directly or indirectly, during the term of your employment with THG, and for a period of one year thereafter, hire, solicit, entice away or in any way interfere with THG’s relationship

 

-4-


 

with, any of its officers or employees, or in any way attempt to do so or participate with, assist or encourage a third party to do so, and (ii) neither disclose any of THG’s confidential and proprietary information to any third party, nor use such information for any purpose other than for the benefit of THG and in accordance with THG policy. The terms of this Section 10 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.

 

  11. Damages/Specific Performance .

(a) The Participant hereby acknowledges and agrees that in the event of any breach of Section 10 of this Agreement, the Company would be irreparably harmed and could not be made whole by monetary damages. The Participant accordingly agrees to waive the defense in any action for injunctive relief or specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate and that the Company, in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to an injunction or to compel specific performance of Section 10.

(b) In addition to any other remedy to which the Company may be entitled at law or in equity (including the remedy provided in the preceding paragraph), the Participant hereby acknowledges and agrees that in the event of any breach of Section 10 of this Agreement, Participant shall be required to refund to the Company the value received by Participant upon vesting of the PBRSUs; provided, however, that the Company makes any such claim, in writing, against Participant alleging a violation of Section 10 not later than two years following your termination of employment with the Company.

 

  12. Successors . The provisions of this Agreement will benefit and will be binding upon the permitted assigns, successors in interest, personal representatives, estates, heirs and legatees of each of the parties hereto. However, the PBRSUs are non-assignable, except as may be permitted by the Plan.

 

  13. Interpretation. The terms of the PBRSUs are as set forth in this Agreement and in the Plan. The Plan is incorporated into this Agreement by reference, which means that this Agreement is limited by and subject to the express terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

 

  14. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and applied (except as to matters governed by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as to which Delaware law shall apply) in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

  15. Facsimile and Electronic Signature . The parties may execute this Agreement by means of a facsimile or electronic signature.

 

  16. Entire Agreement; Counterparts . This Agreement and the Plan contains the entire understanding between the parties concerning the subject contained in this Agreement. Except for the Agreement and the Plan, there are no representations, agreements, arrangements, or understandings, oral or written, between or among the parties hereto, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, that are not fully expressed herein. This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement.

 

  17. Further Assurances . Each party to this Agreement agrees to perform all further acts and to execute and deliver all further documents as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

 

  18. Severability . In the event that any of the provisions, or portions thereof, of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable or invalid by any court of competent jurisdiction, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions, or portions thereof, will not be affected, and such unenforceable provisions shall be automatically replaced by a provision as similar in terms as may be valid and enforceable.

 

-5-


  19. Construction . Whenever used in this Agreement, the singular number will include the plural, and the plural number will include the singular, and the masculine or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine, or neuter gender. The headings of the Sections of this Agreement have been inserted for purposes of convenience and shall not be used for interpretive purposes. The Administrator shall have full discretion to interpret and administer this Agreement. Any actions or decisions by the Administrator in connection with this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding upon the Participant.

 

  20. No Effect on Employment . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to limit or restrict the right of THG to terminate the Participant’s employment at any time, with or without cause, or to increase or decrease the Participant’s compensation from the rate of compensation in existence at the time this Agreement is executed.

 

  21. Taxes . If at the time the PBRSUs vest the Company determines that under applicable law and regulations it could be liable for the withholding of any federal, state or local tax, Participant shall remit to the Company any amounts determined by the Company to be required to be withheld or the Company may, at its option, withhold from such units, or the Shares which such units represent, a sufficient number of units/Shares to satisfy the minimum federal, state and local tax withholding due, if any, and remit the balance of the units/Shares to the Participant.

The Company makes no representations to Participant with respect to the tax treatment of any amount paid or payable pursuant to this Award. While this Award is intended to be interpreted and operated to the extent possible so that any such amounts shall be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“ Section 409A ”), in no event shall the Company be liable to Participant for or with respect to any taxes, penalties and/or interest which may be imposed upon any such amounts pursuant to Section 409A or any other federal or state tax law. To the extent that any such amount should be subject to Section 409A (or any other federal or state tax law), the Participant shall bear the entire risk of any such taxes, penalties and or interest.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have entered into this Agreement as of the Grant Date.

 

THE HANOVER INSURANCE GROUP, INC.
By:    
 

Name: Bryan D. Allen

Title: Vice President & Chief Human Resources Officer

 

   
<PARTICIPANT NAME>

 

-6-


 

Schedule A

 

 

-7-

Exhibit 10.33

 

 

THE HANOVER INSURANCE GROUP, INC.

2006 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

This Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is effective as of <GRANT DATE> (the “ Grant Date ”), by and between The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and <PARTICIPANT NAME> (the “ Participant ” or “ you ”). Capitalized terms used without definition herein shall have the meanings set forth in The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).

PREAMBLE

WHEREAS, the Company considers it desirable and in the best interests of the Company that the Participant be given an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company in the form of options to purchase shares of Stock.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and promises hereinafter set forth, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Grant of Option. The Administrator hereby grants to the Participant a non-statutory stock option (the “ Stock Option ”) to purchase <NUMBER OF OPTIONS> shares of Stock (the “ Shares ”), for a price of <GRANT PRICE> per share (the “ Option Price ”), which is not less than the per-Share fair market value on the Grant Date. The Stock Option is intended to be, and is hereby designated, a non-statutory option that does not qualify as an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

2. Expiration of Option . The Stock Option shall automatically terminate and cease being exercisable on the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date (the “ Expiration Date ”).

 

3. Vesting. Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Plan, and provided Participant remains continuously an Employee of the Company or one of its subsidiaries or affiliates (the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates hereinafter referred to as “ THG”) through the applicable vesting date, the Stock Option shall vest and become exercisable in the following cumulative installments:

 

   

As to one half (50%) of the total number of Shares, on or after the third anniversary of the Grant Date; and

   

As to the remaining one half (50%) of the total number of Shares, on or after the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date.

 

4. Termination of Employment and Other Events .

(a) Termination for Cause . If Participant's Employment with THG is terminated for Cause, effective immediately prior to such termination, the Stock Option, whether or not vested, shall be automatically cancelled and forfeited and be returned to the Company for no consideration.

(b) Voluntary Termination . If Participant voluntarily terminates his/her Employment with THG, effective immediately prior to such termination, any portion of the Stock Option not then vested shall be automatically cancelled and forfeited and be returned to the Company for no consideration, and such portion of the Stock Option that is then vested shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) 60 days following the date of termination, or (ii) the Expiration Date.

(c) Disability . Subject to the remainder of this Section 4(c), if Participant is placed in a long term disability status (as such term is defined in the Company’s Long-Term Disability Program, as in effect at such time) (“ LTD Status ”), for so long as Participant remains in LTD Status, the Stock Option shall continue to vest in accordance with this Agreement, and to the extent vested shall


remain exercisable, until the earlier of (i) the first anniversary of the date the Participant was placed in LTD Status, or (ii) the Expiration Date (the “ LTD Extension Period ”). At the expiration of the LTD Extension Period, the Stock Option, whether or not vested, shall be automatically cancelled and forfeited and be returned to the Company for no consideration.

If, prior to the first anniversary of the date Participant was placed in LTD Status, Participant is removed from LTD Status and immediately thereafter returns to active Employment with THG, Participant shall be treated (for the purposes of this Agreement) as if he/she were never placed in LTD Status and remained an active Employee of THG, shall be given credit toward vesting pursuant to Section 3 for the period Participant was in LTD Status, and this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

(d) Death. If Participant dies, effective immediately prior to death, any portion of the Stock Option not then vested shall be automatically cancelled and forfeited and be returned to the Company for no consideration, and such portion of the Stock Option that is then vested shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) one (1) year following the date of death, or (ii) the Expiration Date.

(e) Retirement . If Participant Retires, effective immediately prior to the effective date of Participant’s Retirement, any portion of the Stock Option not then vested shall be automatically cancelled and forfeited and be returned to the Company for no consideration, and such portion of the Stock Option that is then vested shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) three (3) years following the effective date of the Participant’s Retirement, or (ii) the Expiration Date.

For the purpose of this Agreement, a Participant shall be deemed to “ Retire ” if (i) his/her Employment with THG terminates (other than for Cause), (ii) he or she is 65 years of age or older, as of such termination date, and (iii) immediately prior to such termination, Participant has been continuously Employed by THG for 10 or more years.

(f) Covered Transaction/Change in Control . In the event of a Covered Transaction (other than a Change in Control, whether or not it is a Covered Transaction), the Stock Options shall be fully governed by the applicable provisions of Section 7(a) of the Plan. Notwithstanding the terms of the Plan, in the event of a Change in Control (whether or not it is a Covered Transaction), the following rules shall apply:

(i) Except as provided below in Section 4(f)(ii), in the event of a Change in Control the Participant shall automatically vest in 100% of the Stock Options.

(ii) Notwithstanding Section 4(f)(i), no acceleration of vesting shall occur with respect to the Stock Options if the Administrator reasonably determines in good faith prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control that this Award shall be honored or assumed, or new rights substituted therefor (such honored, assumed or substituted award hereinafter called an “ Alternative Award ”), by Participant's employer (or the parent or a subsidiary of such employer) immediately following the Change in Control, provided that any such Alternative Award must:

(A) be based on stock which is traded, or will be traded upon consummation of the Change in Control, on an established securities market;

(B) provide such Participant (or each Participant in a class of Participants) with rights and entitlements substantially equivalent to or better than the rights, terms and conditions applicable under this Award, including, but not limited to, an identical or better vesting schedule;

 

-2-


(C) have substantially equivalent economic value to this Award (determined at the time of the Change in Control); and

(D) have terms and conditions which provide that in the event that the Participant's employment is involuntarily terminated (other than for Cause) or Participant terminates employment for “Good Reason” (as defined below) prior to the second anniversary of the Change in Control, the Participant shall automatically vest in 100% of the Alternative Award and any conditions on a Participant's rights under, or any restrictions on transfer or exercisability applicable to, the vested portion of such Alternative Award shall be waived or shall lapse.

For this purpose, “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the events listed below following a Change in Control:

(X) to the extent you are a “Participant” (as that term is defined in the CIC Plan) in the Company’s Amended and Restated Employment Continuity Plan or its successor plan (the “CIC Plan”), the occurrence of any of the events enumerated under the definition of “Good Reason” applicable to Participant’s “Tier” Level as set forth in CIC Plan; or

(Y) to the extent you are not a “Participant” in the CIC Plan, the occurrence of any of the following (A) a reduction in your rate of annual base salary as in effect immediately prior to such Change in Control; (B) a reduction in your annual short-term incentive compensation plan target award (but excluding the conversion of any cash incentive arrangement into an equity incentive arrangement of commensurate value or vice versa) from that which was in effect immediately prior to such Change in Control; or (C) any requirement that you relocate to an office more than 35 miles from the facility where you were located immediately prior to the Change in Control.

(iii) In the event Participant believes a “Good Reason” event has been triggered, the Participant must give the Company written notice within 30 days of the occurrence of such triggering event and a proposed termination date which shall not be sooner than 60 days nor longer than 90 days after the date of such notice. Such notice shall specify the Participant’s basis for determining that “Good Reason” has been triggered. The Company shall have the right to cure a purported “Good Reason” within 30 days of receipt of said notice.

(iv) Notwithstanding Sections 4(f)(i) and 4(f)(ii) above, the Administrator may elect, in its sole discretion, exercised prior to the effective date of the Change in Control, to accelerate all, or a greater percentage of the Stock Options, than is otherwise required pursuant to the terms of this Section 4.

(v) Upon vesting Section 4(f)(i) or upon under termination as provided herein, any remaining unvested Stock Options, if any, shall be automatically cancelled and forfeited and returned to the Company for no consideration.

(g) Involuntary Termination . If Participant’s Employment with THG is terminated (other than as a result of the events set forth above in this Section 4), effective immediately prior to such termination, any portion of the Stock Option not then vested shall be automatically cancelled and forfeited and be returned to the Company for no consideration, and such portion of the Stock Option that is then vested shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) 60 days following the date of termination, or (ii) the Expiration Date.

 

5. Notice of Exercise and Payment for Shares . This Stock Option may be exercised by the Participant or, if appropriate, the Participant’s legal representative, by giving written notice to the Administrator stating the number of Shares to be purchased. Such notice must be accompanied by payment in full of the Option Price for the Shares to be purchased.

 

-3-


Notices hereunder shall be in writing and, if to the Company, shall be delivered personally to the Human Resources Department or such other party as designated by the Company or mailed to its principal office and, if to the Participant, shall be delivered personally or mailed to the Participant at his or her address on the records of the Company.

Payment may be made in (i) shares of Stock, (ii) cash or a combination of shares of Stock and cash for the number of Shares specified, or (iii) through a broker-assisted exercise program acceptable to the Administrator. Any shares of Stock must be accompanied by a certificate representing the shares and a signed statement that the shares being submitted have been held by the Participant or his/her heirs or estate for a minimum of six months.

 

6. Delivery of Shares . Upon receipt of notice and payment, the Company shall make delivery of such Shares within a reasonable period, but in no event later than 30 days.

 

7. Non-Hire/Solicitation/Confidentiality . As a condition of Participant’s eligibility to receive this Stock Option and regardless of whether such Stock Options vest or are exercised, Participant agrees that he or she will (i) not, directly or indirectly, during the term of Participant’s employment with THG, and for a period of one year thereafter, hire, solicit, entice away or in any way interfere with THG’s relationship with, any of its officers or employees, or in any way attempt to do so or participate with, assist or encourage a third party to do so, and (ii) neither disclose any of THG’s confidential and proprietary information to any third party, nor use such information for any purpose other than for the benefit of THG and in accordance with THG policy. The terms of this Section 7 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement.

 

8. Specific Performance/Damages .

(a) The Participant hereby acknowledges and agrees that in the event of any breach of Section 7 of this Agreement, the Company would be irreparably harmed and could not be made whole by monetary damages. The Participant accordingly agrees to waive the defense in any action for injunctive relief or specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate and that the Company, in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to an injunction or to compel specific performance of Section 7.

(b) In addition to any other remedy to which the Company may be entitled at law or in equity (including the remedy provided in the preceding paragraph), the Participant hereby acknowledges and agrees that in the event of any breach of Section 7 of this Agreement, Participant shall be required to refund to the Company the value received by Participant upon exercise of the Stock Options measured by the amount that the "Stock Value" exceeds the Option Price; provided, however, that the Company makes any such claim, in writing, against Participant alleging a violation of Section 7 not later than two years following your termination of employment with the Company. The Stock Value shall be the sale price of the Shares issued upon exercise of the Stock Option, if and to the extent such Shares were sold on the date of such exercise; otherwise, the Stock Value shall be the closing price of Shares as reported on the New York Stock Exchange (or such other exchange or facility as is determined by the Administrator if the Shares are not then traded on the New York Stock Exchange) on the date of the exercise of the Stock Option.

 

9. Successors . The provisions of this Agreement will benefit and will be binding upon the permitted assigns, successors in interest, personal representatives, estates, heirs and legatees of each of the parties hereto. However, the Stock Option is non-assignable, except as may be permitted by the Plan.

 

10. Interpretation . The terms of the Stock Option are as set forth in this Agreement and in the Plan. The Plan is incorporated into this Agreement by reference, which means that this Agreement is limited by and subject to the express terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

 

-4-


11. Governing Law . This Stock Option shall be construed and applied (except as to matters governed by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as to which Delaware law shall apply) in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

12. Facsimile or Electronic Signature . The parties may execute this Agreement by means of a facsimile or electronic signature.

 

13. Entire Agreement; Counterparts . This Agreement and the Plan contains the entire understanding between the parties concerning the subject contained in this Agreement. Except for the Agreement and the Plan, there are no representations, agreements, arrangements, or understandings, oral or written, between or among the parties hereto, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, that are not fully expressed herein. This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement.

 

14. Further Assurances . Each party to this Agreement agrees to perform all further acts and to execute and deliver all further documents as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

 

15. Severability . In the event that any of the provisions, or portions thereof, of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable or invalid by any court of competent jurisdiction, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions, or portions thereof, will not be affected, and such unenforceable provisions shall be automatically replaced by a provision as similar in terms as may be valid and enforceable.

 

16. Construction . Whenever used in this Agreement, the singular number will include the plural, and the plural number will include the singular, and the masculine or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine, or neuter gender. The headings of the Sections of this Agreement have been inserted for purposes of convenience and shall not be used for interpretive purposes. The Administrator shall have full discretion to interpret and administer this Agreement. Any actions or decisions by the Administrator in connection with this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding upon the Participant.

 

17. No Effect on Employment . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to limit or restrict the right of THG to terminate the Participant’s employment at any time, with or without cause, or to increase or decrease the Participant’s compensation from the rate of compensation in existence at the time this Agreement is executed.

 

18. Taxes . If at the time Participant elects to exercise this Stock Option, the Company determines that under applicable law and regulations it could be liable for the withholding of any federal, state or local tax, Participant shall remit to the Company any amounts determined by the Company to be required to be withheld or the Company may, at its option, withhold a sufficient number of Shares to satisfy the minimum federal, state and local tax withholding due, if any, and remit the balance of the Shares to the Participant.

The Company makes no representations to Participant with respect to the tax treatment of any amount paid or payable pursuant to this Award. While this Award is intended to be interpreted and operated to the extent possible so that any such amounts shall be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“ Section 409A ”), in no event shall the Company be liable to Participant for or with respect to any taxes, penalties and/or interest which may be imposed upon any such amounts pursuant to Section 409A or any other federal or state tax law. To the extent that any such amount should be subject to Section 409A (or any other federal or state tax law), the Participant shall bear the entire risk of any such taxes, penalties and or interest.

 

-5-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have entered into this Agreement as of the Grant Date.

 

THE HANOVER INSURANCE GROUP, INC.
By:    
 

Name: Bryan D. Allen

Title: Vice President & Chief Human Resources Officer

 

   
<PARTICIPANT NAME>

 

-6-

Exhibit 10.34

[Date]

[Name of Executive]

 

RE: Deferral of compensation to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m)

Dear [Name of Executive]:

Reference is made to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (as from time to time in effect and together with the regulations thereunder, “Section 162(m)”). With some exceptions and subject to the rules under Section 162(m), the deductibility for federal income tax purposes of compensation paid to any “covered employee” of a public corporation is limited by Section 162(m) to $1 million in any year. Under current law, the term “covered employee” includes only certain named executive officers of the corporation who are in office at the end of the corporation’s taxable year.

Please be advised that Hanover retains the right to elect to defer any payment to you under the [specify award] (the “Award”) of even date herewith that Hanover reasonably anticipates would not be deductible by reason of Section 162(m) if paid as scheduled. Hanover expects to make any such election in accordance with the Section 162(m)-related deferral provisions of the Treasury Regulations under Section 409A of the Code such that the deferred amounts would be payable to you, in a manner that complies with those provisions, after you have ceased to be subject to the Section 162(m) limitations. In connection therewith, Hanover reserves the right to amend the terms of the Award, in connection with any such deferral, to conform them to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code to the extent Hanover in its discretion determines such amendments, if any, to be necessary. The election to defer shall be made by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc.

Please indicate your acknowledgment of and consent to the foregoing, effective as of the date first set forth above, by executing the enclosed copy of this letter in the space indicated below and returning that fully executed copy to my attention. Your consent and acknowledgment are a condition to the effectiveness of the Award.

 

The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc.
By:    
 

 

Consented to and acknowledged:
   
[Executive]

Exhibit 21

Direct and Indirect Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

I. The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. (Delaware)
  A. Opus Investment Management, Inc. (Massachusetts)
  a. The Hanover Insurance Company (New Hampshire)
  1. Citizens Insurance Company of America (Michigan)
       a.    Citizens Management Inc. (Delaware)
  2. Allmerica Financial Benefit Insurance Company (Michigan)
  3. Allmerica Plus Insurance Agency, Inc. (Massachusetts)
  4. The Hanover American Insurance Company (New Hampshire)
  5. Hanover Texas Insurance Management Company, Inc. (Texas)
  6. Citizens Insurance Company of Ohio (Ohio)
  7. Citizens Insurance Company of the Midwest (Indiana)
  8. The Hanover New Jersey Insurance Company (New Hampshire)
  9. Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company (New Hampshire)
  10. Allmerica Financial Alliance Insurance Company (New Hampshire)
  11. Professionals Direct, Inc. (Michigan)
       a.    Professionals Direct Insurance Company (Michigan)
       b.    Professionals Direct Insurance Services, Inc. (Michigan)
       c.    Professionals Direct Finance, Inc. (Michigan)
       d.    Professional Direct Statutory Trust II (Delaware)
  12. Verlan Fire Insurance Company (Maryland)
  13. The Hanover National Insurance Company (New Hampshire)
  b. Citizens Insurance Company of Illinois (Illinois)
  B. First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company (Massachusetts)
  a. 440 Lincoln Street Holding Company, LLC (Massachusetts)
  C. Allmerica Funding Corp. (Massachusetts)
  D. VeraVest Investments, Inc. (Massachusetts)
  E. AFC Capital Trust I (Delaware)
  F. Verlan Holdings, Inc. (Maryland)
  a. Coatings Industry Services, Inc. (Virginia)
  b. Verlan Consulting, Inc. (Maryland)
  G. AIX Holdings, Inc. (Delaware)
  a. Nova American Group, Inc. (New York)
  1. Nova Insurance Group, Inc. (Delaware)
       a.    Professional Underwriters Agency, Inc. (Florida)
  2. Nova Casualty Company (New York)
       a.    AIX Specialty Insurance Company (Delaware)
  3. Nova Alternative Risk, LLC (New York)
       b.    AIX, Inc. (New York)

Exhibit 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-72491, No. 333-576, No. 333-578, No. 333-580, No. 333-582, No. 333-24929, No. 333-31397, No. 333-134394 and No. 333-134395) of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. of our report dated February 27, 2009 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in the Annual Report to Shareholders, which is incorporated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We also consent to the incorporation by reference of our report dated February 27, 2009 relating to the financial statement schedules, which appears in this Form 10-K.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
February 27, 2009

Exhibit 24

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned, hereby severally constitute and appoint Frederick H. Eppinger, Jr., J. Kendall Huber, and Eugene M. Bullis, each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys, with full power in each of them, to sign for and in each of our names and in any and all capacities, the Form 10-K of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. (the “Company”) and any other filings made on behalf of said Company pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and to file the same with all exhibits and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys and each of them, acting alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys or any of them may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Witness our hands and common seal on the date set forth below.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Frederick H. Eppinger, Jr.

Frederick H. Eppinger, Jr.

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director  

February 24, 2009

/s/ Eugene M. Bullis

Eugene M. Bullis

   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer  

February 24, 2009

/s/ Michael P. Angelini

Michael P. Angelini

   Chairman of the Board  

February 24, 2009

/s/ P. Kevin Condron

P. Kevin Condron

   Director  

February 24, 2009

/s/ Neal F. Finnegan

Neal F. Finnegan

   Director  

February 24, 2009

/s/ David J. Gallitano

David J. Gallitano

   Director  

February 24, 2009

/s/ Gail L. Harrison

Gail L. Harrison

   Director  

February 24, 2009

/s/ Wendell J. Knox

Wendell J. Knox

   Director  

February 24, 2009

/s/ Robert J. Murray

Robert J. Murray

   Director  

February 24, 2009

/s/ Joseph R. Ramrath

Joseph R. Ramrath

   Director  

February 24, 2009

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Frederick H. Eppinger, Jr., certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 27, 2009

/s/    F REDERICK H. E PPINGER , J R .        

Frederick H. Eppinger, Jr.

President, Chief Executive Officer

and Director

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Eugene M. Bullis, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 27, 2009

/s/    E UGENE M. B ULLIS        

Eugene M. Bullis

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and

Principal Accounting Officer

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

SECTION 1350, CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18, UNITED STATES CODE,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned, as President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby certify that to the undersigned’s knowledge:

 

  1) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2008 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  2) the information contained in the Company’s Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/s/    F REDERICK H. E PPINGER , J R .        

Frederick H. Eppinger, Jr.

President, Chief Executive Officer

and Director

Dated: February 27, 2009

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

SECTION 1350, CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18, UNITED STATES CODE,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned, as Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and Principal Accounting Officer of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby certify that to the undersigned’s knowledge:

 

  1) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2008 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  2) the information contained in the Company’s Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/s/    E UGENE M. B ULLIS        

Eugene M. Bullis

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer and Principal Accounting Officer

Dated: February 27, 2009

Exhibit 99.2

IMPORTANT FACTORS REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

We wish to caution readers that the following important factors, among others, in some cases have affected and in the future could affect our actual results and could cause our actual results and needs to differ materially from historical results and from those expressed in any of our forward-looking statements made from time to time by us on the basis of our then-current expectations. When used in this Form 10-K, the words “believes”, “anticipates”, “expects”, “projections”, “outlook”, “should”,”could”, “plan”, “guidance”, “likely” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. The businesses in which we engage are in rapidly changing and competitive markets and involve a high degree of risk. Accuracy with respect to forward-looking projections is difficult. While any of these factors could affect our business as a whole, we have grouped certain factors by the business segment to which we believe they are most likely to apply.

Risks Relating to Our Property and Casualty Insurance Business

Our results may fluctuate as a result of cyclical changes in the property and casualty insurance industry.

We generate most of our total revenues and earnings through our property and casualty insurance subsidiaries. The results of companies in the property and casualty insurance industry historically have been subject to significant fluctuations and uncertainties. Our profitability could be affected significantly by:

 

   

increases in costs, particularly those occurring after the time our insurance products are priced and including construction, automobile, and medical and rehabilitation costs, or those usually temporary increases which occur after a significant event (for example, so called “demand surge” that causes the cost of labor, construction materials and other items to increase in a geographic area affected by a catastrophe);

 

   

competitive and regulatory pressures, which may affect the prices of our products and the nature of the risks covered;

 

   

volatile and unpredictable developments, including severe weather, catastrophes and terrorist actions;

 

   

legal, regulatory and socio-economic developments, such as new theories of insured and insurer liability and related claims and increases in the size of jury awards or changes in state laws and regulations (such as changes in the thresholds affecting “no fault” liability or when non-economic damages are recoverable for bodily injury claims or coverage requirements);

 

   

fluctuations in interest rates, inflationary pressures, default rates and other factors that affect investment returns; and

 

   

other general economic conditions and trends that may affect the adequacy of reserves.

The demand for property and casualty insurance can also vary significantly based on general economic conditions (either nationally or regionally), rising as the overall level of economic activity increases and falling as such activity decreases. Loss patterns also tend to vary inversely with local economic conditions, increasing during difficult economic times and moderating during economic upswings or periods of stability. The fluctuations in demand and competition could produce underwriting results that would have a negative impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

Actual losses from claims against our property and casualty insurance subsidiaries may exceed their reserves for claims.

Our property and casualty insurance subsidiaries maintain reserves to cover their estimated ultimate liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses with respect to reported and unreported claims incurred as of the end of each accounting period. Reserves do not represent an exact calculation of liability. Rather, reserves represent estimates, involving actuarial projections and judgments at a given time, of what we expect the ultimate settlement and administration of incurred claims will cost based on facts and circumstances then known, predictions of future events, estimates of future trends in claims frequency and severity and judicial theories of liability, costs of repair and replacement, legislative activity and other factors.

The inherent uncertainties of estimating reserves are greater for certain types of property and casualty insurance lines. These include workers’ compensation, where a longer period of time may elapse before a definitive determination of ultimate liability may be made, and environmental liability, where the technological, judicial and political climates involving these types of claims are changing, and various casualty coverages such as professional liability. There is also greater uncertainty in establishing reserves with respect to new business, particularly new business that is generated with respect to newly introduced product lines, such as Connections Auto , by newly appointed agents or in geographies where we have less experience in conducting business. In such cases, there is less historical experience or knowledge and less data upon which the actuaries can rely. Additionally, the introduction of new Commercial Lines products, including through recently acquired subsidiaries, and the development of new niche and specialty lines, presents new risks. Certain new specialty products may also require a longer period of time to determine the ultimate liability associated with the claims and may produce more volatility in our results and less certainty in our accident year reserves.

We regularly review our reserving techniques, reinsurance and the overall adequacy of our reserves based upon, among other things:

 

   

our review of historical data, legislative enactments, judicial decisions, legal developments in imposition of damages, changes in political attitudes and trends in general economic conditions;

 

   

our review of per claim information;

 

   

historical loss experience of our property and casualty insurance subsidiaries and the industry as a whole; and

 

1


   

the provisions in our property and casualty insurance policies.

Additionally, estimating losses following any major catastrophe is an inherently uncertain process. For example, with regard to hurricanes Katrina and Rita, the estimation process was made more difficult by the unprecedented nature of these events.

Factors that add to the continuing complexity of estimating losses related to these and similar events include the legal and regulatory uncertainty (including as to certain coverage issues), difficulty in accessing portions of the affected areas, the continuing complexity of factors contributing to the losses, delays in claim reporting, and a slower pace of recovery resulting from the extent of damage sustained in the affected areas due in part to the availability and cost of resources to effect repairs.

Anticipated losses associated with business interruption exposure, the impact of wind versus water as the cause of loss, supplemental payments on previously closed claims caused by the development of latent damages and inflationary pressures on repair costs have caused us to increase our estimate of these losses during each of 2007 and 2008. We do not expect to have reinsurance available to cover any further increase in reserves required related to losses incurred from hurricanes Katrina and Rita. Litigation in Louisiana has also created uncertainty about the scope and application of the “flood exclusions” in homeowner and commercial lines policies, and the amount of damages payable under our policies.

Because of the inherent uncertainties involved in setting reserves, including those related to catastrophes, we cannot provide assurance that the existing reserves or future reserves established by our property and casualty insurance subsidiaries will prove adequate in light of subsequent events. Our results of operations and financial condition could therefore be materially affected by adverse loss development for events that we insure.

Due to geographical concentration in our property and casualty business, changes in the economic, regulatory and other conditions in the regions where we operate could have a significant negative impact on our business as a whole .

We generate a significant portion of our property and casualty insurance net premiums written and earnings in Michigan, Massachusetts and other states in the Northeast, including New Jersey and New York. For the year ended December 31, 2008, approximately 29% and 12% of our net written premium in our property and casualty business was generated in the states of Michigan and Massachusetts, respectively. Massachusetts and New Jersey, in particular with respect to personal automobile insurance, are highly regulated, but undergoing regulatory changes, impose significant rate control and residual market charges, and restrict a carrier’s ability to exit such markets. The revenues and profitability of our property and casualty insurance subsidiaries are subject to prevailing economic, regulatory, demographic and other conditions, including adverse weather, in Michigan and the Northeast. Because of our strong regional focus, our business as a whole could be significantly affected by changes in the economic, regulatory and other conditions in the regions where we transact business.

Results may also be adversely affected by pricing decreases and market disruptions (including any caused by the current economic environment in Michigan, recent proposals in Michigan to reduce rates, expand coverage, or expand circumstances in which parties can recover non-economic damages for bodily claims, and more recently the Governor’s call for a freeze of personal automobile insurance rates, the Michigan Commissioner of Insurance’s proposed ban on the use of credit scores, or the Governor’s appointment of an Automobile and Home Insurance Consumer Advocate, who is to act independent from the Michigan Commissioner of Insurance), by unfavorable loss trends that may result in New Jersey due to that state’s supreme court ruling relating to the no-fault tort threshold, and by disruptions caused by judicial and potential legislative and executive branches’ intervention related to regulations issued by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Insurance to reform the Massachusetts personal automobile market. The introduction of “managed competition” in Massachusetts has resulted in overall rate level reductions and has resulted in uncertainty regarding our ability to attract and retain customers in this market as new and larger carriers enter Massachusetts.

Further, certain new catastrophe models assume an increase in frequency and severity of certain weather events, and financial strength rating agencies are placing increased emphasis on capital and reinsurance adequacy for insurers with certain geographic concentrations of risk. These factors, along with the increased cost of reinsurance, may result in insurers seeking to diversify their geographic exposure, which could result in increased regulatory restrictions in those markets where insurers seek to exit or reduce coverage, as well as an increase in competitive pressures in non-coastal markets such as the Midwest. As previously noted, we have significant concentration of exposures in certain areas, including portions of the Northeast and Southeast and derive a material amount of profits from operations in the Midwest.

Catastrophe losses could materially reduce our profitability or cash flow.

Our property and casualty insurance subsidiaries are subject to claims arising out of catastrophes that may have a significant impact on their results of operations and financial condition. We may experience catastrophe losses, which could have a material adverse impact on our business. Catastrophes can be caused by various events including hurricanes, earthquakes, tornadoes, wind, hail, fires, severe winter weather, sabotage, terrorist actions and explosion. The frequency and severity of catastrophes are inherently unpredictable.

The extent of gross losses from a catastrophe is a function of two factors: the total amount of insured exposure in the area affected by the event and the severity of the event. The extent of net losses depends on the amount and collectability of reinsurance.

Although catastrophes can cause losses in a variety of property and casualty lines, homeowners and commercial multiple peril insurance have, in the past, generated the vast majority of our catastrophe-related claims. Our catastrophe losses have historically been principally weather-related, particularly hurricanes, as well as snow and ice damage from winter storms.

 

2


There are also concerns that the higher level of weather-related catastrophes and other losses incurred by the industry in recent years is indicative of changing weather patterns, whether as a result of changing climate (“global warming”) or otherwise, which could cause such events to persist. This would lead to higher overall losses which we may not be able to recoup, particularly in the current economic and competitive environment.

We purchase catastrophe reinsurance as protection against catastrophe losses. Based upon an ongoing review of our reinsurers’ financial statements, reported financial strength ratings from rating agencies and the analysis and guidance of our reinsurance advisors, we believe that the financial condition of our reinsurers is sound. However, reinsurance is subject to credit risks, including those resulting from over-concentration within the industry. The availability, scope of coverage and cost of reinsurance could be adversely affected by past catastrophes and terrorist attacks and the perceived risks associated with possible future terrorist activities. The impact of these events on us cannot currently be determined. Additionally, uncertainty regarding the reinsurance marketplace, which experienced significant losses due to Hurricane Katrina, Ike and Gustav, have caused and could continue to cause our cost and ability to obtain reinsurance coverages similar to our current programs to be adversely affected. As a result, we made changes to our catastrophe reinsurance program effective January 1, 2008. We increased our reinsurance retention related to our property catastrophe occurrence treaty from $90 million in 2007 to $150 million for both 2008 and 2009 while obtaining an additional $100 million of coverage. Also, effective July 1, 2008, for a twelve month term, we purchased an additional $200 million layer and a co-participation of $89 million of losses for a single event in the Northeast. We renewed our property catastrophe occurrence reinsurance treaty for approximately $43 million in 2008. The cost of this treaty was approximately $33 million in 2008. We plan to renew the dedicated Northeast layer as well, but there is no assurance that such coverages will be available or at what price. Although we believe that our increased retention is appropriate given our increased level of surplus, as well as the current reinsurance pricing environment, there can be no assurance that this reinsurance program will provide coverage levels that will prove adequate should we experience losses from one significant or several large catastrophes in 2009. We also cannot provide assurance that reinsurance will continue to be available to us at commercially reasonable rates or with coverage provisions reflective of the risks underwritten in our primary policies.

We may incur financial losses resulting from our participation in shared market mechanisms and mandatory and voluntary pooling arrangements.

As a condition to conducting business in several states, our property and casualty insurance subsidiaries are required to participate in mandatory property and casualty shared market mechanisms or pooling arrangements. These arrangements are designed to provide various insurance coverages to individuals or other entities that otherwise are unable to purchase such coverage. We cannot predict whether our participation in these shared market mechanisms or pooling arrangements will provide underwriting profits or losses to us. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, we incurred underwriting losses from participation in these mechanisms and pooling arrangements of $11.5 million and $12.3 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2006, we recognized an underwriting profit from participation in these mechanisms and pooling arrangements of $9.7 million. We may face similar earnings fluctuations in the future.

Additionally, recent significant increases and expected further increases in the number of participants or insureds in state-sponsored reinsurance pools or FAIR Plans, particularly in the states of Massachusetts, Louisiana and Florida, combined with regulatory restrictions on the ability to adequately price, underwrite, or non-renew business, could expose us to significant exposures and assessment risks.

In addition, we may be adversely affected by liabilities resulting from our previous participation in certain voluntary property and casualty assumed reinsurance pools. We have terminated participation in virtually all property and casualty voluntary pools, but remain subject to claims related to periods in which we participated. The property and casualty assumed reinsurance businesses have suffered substantial losses during the past several years, particularly related to environmental and asbestos exposure for property and casualty coverages. Due to the inherent volatility in these businesses, possible issues related to the enforceability of reinsurance treaties in the industry and the recent history of increased losses, we cannot provide assurance that our current reserves are adequate or that we will not incur losses in the future. Although we have discontinued participation in these reinsurance pools as described above, we are subject to claims related to prior years or from pools we could not exit in full. Our operating results and financial position may be harmed by liabilities resulting from any such claims in excess of our loss estimates.

We cannot guarantee our ability to maintain our current level of reinsurance coverage .

There is uncertainty regarding the reinsurance marketplace, primarily as a result of the significant amount of losses the industry, including the reinsurance industry, incurred in 2008 due to hurricanes Ike and Gustav and in 2005 due to hurricanes Katrina and Rita. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain our current levels of reinsurance coverage. Changes in the reinsurance marketplace, including as a result of investment losses or disruptions as a result of the current economic circumstances, may adversely affect our ability to obtain such coverages, as well as adversely affect the cost of obtaining that coverage.

Additionally, the availability, scope of coverage, cost, and creditworthiness of reinsurance could continue to be adversely affected as a result of new catastrophes, terrorist attacks, global conflicts, the changing legal and regulatory environment (including changes which could create new insured risks) and the perceived risks associated with future terrorist activities. We cannot currently estimate the impact of these events on us.

 

3


Our businesses are heavily regulated and changes in regulation may reduce our profitability.

Our insurance businesses are subject to supervision and regulation by the state insurance authority in each state in which we transact business. This system of supervision and regulation relates to numerous aspects of an insurance company’s business and financial condition, including limitations on the authorization of lines of business, underwriting limitations, the ability to utilize credit scores in underwriting, the ability to terminate agents, supervisory and liability responsibilities for agents, the setting of premium rates, the requirement to write certain classes of business which we might otherwise avoid or charge different premium rates, restrictions on the ability to withdraw from certain lines of business, the establishment of standards of solvency, the licensing of insurers and agents, compensation of agents, concentration of investments, levels of reserves, the payment of dividends, transactions with affiliates, changes of control, protection of private information of our agents, policyholders, claimants and others, and the approval of policy forms. Several states and Congress have proposed to prohibit the use of credit scores in underwriting or rating our Personal Lines business. The elimination of the use of credit scores could cause significant disruption to our business and our confidence in our pricing and underwriting. Most insurance regulations are designed to protect the interests of policyholders rather than stockholders and other investors.

Additionally, from time to time, we are involved in litigation that challenges specific terms and language incorporated into property and casualty contracts, such as claims reimbursements, covered perils and exclusion clauses, among others. For example, we have been named a defendant in lawsuits filed in Louisiana resulting from disputes arising from damages associated with Hurricane Katrina. These claims involve, among other claims, disputes as to the amount of reimbursable claims in particular cases, as well as the scope of insurance coverage under homeowners and commercial property policies due to flooding, civil authority actions, loss of landscaping and business interruption.

From time to time, we are also involved in investigations and proceedings by governmental and self-regulatory agencies. We cannot provide assurance that these investigations, proceedings and inquiries will not result in actions that would adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

State regulatory oversight and various proposals at the federal level may in the future adversely affect our ability to sustain adequate returns in certain lines of business or in some cases, operate the line profitably. In recent years, the state insurance regulatory framework has come under increased federal scrutiny, and certain state legislatures have considered or enacted laws that alter and, in many cases, increase state authority to regulate insurance companies and insurance holding company systems. Our business could be negatively impacted by adverse state and federal legislation or regulation, including those resulting in:

 

   

decreases in rates;

 

   

limitations on premium levels;

 

   

coverage and benefit mandates;

 

   

limitations on the ability to manage care and utilization;

 

   

requirements to write certain classes of business or in certain geographies;

 

   

restrictions on underwriting or on methods of compensating independent producers;

 

   

increased assessments or higher premium or other taxes; and

 

   

enhanced ability to pierce “no fault” thresholds or recover non-economic damages (such as “pain and suffering”).

These regulations serve to protect the customers and other third parties who deal with us. If we are found to have violated an applicable regulation, administrative or judicial proceedings may be initiated against us which could result in censures, fines, civil penalties, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders, premium refunds or the reopening of closed claim files, among other consequences. These actions could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

In addition, there have been from time to time proposals to implement federal regulation of the insurance business, either as an alternative to, or in addition to, the current state regulation. We cannot predict the impact that any such legislation would have on our business.

In February 2009, the Governor of Michigan called upon every automobile insurer operating in the state to freeze personal automobile insurance rates for 12 months to allow time for the legislature to enact comprehensive automobile insurance reform. In addition, she endorsed a number of proposals by her appointed Automobile and Home Insurance Consumer Advocate which would, among other things, change the current rate approval process from the current “file and use” system to “prior approval”, mandate “affordable” rates, reduce the threshold for law suits to be filed in “at fault” incidents, and prohibit the use of certain underwriting criteria such as credit scores. The Office of Financial and Insurance Regulation had previously issued regulations prohibiting the use of credit scores to rate personal lines insurance policies, which regulations are the subject of litigation which is expected to be reviewed by the Michigan Supreme Court. At this time, we are unable to predict the likelihood of adoption or impact on our business of any such proposals or regulations, but any such restrictions could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

4


Additionally, Congress, as well as state and local governments, also consider from time to time legislation that could increase our tax costs. If such legislation is adopted, our consolidated net income could decline. We cannot predict whether such legislation will be enacted, what the specific terms of any such legislation will be or how, if at all, it might affect our products.

We may be adversely affected by new and existing legislation in the states of Louisiana and Florida as a result of the losses incurred in those states from recent hurricanes. We also may incur a greater share of losses related to Louisiana’s and Florida’s shared market mechanisms due to these increased losses, as well as the declining number of carriers providing coverage in this region.

The Louisiana FAIR plan experienced substantial losses related to Hurricane Katrina. Under the state’s Plan, we are allowed to recover such losses from policyholders, subject to annual limitations. Although we have recognized an expense currently for our estimated losses from the Louisiana FAIR Plan, given the uncertainty in the marketplace in Louisiana, there can be no assurance that our estimate of this liability will be sufficient to cover our share of the FAIR Plan losses or whether we will be able to recover such costs from policyholders. The Louisiana FAIR Plan is also subject to the litigation risks discussed above relating to the scope of insurance coverage and other questions arising out of Hurricane Katrina. Adverse decisions in these cases could materially and adversely affect the Louisiana Fair Plan, which in turn could have a material, adverse effect on us. Also, the availability of private homeowners insurance in the state is declining as carriers seek to exit or significantly reduce their exposure in the state. This may increase the number of insureds seeking coverage from the FAIR Plan and could result in increased losses to us through the FAIR Plan.

Florida’s FAIR Plan has increased in size in recent years and is expected to grow further following the announcement of several primary insurance companies that have announced plans to withdraw from the Florida homeowners insurance market. Insurance companies which write business in Florida, including Commercial Lines and automobile coverage, are subject to assessment for losses from Florida’s FAIR Plan, which assessments could be substantial in the event of hurricanes or other catastrophic events. It is also possible that the reinsurance from the Florida Hurricane Catastrophe Fund will be uncollectible or we would be unable to recover such assessments from the Florida Insurance Guaranty Association in the event that other insurers doing business in the state becoming insolvent. We are unable to predict the likelihood or impact of such potential assessments or other actions.

We are subject to mandatory assessments by state guaranty funds; an increase in these assessments could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

All fifty states of the United States, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico have insurance guaranty fund laws requiring property and casualty insurance companies doing business within the state to participate in guaranty associations. These associations are organized to pay contractual obligations under insurance policies issued by impaired or insolvent insurance companies. The associations levy assessments, up to prescribed limits, on all member insurers in a particular state on the basis of the proportionate share of the premiums written by member insurers in the lines of business in which the impaired or insolvent insurer is engaged. Mandatory assessments by state guaranty funds are used to cover losses to policyholders of insolvent or rehabilitated companies and can be partially recovered through a reduction in future premium taxes in many states (provided the collecting insurer continues to write business in such state). During 2008, we had a total assessment of $1.5 million levied against us, with refunds received in 2008 of an equal amount. As of December 31, 2008, we have $1.7 million of reserves related to guaranty fund assessments. In the future, these assessments may increase above levels experienced in the current and prior years. Future increases in these assessments depend upon the rate of insolvencies of insurance companies. An increase in assessments could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

If we are unable to attract and retain qualified personnel, or if we experience the loss or retirement of key executives or other key employees, we may not be able to compete effectively and our operations could be impacted significantly.

Our future success will be affected by our continued ability to attract and retain qualified executives and other key employees, particularly those experienced in the property and casualty industry.

Our profitability could be adversely affected by periodic changes to our relationships with our agencies.

We periodically review agencies with which we do business to identify those that do not meet our profitability standards or are not strategically aligned with our business. Following these periodic reviews, we may restrict such agencies’ access to certain types of policies or terminate our relationship with them, subject to applicable contractual and regulatory requirements to renew certain policies for a limited time. We may not achieve the desired results from these measures, and our failure to do so could negatively affect our operating results and financial position.

We may be affected by disruptions caused by the introduction of new Personal and Commercial Lines products and related technology changes, new Personal and Commercial Lines operating models, a new claims system and recent or future acquisitions. We could also be affected by an inability to retain profitable policies in force and attract profitable policies in our Personal Lines and Commercial Lines segments, particularly in light of an increasingly competitive product pricing environment and the adoption by competitors of strategies to increase agency appointments and commissions and increased advertising.

 

5


Our Personal Lines production and earnings may be unfavorably affected by the introduction of new products, including our multivariate auto product, should we experience adverse selection, which occurs when insureds with larger risks purchase our products because of favorable pricing, operational difficulties or implementation impediments with independent agents or the inability to grow new markets after the introduction of new products or the appointment of new agents. In addition, there are increased underwriting risks associated with premium growth and the introduction of new products or programs in both our Personal and Commercial Lines businesses, as well as the appointment of new agencies and the expansion into new geographical areas. In this regard, in recent years we have added many new Commercial Lines product types, including various specialty, niche, program, management liability and other coverages. Our strategy is to create new products, enter into new geographies and acquire new businesses. There can also be no assurances that we will be able to successfully integrate recent and any future acquisitions or that we will not assume unknown liabilities and reserve deficiencies in connection with such acquisitions.

Intense competition could negatively affect our ability to maintain or increase our profitability.

We compete with a large number of companies in our property and casualty segment. We compete, and will continue to compete, with national and regional insurers, mutual companies, specialty insurance companies, underwriting agencies and financial services institutions. In recent years, there has been substantial consolidation and convergence among companies in the financial services industry, resulting in increased competition from large, well-capitalized financial services firms. Many of our competitors have greater financial, technical and operating resources than we do. In addition, competition in the property and casualty insurance markets has intensified over the past several years. This competition may have an adverse impact on our revenues and profitability.

A number of new, proposed or potential legislative or industry developments could further increase competition in our industry. These developments include:

 

   

the implementation of commercial lines deregulation in several states;

 

   

programs in which state-sponsored entities provide property insurance in catastrophe prone areas or other alternative markets types of coverage;

 

   

changes in, or restrictions on, the way independent agents may be compensated by insurance companies;

 

   

changing practices caused by the Internet, which have led to greater competition in the insurance business in general; and

 

   

proposals, from time to time, to provide for federal chartering of insurance companies.

In addition, we could face heightened competition resulting from the entry of new competitors and the introduction of new products by new and existing competitors. Increased competition could make it difficult for us to obtain new customers, retain existing customers or maintain policies in force by existing customers. It could also result in increasing our service, administrative, policy acquisition or general expense due to the need for additional advertising and marketing of our products. In addition, our administrative or management information systems expenditures could also increase substantially as we try to maintain our competitive position. We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to maintain our current competitive position in the markets in which we operate, or that we will be able to expand our operations into new markets. If we fail to do so, our business could be materially adversely affected.

We are rated by several rating agencies, and our ratings could adversely affect our operations.

Our ratings are important in establishing our competitive position and marketing the products of our insurance companies to our agents and customers, since rating information is broadly disseminated and generally used throughout the industry.

Our insurance company subsidiaries are rated by A.M. Best, Moody’s and Fitch, and Standard & Poor’s. These ratings reflect a rating agency’s opinion of our insurance subsidiaries’ financial strength, operating performance, strategic position and ability to meet their obligations to policyholders. These ratings are not evaluations directed to investors, and are not recommendations to buy, sell or hold our securities. Our ratings are subject to periodic review by the rating agencies and we cannot guarantee the continued retention or improvement of our current ratings. This is particularly true in the current economic environment where rating agencies may increase their capital requirements or other criteria for various rating levels.

Downgrades in future periods could adversely affect our results of operations and financial position.

Negative changes in our level of statutory surplus could adversely affect our ratings and profitability.

The capacity for an insurance company’s growth in premiums is in part a function of its statutory surplus. Maintaining appropriate levels of statutory surplus, as measured by state insurance regulators, is considered important by state insurance regulatory authorities and the private agencies that rate insurers’ claims-paying abilities and financial strength. Regulators may require that additional capital be contributed to increase the level of statutory surplus. Failure to maintain certain levels of statutory surplus could result in increased regulatory scrutiny, action by state regulatory authorities or a downgrade by private rating agencies. Our surplus is affected by, among other things, results of operations and investment gains, losses and impairments.

 

6


The National Association of Insurance Commissioners, or NAIC, uses a system for assessing the adequacy of statutory capital for life and health insurers and property and casualty insurers. The system, known as risk-based capital, is in addition to the states’ fixed dollar minimum capital and other requirements. The system is based on risk-based formulas that apply prescribed factors to the various risk elements in an insurer’s business and investments to report a minimum capital requirement proportional to the amount of risk assumed by the insurer. We believe that any failure to maintain appropriate levels of statutory surplus would have an adverse impact on our ability to grow our property and casualty business profitably.

We may not be able to grow as quickly as we intend, which is important to our current strategy.

Over the past several years, we have made and our current plans are to continue to make, significant investments in our Personal and Commercial Lines of businesses, and increased expenses in order to, among other things, strengthen our product offerings and service capabilities, improve technology and our operating models, build expertise in our personnel, and expand our distribution capabilities, with the ultimate goal of achieving significant, sustained growth. The ability to achieve significant profitable premium growth in order to earn adequate returns on such investments and expenses, and to grow further without proportionate increases in expenses, is critical to our current strategy. There can be no assurance that we will be successful at profitably growing our business, or that we will not alter our current strategy due to changes in our markets or an inability to successfully maintain acceptable margins on new business or for other reasons, in which case written and earned premium, property and casualty segment income and net book value could be adversely affected.

Risks Relating to Our Discontinued Life Companies Business

We could be subject to additional losses related to the sale of our Discontinued Life Companies businesses.

On January 2, 2009, we sold our remaining life insurance subsidiary, First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company (“FAFLIC”), to Commonwealth Annuity and Life Insurance Company, a subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc (“Goldman Sachs”). We recognized a net loss on the sale of $77.3 million in 2008. Additionally, coincident with the sale transaction, The Hanover Insurance Company (“Hanover Insurance”) and FAFLIC entered into a reinsurance contract whereby Hanover Insurance assumed FAFLIC’s discontinued accident and health insurance business. Goldman Sachs previously purchased, in 2005, our variable life insurance and annuity business.

In connection with these transactions, we have agreed to indemnify Commonwealth Annuity and Goldman Sachs for certain contingent liabilities, including litigation and other regulatory matters (including with respect to existing and potential litigation), as well as other contractual obligations. We have established a reserve related to these contractual indemnifications. Although we believe that this liability is appropriate, we cannot provide assurance that costs related to these indemnifications when they ultimately settle, will not exceed our current liability.

We may incur financial losses related to our discontinued assumed accident and health reinsurance pools and arrangements.

We previously participated in approximately 40 assumed accident and health reinsurance pools and arrangements, such business was assumed by Hanover Insurance through a reinsurance agreement with FAFLIC. During the third quarter of 1998, we ceased writing new premiums in this business, subject to certain contractual obligations. The reinsurance pool business consisted primarily of direct and assumed medical stop loss, the medical and disability portions of workers’ compensation risks, small group managed care, long-term disability and long-term care pools, student accident and special risk business. We are currently monitoring and managing the run-off of our related participation in the 23 pools with remaining liabilities.

Under these arrangements, we variously acted as a reinsurer, a reinsured or both. In some instances, we ceded significant exposures to other reinsurers in the marketplace. There are disputes ongoing within the industry, which relate to the placement of this type of business with various reinsurers and ultimately may result in an impact to the recovery of the placed reinsurance. The potential risk to us as a participant in these pools is primarily that other companies that reinsured this business from us may seek to avoid or fail to timely pay their reinsurance obligations (especially in light of the fact that historically these pools sometimes involved multiple layers of overlapping reinsurers, or so-called “spirals”) or may become insolvent. Thus, we are exposed to both assumed losses and to credit risk related to these pools. We are not currently engaged in any significant disputes in respect to this business. At this time, we do not anticipate that any significant portion of recorded reinsurance recoverables will be uncollectible. However, we cannot provide assurance that all recoverables are collectible and should these recoverables prove to be uncollectible, our results of operations and financial position may be negatively affected.

We believe our reserves for the accident and health assumed and ceded reinsurance business appropriately reflect both current claims and unreported losses. However, due to the inherent volatility in this business and the reporting lag of losses that tend to develop over time and which ultimately affect excess covers, there can be no assurance that current reserves are adequate or that we will not have additional losses in the future. Although we have discontinued participation in these reinsurance arrangements,

 

7


unreported claims related to the years in which we were a participant may be reported and previously reported claims may develop unfavorably. If any such unreported claims or unfavorable development is reported to us, our results of operations and financial position may be negatively impacted.

Risk Relating to Our Business Generally

Other market fluctuations and general economic, market and political conditions may also negatively affect our business and profitability.

It is difficult to predict the impact of the current recessionary economic environment on both our Personal and Commercial Lines segment. Our ability to increase pricing may be impacted as agents and policyholders may become more price sensitive, customers may shop for policies more frequently or aggressively, utilize comparative rating models or, in Personal Lines in particular, turn to direct sales channels rather than independent agents. We may also experience decreased new business premium levels, retention and renewal rates, and renewal premiums. Specifically in Personal Lines, policyholders may reduce coverages or change deductibles to reduce premiums, experience declining home values, or be subject to increased foreclosures, and policyholders may retain older or less expensive automobiles and purchase or insure fewer ancillary items such as boats, trailers and motor homes for which we provide coverages. In Commercial Lines, the overall decline in the economy is likely to result in reductions in demand for insurance products and services as more companies cease to do business and there are fewer business start-ups, particularly as small businesses are affected by a decline in overall consumer and business spending. Additionally, claims frequency could increase as policyholders submit and pursue claims more aggressively than in the past, fraud incidences may increase, or we may experience higher incidents of abandoned properties or poorer maintenance, which may also result in more claims activity. Our business could also be affected by an ensuing consolidation of independent insurance agencies.

At December 31, 2008, we held approximately $4.8 billion (excludes $1.1 billion of FAFLIC assets transferred to Goldman Sachs on January 2, 2009 in connecton with the sale of the FAFLIC) of investment assets in categories such as fixed maturities, cash and short-term investments, equity securities, mortgage loans, and other long-term investments. Our investment returns, and thus our profitability, may be adversely affected from time to time by conditions affecting our specific investments and, more generally, by bond, stock, real estate and other market fluctuations and general economic, market and political conditions, including the expansion of current concerns regarding sub-prime mortgages to prime mortgages and corresponding mortgage-backed or other debt securities, and concerns relating to the ratings and capitalization of municipal bond and mortgage guarantees. Our ability to make a profit on insurance products, depends in part on the returns on investments supporting our obligations under these products and the value of specific investments may fluctuate substantially depending on the foregoing conditions. We may use a variety of strategies to hedge our exposure to interest rate and other market risk. However, hedging strategies are not always available and carry certain credit risks, and our hedging could be ineffective.

In addition, debt securities comprise a material portion of our investment portfolio. The issuers of those securities, as well as borrowers under the loans we make, customers, trading counterparties, counterparties under swaps and other derivative contracts and reinsurers, may be affected by declining market conditions. These parties may default on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, downturns in the economy or real estate values, operational failure or other reasons. Uncertain trends in the U.S. and other economies has, in 2008 and prior years, resulted in increased levels of investment impairments. We cannot assure you that further impairment charges will not be necessary in the future. Our ability to fulfill our debt and other obligations could be adversely affected by the default of third parties on their obligations owed to us.

Recent developments in the global financial markets may continue to adversely affect our investment portfolio and overall investment performance. Global financial markets have recently experienced unprecedented and challenging conditions, including a tightening in the availability of credit and the failure of several large financial institutions. As a result, certain government bodies and central banks worldwide, including the U.S. Treasury Department and the U.S. Federal Reserve, have undertaken unprecedented intervention programs, the effects of which remain uncertain. There can be no assurances that these intervention programs, including The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 and The 2009 American Recovery and Reinvestment Act, will be successful in improving conditions in the global financial market. The U.S. economy has experienced and continues to experience significant declines in employment, household wealth, and lending. If conditions further deteriorate, our business could be affected in different ways. Continued turbulence in the U.S. economy and contraction in the credit markets could adversely affect our profitability, demand for our products or our ability to raise rates, and could also result in declines in market value and future impairments of our investment assets. There can be no assurances that conditions in the global financial markets will not worsen and/or further adversely affect our investment portfolio and overall performance. Recessionary economic periods and higher unemployment are historically accompanied by higher claims activity, particularly in the personal lines of business and in the workers’ compensation line of business and higher defaults in contractors’ bonds.

Market conditions also affect the value of assets under our employee pension plans, including our Cash Balance Plan. The expense or benefit related to our employee pension plans results from several factors, including changes in the market value of plan assets, interest rates, regulatory requirements or judicial interpretation of benefits. For the year ended December 31, 2008, we recognized net expenses of $0.1 million related to our employee pension plans. Additionally, in 2008, we contributed $17.7 million to our qualified pension plan. At December 31, 2008, our Plan assets included approximately 44% of equity securities and 55% of fixed

 

8


maturities. During 2009 and for the next few years, we expect to shift the assets that are held by the plan to include a higher level of fixed maturities. Also, declines in the market value of plan assets and interest rates from levels at December 31, 2008 could negatively affect our results of operations. At December 31, 2008, for both our qualified and non-qualified pension plans, our net liabilities exceeded assets by approximately $194 million. As such, in 2009, we estimate that we will be required to contribute approximately $14 million to our qualified plan in order to meet our minimum funding requirements. We may have to contribute a significant amount of additional funds to our qualified benefit plan in future periods due to the inherent uncertainty surrounding the financial markets and its effect on plan assets.

We are a holding company and rely on our insurance company subsidiaries for cash flow; we may not be able to receive dividends from our subsidiaries in needed amounts.

We are a holding company for a diversified group of insurance and financial services companies and our principal assets are the shares of capital stock of our subsidiaries. Our ability to make required debt service payments, as well as our ability to pay operating expenses and pay dividends to shareholders, depends upon the receipt of sufficient funds from our subsidiaries. The payment of dividends by our insurance company subsidiaries is subject to regulatory restrictions and will depend on the surplus and future earnings of these subsidiaries, as well as the regulatory restrictions. We are required to notify insurance regulators prior to paying any dividends from our subsidiaries and pre-approval is required with respect to “extraordinary dividends”.

Because of the regulatory limitations on the payment of dividends from our insurance company subsidiaries, we may not always be able to receive dividends from these subsidiaries at times and in amounts necessary to meet our debt and other obligations. The inability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends to us in an amount sufficient to meet our debt service and funding obligations would have a material adverse effect on us. These regulatory dividend restrictions also impede our ability to transfer cash and other capital resources among our subsidiaries.

Our dependence on our insurance subsidiaries for cash flow exposes us to the risk of changes in their ability to generate sufficient cash inflows from new or existing customers or from increased cash outflows. Cash outflows may result from claims activity, expense payments or investment losses. Reductions in cash flow from our subsidiaries would have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Although we monitor their financial soundness, we cannot be sure that our reinsurers will pay in a timely fashion, if at all.

We purchase reinsurance by transferring part of the risk that we have assumed (known as ceding) to reinsurance companies in exchange for part of the premium we receive in connection with the risk. As of December 31, 2008, our reinsurance receivable amounted to approximately $1.1 billion. Although reinsurance makes the reinsurer liable to us to the extent the risk is transferred or ceded to the reinsurer, it does not relieve us (the reinsured) of our liability to our policyholders or, in cases where we are a reinsurer to our reinsureds. Accordingly, we bear credit risk with respect to our reinsurers. Although we monitor the credit quality of our reinsurers we cannot be sure that they will pay the reinsurance recoverables owed to us currently or in the future or that they will pay such recoverables on a timely basis.

Errors or omissions in connection with the administration of any of our products may cause our business and profitability to be negatively impacted.

We are responsible to our policyholders for administering their policies, premiums and claims and ensuring that appropriate records are maintained which reflect their transactions. We are subject to risks that errors or omissions of information occurred with respect to the administration of our products. We may incur charges associated with any errors and omissions previously made with respect to both our current business operations and those operation which have been sold to Goldman Sachs or Commonwealth Annuity, or any errors or omissions in our on-going business which are made in future periods. These charges may result from our obligation to policyholders to correct any errors or omissions, from fines imposed by regulatory authorities, or from other items, which may affect our financial position or results of operations.

Our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not sufficiently address all contingencies.

Terrorist actions, catastrophes or other significant events affecting our infrastructure may interrupt our ability to conduct business, and delays in recovery of our operating capabilities could negatively affect our business and profitability.

The effect of our restructuring efforts may adversely impact our business and profitability .

We could be adversely affected by the restructuring actions that result from our ongoing review of operational matters related to our business, including a review of our markets, products, organization, financial capabilities, agency management, regulatory environment, ancillary businesses and service processes.

 

9